IA.PII.Y: 


WORLD. 


*   THREE    PARTS 


>• 


IMPROVED    A 


LI 


-  i 


jj. 


4 


. 


Laplanders. 


Russians. 


Egyptians. 


Turks. 


Chinese. 


Hottentots. 


GEOGRAPHY: 

OR,  A  DESCRIPTION  OF 

THE    WORLD. 

IN  THREE  PARTS. 

PART  I.—  GKOGRAPHICAL  ORTHOCKAl'HY. 

AND    ACCENTK1). 


PART   II.—  A  GRAMMAR   OF    GEOGRAPHY 

TO    BE    COMMITTED    TO    MEMORY. 

PART    III.-  A    DESCRIPTION    OF    TIIF.   KARTH, 
MANN;  MS  <>r  THE  JMIAHIT  \.\TS.  MANUFACTURM 

:MI:I;CI.,  i.<>\  T.I;\MI:\T,  .\  vn  i;  u.  AM> 

AHTinriAL  (TKIOSITIKS,  &c. 

TO  BE  READ  IN  CLA*8E». 

ACCOMPANIED    "WITH    AN    ATLAS. 

TO    WHICH    IS    ADDED 

J:ASY  METHOD  OF  cxj.xs'nn  (  -J-LVG  MAPS, 

II  (  I  -I  RATED    BY    PLATES. 


FOR  THK  {•<{'.  Of  SCHOOLS  AND 


BY   DANIEl    ADAMS,   A.  M. 

Author  of  thr  S-h«.lar's  Aritlirnclick,  &c. 


Ctoctftt)  S^ftfon. 
IU)STON  : 

PRI.N'i  !  ii    \M>  IM-RLISHI'.U  I!V  LINCOLN  &  EDMANDS, 


Sold  hy  D.   Felt,  .vul  Collin*  &  Co.  New-York  ;    John  r,ri"?,  Uriah  Hunt.   ; 
Kimber  &  Sliarpk-s-i,  PJ-ilndrlphia  ;  Ciwhing  &  Son*.  Josoph   Jewolt, 
and  Plaakitt  &  Co.  Baltimore. 

1830. 


RECOMMENDATIONS. 


Dear  ilr,  Prince  Edward,  (Pa.)  JuneZO,i9ig. 

I  have  given  Adams'  Geography  a  careful  perusal,  and  am  happy  to  have  it  in  my  power  to  say, 
that  it  very  far  exceeds  any  work  of  the  kind  that  nas  hitherto  cone  under  my  observation.  I 
was  so  muih  pleased  '.o  have  it  in  my  oower  to  recommend  so  valuable  a  school  book  to  students 
in  geography,  that  in  order  to  introduce  it  into  more  common  use,  I  took  the  liberty  of  putting  it 
into  the  hands  of  Rev.  Mr.  Lyle,  an  eminent  judge  of  such  a  work,  who  is  in  the  constant  habit  of 
teaching  geography,  that  I  might  obtain  his  recommendation  also 

Mr.  Lyle  gives  me  liberty  to  state  in  his  behalf,  that  it  is  so  far  superior  to  any  other  work  of 
the  kind  hitherto  seen  by  him,  that  so  soon  as  he  can  arrange  the  classes  of  his  school  for  its 
reception,  and  procure  a  sufficient  number  of  copies,  he  will  introduce  it  into  his  school.  If  these 
candid  observations  are  calculated  in  your  opinion,  to  give  this  valuable  stranger  a  more  general 
introduction,  as  well  as  mure  welcome  reception  in  the  schools  and  families  in  your  neighbour- 
hood, make  use  of  them  fur  the  purpose.  Yours,  T.  A.  STEt'HENbON. 

Pbiladflphla,  June  Q,  I82O. 

The  Geography  by  Daniel  Adams,  A.  M.  as  far  as  my  Judgment  c xlenils,  is  one  of  the  happiest  of 
efforts  for  imparting  profit,  popularity,  and  pleasure  to  the  scicn-.e  it  leathes.  The  accentuation  of 
difficult  words  in  the  first  part,  is  as  necessary  and  useful  as  the  outlines  to  be  committed  to  meow 
dry  in  the  second  part,  are  select  and  judicious.  In  part  the  third  the  Author  has  avoided  servility 
in  copying  from  the  works  of  others,  and  in  a  style  neat  and  attractive-,  has  exhibited  the  state  of 
Nations  and  Cities,  not  as  they  presented  themselves  in  the  la-.t  or  former  centuries,  but  as  they 
now  exist.  The  work  discovers  the  extensive  reading  of  the  Authoi,  and  a  felicity  of  talent  i» 
fixing  on  the  facts  which  are  best  calculated  to  inform  and  edify.  I  wish  the  work  a  very  exten- 
sive  circulation.  WILLIAM  STAUGHTON. 


DISTRICT  OF  MASSACHUSETTS,  to  wit: 

District  Clerk's  office. 

BE  IT  REMEMBERED,  That  on  the  fifteenth  day  of  March,  A  D  1830,  in  the  fifty-fourtm 
year  of  the  Independence  of  the  United  States  of  America,  LINCOLN  &  EDMAND3,  of  the 
said  district,  have  deposited  in  this  office  the  title  of  a  Boole,  the  right  whereof  they  claiui  as  Pro* 
prietors,  in  the  words  following,/*  to.t: 

Geography  :  or  a  Description  of  the  World.  In  three  Parts.  Part  1  —Geographical  Orthogro- 
phy,  divided  and  accented.  Part  I L— A  Grammar  of  Geography,  t<>  be  committed  to  memory. 
Part  HI.— A  Description  of  the  Earth,  Manners  and  Customs  of  the  lnh<bitanls,  Manufactures, 
Commerce,  Government,  Natural  and  Artificial  Curiosities,  &c.  to  be  read  in  Classes.  Accompa- 
nied with  an  Atlas.  To  which  is  added,  An  easy  method  of  constructing  Maps,  illus'rated  by 
Plates.  For  the  use  of  Schools  and  Academies.  By  Daniel  Adams,  A.  M.  Author  of  the  Scholar's 
Arithmetic^,  &c. 

In  Conformity  to  the  Act  of  the  Congress  of  the  United  State*. entitled,  "  An  Act  for  tike 
encouragement  of  Learning,  by  securing  the  copies  of  Maps,  Charts  and  Book*,  to  the  Authon 
&nd  Proprietors  of  such  copies  during  the  times  therein  mentioned  ;"  and  alto  to  an  Act  entitled 
"  An  Act  iupplementai  y  10  an  Act,  entitled,  An  Act  for  the  Rn<  nuracenicnl  of  Learning,  hy  se- 
curing the  Copies  of  Maps,  Churls  and  Books  to  the  Authors  and  Proprietors  of  such  Copies  during 
the  times  therein  mentioned:  and  extending  the  Benefits  thereof  to  the  Arts  of  Designing,  E»- 
graving  u>4  Etching  Historical,  and  other  Prints." 

JNO.  W.  DAVIS,  Clerk  of  the  Dittrict  of  Massachwetti. 


U125 


PREFACE. 


GEOGRAPHY  can  be  successfully  studied  only  by  the  use  of  maps. 
'i  he  natural  -ami  artificial  divisions  of  the  earth,  the  cour-ex  of  rivers, 
and  the  relative  position  of  cities  and  towns,  are  inech.niic.il  in  their 
nature,  ;i<  nnu-h  so  as  the  letters  of  the  alphabet;  and  any  attempt  to 
communicate  a  knowledge  of  these  objects  by  verbal  descriptions, 
only-  without  the  use  of  maps  or  an  artificial  globe,  is  as  absurd  U 
would  .ipt  in  learn  a  child  to  write,  by  verbal  dissertations 

on  the  shape-*  of  the  several  letters,  without  exhibiting  a  copy  of  them 
before  him. 

e  the  treatise  here  presented  to  the  public  is  accompanied 
with  an  ATLAS,  between  which  and  the  book  there  is  an  intimate 
relation.     It   is  from  the    Atlas  that  the  boundaries  of  countries,  the 
direction  of  the  principal   ranges  of  mountains,  the   courses  and  the 
outlets  of  river-,  and  generally  the  situation  of  towns,  &c.  are  intend- 
ed to  be  learnt ;  the  names  of  which  in  the  book  are  printed  in  Italic 
-  a  standing  admonition 'o  the  pupil,  whenever  they  oc- 
cur, to  consult  his  maps; — all  which  may  be  seen  explained  more  at 
in  a  Note,  |i  i^e   1M. 

The  book  is  exhibited  in  three  distinct  parts,  and  yet  forming  one 
connected  whole ;  which  peculiar  feature  ewry  instructor,  it  is  pre- 
sumed, will  with  pleasure  recogni/e. 

In  \\wfir*t  part  the  pupil  acquires  the  spelling  and  the  pronuncia- 
tion of  the   names   of  those    kingdoms,   countries,  mountains,  rivers. 
which  in  the  two  succeeding  Parts  are  more 

particularly  to  en-.i^'     bis   attention;  audit  is  important  that  he  be 
able  cui  rectly  to  pronounce  and  to  spell  the  words  it  contains. 

The  second  part  contains  the  principles  of  Geography  in  the  most 
plain,  conei-e  and  natural  language,  much  on  the  plan  of  GOLDSMITH 
and  (JAY,  and  is  that  part  designed  in  In:  nntnnitttd  to  memory. 

The  third  part  is  a  further  illustration  of  the  same  subjects,  togeth- 
er with  a  particular  account  of  the  climate,  soil,  productions,  manu- 
factures, commerce,  manner-,  customs,  religion,  government,  curios- 
ities, &c.  of  all  the  principal  kingdoms  and  states  in  the  known  world 
designed  for  reading  in  private,  or  by  classes  in  schools. 

This  distinction  between  what  is  to  be  learned  by  heart,  and  what  U 
designed  for  reading  only,  made  by  the  second  and  third  Parts,  it  i« 
presumed  will  meet  the  approbation  of  every  teacher,  more  especially 
of  those  who  have  been  perplexed  with  the  difficulty  of  selecting  for 
their  pupils  the  portions  to  be  committed  to  memory. 


PREFACE. 


Different  methods  may  be  proper  for  pupils  of  different  age?,  and 
something  must  always  be  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  instructer. 
Those  instructer:?  who  prefer  it,  can  direct  the  Third  Part  to  be  read 
in  connexion  with  the  study  of  each  article  of  the  Grammar,  and  the 
questions  on  the  Maps.  For  instance,  when  the  pdpil  shall  have 
committed  and  recited  what  is  said  of  "  The  World,5'  in  the  Grammar, 
he  may  then  read  of  the  same  in  the  Third  Part  ;  after  which  he  will 
be  prepared  for  the  study  of  the  "  Questions  on  the  Map  of  th* 
World."  And  thus  proceed  with  the  other  divisions  of  the  work. 

The  '•  Directions  for  the  Construction  of  Maps"  are  so  plain  and 
easy,  and  the  exercise  in  itself  so  important  to  em  of  Geos- 

raphy,  that  they  ought  not  to  be  neglected. 

A  description  of  the  Globes,  and  various  problems  for  the  e 
of  the  learner,  are  added  to  the  work  to  render  it  more  complete. 
BOSTOX,  Jan.  1S18, 


tP  Besides  a  few  necessary  alterations  in  the  body  of  the  work, 

the  atlas  accompanying  this  12th  edition,  has  been  revised,  a  new 

map  of  Africa  drawn  agreeably  to  recent  discoveries,  and  a  map  of 

the  Middle  States  added,  which  greatly  increase  the  value  of  the  work. 

April,  1830. 


TO    THZ    SEVENTH    EDITION. 

But  few  alterations  have  been  made  in  the  different  editions  of  this 
Geography ;  but  now,  after  a  lapse  of  nine  years,  a  general 
has  been  thought  to  be  necessary  in  order  to  embrace  later  changes 
and  more  recent  information.     In  doing  this  the  second  part  has  been 
enlarged,  and  the  third  or  reading  part,  variously  modified.     We  are 
aware  that  these  alterations  will  occasion  some  difficulty  with  classes 
in  usin^r  this  as  a  reading  book  with  former  editions,  and  tL 
hereafter  be  avoided  so  far  as  is  possible  with  our  Juty  of  being  cor- 
rect. 

A  distinguishing  feature  of  this  work  is  the  Third  Part,  so  emi- 
nently fitted  for  a  reading:  book  in  clashes.  It  is  s  kind  of  narrative 
read  with  great  interest  and  attention  by  children  who  have  made,  or 
yho  at  the  time  may  be  making  geography  a  - 

In  relation  to  this  part,  a  new,  and  as  it  is  conceived,  a  very  impor- 
tant improvement,  is  now  introduced,  for  a  knowledge  of  which,  to 
avoid  repetition,  reference  may  be  had  to  the  prefatory  note,  page  97. 

A  short  sketch  of  Ancient  Geography  also  is  now  introduced,  for 
die  convenience  of  those  who  may  wish  to  extend  their  inquiries  to 
iect. 

~.  1,1323. 


PART  I. 
Geographical    Or- 
thography, -  -  -  7 

PART  II. 

Grammar  of  Geog- 
raphy     13 

CONTENTS 

:i    Settle- 
ments, -  -  -  -    46 
Spani-h  America,  ib. 
West  Indies,  -  -    47 
SOUTH  AMERICA,  48 

EUROPE,   -  -  -     53 
Great  Britain    and 
Ireland.    -  -  -     54 
Lapland.   56 
y.  -  -  -  -     57 

Empire  of  Japan,    76 
Asiatic  Islands,       ib. 
Australasia,     -  -     76 
Polynesia,    -  -  -     ih. 
Summary  ol  Asia,  ib. 

AFRICA,      -  -  -  77 
Summary  of  Africa,  78 
Summary   of  the 
Population     of 
the  World,  -  -     ib. 
Questions   on   Map 
of  the  World,       79 
—  on  N.  America,    1 
—  on  Unit.  States,  83 
—  on  New  En  ?!.     85 
—on  Middle  States  87 
—  on  S.  America.    88 
—  on  Europe,      -     89 
—  on  British  Isles,  93 
—on  Asia,    94 
—on  Africa,    -  -    96 

PART  III. 

The  World,    -  -     97 
AMERICA,      -  -    99 
United  Sta'es,  -     100 
-England,      111 
Maine,    -  -  -  -     112 
Hampshire,  114 
Vermont,   116 
Massachusetts,      118 
Rhode-  Island,        123 
Connecticut,    -     125 
York,  -  -     127 
New-Jersey,    -     132 
Pennsylvania,       133 
Delaware,     -  -    136 
-.land,     -  -     13S 
Dist.  Columbia,     139 
Virginia,    -  -  -     141 
North  Carolina,    148 

'ieographical  Defi- 
nitions,   -  -  -  -  ib. 
Fhe  World,    -  -  -  19 
\M1 
N.  AMERICA  -  -  ib. 
ED  STATE- 

Sweden.    58 
.      59 
Poland,     60  ! 
-  -  -    ib. 
The     Netherlands, 
or  Holland,     -     61 
France,     62 
Germany,     -  -  -     63 
Austrian  Domin.     64 
Switzerland,  -  -    ib. 
Spain     -----    65 

New  Hampshir  • 
Vermont.    -  -  -  -  26 
Massachusetts    -     ib. 
Rhode  Island,    -     27 
Connecticut,   - 
New-York,     -  -     29 
New-Jersey,  -  -     31 
Pennsylvania,    -     32 
Delaware.   -  -  -     ib. 
!and,    -  -  -     33 
Virginia.      -  -  -     ib. 
.-Carolina,      So 
South  -Carolina,       36 
Georgia,   -  -  -  -     37 
Alabama,     -  -  -     ib. 
Missisippi,   -  -  -     38 
Louisiana,    -  -  -     39 
Florida,    ib. 
Tennessee,  -  -  -    40 
Kentucky,  -  -  -    41 
Ohio      ib 

Portugal,     -  -  -     ib. 
66 
Ionian  Republic,     67 
Turkey  in  Europe,  ib. 
Summary    of    Eu- 
rope,         68 

i  S  I  A                                           fiQ 

Turkey  in  Asia,       70 
ib. 
Independent  Tar- 
tar                        71 

Indiana,    -  -  -  -    42 
Illinois,     -  -  -  -     43 

-  'uri,     -  -  -     ib. 
Michigan  Ter.  -     44 
Arkansaw  Ter.  -     ib. 
British    Possessions 
in  N.  America,  45 

Persia,      -  -  -  -     ib. 
Arabia,      -  -  -  -     72 
India,     73 
Hindostan,  -  -  -     ib. 
Farther  India—  Bir- 
man  Empire,  kc.  74 
Chinese  Empire,    ib. 

A  2 


Tl 


CONTENTS. 


South-Carolina,  147 
Georgia,  -  -  -  150 
Alabama,  -  -  -  152 
Missisippi,  -  -  ib. 
Louisiana,  -  -  15  I 
Florida,  -  -  -  155 
Tennessee,  -  -  158 
Kentucky,  -  -  159 

Ohio, 161 

Indiana,  -  -  -  164 

Illinois, 165 

Missouri,  -  -  -  166 
Michigan  Ter.  ib. 
Arkansaw  Ter.  167 
British  Possessions 

in  N.  America,  168 
New  Britain,  -  ib. 

Canada, ib 

New  Brunswick  and 

Nova-Scotia,  171 
Newfoundland,  172 
Cape  Breton,  -  ib. 
Prince  Edward's 

Island,  -  -  -  173 
Bermudas,  -  -  -  ib. 
Spanish  Possessions 

in  North  Amer.  ib. 
Mexico,  or  New 

Spain,  -  -  -  -  ib. 
Greenland,  -  -  175 
West-Indies,  -  176 

Cuba, 179 

Hispaniola,  or  St. 

Domingo,  -  -  ib. 

Jamaica, 180 

Porto-Rico,  -  -  ib. 
Caribbee  Islands,  ib. 
Bahama  Islands,  181 
Turk's  Island,  -  ib. 
SOUTH  AMERICA. ib. 
Republic  of  Colom- 
bia, -----  185 


Peru, 187 

Chili, 189 

United  Provinces  of 
South  America,  190 

Brazil, 192 

English,   Dutch,  & 

French  Guiana,  195 
Unconquered  Coun- 
tries,    -  -  -  -  197 
slands,      -  -  -  -     ib. 

EUROPE,     -  -  -  198 

England,     -  -  -  199 

Wales,     -  .--  204 

Scotland,     -  -  -  ib. 

Ireland,   ....  206 

Lapland,      -  -  -  207 

Norway,     -  -  -  209 

Denmark,    -  -  -  211 

Sweden,  -  -  -  -  216 

Russia,     -  ---  219 

Poland, 225 

Prussia, ib, 

Netherlands,     -  227 

France, 230 

Germany,   -  -  -  234 

Austrian  Domin.  237 

Switzerland,  -  -  240 

Spain, 243 

Portugal, 247 

Italy, 249 

Turkey  in  Eur.  253 

ASIA, 256 

Turkey  in' Asia,  257 

Russia  in  Asia,  260 

Indep.  Tartary,  261 

Persia,     -  -  -  -  ib. 

Arabia,    -  -  -  -  263 

Hindostan,     -  -  266 

Birman  Empire,  270 

Malacca, 271 


Siam, 272 

Laos    and   Cambo- 
dia,     273 

Cochin-China,   and 

Tonquin,  -  -  ib. 
Chinese  Empire,  274 
Chinese  Tartary,  277 

Tibet, ib. 

Empire  of  Japan,  ib. 
Asiatic  Islands,  280 
Isles  of  Sunda,  -  ib. 

Borneo, 281 

Manillas,  or  Philip- 
pine Islands,  -     ib. 

Celebes, 282 

Moluccas,  or  Spice 

Islands,  -  -  -  ib. 
Australasia,  -  -  283 
Polynesia,  -  -  -  284 

AFRICA,  -  -  -  286 
Barbary  Mates,  ib. 

Egypt,      289 

East  Africa,  -  -  292 
Abyssinia,  -  -  293 
Countries  south  of 

Abyssinia,  -  294 
South  Africa,  -  296 
Colony  of  Cape  of 

Good  Hope,     -    ib. 
West  Africa,      -     297 
Coast  of  Guinea,      ib. 
Interior   of  Afri- 
ca,      299 

African  Islands,  300 
Sketch  of  Ancient 

Geography,  -  303 
Construction  of 

Maps,      -  -  -     315 
On  the  Globes,  -     317 
Table  of   Longi- 
tude,   -  -  -  -    32* 


DIRECTIONS  TO  THE  BINDER. 

Plate  I.     To  face  page 318. 

II.  316. 


GEOGRAPHICAL    ORTHOGRAPHY1. 


A  DIFFICULT  word  occurring  in  a  lesson,  of  which  a  child  doe* 
not  know  the  just  pronunciation,  or  the  sound  of  which  is  not  famil- 
iar to  I  •  uders^hi*  ta^k  much  more  tedious,  and  not 
unfrequently  defeats  hi*  purpose  altogether.  Most  of  such  word* 
therefore,  occurring  in  thi<  <ieoi;raphy,  arc  here  collected  together, 
divided  and  accented,  with  a  view  that  they  >hould  be  taught  t he- 
pupil,  not  only  till  he  can  READ,  hut  likewise  till  he  can  spell  them 
correctly,  lii  this  vsay  hi*  future  progress  in  committing  his  lessons, 
will  not  on!.  ly  facilitated,  hut  he  will  also,  at  the  same 
time,  acquire  a  knowledge  of  the  orthography,  or  correct  spelling  of 
the  nai  ,-s,  wherein  too  many  persons  are  found  deficient, 
even  after  having  completed  their  education. 

After  the  pupil  shall  have  ^one  through  with  his  geography,  this 
vocabulary  will  he  found  extremely  convenient  for  another  impor- 
tant purpose,  that  of  a  review  of  all  the  principal  subjects;  for  then 
to  the  -prllin<r  <;t  the  word,  he  may  be  called  upon  to  add  such  » 
description  of  the  place  or  thin»  as  iiis  geography  furnishes. 


Kingdoms,  States,  Countries,  8fc. 

A  mer'  i  ca 

Chi'  li 

Ger'  ma  ny 

Co  him'  hi  a 

Green'  land 

Africa 

Cal  i  for'nia 

Guin'  ea 

Ails'  tri  a 

Cor'  M  <-a 

Gra  na'  da 

Ag  ger  huys 

Co'chin-Chi'na 

Hoi'  land 

Am  a  zo'  ni  a 

Chi'  na 

HUII-J;'  a  ry 

A\is  tral  a'  sia 

Cam  bo7  di  a 

Hin  do- 

Ar  me'  ni  a 

Cat  a  lo'  ni  a 

In  di  an'  a 

A  ra'  bi  a 

Co  ro  man'  del 

It'  a  ly 

Ab  ys  sin'  i  a 

f  'on'  go 

11  li  nois' 

An  cla  lu'  si  a 

Dron'  theim 

Ire'  land 

As  tu'  ri  a 
Ar'  a  gon 

Del'  a  ware 
Den'  mark 

In'  di  a 
Ir  kutsk' 

Al  ui 

Don  go'  la 

Ja'  va 

A'  del 

Dar-Fur 

Ja  pan' 

A'jan 

Da  ho'  mey 

Ken  tuck'  y 

An  go'  la 

Eu'  rope 

Lap'  land 

Bra  zil' 

Eng'  land 

.Lou  is  i  an'  a 

Bu  e'  nos  Ay'  res 

E'  gypt 

La'  os 

Her'  gen 

Es7  tre  ma  du'  ra 

Lo  an'  go 

Bran'  den  burg 

K-'qui  maux 

Lab  ra  dor' 

Ba  va'  ri  a 

Flor'  i  da 

Mas  sa  chu'  sette 

Bo  he'  mi  a 

Flan'  ders 

Ma'  ry  land 

Bir'  man 

Fin*  land 

Mis  si  sip'  pi 

Bar'  ba  ry 

Fran  co'  ni  a 

Mich  i  gan' 

Ben  ga^ 

Fries'  land 

Mex'  i  co 

Bu  cha'  ri  a 

Pron'  in  gen 

Ma  lac'  ca 

Bar'  ca 

dueld'  er  land 

Mai'  ta 

Ben  gu  e'  la 

Geor'  gi  a 

Wai'  a  bar 

Be'  nin 

Gui  an'  a 

Mo  znm  bique' 

Can'  a  da 

Great-Brit'  ain 

North-Car  o  HAn* 

Con  nect'  i  cut 

Goth'  land 

New-Jer'  sey 

GEOGRAPHICAL  ORTHOGHAPHr. 


New-Hamp'  shire 

Per'  sia 

Tar'  ta  ry 

New-Bruns'  wick 

Po  ly  ne'  sia 

Ton'  quin 

New-Gra  na'  da 

Pal'  es  tine 

Tu'  nis 

Nor'  way 

Rus'  sia 

Ti'  bet 

New-York 

Rhode-Isl'  and 

Trip'  o  li 

New-Brit'  ain 

South-Car  o  li*na 

Tur'  key 

No'  va-Sco'  tia 

Scot'  land 

To  bolsk' 

Nu'  bi  a 

Swe'  den 

U  ni'  ted  States 

Na  to'  li  a 

Swit'  zer  land 

U'  trecht 

Na  varre' 

Si  le'  si  a 

Vir  gin'  i  a 

Neth'  er  lands 

Sax'  o  ny 

Ver  mont' 

Ohi'o 

Syr'  i  a 

Ven  e  zu  e'  la 

O  ver  ys'  sel 

Si'  am 

West  In'  dies 

Peru' 

Swa'bi  a 

Ward  huys 

Pat  a  go'  ni  a 

Sar  din'  ia 

West  pha'  li  a 

Port'  ii  gal 

Sic'  i  ly 

Wir'  tern  burg 

Pom  e  ra'  ni  a 

Sles'  wick 

Zea'  land 

Penn  syl  va'  ni  a 

Si  be'  ri  a 

Zan  que  bar 

Prus'  sia 

Ten  nes  see' 

Mountains. 

Al  leg'  ha  ny 

Cum'  ber  land 

Par  nas'  sus 

Ap'  en  nines 

Do'  fra  feld 

Snow'  don 

Ar'  a  rat 

Et'na 

Sto'  ny 

At'  las 

Gram'  pi  an 

St.  Goth'  ard 

Aga  ment'  i  cus 

Ho'  reb 

Si'nai 

A'  thos 

Hec'  la 

Tau'  rus 

An'  des 

Hae'  mus 

Ten  e  riffe' 

Al'  tay 

I'  da 

Ta'  ble 

Ap  a  lach'  i  an 

Kit  ta  tin/  ny 

U  ra'  li  an      • 

Ben-Ne'  vis 

Lib'  a  nus 

Ve  su'  vi  us 

Blue  ridge 

Mo  nad'  nock 

Wash'  ing  ton 

Chim  bo  ra'  zo 

O  lym'  pus 

Wa  chu'  sett 

Car  pa'  thi  an 

Pin'  dus 

White 

Cau  ca'  sus 

Pyr'  e  nees 

Rivers. 

An  dros  cog'  gin 

Chic'  a  pee 

Gen  es  see' 

Ap  a  la  chic'  o  la 

Chop  tank 

Gar  onne' 

Am  o  noo'  suck 

Ca  ya  ho'  ga 

Gaud  i  an'  a 

Al  a  ba'  ma 

Church'  ill 

Gan'  ges 

Ad'  ige 

Chau  di  ere' 

Gam'  bi  a 

A'  ram- 

Del'  a  ware 

Guad  al  quiv'  er 

Am'  a  zon 

Deer'  field 

Hack'  in  sack 

Ap  po  mat'  tox 

Du'na 

Ho-ang-Ho 

Al  ta  ma'  ha 

Dan'  ube 

Hud'  son 

Ar'  kan  saw 

Dnies'  ter 

Hock  hock'  ing 

Bra'  vo 

Dou'  ro 

Hum'  ber 

Bur  ram  poo'  ter 

Dnie'  per 

11  li  nois' 

Bran'  dy-wine 
Cum'  her  land 

Dwi'  na 
E  dis'  to 

Ir  ra  wa'  dy 
In'  dus 

Con  nect'  i  cut 

E  ni  sei' 

Ir'  tish 

Con'  too  cook 

Eu  phra'  tes 

Ju  ni  a'  ta 

Chow'  an 

K'  bro 

Ji'  hon 

Coo'  sa 

Es  se  qui'  bo 

Jap  an  ese' 

illi'AL    ORTHOGRAPHY. 


Ken  lie  beck' 

0  hi'  o 

uvl'  kill 

Kan  ha  \va' 

diee' 

Ken  ti 

On'  ion 

1,-c 

'  ki'a 

0  i 

lord 

<J  ri  no'  co 

She  nan  ilo'  ah 

La  mnillu' 

SI.  Ma'  ry 

On  is  <•<>:,   -in 

Sci 

La  Pla'  ta 

i  »  Qf 

Shan'  ih>n 

Lick'  in;; 

1'is  iv.i'  .1  qua 

St.  Fran'  cU 

-ip'  pi 

So  relic' 

Mer'  ri  mack 

Po  co  moke' 

'  ern 

Mi  rbi-'  coni 

:ee' 

Si'  hon 

Mo'  hawk 

Poo  soom'  suck 

San  dusk'  y 

;i'  ri 

Pa  tuck'  et 

St.  Fran  cis'  co 

Mo  no:. 

JY  nobs'  cot 

Sen  ^• 

Mo/  bili- 

Po  tow'  mack 

Ten  nes  see' 

Mi  am'  i 

I'.iu  tux'  et 

Tal  a  poo'  <u 

••n 

\'  ent 

Tom  bee'  bee 

-Mu>  kin^'  um 

'.-.'       CO 

The'  is 

Me  hei  '  rin 

Per  di'  do 

Ti'  gris 

Mex  i  ca'  no 

Par  a  ijuay' 

Tip  pa  ca  noe' 

Min'  ho 

10'   Kl 

Ti'  her 

Mei'  natn 

I'm  sa  co'  la 

TJI' 

-Me'  mel 

»Ye'  gel 

U'  ta  was 

*ey 

Rap  pa  han'  nock 

Vol'  tin 

Nash'  u  a 

Ko  a  noke' 

Vis'  tu  la 

Nan  ti  coke' 

i  tan 

\Va'  ha-h 

8t  Lan  '  :• 

\\'«-<t'  field 

men 

>  an'  nah 

We'  s«-r 

St.  inn'  tiin 

N  1  '/.oof 

Ni  ag'  a  ra 

Sus  (jin-  han'  nah 

\  •>  In  tf  a  ny 

!•>'  ti  cook 

Yam. 

Lukes. 

Ar'  ol 

>ic 

•  >-  pee 

Bai  kal' 

'.'  ri;  pis 

!  ma 

Con  stance' 

.Mich  ; 

Pon  char'  train 

Cham  plain' 

M. 

Su  pc'  ri  or 

Ca  nan  da'  qua 
Cha  taque' 

,  pl,i-<-  ma'  gog 
:  ;i  cai'  bo 

Sun  a  pee' 

Sen'  e  ca 

E'  rie 

Mo  ia'  \  i 

Tit  i  rac'  a 

'  va 

u  a 

Um'  ba  gog 

Hu'  ron 

O  ne  i'  da 

W  in'  i 

11'  men 

m  da'  ga 

Win  ni  IK. 

La  do'  ga, 
Loch  Lo  rnond' 

O  ii, 
On  ta'  ri  o 

Win  ni  pis  e  og'  ee 

We'  n«-r 

Lu  cern' 

'"'  g° 

Zu'  rich 

Oceans  and  Seas. 

At  Ian'  tic 

Ha!'  tic 

i  ter  ra'  ne  an 

Ar  chi  pel'  a  go 

Ca  rib'  be  an 

Mar  mo'  ra 

A  dri  at'  ic 

C:i*p'  i  an 

0  chotsk' 

A'  zof 

Chi  nese' 

Ska  gor-Rack 

A  ra'  bi  a 

man 

V  el'  low 

As  phal'  tes 

Jap'  an 

10 


GEOGRAPHICAL    ORTHOGRAPHY. 


Gulfs  and  Bays. 

Sa  Ion'  i  chi 

Isthmuses. 

Ap  a  lacb'  y 

Si'  dra 

Co  rinth' 

Baf  fin's 

St.  Law'  rence 

Da'  ri  en 

Buz'  zard's 

St.  An'  drews 

Pre'  cop 

Bis'  cay 

Si'  am 

•   Su'  ez 

Both'  ni  a 

Ton'  quin 

Ches'  a  peak 

Ta'  ble 

Cas'  co 

Ta  ren'  to 

Capes. 

Cal  i  for'  ni  a 

Ven'  ice 

Beach'  y 

Cain  peach'  y 

Zui'  der-zee 

Com'  o  rin 

Chal  eur' 

E  liz'  a  beth 

Del'  a  ware 

Sounds. 

Fare  well' 

En  gi'  a 

Al  be  marie' 

Fin  is  terre' 

Fin'  land 

Long-Isl'  and 

Guad  a  fu'  i 

Fun'  dy 

Pam'  li  co 

Hen'  lo  pen 

Gua  ya  quil' 

Hat'  te  IMS 

Guin'  ea 

Straits. 

Lo  pat'  ka 

Hon  du'  ras 

Bell  isle' 

Look  out' 

Hud'  son's 

Bher'  ing's 

Liz'  ard 

Le  pan'  to 

Bon  i  fa'  ci  o 

Mai'  a  bar 

Lo  ren'  zo 

Ba  bel  man'  del 

Mat'  a  pan 

Mex'  i  co 

CaPfa 

Mon  tauk'  Point 

Mas  sa  chu'  setts 

Cat'  te  gal 

Ne'  gro 

Ma  chi'  as 

Con  stan  ti  no'  pie 

Or'  te  gal 

Mo>  bile 

Da'  vis's 

Port'  land 

Nar  ra  gan'  set 

Do'  ver 

For'  poise 

Pla  cen'  tia 

Dar  da  nelles' 

Pern'  a  quid 

Per'  sia 

Gib  i  al'  ter 

Pa'  los 

Pas  sa  ma  quod'  dy 

Lit'  tie-Belt 

St.  Da'  vid's 

Pen  sa  co'  la 

Mes  si'  na 

St.  Ed'  mands 

Pa  na'  in  a 

Ma  gsl'  Ian 

St.  Lu'  cas 

Ri'ga 

Ma  lac'  ca 

Sa'  ble 

St.  Ro'  sa 

Sun'  da 

St.  Vin'  cent 

Islands. 

An  gle  sea' 

Cey'  Ion 

Hain'  an 

An  da'  man 

Cel'  e  bes 

Ire'  land 

An  ti'  gua 

Car'  o  line 

Ice'  land 

A  leu'  tian     » 

Ca  na'  ry 

Iv'  i  ca 

An'  na  bon 

Co  mo'  ro 

Ja  mai'  ca 

A  zo'  res 

Cor'  si  ca 

Ju  an-Fer  nan'  des 

A'  land 

Dom  i  ni'  ca 

Ja'  va 

Ber  mu'  da' 

Da'  go 

Jer'  sey 

Bar  ba'  does 

Falk'  land 

Ki  u  sui 

Ba  ha'  ma 

Fer'  roe 

Ku  rile 

Bor'  ne  o 

For  mo'  sa 

Lip'  a  ri 

Bour'  bon 

Fer  nan'  do-Po 

Lac'  ca  dive 

Cu'  ba 

Gra  na'  da 

La  drone' 

Car'  i  bee 

Guern'  sey 

Lee  oo-Kee'  oo 

Chi  lo'  e 

Gau  da  loupe' 

Mai'  dive 

Ce  pha  lo'  ni  a 

Great-Brit'  ain 

Man  hat'  tan 

Cape-Bret'  on 

Goth'  land 

Mar  ti  ni'  co 

Can'  di  a 

Hy  e'  res 

Major'  ca 

Ca  non'  i  cut 

His  pan  i  o'  la 

Mai'  ta 

Cor'  fu 

Heb'  ri  des 

Mount-De  serf 

GEOGRAPHICAL    ORTHOGRAPHY. 


11 


Mi  nor'  ca 

New-Caledo'nia 

Su  ma'  tra 

Mad  a  gas'  car 

Nav  i  ga'  tor's 

So  ci'  e  ty 

Ma  dei'  ia 

St.  Hel'ena 

Mo  lu< 

Ork'  ney 

Sas  ba'  li  en 

Mar  qu 

O  le'  ron 

Sand'  wich 

Mirhilli  mak'kinak 

().-'   land 

Si  kohl' 

New'  found  land 

0  ta  heite' 

Sol'  o  mon 

Nan  tu 

Port'  o  Ri'  co 

Sta'  ten 

Ni  co7  bar 

Pe'lew 

i  thol'  o  mew 

Ne  gro  pont' 

I'ap'  u  an 

St.  Do  ming'  o 

Ni'  pbon 

Phil'  ippine] 

Trin  i  dad' 

New-Hoi'  land 

l\n'  gen 

To  ba'  go 

New-Brit'  am 

Shet'land 

Tcr  IM  dcl-Fu  e'  go 

Ncw-Xc;.'  land 

Sar  din'  i  a 

Tex'  .-1 

ll.-b  'rides 

s».  l.u'  cia 

I     .bant' 

New-duin'  ea 

Bic'  ily 

\\  ;  1  •!»'  e  ren 

New-ln  '  land 

Seil'  ly 

Zea'  land 

Toions. 

Ai\-Ia  Cbap'elle 

Ba'  sil 

Cai'  to 

All    -T 

Bil  1)o'  a 

C'a-b'  gar 

Am'  herst 

Belgrade' 

Chi  li  co'  the 

Al'  ba  ny 

Ba  va'  res 

Co  lum'  bo 

Am'  boy 

Bom  deaux' 

Cag  li  a'  ri 

Ac  a  pul'  co 

Ba  yonne,' 

Dion'  theim 

Am  - 

Bm-' 

De  troit' 

Arch  a 

Bar  ce  lo'  na 

Dani'  zic 

Ah*  er  d 

dad 

Del'  hi 

A'  bo 

Buch' 

Dres'  den 

' 

Browns  vill©' 

Da  ma.s'  ni!< 

A'va 

Ban 

Da  mi  ut'  ta 

A  dri  a  no'  pie 

Ben  <  oo'  len 

I)i  ar  be'kir 

A  lep'  po 

Ba  ta'  vi  a 

Dar  bent' 

Al  ex  an'  dria 

Cm  tine' 

e  ter 

Ath'  . 

Car  Inle' 

Mil'  en  ton 

As  sump'  tion 

Charlc-'  ton 

Kd'  in  burgh 

Ar  a  qui'  pa 

Co  1.. 

Kl'  bing 

An  nap'  u  li* 

Con'  cord 

l.i  se  neur' 

Am  boy' 

(  'harle^'  town 

Fal'  moutli 

A  eh-- 

Co  lum'  bi  a 

Fa'  yette  villc 

Ant'  werp 

Cu  ma'  na 

Frank'  fort 

A  /of 

Cal'  mar 

Flor'  ence 

Ben'  ning  ton 

Cor  do'  va 

Fred'  er  irks  bnrp 

Bur'  liiiL:  ton 

Ca  yenne' 

Kbi-h'  ing 

Brat  tie  bor'  ough 

n  ba'  gen 

George'  to\vn 

Bel'  fast 

Cin  cin  na'  ti 

(int'  ten  burg 

Bait'  i  more 

Car  tha  ge'  na 

Gom  broon' 

Bnm-'  wick 

Cbiis  ti  an'  a 

(..•  no'  a 

Beau'  fort 

Carl*  ciW  na 

(>u  a  man'  ga 

Bn  >'  law- 

Cher'  son 

Glai 

Bran'  den  burg 
Bu  e'  nos-A\ 

-tan  ti  no'  pip 
(  'i  a'  CO\V 

(  Jol  con'  da 
Glouce'  ster 

Ber'  gen 

Cal  cut'  ta 

Han'  o  ver 

Ber'  lin 

Cash'  mere 

Hal'  low  ell 

Bir'  ming  ham 

Can'  ton 

Ha/  ver  hill 

GEOGRAPHICAL    ORTHOGRAPHY. 


Ham'  burg 

Mo  hi'  lew 

Ro  set'  ta 

Ha  van'  na 

New  bu  ry  port' 

Ran  goon' 

Hal'  i  fax 

New-  Lon'  don 

Sche  nee'  ta  dy 

Haer'  lem 

New'  ark 

Spring'  field 

Had'  dam 

New  cas'  tie 

Sa  van'  nah 

Ips'  wich 

New'  bern 

St.  Ge  ne  vi'  eve 

Ir  kutsk'  . 

North-  Yar'  mouth 

San  ta  Fe' 

Is'  pa  han 

New'  bu  ry 

St.  Au  gus  tine' 

Je  ru'  sa  lem 

New-Bruns'  wick 

Stet'  tin 

Jed'  da 

New-Bed'  ford 

Se  ville' 

Je'do 

North  amp'  ton 

Smyr'  na 

Kas  kas'  ki  a 

New-Ha'  ven 

Sa  mar'  cand 

Kings'  ton 

Natch'  es 

Shi'  ras 

Knox'  ville 

Nash'  ville 

Sa'  na 

Ko'  nigs  burg 

New  Or'  leans 

Se  ring  a  pa'  tarn 

Kol'ivan 

New-Mad'  rid 

Stut'  gard 

Lou'  is  ville 

Nan  ga  sa'  ki 

Sar  a  gos'  sa 

Lew'  is  town 

Na'  pies 

Sa  Ion'  i  chi 

Lan'  cas  ter 

Nan'  kin 

Su  rat' 

Liv'  er  pool 

Nag'  pour 

Stock'  holm 

Lon  don  der'  ry 

O  port'  o 

Smo'  lensk 

Ley'  den 

Os  we'  go 

St.   Sal  va  dor* 

Lim'  er  ick 

O  ne'  ga 

Sur  i  nam' 

Lon'  don 

Port'  land 

Sy  ra  cuse' 

Leip'  sic 

Phil  a  del'  phi  a 

Tren'  ton 

Las'  sa 

Pe'  t.  rs  burg* 

Trux  il'  lo 

Leg'  horn 

Pough  keep'  sie 

Tu'la 

Lau  sanne' 

Pitts'  burg 

Tor'  ne  a 

Lex'  ing  ton 

Poils'  mouth 

To  bolsk' 

Li'  ma 

Plym'  outh 

Tou'  louse 

Lan'  sing  burgh 

Prince'  ton 

Ton'  Ion 

La  hore' 

Pen  sa  co'  la 

Tom  buc'  too 

Ma  chi'  as 

Par  i  mar'  i  bo 

Tran'  que  bar 

Mid'  die  bu  ry 

Po  to'  si 

Um  me  ra  poo'  ra 

Mil'  ledge  ville 

Pa  ler'  mo 

Up'  sal 

Mont  pe'  Her 

Pres'  burg 

U  trecht' 

Mar  ble  head' 

Pe'gu 

Ver  gennes' 

Men  do'  za 

Pru'  sa 

Vin  cennes' 

Mos'  cow 

Pe'  kin 

Ve'  ra-Cruz 

Ma  ri  et'  ta 

Pal  mv'  ra 

Val  pa  rai'  so 

Mex'  i  co 

Platts'^burg 

Vi  en'  na 

Mar  a  cai'  bo 

Pon  di  cher'  r 

Ven'  ice 

Mag'  de  burg 

Pots'  dam 

Va  len'  cia 

Me  di'  na 

Qui'  to 

Worce'  ster 

Ma  dras' 

Que  bee' 

Wis  cas'  set 

Mu  nich' 

Qui  o'  la 

Wai'  pole 

Mai'  a  ga 

Rich'  mond 

Wil'  ming  ton 

Mi'  Ian 

Ra'  leigh 

Wash'  ing  ton 

Mec'  ca 

Rut'  land 

Wy'  burg 

Mo'  cha 

Ri'ga 

Wa'  ter  ford 

Ma  coa' 

Rot'  ter  dam 

War'  saw 

Mon  te-Vid'  e  o 

Re'  vel 

Yar'  mouth 

Mont  re  al' 

Ro  chelle' 

Yakutsh' 

Mar  seilles' 

Ron'  en 

Zu'  rich 

Moor  shed'  a  bad 

Roch'  fort 

Zei'  la 

GRAMMAR 

OF 

GEOGRAPHY 


DEFINITIONS. 

GEOC.K M-HY  is  a  description  of  the  surface  of  the  earth, 
the  constituent  parts  of  which  are  land  and  water. 

THK  LAND 

Isdivuled  intocontinents,  islands,  peninsulas,  isthmuses, 
-  or  promontories,  Mountains,  and  «-hoiv>  or   c< 

A  C'»M-IXEXT  is  tlie   largest  extent  of  land  containing 

many  countries,  and  no  where  entirely  separated  by  wa- 

The  mntinents  are  two;  the  Eit>;1<rn,    containing 

ta'o,  and  and  the    //'o7</-//,  containing 

1   ;ihd    Xnnlk  . 

An  IM.ANH  is  a  portion  of  land  surrounded  by  water; 
as  ^  '''«.  M(itlnzn»cur. 

A  PKMNJ»UI.A  is  a  portion  of  land  almost  surrounded 
by  water  :  a-  .Vv/i/i. 

An  I*i  iiMi'is  i*  a  neck  of  land  joining  a  peninsula  to  a 
continent  or  main  land  ;  as  the  lit  limits  of  Jjaricn,  which 
unit'-s  Xnrt/i  and  South  .hifrica. 

A  ('  \I«K  is  a  point  of  land  extending  far  into  the  sea  ;  as 
the  Cape  of  Good  Hope ;  if  the  land  be  high  and  utoun- 
tainou-.  it  i-  tailed  a  I'KOMONTOKY. 

3  IIOHE  or  COAST  is  that  land  which  borders  on  the  sea. 

A  MOUNTAIN  is  a  va-t  protuberance  of  the  earth.  If  a 
mountain  emit  smoke  and  flame,  it  is  called  a  VOLCANO. 
The  aperture  or  pit  from  which  the  smoke  isMir-,  and 
from  whence  cinders  and  red  hot  stones  are  sometimes 
ejected,  is  called  a  CHATEII. 

LAVA  is  the  melted  matter  that  boils  over  at  the  time 
of  an  eruption,  and  which  sometimes  flows  in  such  copi- 
ous streams  as  to  overwhelm  whole  cities  in  its  course. 

MINERALS  are  all  substances  dug  out  of  mines,  of  what- 
ever kind  -y  as  metals,  coal,  sulphur,  ochre,  &c. 
B 


14  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

THE  WATER. 

Is  divided  into  oceans,  seas,  lakes,  gulfs  or  bays,  havens, 
or  harbours,  straits,  channels,  sounds,  roads,  rivers,  and 
friths  or  estuaries. 

An  OCEAN  is  the  largest  extent  of  water,  no  where  en- 
tirely interrupted  by  land.  There  are  usually  reckoned 
four  oceans  ;  viz.  the  Pacific,  Atlantic,  Indian,  and 
Arctic  Sea,  or  Frozen  Ocean. 

A  SEA  is  a  small  extent  of  water,  somewhat  confined 
by  land,  but  communicating  with  the  ocean  ;  as  the 
Mediterranean  Sea.  If  a  sea  be  interrupted  by  a  great 
number  of  islands,  it  is  sometimes  called  an  Archi- 
pelago. 

A  LAKE  is  a  large  collection  of  fresh  water  in  the  inte- 
rior of  a  country  ;  as  Lake  Superior. 

A  GULF' or  BAY  is  a  part  of  the  sea  extending  up  into 
the  land  5  as  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

A  HAVEN  or  HARBOUR  is  a  small  portion  of  the  sea 
almost  surrounded  by  land,  where  ships  may  ride  safely 
at  anchor. 

A  STRAIT  is  a  narrow  passage  of  water  out  of  one  sea 
into  another;  as  the  Sfrait  of  Gibrulter. 

A  CHANNEL  is  a  passage  of  water  from  one  sea  to 
another,  but  wider  than  a  Strait ;  as  the  British  Chan- 
nel. 

A  SOUND  is  a  Strait  so  shallow  that  it  may  be  sounded. 

A  CHEEK  is  a  narrow  branch  of  the  sea,  running  up 
into  the  land.  Branches  of  rivers  are  'sometimes  called 
Creeks. 

A  ROAD  is  a  part  of  the  coast  where  ships  may  anchor. 

A  RIVER  is  a  considerable  stream  of  inland  water  run- 
ning into  some  sea,  lake,  or  other  river. 

A  FRITH  or  ESTUARY  is  the  widening  of  a  river  at  its 
mouth  into  an  arm  of  the  sea  ;  as  that  of  the  river  Ama- 
zon. 

A  large  body  of  water  tumbling  over  a  precipice  is 
called  a  CATARACT  or  FALLS.  If  the  quantity  of  water 
be  small,  it  is  a  CASCADE. 

Standing  water,  and  low  sunken  grounds  full-  of 
trees,  shrubs,  grass  and  mire,  are  called  MORASSES, 
BOGS,  FENS,  or,  as  more  common  in  the  United  States, 
SWAMPS. 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  15 

A  MAP  'esentation  of  the  earth,  or  any  part 

of  it  upon  paper  or   any  plane   surface.      In   general  the 

top  of  a  map  is  north,  the  bottom  MUith,  the  right  hand 
and  the  left  hand  west.  f.'/'tV-v  and  (.urns  are  rep- 
resented bv  an  .  bv  black  lines,  hi-nding  irregular- 
ly ;  ?/,  .  l.i  v  dark  shades;  </w/V.v,  bv  i  lu-' 
small  dots,  boundaries  ot  countries  and  states  by  dotted 
lines. 

The  Axis   of  the   earth   is   an   imaginary   line  passing 

through  its  centre,  from    north   to  south,  about   which  it 

rcviil\  The   northern    extremity   of  this 

!!ed  the  North  l}olc,  and  the  southern  extremi- 

.-//or,  or  Equinoctial  Line,  is  an  imaginary  cir- 
cle surrounding  -ii,  from  east  to  west,  at  an  equal 
distance  from  the  poles. 

A  HK.MISPHEKK  is  half  of  a  globe  ;    thus,  the  Equator 
:s    i  he  globe  into   two  hemispheres,    Northern  and 
Southern. 

The  EcLirric  is  a  great  circle  which  crosses  the 
equator  obliquely,  in  two  opposite  points,  called  the 
Equino\ 

two   circles   drawn   parallel   to   the 

equator,  al  -tant   from   it.      That  on  the 

north  of  the  equato  i  tiie    Tropic  of  Cancer,  that 

on  the  -  •  Tropic  of  Caprico 

are'two  small  circles  at  the  distance 

,       '      That  about   the  north 

pole  is  called  the  .irctic,   and  that  about  the  south  pole, 

The  i.illy  reckoned  five  /ones  or  Belts  of  the 

earth  ;  \  i/,.  unr.  torrid,  tivo  temperate,  and  liro  frigid. 

The  s}>ace  between  the  two  tropics  i>  called  the  Torrid 
Zone,  in  every  part  of  which  the  sun  is  vertical  twice  a 
year,  and  uf  com>e  the  weather  is  always  warm  ;  the  two 
ween  the  tropics  and  the  polar  circles  are  call- 
ed th"  ife  Zones  ;  and  the  two  spaces  between  the 
polar  circles  and  the  poles  are  called  the  Frigid  Zones. 

\  M  M<  i  m.vx  U  a  ineat  circle  crossing  the  equator  at 
right  an-Ies,  and  passing  thro'i-h  the  poles.  Every  place 
has  its  meridian,  at  which,  when  the  sun  arrives,  it  is 
noon  at  that  place. 

A  DKGRF.K  is  the  360th  part  of  any  circle.  A  degree 
of  a  great  circle  of  the  earth  contains  60  geographical, 

*  The  best  modern  authors  say,  23°  28'. 


16  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

or  69^  English  miles.  Each  degree  is  divided  into  60 
equal  parts,  called  minutes  ;  and  each  minute  into  60 
seconds. 

Degrees  are  usually  marked  with  a  small  cipher  over 
them"(°);  minutes  with  one  dash  ('),  and  seconds  with  two 
(")  ;  thus  23°  28'  16"  signify  twenty-three  degrees,  twen- 
ty-eight minutes,  and  sixteen  seconds. 

The  LATITUDE  of  any  place  is  its  distance  from  the 
equator,  either  north  or  south,  reckoning  in  degrees  and 
minutes. 

The  latitude  of  places  upon  maps  is  expressed  by  the 
figures  which  run  up  or  down  the  sides.  If  the  figures 
increase  upwards,  the  latitude  is  north;  if  they  increase 
downwards,  the  latitude  is  south.  The  latitude  of  any 
place  can  never  be  more  than  90,  which  brings  us  to  the 
pole. 

The  LONGITUDE  of  any  place  is  its  distance  east  or  west 
from  some  fixed  meridian,  reckoned  in  degrees  and  min- 
utes on 'the  equator. 

The  longitude  of  places  upon  maps  is  expressed  by  the 
figures  at  the  top  and  bottom. 

Longitude  is  reckoned  180  degrees,  east  or  west  from 
any  given  meridian,  which  brings  us  to  the  same  meridi- 
onal line  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  earth. 

The  HORIZON  is  that  circle  which  bounds  the  sight  on 
all  sides,  where  the  earth  and  sky  appear  to  meet. 

The  CARDINAL  POINTS  are  the  four  principal  points  of 
the  horizon,  viz  East,  West,  North,  and  South,  often- 
times written  E.  for  east,  W.  for  west,  &c. 

The  ATMOSPHERE  or  AIR,  is  a  fine,  invisible,  elastic 
fluid,  every  where  surrounding  the  earth,  and  extending 
some  miles  from  its  surface. 

WIND  is  air  put  in  motion.  The  velocity  of  wind  in  a 
storm  has  been  estimated  at  about  63  miles  in  an  hour; 
in  a  fresh  gale,  at  21  miles  ;  and  in  a  gentle  breeze,  at 
about  ten  miles  an  hour. 

Winds  may  be  divided  into  constant,  periodical,  and 
variable. 

CONSTANT  WINDS  blow  always  in  one  direction.  These 
prevail  in  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  Oceans,  under  the  e- 
quator,  where  there  is  a  constant  east  wind.  To  about 
28°  on  the  north  of  the  equator,  the  wind  blows  constant- 
ly from  the  north  east,  and  to  as  many  degrees  south,  it 
blows  from  the  south  east.  These  are  also  called  Trop- 
ical or  General  Trade  Winds. 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY* 


PERIODIC  u.  \Vi.\us  blow  haif  a  year 
in  one  direction,  and  half  a  year  in  a 
contrary  direction,  and  are  called  Mon- 
soon-, or  S  nt'iiaj;  Trade  Winds. 

These  prevail  chiefly  in  the  Indian 
Ocean.  There,  from  May  to  October, 
the  wind  blows  from  the  south-east,  and 
during  the  rest  of  the  year,  from  the 
north -west,  from  three  to  ten  degrees, 
south  latitude. 

Jn  the  Arabian  Sea,  and  in  the  Kay  of 
.!  there  is  another  Monsoon,  blow- 
ing from    October  to    April,   from  the 
.    and    during   the  other  six 
months,   from     the    south-west.       The 
shifting  of  these  winds  is  attended  with 
dreadful  hurrican 

In  the  West-Indies,  the  winds  blow 
from  the  land  in  the  night,  and  from 
the  sea  during  the  day,  changing  their 
direction  every  twelve  hours>  These 
are  called  LAND  and  SKA  HRKKZXS. 

V.YUI  IBLE  \Vi\ns  are  those  which  are 
subject  to  no  regularity  of  duration  or 
change. 

CLIMATK,  in  its  general  acceptation, 
means  the  temperature  of  the  air  in 
any  place. 

The  TIIKKMOMETER  is  an  instrument  for  as- 

it  or  cold. 

It   consists  of  a    hollow  tube  of   glass    with 
a     bulb     at    bottom     filled     with     quicksilver. 
Meat  causes  .ill    bodies  to  expand;     cold  caus- 
11    to   contract.      Consequently,    a 

. 

as  it  !)••• 
thin    points    out    i 

mcnt,- 
32° — ti. 

22.       'i  • 

correspond. sit   equ  ,  or  0, 

is    call-  '.jut    J(<° 

quicksilver  loses  its  fluidity,  and  becomes  a  sol- 
id body. 


B2 


Thermometer. 


20-t 


I1EA1 


_ 

IIRVJ 


TEMP 


ING. 


18  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

RELIGION.  The  principal  religions  in  the  world  are 
four  5  the  Pagan  or  Heathen,  the  Mahometan,  the  Jew- 
ish, and  the  Christian. 

Paganism  is  the  worship  of  idols  and  false  gods.  It  is, 
as  yet,  the  most  extensive  of  all  religions. 

Mahometanism  is  a  system  of  religion  devised  by  Ma- 
homet, sometimes  called  the  false  prophet,  and  is  con- 
tained in  a  book  called  the  Koran  or  Alcoran.  The  fol- 
lowers of  this  religion  are  called  Musselmen,  or  Mahom- 
etans. 

Judaism  is  the  religion  of  the  Jews,  who  admit  the 
authority  of  the  Old  Testament,  but  reject  that  of  the 
New. 

Christianity  is  the  religion  taught  by  Christ  and  his  A- 
postles,  and  is  contained  in  the  New  Testament.  It  may 
be  considered  under  three  general  divisions ;  Roman 
Catholic,  Greek  Church,  and  Protestant. 

Roman  Catholics,  or  Church  of  Rome,  admit  the  su- 
premacy of  the  Pope,  and  are  called  Papists. 

The  Greek  church  resembles  the  Roman  Catholic  in 
its  form  and  ceremonies,  but  denies  the  supremacy  of  the 
Pope. 

Protestants  are  so  called  from  their  protesting  against 
the  authority  of  the  Church  of  Rome,  at  the  time  of  the 
reformation,  in  the  16th  century.  They  are  divided  in- 
to various  denominations,  as  Presbyterians,  Episcopalians, 
Congregationalists,  Baptists,  Methodists,  Quakers,  &c. 

GOVERNMENT.  There  are  but  three  elementary  forms 
of  government ;  Monarchy,  Aristocracy,  and  Democracy. 

1.  Monarchy  is  a  government  exercised  by  one  man. 
If  he  be  under  the  restraint  of  laws,  it  is  called  a  limited 
monarchy  ;  if  he  be  not  under  the  restraint  of  laws,  but 
govern  according  to  his  own  will,  it  is  called  an  absolute 
monarchy,  or  despotism. 

2.  Aristocracy,  or  Oligarchy,  is  a  government  exer- 
cised by  a  small  number  of  men,  usually  called  the  no- 
bility. 

3.  Democracy  is  a  government  exercised  by  the  whole 
body  of  the  people. 

A  Republic  is  a  government  exercised  by  a  number  of 
men  cho»en  by  the  people  for  a  limited  time.  Such  is 
that  of  the  United  States. 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  19 


THE  WORLD. 


NOTE.     Words  italicized  throughout  the  book,  denote,  that  the 

-Mi^uished  are  exhibited    on    the    MAPS  in  the  Atlas, 

with    which    this    book    is    accompanied,   where,   in  every    instance, 

-••idled  by  the  pupil.     It  is  there,  a  knowledge  of 

;  Uion    of   places  is   to  be   acquired;     their    latitude    and  lou- 

v   these  should  be  committed    to   mem- 

•undanes  of   countries;    the    rise  and  course  of  rivers ; 

the    countries    and  states  through  which    they  flow  ;    the  seas  into 

which  they  empty  ;    all  which,  and  various  other  things  of  this  na- 

'idied   to    much   better   purpose    on  a  MAP  than  learnt 

from  a  BOOK.  • 

THK.  world  or  earth  is  a  large  globe,  the  diameter  of 
which  is  nearlv  e'mht  thousand  miles,  and  its  surface  con- 
tains nearly  %()()  millions  of  square  miles. 

It  is  90  millions  of  miles  from  the  sun,  about  which  it 
revolves  once  a  year  ;  and  turns  round  on  its  own  axis 

v  day. 

The  earth  is  generally  divided  into  four  unequal  parts, 
called  quarters  ;  Em-ope,  Asia,  J/frica,  and  America. 

Europe  is  the  smallest  division,  but  is  distinguished  for 
its  learning:,  politeness,  government  and  laws  ;  for  the 
industry  of  its  inhabitants,  and  the  temperature  of  its  cli- 
mate. It  is  the  only  quarter  of  the  globe  which  has  yet 
been  fully  explored  and  known. 

In  .-7-bit/,  the   human  race  was  first  planted,  and  there 
•iost  remarkable  transactions  occurred,  which  are  re- 
corded in  scripture  history. 

Africa  has  been  always  in  a  state  of  barbarism,  if  we 
except  the  Egyptians,  those  ancient  fathers  of  learning, 
and  Carthage,  once  the  rival  of  the  Roman  Empire. 

At,.  .1*1  unknown  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  other 

continent,  till  a  little  more  than  three  hundred  years 
aLro,  \\hiM»  it  was  discovered  by  Christopher  Columbus; 
and  hence  it  is  frequently  called  the  New  World,  in  con- 
tradistinction to  the  Eastern  Continent,  first  known,  and 
thence  called  the  Old  World. 


20  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 


AMERICA 

[s  supposed  to  contain  upwards  of  14  millions  of  square 
miles,  and  about  35  millions  of  inhabitants. 

MOUNTAINS.  A  range  of  mountains  runs  the  whole 
extent  of  the  American  continent,  a  distance  of  more 
than  1 1,000  miles,  in  a  direction  nearly  parallel  with  the 
western  coast,  and  is  the  longest  range  of  mountains  on 
the  globe.  The  dtndesin  South  America,  the  Cordilleras 
in  Mexico,  and  the  Stony  or  Rocky  Mountains  in  North 
America,  are  parts  of  this  range. 

DIVISIONS.  Its  grand  divisions  are  North  America, 
the  West  Indies,  and  South  America. 

NORTH  AMERICA. 

DIVISIONS.  The  three  grand  divisions  of  North  Amer- 
ica are,  1st,  the  United  Statesinthe  middle  ;  2d,  British 
America  in  the  north  ;  3d,  Spanish  America  in  the  South. 
There  are  also  Greenland  in  the  northeast,  belonging  to 
Denmark,  and  the  Russian  settlements  in  the  north-west, 
both 'of  small  extent  and  little  consequence. 

MOUNTAINS.  The  principal  mountains  are  the  Jllleg- 
kany  and  the  Stony  Mountains. 

RIVERS.  The  most  distinguished  rivers  are  the  Mis- 
sisippi,  Sf.  Lawrence,  Missouri,  Ohio,  Columbia  and 
Mackenzie's  river. 

LAKES.  Its  Jakes  are  grand  and  numerous.  The 
principal  are  Slave  Lake,  Lake  of  the  Hills,  Lake  Win- 
nipeg, Lake  Superior,  Lake  Huron,  Lake  Michigan, 
Lake  Erie,  and  Lake  Ontario. 

GULFS.  There  are  three  noted  gulfs, — the  Gulf  of 
Mexico,  Gulf  of  California,  and  the  Gulf  or  Bay  of  St. 
Lawrence.  **"  * 

The  GULF  STREAM  is  a  current  in  the  ocean  proceeding 
from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  along  the  American  coast,  to 
Newfoundland,  whence  it  turns  off,  and  is  lost  in  the  At- 
lantic Ocean. 

BAYS  and  STRAITS.  .Baffin's  and  Hudson's  are  the 
largest  bays  ;  Davis* s,  Hudson's,  and  Bhering^s,  the  most 
noted  straits. 

ISLANDS.  The  most  considerable  islands  are  New- 
foundland, Cape  Breton,  Prince  Edward's,  Long  Island, 
Bermuda,  and  the  Aleutian  or  Fox  Islands. 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  21 

CAPES.     The  most  prominent  capes  are  Cape  Farewell, 
.  Cape  Sable,   (V//  m-  lookout,  Cape 

St.  Luca-i,  and  Cape  Prince  of  //«/«-.•»•. 

UNITED    STATES. 

The  number  of  the  States  at  the  time  they  gained  their 

independence  was  13  :    the  present  numb-  -!ates, 

1  District,  and  5  Territm  i<'>.      They  are    bounded  north 

'ith  bv   ljiiti>h   and    Spanish   America;    east   and 

Mian1  ic  and  P.icilic  Ocean-. 

Me  The   two  principal  ranges  of  mountains 

are,  the  JRncky  Moutitains  in  the  west,  and  the  Jilleghany 

•tains  in  the  «• 

LAKKS.      Luke  Michigan  and  Lake   Chaiiipltiin  are  the 
ithin  the   territory   of  the  United    States. 
-  S.-tfirrinr,  If/iron,  AY/r,  and  Ontario,  are  partly  in 
the  I  ites  and    partly  in  Canada. 

Rivi- :HS.    Tlu*  J//.v.m//////  is  the  most  dUtinmiished  river. 

:icipal  tributary  brandies  are  the  MiH^>i>ri,  Jlrkan- 

.  and  ///M'J/.V.      yv/j//f'...s-rr,  Cumberland^  and  the 

;  ivers  eiuptyin'j;  into  the  Ohio.     These, 

er  with  the   lakes,    constitute   what,  are   sometimes 

3.  The  principal  rivers  east  of 

the  mu-int.iins.  pro.  >m  Main-  to  the  Mi--i<ippi, 

are  /'•  ••/'//,  AV/ro,  Mrrriwac, 

; '        ^Delaware,  Hannah,  Potowmac, 

Rappahannock, York\  Jamr.t.  Hnnnnkr,  /'nlic.  Eunice,  Sa- 
vani:'  '/faniftlid,  til.  John'*;  .'/jxiluchicola,  and 

tlie  M .',ili.      These  are  all  large  and  navigable  ri\ 

li.\vs.      The   principal    bays   are,  Massachusetts   /'"'/, 

which  sets  up  into  the  land  between  f'ajn-  .Inn  and  (\ijjc 

Buzzard, Narragansct,  l);l(tn'nn\t\\\A  Cltesapeukb&ys. 

Th'-re  are  three    noted   sounds,  Jilbemarle, 

ilico,  and  Lou-*  /if<intl  So/ 

The  iiin-t  prominent  capes  are  Cape  Jinn,  Cape 
Cod,  Cape  Mnlnhnr.  and  Mmtank  Point,  Saudi/  ILtuk, 
Cape  Mai/,  Cajn-  /  .  Cape  Henry, 

Cape  //it'll  rat.   ('</  'I,  and  Capr  J-'u.r. 


The  principal  irdai.  land,  Rhodi 

Jyfaml.    situated    in    Narraganlet  bay  :    \anfin-kiL 
Mn  r(i  turd. 

DIVISIONS.      The  whole  territory  of  the    ^^ 
may  be  considered  under  FOUU  Grand  Divis^^V;   1st.  the 
Eastern  or  Northern  ;  2d.  the  Middle  ;  Sj^^e  Southern  5 
4th.  the  Western. 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 


in  1820. 


1.     THE   EASTERN  OR  NORTHERN  STATES. 

States.  Capital  Towns.  Population    Population  Increase  in    Slaves 

Maine,  Portland, 

New  Hampshire,  Concord, 
Vermont,  Montpelier, 

Massachusetts,      Boston, 

Rhode-Island,     i  £™vi(lencef 
&  Newport, 

Hartford,  & 
New  Haven, 


Connecticut, 


in  1810. 

228,705 
214,460 
217,895 
472,040 

in  1  820. 

298,335 
244,161 
235,764 
523,287 

10  years. 

69,630 
29,701 
17,869 
51,247 

76,931 

83,059 

6,128 

261,942 

275,248 

13,306 

48 
97 


These  are  also  called  the  New-England  States  ;  or  simply,  New- 
England. 

2.  THE  MIDDLE  STATES. 

Capital  Towns.      Population     Population  Increase  in     Slaves 


Stales. 

New-York, 

New-Jersey, 

Pennsylvania, 

Delaware, 

Maryland,. 

Dis.  of  Columbia, 


in  1810.          in  1820.    .  10  years,  in  1820. 

Albany,  959,049  1,372,812  413,763  10,088 

Trenton,  245,562      277,575     32,013  7,557 

Harrisburg,  810,091  1,049,398  239,307  211 

Dover,  72,674       72,749            75  4,509 

Annapolis,  380.546     407,350     26,804  107,398 

Washington,  f  24,023       33,039       9,016  6,377 


3. 


States. 


THE  SOUTHERN  STATES. 

Capital  Towns. 


Virginia, 

North  Carolina, 

South  Carolina, 

Georgia, 

Alabama, 

Missisippi, 

Louisiana, 


Richmond, 
Raleigh, 
Columbia, 
Mil  ledge ville, 

Cahawba, 
Monticelld, 
New  Orleans, 


Population 
in  1810. 
974,622 
555,500 
415,115 
252,433 

40,352 
76,556 


Population 
in  1820. 

1,065,366 
638,829 
502,741 
340,989 
127,901 
75,448 
153,407 


Increase  in    Slaves 
10  years,     in  1820. 

90,744  425,153 
83,329  205,017 
87,625  258,475 
98,556  149,656 
41,879 

35,096     32,814 
76,851     69,064 


4.    THE  WESTERN  STATES. 


States.                        Capital  Towns. 

Tennessee,         Murfreesboro', 
Kentucky,          Frankfort, 
Ohio,                    Columbus, 
Indiana,              Indianapolis, 
Illinois,               Vandalia, 
Missouri,             Jefferson, 
£   /Michigan,  Detroit, 
'|  \NorthWest, 
•13   <  Missouri, 
^   y  Arkansaw,  Arkopolis, 

Population 
in  1810. 

261,727 
406,511 
230,760 
24,520 
12,282 

4,762 
14,273 

Population 
in  1820. 

422,813 

564,317 
581,434 
147,178 
55,211 
66,586 
8,895 

Increase  in      Slaves- 
10  years,      in  1820. 

161,086     80,097 
157,806  126,732 
350,674 
122,658         190 
42,929        917 
10,222 
4,133 

1,617 

Pensacola. 
Population  according  to  Census. 

Free  Citizens.  Slaves. 

.0  :  6,048,539  1,191,364 

,157,304  1,538,178 


Total. 

7,239,903 
9,638,734 


08,765     Incr.  346,814       Incr.  2,398,831 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 


TABLE 

Showing  the  number  of  square  miles  in  eacli  State,  the 
population  to  a  xjuare  mile,  and  the  mnnfjtrs  employed 
in  u^i-irultiirr.  manufactories,  and  commerce,  and  'the 
number  of  representatives  in  Congress. 


(  

Pop.to     I 

•her  employed. 

In  in.uii:-            1  ii  i  iiin- 

in.        rulliiic. 

Rep. 

Maine, 

10 

7,643 

4,297 

7 

Hampshire, 

9,491 

8,699 

1,068 

6 

Vermont, 

10,212 

8,484 

776 

5 

Massachu< 

13,102 

13 

Rhode  I.-land, 

53 

6,  £91 

1,162 

2 

Connecticut, 

4,674 

50,518 

1  7,-54  1 

3,581 

6 

New  York, 

46,000 

SO 

247,648 

60,038 

(.),  113 

34 

New 

8.520 

33 

40,812 

15.941 

1,830 

6 

46,000 

23 

140,801 

60,215 

7,083 

26 

Delaware, 

^24 

13,2:59 

'    2,821 

533 

1 

Maryland, 

79,135 

18,640 

4,rn 

9 

17 

276,422 

S2.,SS6 

4,509 

22 

North  Carolina, 

. 

13 

ir-Mix; 

18,844 

2,551 

13 

South  Carolina, 

24,000 

6,747 

2,684 

9 

.Ja, 

60,000 

101,185 

3,557 

2,139 

7 

Alabama. 

44,000 

3 

30.6-42 

1,412 

452 

2 

Mississippi, 

-4.>.000 

2 

294 

652 

1 

Louisiana, 

48,000 

3 

55,!J41 

is,  041 

6,251 

3 

TjBnnec 

40,000 

11 

101,919 

7,860 

882 

9 

Kentucky, 

40,000 

13 

152,161 

n,::(.) 

1,617 

12 

Ohio, 

59.000 

15 

110,991 

18,956 

1,459 

14 

Indiana, 

36,000 

3 

61,515 

3,229 

429 

S 

Him- 

52,000 

1 

12,595 

1,007 

255 

1 

Missouri, 

60,000 

1 

14.247 

1,952 

495 

1 

MAINE. 

Maine  is  divided  into  9  counties.* 
MOUNTAIN-.      Katahdin   is  a  lofty  mountain,  about  80 
miles  north  of  BcaijfL  Agamentfctis,  in  the  town  of  York, 

*  As  it  1*  unnecessary  for  the  pupil  to  commit  to  memory  the  name*  of  the   Counties,  except 
perhaps  of  the  State  in  which  he  resides,  they  are  placed  at  the  bottom  of  the  page  in  notes. 

Name*  of  the  Cuuatin  i»  Maine. 

York,  Kennebeck,  Washington, 

Cumberland,  Somerset,  Oxford, 

Venobscot. 


24  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

is  a  mountain  of  considerable  eminence,   and  a  noted 
landmark  for  mariners. 

RIVERS.  The  principal  rivers  are  Penobscot,  Kennebeck, 
iftndwscoggin,  Saco,  and  the  Sebasticook,  a  branch  of  the 
Kennebeck.  St.Croixis  an  inconsiderable  stream,  noted 
only  as  forming  the  eastern  boundary  of  the  United  States. 
LAKES.  In  Maine  there  is  a  profusion  of  lakes  and 
ponds.  Moosehead  is  the  largest  lake,  being  about  40 
miles  in  length.  Umbagog  lake  lies  partly  in  Maine  and 
partly  in  New  Hampshire.  Sebacook  lake  is  a  consider- 
able body  of  water.  18  miles  N.  W.  of  Portland. 

BAYS.  Passamaquoddy,  Machias,  Frenchman's,  Penob- 
scot, and  Casco,  are  the  principal  bays. 

CAPKS.  Porpoise,  Elizabeth,  Small  Point,  and  Pema- 
quid  Point,  ^fc 

ISLANDS.  The  islands  along  the  coast  are  very  nume- 
rous. Mount  Desert  is  15  miles  long  by  12  broad,  and  con- 
tains 1121  inhabitants.'  Long  Island  in  Penobscot  bay 
forms  a  township  by  the  name  of  Islesborough.  Near 
this  is  Deer  Island,  which  is  also  an  incorporated  town. 

Sequin  Island  is  at  the  mouth  of  Kennebeck  river.  On 
this  island  is  a  light-house  with  a  repeating  light,  made  to 
disappear  every  ninety  seconds,  to  distinguish  it  from 
Portland  light-house. 

TOWNS.  The  most  considerable  towns  are  Portland, 
Eath<  J'Viscasset,  Hallowell,  Jiugusta,  York,  Falmouth, 
North-Yarmouth,  Brunswick,  Belfast,  Castine,  and  Ma- 
chias. 

COLLEGES.  Bowdoin  College  at  Brunsiuick;  Waterville 
College,  under  the  direction  of  members  of  the  Baptist 
denomination,  at  Waterville  ;  and  a  Theological  Semi- 
nary at  Bangor,  supported  by  Congregation^  lists. 

A  road  is  laid  out  from  Bangor,  on  Penobscot  river,  to 
Quebec,  a  distance  of  about  200  miles. 

The  staple  commodities  are  lumber,  wood,  and  salt  fish. 
Lime  is  manufactured  in  large  quantities  at  Thomastown* 

NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 

New-Hampshire  is  divided  into  8  counties.* 
RIVERS.     Five  of  the  largest  rivers  in  New-England  re- 
ceive more  or  less  of  their  waters  from  this  State  ;  the  Con- 

*  Name*  of  the  Counties  in  New-Hamp»hire. 

Coos,  Cheshire,  Merrimack, 

Grafton,  HilUborough,  Rockingham, 

SuUiYan,  Stratford. 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  25' 

necticut,  Merrimack^  Piscataqua,Saco,  and  Amir  os  cog  gin. 
The  Piscataqua  is  the  only  large  river  which  has  its  whole 
course  within  the  State.  There  are  several  smaller  riv- 
ers, among  which  are  the  Contoocook,  Upper  and  Lower 
Amonoosuck,  J/r</rw/- and  Sugar  Rivers. 

MOUNTAINS. The  JThilc  Mountains  are  the  highest  not 
only  in  New  Hampshire,  but  in  the  United  States.  Mount 
Washington,  the  most  elevated  summit,  has  been  esti- 
mated at  about  7,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  ocean. 
It  is  covered  with  snow  a  great  part  of  the  year,  and  may 
be  seen  many  leagues  off  at  sea,  like  a  bright  cloud  low 
in  the  horizon. 

More  southwardly  and  parts  of  the  same  range,  between 
Connecticut  and  Merrimack  rivers,  are  Moosehillock, 
Sunapee,  and  the  Grand  Monadnock,  the  height  of  which 
is  5,254  feet. 

LAKES.  JFinnipiseogee  is  the  largest  lake  in  the  State. 
It  is  24  miles  in  length,  and  navigable  its  whole  extent 
The  other  considerable  lakes  are  Umbagog*  in  the  north- 
east corner  of  the  State,  Squam,  Sunapee,  Great  Ossapee, 
and  Massabesic.  Massabesic  lake  is  in  Chester,  and  is  SO 
miles  in  circumference.  A  company  has  been  incorpo- 
rated to  open  the  navigation  between  this  lake  and  the 
Merrimack  ;  the  distance  is  about  4  miles. 

ISLANDS.  The  Isle  of  Shoals,  8  in  number,  are  9 miles 
from  Portsmouth  light-house.  They  consist  of  barren 
rocks,  inhabited  by  about  100  people  who  subsist  by  fishing. 
TOWNS.  The  cnief  towns  are  Portsmouth,  Exeter,  Con- 
cord, Amherst,  Keene,  IValpole,  Charlestown,  Hanover, 
Haverhill  and  Plymouth. 

COLLEGE.  Dartmouth  is  the  only  college  in  the  State, 
situated  at  Hanover. 

CANALS.  Locks  and  canals  have  been  constructed  on 
the  Merrimack,  so  that  boats  now  descend  this  river, 
without  any  obstruction,  from  Concord  through  the  Mid- 
dlesex canal  to  Boston  ;  likewise  round  the  falls  of  Con- 
necticut river,  in  Lebanon,  by  which  boats  now  ascend 
that  river  to  Bath,  SOO  miles  from  the  sea. 

IRON.  There  are  two  iron  establishments  in  Franconia, 
one  of  which  employs  60  hands,  and  makes  from  12  to  15 
tons  of  iron  weekly.  The  ore  is  transported  3  miles,  from 
a  mountain,  and  is  considered  the  richest  in  the  United 
States. 

The  staple  commodities  are  beef,  pork,  flaxseed,  pot 
and  pearl  ashes. 

C 


26  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

VERMONT. 

Vermont  is  divided  into  13  counties.* 

MOUNTAINS.  The  Green  Mountains  extend  the  whole 
length  of  the  State,  and  divide  the  waters  which  fall  east 
into  the  Connecticut,  from  those  which  fall  west  into  lake 
Champlain. 

RIVERS.  The  principal  rivers  west  of  the  mountains, 
are  Michiscoui,  Lamoille,  Onion  and  Otter  Creek  rivers  ; 
east  of  the  mountains,  are  West,  White  and  Poosoom- 
suck  rivers,  which  empty  into  the  Connecticut. 

LAKES.  Lake  Champlain  washes  a  large  part  of  the 
western  side  of  Vermont.  It  communicates  with  the  St. 
Lawrence  by  the  river  Sorelle,  which  is  navigable.  Mem- 
phremagog,  on  the  north  line  of  Vermont,  is  a  small  lake 
mostly  within  the  limits  ot  Canada. 

TOWNS.  The  chief  towns  are  Bennington,  Windsor,  Rut- 
land, Burlington,  Middlebury,  Vergennes,  Bratllcborough, 
Newbury,  and  Montpelier,  which  is  the  seat  of  government. 

COLLEGES.   "Vermont  University"  at  Burlington;  and 
a  college  at  Middlebury,   supported  chiefly  by  private 
bounty. 

CANAL.  A  canal  with  several  locks  has  been  construct- 
ed round  Bellows'  Falls  in  Connecticut  river. 

The  staple  commodities  are  pot  and  pearl  a«hes,  beef, 
pork,  maple  sugar,  butter  and  cheese. 

MASSACHUSETTS. 

Massachusetts,  the  most  populous  State  in  the  Union, 
is  divided  into  14  counties.! 

MOUNTAINS.  A  continuation  of  the  Green  Mountains 
extends  through  the  western  end  of  the  State.  Saddle 
mountain,  in  Williamstovvn,  Mount  Tom  and  Mount  Hoi- 
yoke,  near  Northampton,  Wachusett  in  Princeton,  and 
Mount  Toby  in  Sunderland,  are  some  of  the  most  noted. 

*  Names  of  the  Counties  in  Vermont. 

Eennington,  Addison,  Grand  Jsle,         "I  west  of  the  mountain. 

Rutland,  Chittenden,  Franklin,  S 

Washington,  in  the  centre  of  the  State,  in  which  is  Montpelier,  the  Capital. 


Orleans,  Caledonia,  Windsor, 


east  of  the  mountains. 


Essex,  Orange,  Windham, 

f  Names  of  the  Counties  in  Massachusetts. 

Berkshire,  Uamden,  Essex,  Plymouth,  Dukes, 

Hampshire,  Worcester,  Suffolk,  Bristol,  and 

Franklin,  Middlesex,  Norfolk,  Barnstable,  Nantucket. 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

RIVERS.  The  principal  rivers  are  Connecticut,  Si  rat- 
ford  or  Housatonick,  JJccrfitl'l,  //'t*///Y/,/,  Chicapec,  Mll- 
/er's,  Merrimack,  Concord,  Nashua,  Taunton,  Charles, 
and  Patucket. 

CANALS.  Middlesex  canal  is  30  miles  in  length,  an  I 
connects  Boston  harbour  with  Merrimack  river.  Canals 
have  also  been  constructed  around  the  Tails  in  Connecti- 
cut river  at  South  Hadlcij.  The  nidckx.'one  canal  from 
Worcester  to  Providence  is  40  miles  in  length. 

BVYS.  Massachusetts  is  Jhe  largest  bay.  It  is  a  part  of 
the  ocean  extending  up  between  Cape  Jinn  and  Cape  Cod. 
The  distance  between  these  two  capes  is  45  miles.  Bos- 
ton, Plymouth,  and  tta:n*tabl<>  buys  are  extreme  parts  of 
Massachusetts  bay.  Buzzard's  bay,  on  the  south  side  of 
the  peninsula  of  Cape  Cod,  sets  up  about  forty  miles  in- 
to the  land. 

II  YRBouits.  The  principal  harbours  are  those  of  New- 
buryport,  Ipswich,  Cape.  Ann,  Salem,  Marblchead,  Bos- 
ton, Cohasset,  Scituate,  Plymouth,  Barnstable,  Province- 
town,  and  New  Bedford. 

N  \-  Il-iADs,  so  called,  is  a  place  at  the  end 

into  the  channels  of  Boston  harbour,  south   of  the  liglit- 
liouse,  where  vessels  may  anchor  in  safety. 

CAPKS.      Cnpe  »?/<»,  Cape  Cod,  Cape  Malabar,  S 
Point,  Gay  lira. I,  Cape  Page. 

ISLANDS.  The  most  considerable  islands  are  Plum 
Inland,  Nantucket,  and  Marjfia's  Vineyard.  Castle  Island 
about  three  miles  from  Boston,  now  called  Fort  Indepen- 
dence, belongs  to  the  United  States,  ami  is  noted  for  its 
fortifications,  which  have  been  erected  for  the  defence 
of  the  city.  f 

TOWNS.     The  principal  towns  are  Boston,  Salem,  Mar- 
:if,  Newburyport,  Ipswich*  Churhsitoirn,  J'lymoitth,&m\ 
Hi  ff"rtl.    Cambridge,  Concord,  II Wr .".->•/ tr,  /•'/ 
fief  (I,  and  Northampton^  are  considerable  inlantl  towns. 

COLLI-.C.KS.  Cambridge  l-'nivi-rsity  ;  Williams  College  at 
ll'illianntown;  Amherst  College,  near  Xnrthamplon ; 
Theological  Seminary  at  Andover  ;  and  Theological  In- 
stitution, at  Newton. 

The  staple  commodities  are  fish,  cattle,  and  Indian  corn. 

RHODE  ISLAND.  ^ 

Rhode  Island  is  divided   into  5  counties.* 
Xarmganset  Bay  penetrates  this  State  from  the  south, 
enclosing  a  number  of  fertile  islands.     It  is  about  50 

«  N»mei  of  Countie*  in  Rhode   Uland. 
fcoridence,  Newport,  Washington,  Kent,       and       BrutoU 


28  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

miles  in  length,  and  affords  safe  navigation  for  large  ships 
to  Providence.  Mount  Hope  bay  in  the  northeast,  Provi- 
dence bay  in  the  north,  and  Greenwich  bay  in  the  north- 
west, are  extremities  of  Narroganset  bay  extending  up 
into  the  land. 

HARBOURS.  The  harbours  are  Newport,  Providence, 
Wickford,  Patucket,  Warren,  and  Bristol. 

RITERS.  The  principal  rivers  are  Patucket,  Taunton, 
Pawtuxet,  and  Providence  rivers.  The  Patucket  aftbrds 
a  number  of  excellent  mill  seats  at  the  falls  in  Patucket, 
where  are  established  various  manufactories.  Taunton 
river  is  navigable  for  small  ships  to  Taunton  in  Massa- 
chusetts. The  Pawtuxet  is  formed  of  several  branches 
in  the  western  part  of  the  State,  and  falls  into  Narragan- 
set  bay,  about  5  in iles  below  Pro vidence. 

ISLANDS.  The  principal  islands  are  Rhode-Island,  from 
which  the  State  takes  its  name,  about  15  miles  in  length  ; 
Canonicut,  three  miles  west  of  Rhode-Island,  7  miles  in 
length  :  and  to  the  north  of  these,  Prudence  Island. 
These,  together  with  a  number  of  smaller  islands,  are  all 
comprehended  within  Narraganset  bay.  To  the  south- 
ward of  these,  in  the  open  sea,  is  Block-Island,  about  10 
miles  long  and  4  broad. 

TOWNS.    The  chief  towns  are  Providence,  Newport, 
Bristol  and  Warren. 

COLLEGE.     fc<  Brown  University,"  at  Providence,  is  the 
only  College  in  the  State.   ^ 

The  staple  commodities  are  beef,  fish,  cider,  butter, 
and  cheese. 

CONNECTICUT.  ^ 

Connecticut,  one  of  the  most  populous  States  in  the 
Union,  is  divided  into  8  counties.* 

RIVERS.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Connecticut,  the 
Stratford,  or  the  Housatonick,  and  the  Thames.  The  Con- 
necticut is  one  of  the  chief  sources  of  convenience  and  ( 
wealth  to  the  people  of  this  State.  It  meets  the  tide  at 
Hartford,  50  miles  from  the  sea,  to  which  place  it  is  nav- 
igable for  ships  5  and  for  boats,  by  means  of  locks  and  ca- 
nals, nearly  200  miles  further  to  Bath  in  the  upper  part 
of  New  Hampshire.  Housatonick,  or  Stratford  river,  is 

*  Names  of  the  Counties  in  Connecticut. 

Hartford,  New  London,  Windham,  Middlesex, 

New  Haven,  Fail-field,  Litchfield,  Tolland, 


OF    GEOGRArilY.  29 

Tiles  to  Derby.  The  Thames  is  navigable 
14  miles  to  AW//'/r/<,  where  it  loses  its  name  and  branches 
into  Shetucket  and  Quinebaug  rivers. 

HARPOVHS.     The  principal  harbours  are  those  of  New- 
,  \ur-Lunihn,  and  Bridgeport 

Fitht  r'a  is  the  only  island  of  note  belonging  to  the  Stale. 

MINERAL  WATERS.  A  medicinal  spring  at  Stafford  is 
more  celebrated  than  any  other  in  the  New  England 
States. 

CITIES.  There  are  five  incorporated  cities  in  this  State  ; 
\ttr-lfuren,  lying  round  the  head  of  a  bay  which  sets  up 
from  Long-Island  sound  ;  Hartford,  at  the  head  of  ship 
navigation,  on  Connecticut  river  ;  New-London,  on  the 
west  side  of  the  river  Thames,  3  miles  from  its  mouth  ; 
ich,  at  the  head  of  navigation  on  the  same  river  ;  and 
Middletown,l5  miles  below  Hartford  on  Connecticut  river. 

COLLEGES.  "  Yale  College"  in  New-Haven;  "Connec- 
ticut Asylum  for  the  education  of  the  deaf  and  dumb"  in 
Hartford;  a  Law  School  in  Litchfield  ;  and  Washington 
College,  at  Hartford. 

The  staple  commodities  are  beef,  pork,  fish,  lumber, 
horses,  mules,  butter,  cheese,  cider,  and  onions. 

NEW  YORK. 

New  York  is  divided  into  55  counties.* 

MOUNTAINS.  The  most  noted  mountains  in  this  State 
are  the  Katskill  and  the  Highlands,  said  to  be  the  north- 
ern termination  of  the  Alleghany  and  Blue  ridges. 

LAKES.  Erie,  Ontario,  and  Champluin,  form  a  part  of 
the  boundary  of  this  State.  The  other  most  considerable 
lakes  are  lake  George,  the  Oneida,  Gayuga,  Seneca,  and 
Canandaigua.  Onondaga,  or  Salt  Lake,  is  a  small  collec- 


*  Name*  of  the  Counties  in  New  Yutk. 

Suffolk, 

Greene, 

Herkimer, 

Onondaga, 

Queen's, 

King'., 

Columbia, 
TotnUnt, 

Lewis, 
Jefferson, 

Cayuga, 
Seneca, 

Richmond, 

Albany, 

St.  Lawrence, 

Tioea, 

Sihencctady, 

Oneida, 

Steuben, 

1Ve»t'Chetter, 

Montgomery, 

Mjditon, 

Ontario, 

JtockteM, 

Franklin, 

Cbenamgo, 

AU.ghany,  . 

Orange, 

•WMbington, 

Broome, 

Cfcnestce, 

Ulster, 

EMCX, 

lUmllton, 

I.lT  ings  to»,  . 

Sullivan, 

Clint 

Oswego, 

Munroe, 

Dutches*  , 

Warren, 

Nugwa, 

Wayne, 

P«tnam, 

Saratoga, 

CatUraugus, 

Vatts, 

Renicllaer,- 

Scobarie, 

Cbatauqoe, 

Etie. 

Delmrt, 

Ouego,. 

CCrtUoil, 

C2 

30  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY 

tion  of  water  one  mile  broad  and  6  miles  long.  It  derives 
its  saltness  from  the  salt  springs  which  are  within  a  few 
rods  of  its  banks.  Otsego  heads  one  of  the  branches  of 
the  Susquehannah.  Chatauque  is  a  small  lake  near  lake 
Erie ;  it  discharges  its  waters  into  Alleghany  river.  Boats 
proceed  from  the  head  of  this  lake  to  New-Orleans. 

RIVERS.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Hudson,  Mo- 
hawk, Genessee,  Oswego,  Seneca,  Chenango,  a  branch  of 
the  Susquehannah,  and  Black  river. 

CANALS.  There  are  two  noted  canals;  the  "  Grand 
Western  Canal,  "  which  connects  lake  Erie  with  Hudson 
river,  extending  from  Buffalo  to  Albany  S60  miles,  and 
the  "  Northern  Canal,"  connecting  Lake  Champlain  with 
the  Hudson,  and  which  extends  from  Whitehall  to  Fort 
Edwards,  22  miles. 

MINERAL  WATERS.  There  are  medicinal  springs  at 
Saratoga  and  Ballston,  superior  to  any  other  yet  discov- 
ered in  America  ;  the  salt  springs  atSalina  are  very  cel- 
ebrated, from  which  salt  is  made  in  great  quantities. 

GYPSUM,  or  Plaster  of  Paris,  has  been  discovered,  in 
digging  on  the  Grand  Canal,  of  the  best  quality  it  is  said, 
and  in  abundant  quantities. 

ISLANDS.  The  principal  islands  are  Long  Island,  140 
miles  in  length ;  Manhattan  or  York  Island,  on  which  is 
situated  the  city  New  York  ;  Staten  Island,  9  miles 
south  of  Manhattan  island  ;  and  Grand  Isle  in  Niagara 
river  a  little  above  the  falls. 

BAY.  New  York  bay  is  9  miles  long  and  4  broad,  and 
spreads  to  the  south  of  Manhattan  island,  having  Long  Island 
on  the  east,  and  New  Jersey  and  Staten  island  on  the  west. 

HARBOURS.  New  York  harbour  and  Socket's  harbour 
on  Lake  Ontario. 

TOWNS.  The  principal  towns  are  New  York,  Albany, 
Hudson,  Troy,  Newburg,  /Wg-A&eej0sze,Lansingburg,  and 
Waterford,  all  on  Hudson  river  ;  Schenectady  and  Utica, 
on  the  Mohawk;  Plattsburg  and  Whitehall  on  lake  Cham- 
plain  ;  Ogdensburg  on  the  St.  Lawrence;  Brooklyn  and 
Sagg  Harbour  on  Long  Island;  Buffalo  on  lake  Erie; 
'Socket's  Harbour  on  lake  Ontario  ;  Rochester,  Cherry 
Valley,  Auburn,  Geneva,  and  Canandaigua  on  the  turn- 
pike leading  from  Albany  to  Buffalo. 

COLLEGES.  The  Colleges  are  three,  "  Columbia  Col- 
lege," in  the  city  New  York ;  "Union  College,"  in 
Schenectady  ;  and  "Hamilton  College," in  Paris,  10  miles 
west  of  Utica. 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  31 

INDIAN'S.  There  are  about  5,000  Indians  still  living  in 
this  State.  They  are  principally  the  remains  of  the  Six 
Nations. 

The  staple  commodities  are  flour,  beef,  pork,  pot  and 

pearl  ashes,  maple  sugar,  and  salt  which  is  manufactured 
in  large  quantities  from  salt  springs  in  the  State. 

NEW  JERSEY. 

New  Jersey  is  divided  into  13  counties.* 

The  Kittatinny  or  North  Mountain,  a 
ridge  of  the  great  Alleghany  range,  crosses  the  north- 
western part  of  the  State. 

RivKiis.  ParitanJ  ffackinsack,  and  Passaick.  Karitan 
is  the  largest  river.  It  is  navigable  16  miles,  and  emp- 
ties into  Ambov  bay.  Hackinsack  and  Passaick  are  also 
considerable  rivers.  They  rise  in  New  York,  and  empty 
into  Newark  bay.  In  the  latter  there  is  a  remarkable 
cataract  at  Patterson,  called  Passaick  falls,  where  the 
river,  50  yards  wide,  is  precipitated  in  one  entire  sheet 
down  a  deep  precipice  70  feet. 

HAYS,  &c.  Delaware,  Aniboy,  and  Newark  bays ; 
Great  and  Little  Egg  Harbours.  Delaware  bay  forms 
the  south-west  boundary  of  the  State,  rfmboy  bay t  opens 
into  the  Atlantic  between  Long  Island  and  Sandy  Hook. 
On  the  north  of  Staten  Island  is  Newark  bay.  It  is 
connected  with  Amboy  bay  by  Arthur  Hull  Sound,  and 
with  New  York  bay  by  a  narrow  Strait  called  the  Kills. 
Staten  Island,  situated  between  these  two  bays,  belongs 
to  New  York. 

CAPES.  The  most  noted  capes  are  Cape  May  and 
Sandy  Hook. 

TOWNS.  The  chief  towns  are  Trenton,  Newark, 
FJizabcthtown,  Perth,  Patterson,  Amboy,  Burlington^ 
New-Brunswick*  and  Princeton. 

COLLEGES.  The  **  College  of  New  Jersey"  at  Prince- 
ton  ;  also  two  Theological  Seminaries,  one  at  Princeton, 
the  other  at  New- Brunswick. 

The  staple  commodities  are  beef,  butter,  cheese,  wheat, 
and  fruit.  A  valuable  copper  mine,  in  this  State^  yields 
75  pounds  &f  pure  copper,  from  100  pounds  of  the  ore. 

*  Names  of  Ute  CounCici  in  New  Jertey. 

Cap*  May,  Burlington,  Bergen,  Monmouta, 

Cumberland,  Huaterdon,  E«*ex,  Soocreit, 

Salem,  SUMCX,  Middlesex,  Morn*. 

Clouceiter. 

I  S«  Bap  of  Utt  H.  E.  Suto, «  firt  of  New  Jewry.- 


;  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

PENNSYLVANIA. 

Pennsylvania  is  divided  into  51  counties.* 

MOUNTAINS.  Numerous  ridges  of  mountains,  live 
principal  of  which  is  the  Jltteghany,  intersect  this  State 
in  a  direction  from  north-east  to  south-west. 

RIVERS.  Delaware  river  forms  the  eastern  boundary 
of  this  State.  The  other  most  considerable  rivers  are  the 
Susquehannah,  Schuylkil),  Juniata,  rflleghany,  Mononga- 
hela,  and  Yohogany.  The  Susquehannah  is  one  mile  wide 
at  its  mouth,  but  is  navigable  for  vessels  in  its  natural 
state  only  about  5  miles  on  account  of  its  rapids.  The 
Delaware  is  navigable  to  Trenton,  140  miles  from  the  sea. 

The  Schuylkill  is  a  branch  of  the  Delaware,  with  which 
it  forms  a  junction  five  miles  below  Philadelphia.  The 
•fllleghany  and Monongahela,  both  navigable  rivers  unit- 
ing at  Pittsburgh  constitute  the  Ohio.  The  Yohogany  is 
a  principal  branch  of  the  Monongahela. 

TOWNS.  Harrisburg  is  the  seat  of  government.  There 
are  three  incorporated  cities — Philadelphia,  Lancaster,,. 
Pitlsburg.  The  other  most  considerable  towns  are 
Heading,  Carlisle,  Wilksbury,  Easton,  and  German  town. 

COLLEGES.  "  Pennsylvania  University,"  at  Philadd* 
phia  ;  "  Dickenson  College,"  at  Carlisle  ;  '*  Washington, 
College,"  at  Washington  ;  "  Jefferson  College,"  at  Can- 
nonsburg,  and  "  Alleghany  College,"  at  Meadville. 

The  grand  staple  of  this  State  is  wheat.  Coal  is  very, 
abundant  about  Pittsburg,  west  of  the  mountains. 

DELAWARE. 

Delaware  is  divided  into  three  counties.! 

RIVERS  There  are  no  large  rivers  in  this  State  ;  the 
Brandy  wine  is  the  most  considerable  ;  it  affords  a  great 
number  of  excellent  mill  seats.  Christiana  is  a  branch  of 
the  Brandvwine  -5  they  unite  and  empty  into  the  Delaware. 


*  Names  of  the 

'Counties  in  Pennsylvania. 

Adams, 

Oalumbia, 

Lebanon, 

Pike, 

Allegbany, 

Crawford, 

Lehigh, 

Schuylkill, 

Armstrong, 

Cumberland, 

Luzerne, 

Somerset, 

Beaver, 

Dauphin, 

Lytoming, 

•Susquehann 

ah, 

Bedford, 

Delaware, 

M'Kean, 

•nog., 

Berks, 

-Erie, 

Mercer,. 

Union, 

Bradford, 

Fayette, 

Miffiin, 

Venango, 

Bucks, 

Franklin, 

Montgomery, 

Warren, 

Butler, 

Greene, 

Northampton, 

Washington 

, 

Cambria, 

Huntir.gton, 

Northumberland, 

Wayne, 

Centre, 

•Indiana, 

Perry, 

Westmorela 

nd. 

Chester, 

Jefferson, 

Philadelphia, 

YQrk. 

Clearfield, 

'Lancaster, 

Potter, 

-t  Name*  **  the  Countie»  ir  Delaware.    N«w  Castle,  Kent,  and  Sussex. 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  33 

BAYS,  &c.  Delaware  bay  is  half  in  this  State,  and  half 
in  New-Jersey.  Cape  Henlopen  is  a  noted  cape,  south  of 
which  is  Rehoboth  bay,  separated  by  a  narrow  bar  from 
the  ocean. 

('\|)ir^  Swamp.  1C  miles  in  length,  and  sis  in  breadth, 
is  more  than  half  of  it  in  this  State. 

TOWNS.     The    chief  towns   are    Wilmington,  Dover, 
mile  and   Lcwiston,  at  which   latter  place  are  salt 
works,  where  salt  is  manufactured  from  sea  water,  by  (he 
sun. 

MARYLAND.  C 

Maryland  is  divided  into  19  counties.* 
MOUNTAIN'S.     Various  ridges  of  the  Alleghany  Moun- 
tains cross  the  western  part  of  this  State.   The  most  eastern 
is  the  South  Mountain,  next  to  which  is  the   Blue  Ridge. 
HAY.   Nearly  two  thirds  of  Chesapeakbay  is  in  this  State. 
KivKiis.     The  river  Potowmack  forms  the  boundary  of 
this  State  on  the  south  west.   The  Susquehannah  penetrates 
it  about  16  miles  before  it  empties  into  Chesapeak  bay. 
The  other  rivers  are  Patuxent  and  Petapsco  from  the  west, 
and  Pocomoke,  Nuntic.oke,  Choptank,  Chester,  and  Elk 
rivers  from  the  cast,  all  which  empty  into  the  Chesapeak. 
Towy«.     The  chief  towns   are   Baltimore,  Annapolis^ 
and  Frederickstown. 

COLLEGES.  The  "University  of  Maryland"  is  not  yet 
in  operation,  except  the  Medical  department,  which  is  in 
a  flourishing  state  ;  St.  Mary's  and  Baltimore  college,  all 
in  the  city  of  Baltimore. 

The  staple  commodities  are  wheat  and  tobacco.  Mary- 
land is  the  third  State  in  the  Union  in  the  amount  of  ship- 
ping. 

VIRGINIA. 

Virginia  is  divided  into  102  counties.! 
MOUNTAINS.   Vast  ridges  of  mountains  extend  through 
the  interior  of  this  State.      First  on  the  east  is  the  South 


*  Names  of  the  Counties  in  Maryland. 

Hartford, 
Baltimore, 

Frederic,                 Montgomery             Charles, 
Allegnany,             Prince  George,              and 

7      Western 
C*        Shore 

Ann-ArunJel, 

\VuiLingtun,           Calvert,                        St.  Mary's 

3 

Cetil, 

Queen  Ann,          Talbot,                      Dorchester,  and 

7      Eastern 

Ktnt, 

Caroline,              Somerset,                   Worcester, 

J       Shore. 

t  Names  of  the  Counties  in  Virginia. 

Acomac, 

Bedford,             Campbell,           Culpepper,           Fairfax, 

Grayson, 

Albcmarle, 

Berkeley,            Caroline,             C«bell,                  Fluvanna, 

Grcenbricr, 

Amelia, 

Botetout,             Charles  city,        Dinwiddle,           Frederick, 

Greenville, 

Amberst, 

Brooke,               Charlotte,            Elizabeth  city,     Franklin, 

Giles, 

Augusta, 

Brunswick,         Cbesterfield,        Essex,                   Gloucester, 

Halifax, 

Bath, 

Buckingham,     Cumberland,       Faquier,              Goochland, 

Hampshire, 

34 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY'. 


Mountain,  which  is  less  extensive,  more  broken  and  irreg- 
ular than  the  rest ;  then  (he  Blue  Ridge,  the  North  Moun- 
tain, Jackson's  Mountain,  the  principal  or  JHleghany 
ridge,  and  the  Laurel  Mountain. 

RIVERS.  The  Potowmack  is  the  boundary  on  the  north 
east,  and  the  Ohio  on  the  north  west.  The  other  most 
considerable  rivers  are  the  Rappahannock,  York,  Jama, 
•Appomatlox,  Shcnandoah  and  the  Great  Kanhawa. 

BAYS  and  CAPES.  Chesapcak  bay  penetrates  into  the  land 
through  the  north  east  corner  of  this  State,  between  Cape 
Charles  and  Cape  Henry,  two  very  noted  capes,  the  dis- 
tance between  which  is  12  miles.  " 

HAMPTON  ROAD,  is  a  bay  running  up  from  the  mouth  of 
James  river,  at  the  head  of  which  Hampton  is  situated. 

SWAMP.  The  Great  Diwnal  is  a  very  celebrated  Swamp 
nearly  SO  miles  in  length,  and  10  in  breadth,  partly  in 
this  State,  and  partly  in  North  Carolina. 

TOWNS.  There  are  no  large  towns  in  Virginia.  Rich- 
mond is  the  seat  of  government.  The  other  most  consid- 
erable towns  are  Norfolk,  Petersburg,  Williamsburg, 
Yorktown,  Lexington,  and  Frederickiburg. 

COLLEGES.  The  "University  of  Virginia,"  at  Char- 
lottesville;  "William  and  Mary  College,"  at  Wiliianis- 
burg;  -<  Washington  College"  at  Lexington;  and>-Hamp- 
den  Sidney  College,"  in  Prince  Edward  county. 

MINERALS.  There  are  valuable  lead  and  iron  mines  in 
this  State,  which  are  wrought  :  also  abundance  of  marble 
and  of  excellent  coal.  There  are  indications  of  a  rich 
gold  mine  in  Rockingham  county  ;  lumps  of  pure  goM 
have  been  found  on  the  surface  of  the  ground,  one  of 
which  weighed  17  pwt. 

The  staple  commodities  are  wheat,  tobacco,  and  In- 
dian corn. 


*  Names  of  the 

Countiec  in  Virginia. 

Hanover, 

L'inenburg, 

Net&nn, 

Scott, 

Hardy, 

Madison, 

Ohio, 

Sbciutndoah, 

Harrison, 

Matthews, 

Orange, 

S'  uthamptun, 

Henrico, 

Mecklenburg, 

Patrick, 

SpoityJvMte, 

Henry, 

Middlesex, 

Pendleton, 

StafforJ, 

J»ie  of  Wight, 

Monongalia, 

PittsylvanU, 

Surry, 

Jamei  City, 

Monroe, 

Powhatan, 

Sussex, 

Jefferson, 

Montgomery, 

Preston, 

Tazewell, 

Kanhawa, 

Morgan  , 

Prince  Edward, 

Tyler, 

King  &  queen, 

Mason, 

Princess  Anne, 

Warwick, 

King  George, 

Nansemond, 

Prince  William, 

Washington, 

King  William, 

New.  Kent, 

Prir.ce  George, 

Westmorc.ur.d, 

Lancaster, 

Nicholson, 

Randolph, 

Wood, 

Lee, 

Norfolk, 

Richmond, 

Wythe, 

Lewis, 

Northampton, 

Rockbridge, 

York. 

I.outlan, 

Northumberland, 

Rockingham, 

Louisa, 

Nottoway, 

Russell, 

GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  JO 

NORTH  CAROLINA. 

North  Carolina  is  divided  into  62  count! 
Mot  N  i  iiNS.     The  dllcghany  ridge  crosses  the  western 
j;art  of  this  State. 

RIVERS.  The  most  considerable  rivers  are  the  Chou'an, 
a  branch  of  which,  rising  in  Virginia,  is  called  Mthfrrin 
river  :  the  Roanoke,  formed  by  the  junction  of  Slaunlon 
and  TXm  rivers,  navigable  for  small  vessels  about  60  or  70 
miles  :  its  current  is  rapid  and  much  obstructed  by  falls'? 
Tar  or  Pamllco  river,  navigable  for  vessels  about40  miles ; 
Neuse  river,  one  and  a  half  miles  wide,  at  Newbern,  and 
9  miles  wide  at  its  mouth  ;  Cape  Fear  n'ver,  navigable 
for  large  vessels  to  Wilmington,  and  for  boats  to  Fayette- 
ville,  90  miles  farther.  This  river  affords  the  best  navi- 
t  Cation  in  the  State.  Most  of  these,  as  well  as  the  smaller 
have  bars  of  sand  at  their  mouths,  £hd  the  coast 
aifords  no  good  harbours  except  Cape  Fear. 

imps  in  this  State  are  numerous.  The  two 

principal  are  the  Great  Dismal,  partly  in  this  State  and 

mia,  and  the  Little  Dismal  between  Albe- 

marle   and  Pamlico  sounds,    in   each  of  which  there  is  a 

lake  (;r  pond. 

A  canal  has  been  opened  from  Albemarle  sound 
•ah  bay,  through  the  Great  Dismal  swamp.      It 
:>jilied    with   w ater^ from  Drummond's  pond,  in   the 
centre  of  the  swamp. 

Sot  NIKS.  On  the  coast  of  North  Carolina  are  two  large 
Bounds ;  JHbtmarle  sound,  about  60  miles  in  length,  and 
from  8  to  12  miles  in  breadth  ;  and  Pamlico  sound,  nearly 
100  miles  in  length,  and  from  10  to  20  miles  in  breadth. 
These  sounds  are  separated  from  the  ocean  by  a  chain  of 
>and  inlands,  generally  about  one  mile  in  breadth,  extend- 
ing more  than  100  miles  along  the  coast. 


*  Nacet  of  the  Countiet  in  North  Carolina. 

Moore, 

Bertie, 

Tyrrel, 

Guilford, 

Haywuod, 

Warren, 

•:;»ni, 

Anton, 

Colun\but, 

Richmond, 

Ontlow, 

Rut!.. 

X, 

Catwetl, 

Duplin, 

Chatham, 

Per»on, 

Marry, 

RockinKbim, 

Biudtn,         • 

Naih, 

Franklin, 

Wake, 

Orange, 

Waihington, 

Martin, 

Stokn, 

Jobnton. 

Cunituc, 

Criven, 

Pdsquatank, 

Cbowan, 

Green, 

Brunswick, 

Cumberland, 

Rowan, 

Granvil'.e, 

C.nden, 

•  •rpton, 

Hertford, 

\Vilket, 

Hyde, 

Randolph, 

'•  .no»er, 

A.h, 

Lincoln, 

Montgomery, 

Sjn.pton, 

Ixtnorie, 

Mecklenburg. 

Burke, 

c»->- 

\Va»  ne, 

Edgecornbe, 

JOOM, 

lieiel, 

36  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

The  only  inlet  into  Pamlico  sound,  that  will  admit  ves- 
sels of  burden,  is  Ocrecoc,  where  there  are  14  feet  of  wa- 
ter at  low  tide. 

CAPES.  There  are  three  noted  capes  on  this  coast, 
Cape  Hatteras,  Cape  Lookout,  and  Cape  Fear,  all  formida- 
ble to  seamen.  The  shoals  about  Cape  Hatteras  are  very 
extensive,  and  the  weather  is  often  tempestuous,  with  fre- 
quflot  storms  of  thunder.  There  is  no  place  in  the  At- 
lantic ocean  where  navigation  is  more  dangerous. 

TOWNS.  Newbern  is  the  largest  town  in  the  State  :  Ra- 
leigh is  the  seat  of  government.  Some  of  the  other  most 
considerable  towns  are  Edenton,  Brunswick,  Wilming- 
ton, Fayetteville,  and  Halifax. 

COLLEGE.  The  only  college  is  the  "University  of  North 
Carolina,"  at  Chapel  Hill,  28  miles  west  of  Raleigh. 

The   staple^  commodities  are  tobacco,  wheat,  maize,    , 
rice,  pitch,   tar,  and  turpentine.     Gold  is  found  over  a 
certain  district, "in  small  grains,  mixed  with  the  sand, 
and  many  people  are  employed  in  searching  for  it. 

SOUTH  CAROLINA. 

South  Carolina  is  divided  into  28  districts.* 

RIVERS.  Three  great  rivers  wuter  this  State — the 
Great  Pedee,  the  Santee,  and  the  Savannah.  The  less 
considerable  rivers  are  the  Edisto,  Ashley  and  Cooper 
rivers. 

HARBOURS.  The  only  harbours  of  note  a're  those  of 
Charleston,  Port  Royal,  and  Georgetown. 

ISLANDS.  The  islands  along  the  sea-shore  are  very  nu- 
merous, and  many  of  them  are  inhabited.  The  princi- 
pal are  Sullivan's,  James,  John's,  Edisto,  St.  Helena,  and 
Port  Royal  islands. 

TOWNS.  The  most  considerable  towns  are  Charleston, 
Georgetown,  Beaufort,  Camden,  and  Columbia. 

COLLEGE.  "  South  Carolina  College"  at  Columbia,  is 
the  only  one  of  note  in  the  State. 

CANAL.  A  canal  22  miles  in  length  connects  Santee 
and  Cooper  rivers. 

The  staple  commodities  are  cotton 'and  rice. 


*  Names  of  the  District*  in  South  Carolina. 

Charleston, 
Chester, 
Spartenburg, 
Laurens, 
Marlborougn, 

Darlington, 
Chesterfield, 
Union, 
Fairfteld, 
Pendleton, 

Newberry, 
Marion, 
Lexington, 

Williamburg, 

Orvtngeburg, 

Lancaster, 
Edg'efield, 
Georgetown, 
Horry, 
Barnwell, 

Abbeville, 
Kershaw, 
Greenville, 
Sumpter, 
Beaufort, 

fork, 
Kichland, 

Colieton. 

GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  O7 

GEORGIA. 

Georgia  is  divided  into  57  counties.* 

The  Al!ei;hany  or  Apalachian  mountains 
cross  the  upper  end  of  this  State. 

HIV i.us.     The   principal   rivers  are  the  Savannah,  be- 
•orgia   ami  South    Carolina,  navigable  for   larjje 
17    miles;   lor  boats  to    .lu^n^tn    100 
mile-,    further;   Ogcc/icc,    .ilfamu/ia,    SatUla,    Flint,    and 
Catahouc:  '  in/  is  a  small  river,    remark- 

able only  as  being  a  part  of  the  boundary  betueen  Geor- 
gia and  Florida. 

.MI'S.  Swamps  are  numerous  in  this  State.  The 
two  most  noted  are  Okefonoco,  180  miles  in  length,  much. 
infested  with  alligator-,  situated  partly  in  this  State,  and 
partly  in  Florida,  and  Cypress  Swamp  near  the  source  of 
iSatilla  river. 

TOWNS.  The  principal  towns  are  Savannah,  Augusta, 
Petersburg,  Darien.  '/e,  and  Milledgeville,  the  pres- 

seat  ot  government. 

Co;  •  Franklin  College"  at  Athens,   is  the  only 

College  in  tl; 

:  part  of  the  State  is  in  possession 
<ailed  Creeks,  the  most  warlike  tribe  tills 
[)  n. 

The  principal  production  is  cotton,  next  to  which  is 
rice.  Most  of  the  tropical  fruits,  such  as  oranges,  lemons, 
iigs  and  olives,  with  proper  attention,  flourish  in  this  State. 

ALABAMA. 

Alabama  is  divided  into  33  counties. t 
IXIVI.KS.      The  principal  river  is  the  Mobile,  formed  by 
the  union  of  the  Alabama  ami  Tombecbee,  two  other  large 


*  Names  of  the  Counties  in  Gei 

irgia. 

Appling, 

Crawford, 

Greene, 

Joffcrson, 

Munroe, 

Tatnal, 

jgX 

Dekall, 

Gwinnet, 

Jones, 

ton, 

B,ob, 

Dooly, 

liabersham, 

Laurent, 

Oglethorpe, 

Twiggs, 

Bryan, 

Early, 

Hall, 

Liberty, 

Pike, 

Walton, 

Bullock, 

Elbert, 

Hancock, 

Lincoln, 

Pulaski, 

Warren, 

Burke, 

Emanuel, 

Henry, 

son, 

Putnam, 

Washington, 

Canidcn, 

Efnnghim, 

Houston, 

j»h, 

Rabun, 

Wayne, 

Chatham, 

Irwin, 

-ornery 

,      Richmond,  * 

Wilkec, 

Clarke, 

Franklin, 

Jackson, 

.;in, 

Scriven, 

Wilkinson. 

Columbia, 

Glynn, 

Jasper, 

jNametoftbe  Counties  in  Alabama. 

Antauga, 

Clark, 

Henry, 

•cm, 

Montgomery, 

Shelby, 

Baldwin, 

conecub, 

Marcngo, 

Morgan, 

St.  Clair, 

Bibb, 

Dallas,       . 

Jefferson, 

Marion, 

Perry, 

Tuskaloow, 

Blount, 

Decntur, 

Landerdale, 

Mobile, 

Picktns, 

Washington* 

Butler, 

Franklin, 

Lawrence, 

Monroe, 

Pike, 

Wilcos. 

Covington, 

Green, 

Limestone, 

D 

38  GRAMMAR   OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

and  navigable  rivers.  The  other  considerable  rivers  are 
the  Coosa,  Tallapoosa,  Cahawba.  and  the  Black  Warrior. 
All  these  rivers  empty  their  waters  through  Mobile  river 
into  Mobile  bay.  Tennessee  river  crosses  the  upper  en-d 
of  this  State. 

TOWNS.  Cahawba,  situated  at  the  junction  of  Cahawba 
and  Alabama  rivers,  is  the  seat  of  government;  Mobile  and 
Blakely  are  the  principal  ports;  Huntsville  is  the  centre  of 
trade  in  the  northern  part  of  the  State,  which  is  carried 
on  chiefty  with  New  Orleans,  through  Tennessee  and  Mis- 
sisippi  rivers  ;  Tuskalousa  on  the  Black  Warrior,  St. 
Stevens  on  the  Tombecbee,  and  Claiborne  on  the  Alaba- 
ma, all  at  the  heads  of  navigation  on  these  rivers,  are 
flourishing  towns. 

FORTS.  The  forts  in  this  State  are  Fort  Stoddard,  Fort 
Claiborne,  and  Fort  Jackson. 

INDIANS.  The  Creek  Indians  occupy  the  southeast,  the 
Cherokees  the  northeast,  and  the  Choctaws  the  western 
part  of  the  State. 

Cotton  is  the  grand  production  of  Alabama,  next  to 
which  is  rice. 

Salt  springs,  yielding  salt,  are  found  in  this  State. 

MISSISIPPI. 


Missisippi  is  divided  into  18  counties.* 

RIVERA.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Yazoo,  YaloBusha, 
a  branch  of  the  Yazoo,  Black,  Pearl,  and  Pascagula. 

TOWNS.  Natches  is  much  the  largest  town.  Monticello 
on  Pearl  river  is  the  seat  of  government.  Shieldsborough 
is  a  place  of  resort  for  the  inhabitants  of  New  Orleans 
during  the  sickly  season. 

Cotton  is  the  staple  commodity.  Oranges,  lemons,  and 
also  the  sugar  cane,  flourish  in  the  most  southern  part  of 
this  State. 

INDIANS.  The  Choctaw  and  some  part  of  the  Chickasaw 
tribe  of  Indians  inhabit  this  State.  Among  the  former 
there  has  lately  been  established  a  missionary  station  nam- 
ed Elliot,  on  Yalo  Busha  river.  These  Indians  have  made 
considerable  progress  in  civilization.  ^,  ^  /  , 

*  Name*  of  the  Counties  in  MissUippi. 

Adams,  Covington,         Hancock,  Jefferson,  Monroe,  Warren, 

Amite,  Franklin,  Hinds,  Lawrence,  Perry,  Wayne, 

Claiborne,          Gieen,  Jackson,  Martin,  Pike,  Wilkinson. 


GRAMMAR    OP    GEOGRAPHY.  3d 

LOUISIANA 

Lou  divided  into  25  counties  and  parishes.* 

A  large  extent  of  this  State  is  subject  to  annual  inun- 
dations from. the  overflowing  of  Missisippi &nd  J\cd  rivers. 

RIVKUS.  The  four  principal  rivers  are  the  J/mi*i/j/;i, 
Red,  H'achitta,  and  Su'iln>  rivers. 

LAKKS.  There  are  three  noted  lakes;  Maurepas,  Pon- 
chartrain,  which  is  that  immediately  behind  the  city  of 
New  Orleans,  and  Borgne.  An  outlet  from  the  Missisip- 
pi  into  these  lakes  is  called  Iberville  river. 

TOWNS.  The  principal  towns  are  New  Orleans,  Baton 
Rouge,  Alexandria,  and  Nut  chit  ochr*. 

SALT.  There  are  many  salt  springs  in  this  State,  from 
some  of  which  salt  is  manufactured  of  an  excellentquality. 

STAPLES.  The  grand  staples  are  cotton,  sugar  and  rice. 
In  those  parts  south  of  lat  30°  12',  where  the  soil  is  ele- 
Tated  above  the  annual  inundations,  sugar  is  produced. 

FLORIDA.    (TERRITORY.) 

Bv  the  1  with  Spain,  Florida  has  been  ceded 

to 

It  has  usually  been  divided  into  East  and  West  Flori- 
da, separated  by  the  river  Apulachicola. 

RIVKHS.    The  principal  rivers  are  the  St.  John's,  navi- 

>le  150  miles,  and  the  Apalachicola.  Besides  these 
there  are  many  smaller  rivers. 

BAYS.   The  coast  is  indented  by  a  great  number  of  bays. 
The  most  noted  are  P>  nsacola<   St.  Rose,    St.  Andrews 
/c/y/,  St.  Joseph's,  Spiritu  Santo,  and  Chatham  bays, 
all  on  the  Mexican  coast. 

CAPES.  There  are  five  noted  capes,  viz.  Caneval  and 
Florida  on  the  Atlantic  coast,  St.  Ulaise,  and  Roman  on 
the  Mexican  coast,  and  Cape  Sable,  which  forms  the 
southern  extremity  of  the  peninsula. 


*  Names  of  the  Counties  and  Parishes  in  Louisiana. 

Northern  Section. 

Orleans,  parith, 

Mldana,  parish, 

St.  Bernard,  parish, 

East  Baton  Rouge,  parish. 

KatChitocbet  County, 

St.  Chit  let,  psrUh, 

St.  Helena,  parish, 

Ouachita,  parish, 

St.  John  Baptist,  parish, 

Washington,  parish, 

Rapide,  parish, 

St.  Jaques,  pariib, 

St.  Tammany,  parish. 

Catthoula,  parith, 

Atcension,  parish, 

Concordia,  parish, 
ATQjales,  parish. 

Assumption,  pirith, 
Lafourthe  interior,  parish, 

The  above  5  pnritheiform' 
ed  a  part  of  Wttt  FVortdd 

Ibcnrille,  parish, 

in  1810. 

•West  Baton  Rogue,  parish, 

S.  E.  Section. 

Point  Coupee,  parish, 

S.  \f.  Section. 

«»q^n»ine,  parish, 

Attakapu,  county, 

Opelousas,  county. 


40  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

TOWNS.  The  most  considerable  towns  are  Pensacola> 
St.  Augustine,  and  St.  Marks. 

INDIANS.  The  Serninole  Indians  possess  some  of  the 
finest  parts  of  the  country. 

Cotton  and  rice  are  the  principal  productions;  but  it 
is  supposed  that  the  sugar  cane,  olives,  oranges  and  figs, 
would  succeed  here  if  cultivated. 

TENNESSEE. 

Tennessee  is  divided  into  52  counties.* 

MOUNTAINS.  Cumberland  Mountains,  a  ridge  nearly 
SO  miles  broad,  divide  this  State  into  two  divisions,  call- 
ed East  and  West  Tennessee.  Stone,  Yellow,  Iron, 
Bald,  and  Unaka  Mountains,  are  names  applied  to  differ- 
ent portions  of  that  grand  ridge  which  separates  this 
State  from  North  Carolina. 

RIVERS.  The  Missisippi  is  the  boundary  of  this  State, 
on  the  west.  The  other  most  considerable  rivers  are 
Tennessee  and  Cumberland.  Hohton,  Clinch,  and  Duck 
rivers,  are  branches  of  the  Tennessee. 

Muscle  Shoals,  in  Tennessee  river,  derive  their  name 
from  the  number  of  soft  shell  turtles  and  fresh  water 
clams  found  there.  At  this  place  the  river  spreads  to  the 
breadth  of  2  or  3  miles,  and  forms  a  number  of  islands. 
The  passage  for  boats  is  difficult,  except  at  high  water. 
Above  the  shoals  there  is  no  obstruction  for  250  miles. 

TOWNS.  Nashville  and  Knoxville  are  the  principal 
towns.  Murfreesborough,  in  "West  Tennessee,  is  the 
seat  of  government. 

COLLEGES.  There  is  a  college  at  Greenville,  which 
has  about  60  students.  Others  have  been  incorporated, 
which  have  not  gone  into  operation. 

The  staple  commodities  are  cotton,  tobacco,  hemp,  In- 
dian corn  and  wheat. 

Salt  springs  abound  in  this  State,  although  no  salt 
works  have  yet  been  erected.  There  is  also  a  warm 
medicinal  spring,  which  is  a  place  of  considerable  resort 
from  the  neighbouring  States. 


*  Names  of  the  Counties  in  Tennessee. 

Anderson, 

Davidson, 

Henderson, 

Madison, 

Rhea, 

Sullivan, 

Bedford, 

Dickson, 

Henry, 

Marion, 

Roane, 

Sumner, 

Bledsoe, 

Franklin, 

Hickman, 

Maury, 

Robertson, 

Warren, 

Mount, 

Giles, 

Humphreys, 

Mnntgome 

ry,     Rutherford, 

Wayne, 

Campbell, 

Granger, 

Jackson, 

M'Minn, 

Sevier, 

White, 

Carrol, 

Greene, 

Jefferson, 

Morgan, 

Shelby, 

Williamson, 

Carter, 

Hamilton, 

Knox, 

Munroe, 

Smith, 

Wilson, 

CUiborne, 

Hawkins, 

Lawrence, 

Overton, 

Stewart, 

Washington. 

Cobs, 

Hardin, 

Lincoln, 

Perry, 

MAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 


41 


INDIANS.     The  Cherokees  inhabit  the  southeast  corner 
of  this    State,    aiming   whom  there  is  established  a  mis- 
sionary station,  named  Krainerd.     A  part  of  this  tribe  has 
d  over  the  Missisippi,  anil  settled  on  Ar- 
v,-  river. 

KENTUCKY. 

Kentucky  is  divided  into  71  counties.* 

The  principal  mountains  are  the  Cumber- 

•  rner  of  the  State. 

The  Ohio  is  the  boundary  ot  this  State  on  the 
north;  the  other  rivers,  all  which  are  tributary  to  the 
Ohio,  are  the  Tennessee,  Cumberland,  Green,  Kentucky, 
and  S(tii'h)  rivers,  all  considerable  streams. 

SALT  SPRINGS.  There  are  five  noted  salt  springs  or 
licks  in  this  State,  from  the  waters  of  which  are  manu- 
factured great  quantities  of  salt. 

TOY,  rt  is  the  seat  of  government.     Lex- 

i  Louisville  are  the  largest  towns.     The  latter 

an  extensive  trade  with  St.  Louis,  Hatches, 

vania  University"  at  Lexington. 
The  staple  commodities  are  hemp,  wheat,  and  tobacco. 

OHIO. 

Ohio  is  divided  into  70  counties.t 


Adair, 

Casey, 

Allen, 

Christian, 

Barren, 

Clarke, 

Bith, 

CUy, 

Cumberland, 

Bou: 

Davics, 

Bracken, 

Estill, 

Breckenridge, 

Fayetie, 

Hullit, 

Fleming, 

Butler, 

Caldwcll, 

;.  Campbell, 

Franklin, 
Gallatin, 

Adams, 

Cmhoitun, 

Allen, 

Cayahoga, 

Ashtabula, 

Darke, 

Athens, 

Delaware, 

Bclroont, 

Fairfleld, 

Brown, 

Fayette, 

Batter, 

Franklin, 

Champaign, 

Gallia, 

Clarke, 

Gcauga, 

Clennont, 

Greene, 

Clinton, 

Guernsey, 

Columbian*, 

Hamilton, 

Name*  of  the  Counties  in  Kentucky. 

Oarrard, 

Uopins, 

Monroe, 

Scott, 

Grant, 

Jefferson, 

Montgomery, 

Shelby, 

Gray  ton, 

Jrssamine, 

Muhlenburg, 

Simpson, 

Greene, 

Knoz, 

Nelson. 

Todd, 

Greenup, 

Lawrence, 

Nicholas, 

Trigg, 

Hard  in, 

Lewis, 

Ohio, 

Union, 

Marian, 

Lincoln, 

Owen, 

Warren, 

Harrison, 

Livingston, 

Pendttton, 

Washington, 

Hart, 

Logan, 

Perry, 

Wayne, 

MOD, 

Madison, 

Pike, 

Whitley, 

Mason, 

Pulaskl, 

Woodford. 

Hicckman, 

Mercer, 

Uockcvistle, 

|  Name*  of  the  Counties  la  Ohio. 

Hancock, 

Logan, 

Perry, 

Shelby, 

Har<:cn, 

Madison, 

Pickaway, 

Starke, 

Henry, 

Pike, 

Trumbull, 

Harris 

Portage, 

Tuscan  was, 

Highland, 

Mtigs, 

Preble, 

Union, 

Hocking, 

Mercer, 

Putnam, 

Vanwert, 

Huron, 

Miami, 

Richland, 

Warren. 

Jackson, 

Munroc, 

lots, 

Washington, 

Jefferson, 

Montgomery, 

Sandusky, 

Wayne, 

Kno«, 

Morgan, 

Seneca, 

Williams, 

Lawrence, 

Musklngnm, 

Scioto, 

Wood. 

Licking, 

Paulding, 

D  2 

42  GRAMMAR   OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

Lake  Erie  forms  a  part  of  the  boundary  of  this  State  on 
the  north. 

RIVERS.  The  Ohio,  from  which  the  State  takes  its  name, 
is  the  boundary  on  the  south.  It  is  1033  miles  in  length. 
The  Great  Miami,  Little  Miami,  Scioto,  Muskingum,  and 
the  Hock  hoc  king,  are  all  considerable  rivers,  emptying  in- 
to the  Ohio.  The  Miami  of  t fie  Lakes,  Sandusky,  and  C&- 
yahoga,  are  large  navigable  rivers,  emptying  into  lake  Erie. 

TOWNS.  The  principal  towns  are  Cincinnati,  Chilico- 
Ihe,  Marietta,  Zanesville,  Steubenville,  Portsmouth,  Ath- 
ens, and  Circleville.  Columbus  is  the  present  seat  of 
government. 

COLLEGES.  The  Ohio  University  at  Athens,  and  Cin- 
cinnati College. 

MINERALS.  Coal  abounds  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  State 
near  the  Ohio;  salt  springs  near  Scioto  and  Muskingum 
rivers  ;  iron  ore  and  freestone  on  the  banks  of  the  Hock- 
hocking. 

Wheat  is  the  staple  production. 
INDIANA. 

Indiana  is  divided  into  45  counties.* 

RIVERS.  The  Wabash  is  the  principal  river.  It  is  a 
very  beautiful  stream  with  high  fertile  banks,  navigable 
for  batteaux,  412  miles  to  Ouiatanon,  a  small  French  set- 
tlement ',  and  when  swelled  with  rains,  167  miles  further 
to  Miami  carrying  place,  where  there  is  a  portage  of  10 
or  15  miles,  by  which  it  communicates  with  the  Miami  of 
the  Lakes.  A  canal  is  here  thought  to  be  very  practicable, 
which  would  open  a  water  communication  from  lake  Erie 
to  Ohio  rivers.  Tippacanoe  and  White  rivers  are  branches 
of  the  Wabash. 

TOWNS.  Vincennes  is  the  chief  town.  The  other  most 
considerable  towns  are  Madison,  Corydon,  Indianapolis, 
the  present  seat  of  government,  Charlestovvn,  Jefferson- 
ville,  and  Vevay,  where  are  the  Swiss  vineyards,  which 
yield  annually  from  5  to  8  thousand  gallons  of  wine. 

SALT  SPRINGS  have  been  discovered  near  the  Wabash, 
where  there  is  an  establishment  of  salt  works  under  the 
patronage  of  Congress.  ^ 


*  Names  of  the  Counties  in  Indiana. 

Clark, 

Floyd, 

Jennings, 

Owen, 

Ripley, 

Union, 

Crawford, 

Franklin, 

Knox, 

Parke, 

Rush, 

Vanderburgh, 

Davies, 

Gibson, 

Lawrence, 

Perry, 

Scott, 

Vigo, 

Decatur, 

Greene, 

Marion, 

Pike, 

Shelby, 

Wabash, 

Dearborn, 

Henry, 

Martin, 

Posey, 

Spencer, 

Warwick, 

Delaware  , 

Harrison, 

Monroe, 

Putnam, 

Sullivan, 

Washington, 

Dubois, 

Jackson, 

Morgan, 

Randolph, 

Switzerland, 

Wayne. 

Fayette, 

Jefferson, 

Orange, 

GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

ILLINOIS. 
Illinois  is  divided  into  26  count. 

itc  is  mostly  flat,  and  !  prairies. 

KIVKKS.      It    has  the  /I  on  the  weM,    the 

on  the  south,  and   the  Jl'dhash   on  the  east.     The  other 

most  considerable  river- an-  Illuml*,  Kaskaskia&nd  Rocky. 

Tov.  ^  uiwneetown,  the  latter 

situated  on  the  Ohio,    ab,»ut  (J  miles    below  the  mouth  of 

the  Il'abush.      Vandalia  is  the  seat  of  government. 

IIONS.     Corn  is  the  staple  ;  hemp  and  tobacco 
11;  also  wheat,  where    the  ground  is    not  too  rich. 
Cotton  is  raised  for  domestick  use. 

s,   Copper,  lead,  and  coal  are  found  in  various 

Tiler  .alt  manufactory  on  Saline  river 

about  twenty  miles  from  its  mouth,  the  property  of  the 
United  States. 

MISSOURI. 

Missouri  is  divided  into  26  counties.!  j 

.us.     Ti.  'i>iii  is  the  eastern,  and  DCS  Whi- 

nes the  northern  boundary  of  this  State.      The  Missouri, 

ne.  is  the  principal  riv- 
a  nubL'  river,  900  miles  in 
>()  miles.      The  less  con- 
siderable ;  onade,  Grand  and  Black  rivers, 

k,  and  St.  Francis. 

TOWNS.  JelVerson,  the  capital  ;  St.  Louis,  the  largest 
town  in  the  State  ;  Herculaneum  and  St.  Genevieve,  the 
principal  depots  of  the  lead  mines  which  are  in  their  vi- 
cinity in  the  centre  of  the  mining  district ;  St. 
Charles,  Franklin,  and  New  Madrid. 

MiNi.KALs.      Numerous   lead  mines  are  found  from  30 
:st  of  .S'/.   '  '•.     They  are  very  rich, 

and  thought  to  be  inexhaustible.  More  than  a  thousand 
tons  are  produced  from  these  mines  annually.  There 
are  aUo  salt  springs,  from  it  is  manufactured. 

Coal  and  -alt  pc're  are  abiin 


*  Narv.es  of  the  Counties  in  Il'.inoii. 

Alexander, 

Jackson, 

ion, 

Pike, 

Union, 

Bond, 

son, 

Montgomery, 

Randilph, 

W.ishington, 

Clark, 

•on, 

St.Clair, 

Wayne, 

Crawford, 

Lawrence, 

Sangamun, 

White. 

Edwards, 

t  Name*  of  the  Countiet  in  Missouri. 

Boone, 

Cole, 

Jefferfon, 

MontRomcry. 

Ralli, 

St  OTwvteve, 

Gala  way, 

Cooper, 

Lili-jrd, 

New  Madrid, 

Ray, 

St.  J.ouis, 

CapeGirardeau, 

Franklin, 

Lincoln, 

Perry, 

St.  Charles, 

Washington, 

Chariton, 

Gasconade, 

Maditon, 

Pike, 

St.  Francois, 

Wayne. 

CUT, 

Howard, 

44  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

MICHIGAN  TERRITORY. 

Michigan  Territory  is  divided  into  7  counties.* 
The  courses  of  the  rivers  in  this  Territory  are  all  very- 
short.  It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Straits  of'Mich- 
fllimackinak,  6  miles  broad.  At  the  mouth  of  the  Strait 
is  an  island,  on  which  is  a  fort  and  a  village,  all  of  the 
same  name.  This  island  is  the  grand  rendezvous  of  the 
Indian  traders,  who  resort  here  to  barter  their  furs.  It 
is  200  miles  distant  from  Detroit.  A  little  to  the  south 
of  the  island  of  Michillimakkinak  is  White  Wood  island. 
Much  of  this  Territory  is  yet  in  possession  of  the  In- 
dians. Detroit  is  the  capital,  pleasantly  situated  on  De- 
troit river.  tf 

ARK  AN  SAW  TERRITORY. 

This  Territory  is  divided  into  9  counties. t 

RIVERS.  The  principal  rivers  are  Jlrkansaw,  White, 
St.  Francis,  and  Wachitta  rivers. 

TOWNS.  Jlrkansaw  is  the  largest  town  ;  Arkopolis, 
formerly  called  Little  Rock,  is  the  seat  of  government. 

MINERALS.  Iron,  lead,  coal,  and  salt,  are  found  in 
abundance. 

PRODUCTIONS.  Cotton  and  Indian  corn  are  the  staple 
commodities. 

INDIANS.  Part  of  the  Cherokee  and  part  of  the  Osage 
tribes  are  settled  on  Jlrkansaw  river,  in  each  of  which  is 
established  a  missionary  station. 

HOT  SPRINGS.  Near  the  head  waters  of  Wacliitta  riv- 
er, are  several  hot  springs,  the  temperature  of  which,  in 
the  driest  season,  is  that  of  boiling  water. 

The  NORTHWEST  TERRITORY,  lying  between  Missisippi 
river,  and  the  lakes  Superior  and  Michigan,  bounded  on 
the  north  by  the  British  Possessions,  and  by  Illinois  on  the 
south,  is  inhabited  by  Indians,  and  little  known. 

The  MISSOURI  TERRITORY,  extending  from  the  Missi- 
sippi  to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  is  known  chiefly  by  its  numer- 
ous tribes  of  Indians,  and  vast  extent.  West  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains  it  is  sometimes  called  the  Territory  of  Oregon, 
or  Western  Territory. 

*  Names  of  the  Counties  in  Michigan  Territory. 
Brown,     Crawford,      Matomb,      Michillimakkinak,      Monroe,      Oakland,     Wayne. 

t  Names  of  the  Counties  in  Arkansaw  Territory. 
Arkansaw,  ClarkjCrawford,  Hempstead,  Independence,  Lawrence,   Miller,  Phillips,  Pulatki. 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  45 

BRITISH  POSSESSIONS  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 

The  British  Possessions  in  North  America,  are 

New    Britain,    comprolii-iiilinir    Labrador,  >        ms*?  v^.* 

lies.  5        Chief  Towns. 

Upper  Canad  i, York. 

LoWi  

rick, i  -:own. 

Halifa.t. 

,  midland,  Cape  Briton,  Prince  Edward's 

)          and  the  Bermu 

RIVF.HS.  The  St.  Lawrence  is  much  the  largest  river 
in  all  British  America.  It  meets  the  tide  400  miles  from 
the  sea,  anil  is  90  miles  wide  at  its  mouth.  After  passing 
Ontario,  thU  river  lo-es  its  name.  Between  lake  Ontario 
and  lake  Erie,  it  is  called  river  ;  between  lake 

Erie  and  lake  Huron,  it  is  called  Detroit  river  ;  between 
lake  H-iroii   and   lake   Superior,  it  is  called    St.  Mary's 

, 

"ther  principal  rivers  are  Churchill,  Nelson,  Sev- 
ern, sllhuny,  and  .17, »n.^.-  nvri>  in  New- Britain  ;  the  Uta- 
,  and  CiKunlcre,  in  Lower  Canada  ; 
and  -Brunswick. 

The  principal  bays  are  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  re- 
markable for  its  tides,  which  sometimes  rise  to  the  aston- 
ishing height  of  GO  feet,  and  flow  so  fast  as  to  overtake 
small  animals  fect.ini;  on  the  shore  ;  Chebucto  Bay,  Cha- 
leur  and  Placentia  ii 

STRAIT.  The  most  noted  Strait  is  that  of  Bellisle,  lead- 
ing into  the  £ii  If  of  St.  Laurence.  At  the  mouth  of  the 
Strait  is  an  i.-!and  ot  the  -HIK-  name.  ^ 

.s.      Sable,  Race,  and   Charles,  are  the   principal 
capes. 

TOWNS.  The  principal  towns  are  Halifax,  Liverpool, 
and  Picton,  in  Nova-Scotia:  Prederickstown,  and  St 
John's  in  New  Brunswick;  '  ,d  Montreal  in  Lowet 

Canada  ;   York  and  Kingston  in  Upper  Canada  ;  and  St. 
John's  in  Newfoundland  inland. 

^  These  im  ^ions  are  valuable  to  Great  Brit- 

ain chiefly  for  their  fisheries,  lumber,  and  the  fur  trade 
carried  on  with  the  Indians. 


46  GRAMMAR    OP    GEOGRAPHY. 

RUSSIAN  SETTLEMENTS. 

The  Russian  Settlements  on  the  .north-west  coast  of 
North  America,  extend  from  Cape  Prince  of  Wales  to 
Portlock  harbour,  near  latitude  58°.  The  object  of 
these  settlements  is  the  fur  trade.  The  number  of  Rus- 
sians is  computed  at  about  1,000.  Rhodiak  and  Sitcha 
are  the  principal  places  of  trade. 

MEXICO,  OR  NEW  SPAIN. 

Mexico,  situated  between  16°  and  42°  N.  latitude,  de- 
dared  itself  independent  of  Spain  in  1821.  Much  of  the 
northern  part  of  this  country  is  in  possession  of  the  Indians. 

MOUNTAINS.  The  Cordilleras  are  the  most  noted  moun- 
tains, the  highest  summits  of  which,  Popocatapelt  and  Cit- 
laltepelt,  both  volcanoes,  are  more  than  17,000  feet  high. 

RIVERS.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Rio  Bravo  or 
Del  Norte,  the  Colorado,  and  the  Gila,  a  branch  of  the 
Colorado. 

TOWNS.  The  chief  towns  are  Mexico,  Peubla,  Guanax- 
uato,  Zacatecas,  Vera  Cruz,  JHcapulco,  and  Santa  Fe. 

Mexico  is  chiefly  celebrated  for  its  immensely  rich 
gold  and  silver  mines,  the  three  principal  of  which  are 
Guanaxuato,  Catorce,  and  Zacatecas.  *  The  produce  in 
gold  and  silver  of  all  the  mines  is  said  to  be  £0  millions 
of  dollars  annually. 

GAUT1MALA. 

Gautimala  is  now  independent,  and  extends  from  lati- 
tude 16°  N.  to  the  isthmus  of  Darien.  It  abounds  in 
volcanoes,  the  eruptions  of  which  are  sometimes  terrible. 

BAYS,  LAKES  &c.  Honduras  is  a  very  noted  bay.  All 
the  rivers  are  small  ',  Nicaragua  and  Leon  are  the  prin- 
cipal lakes. 

TOWNS.  Gautimala,  the  capital,  Leon  and  Chiapa. 
The  country  bordering  on  Honduras  bay  is  famous  for 
logwood  and  mahogany.  .  The  English  have  settlements 
here,  and  carry  on  the  trade  in  these  articles. 

GREENLAND. 

This  extensive  and  dreary  country,  situated  in  the 
northeast  part  of  America,  belongs  to  Denmark,  and  is 
valuable  principally  on  account  of  its  fisheries.  Cape 
Farewell  is  the  most  south-easterly  point. 


v.MAIl    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  47 


WEST  XNDZES> 

At  the  entrance  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  partly  be- 
•ii  and   South  Ante  it  number    of 

islands,  which  taken  together  have  been  called  the    ITtst 
Indies. 

The  most  considerable   of  these  are  Cuba,   Jam< 
Hispa  d   Porto  Rico.     These  are 

someti  -  ater  Antilles. 

Cuba  and  St.    Domingo   are  the   Bahama   or 

"t  Is.  the  principal  of  which  is  Providence  island. 

of  Porto  Rico  are  the  J'ir^ln  Islands,  of  which  St. 

ml  .S7.  Croij\  are  the  most  considerable. 
The  <  MamU  extend  from  the  Virgin  Islands  in 

the  north,  to  th»»  i-dand  Trinidad  in  the  south.     The  prin- 
cipal of  i  li\ti«ua*  (itiiidnlmipe*  Dominica*  A/arti- 

•tHHla,  Tobago^and  Trinidad. 
nids  by  the  Kn-j;li-h  are  sometimes  called   the 
,)  and  iheWixnwAiin.   The  Leeward  islands  corn- 
islands  extending  from  Porto  Rico  to 
.adward  inlands  comprise  Martinico,  and 
all  th  i Mini. 

a  and  Porto  Rico  belong  to  Spain; 
to  the  bl.i  »  have  established  an  inde- 

pendent empire,  and  -iven  the  island  the  name  of  Hayti; 
St.    Bartholomew  be!-  •  \\eden  ;  St.  Thomas,  St 

John,  and  Santa  Cm/,  to  the  Danes  ;  Saba,  St.   Kustatius, 
Cinacoa,  Buenaire,  and  Aniba  to  the  Dutch  ;  Gaudaloupe 
and  Mnrtini'W  to  the  French  :  Jamaica*  the  Bahamas*  and 
:ieral  all  the  other  islands,  to  the  English. 

The  chief  towns  are  Havaiia*  on  the  island 
of  Cuba  a  strongly  fortified  place,  with  a  fi.ie  harbour  and 
great  commerce  ;  pop'.hititni,  70. COO.  St.  Jax"*  on  the 

,  LI.C  e,  and  Xl.  f)>)i/iin- 

go  on  the  island  :   Kingston*  and   Spanish- 

town  on  tin-  i-l.in  i  •1"* 

The  whole  population  of  the  West  India 
island^  is  estimated  at  more  than  two  millions,  of  whom 
three  fourths 

RELK.IO.V.  In  the  inlands  possessed  by  the  Spaniards 
and  French,  the  religion  is  Roman  Catholic  ;  in  those 
possessed  by  the  English,  Danes,  and  Dutch,  it  is  Pro- 
testant. 

From  these  islands  are  produced  sugar,  molasses,  rum, 
cotton,  indigo,  spices,  cocoa,  and  coftee. 


4O  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

• 

SOUTH   AMERICA. 

South  America  is  a  vast  peninsula  connected  to  North 
America  by  the  Isthmus  of  Darien.  It  is  4,600  miles  in 
length,  and  more  than  3000  miles  in  breadth  in  its  widest 
part. 

MOUNTAINS.  The  chief  mountains  a're  the  Andes,  or 
Cordilleras,  one  of  the  highest  as  well  as  the  most  exten- 
sive ridge  of  mountains  on  the  face  of  the  globe.  Chim- 
borazo,  the  most  elevated  summit  in  this  range,  has  been 
estimated  at  20,280  feet,  (about  4  miles)  above  the  level 
of  the  sea,  being  4,876  feet,  (nearly  one  mile)  higher  than 
Mount  Blanc,  on  the  Eastern  Continent.  This  is  an  el- 
evation above  many  of  the  clouds,  which  actually  sail  be- 
neath its  top. 

RIVERS.  The  Amazon*  or  Maranon,  as  it  is  sometimes 
called,  is  the  largest  river  not  only  in  South  America, 
but  in  the  world.  The  other  most  considerable  rivers 
are  Rio  de  la  Plata,  Orinoco,  Paraguay,  and  St.  Fran- 
cisco. 

SEAS,  LAKES  and  BAYS.  South  America  has  on  the  north 
the  Caribbean  Sea,  called  in  South  America,  the  North 
Sea, a  branch  of' which  extending  up  into  the  land  near  the 
isthmus,  is  called  the  Gulf  of  Darien.  Titicaca,  Parima, 
and  Maracaibo,  are  the  principal  lakes.  Jill  Saints, 
Guayaquil,  and  Panama,  are  the  most  considerable  bays. 

CAPES.  Cape.  St.  Roque  and  Cape  Horn,  are  the  most 
noted  capes. 

The  Strait  of  Magellan^  is  the  only  considerable  Strait. 

ISLANDS.  The  principal  islands  are  the  Falkland  Isles, 
Terra  del  Fucgo,  Chiloe,  and  Juan  Fernandez. 

DIVISIONS.  The  divisions  of  Soutii  America  are,  1.  The 
Republic  of  Colombia.  2.  Guiana.  S.  Peru.  4.  Brazil. 
5.  Buenos  Ay  res,  or  the  United  Provinces  of  South 
America.  6.  Chili.  7.  Patagonia. 

*  The  Republic  of  Colombia,  including  Granada  and  Ven- 
ezuela, Peru,  Buenos  Ayres.  and  Chili,  were  formerly 
Spanish  Colonies  ;  they  have  lately  declared  themselves 
independent,  and  their  independence  has  been  acknowl- 
edged by  the  government  of  the  United  States. 

Guiana  is  divided  between  five  different  nations  5  the 
Republic  of  Colombia,  England,  France,  Holland*  and 
Brazil. 

Brazil,  including  Amazonia,  is  a  Portuguese  colony. 
Like  the  Spanish  colonies, it  has  lately  declared  itself  inde- 


GRAMMAR   OF    GEOGRAPHY.  49 

pendent  o!  -lablished  a  separate  govern- 

ment, at  the  head  of  which  is   the  Prince  Regent,  son  of 
the  K  _,il. 

an  unconquerecl  countrv,  in  possession  of 
.dian  na'. 

The  whole  population  of  South  America 
has  been  estimated  at  about  £1  millions,    of  whom  about 
If)  millions  are  supposed  to  be  of  European  descent;  the 
.ire  Indians  and  N 

is    Roman  Catholic,  except 

that  <•:  and  D'ltch  Guiana,  which  is  Protestant. 

i  IONS.    South  America  is  chiefly  celebrated  for 
,!ver,  and  diamond  mines,  which  have  been  im- 
pain  and  Portugal.     The  choicest 
and   druus   are  likewise   found  in  various  parts  of 
this  extensive  continent. 


REPUBLIC  OF  COLOMBIA. 

ubia  includes  New  Granada  and 
i  lion,  formed  in  1819,  resembles 
that 

:re  Chimborazo,  Cotojxt.ri,  a  vol- 

\    under  the   iMjuator.      Thej 

are   the   h.  ..omits  of  the  Andes,  and   among  the 

the  known  world. 

lli\  principal  river  is  the  Orinoco.   It  is  narv- 

.11  Ton  mili^,  and  discharges  its  waters  into 

Ulantic  by    m  my  mouths,  the    two  most    remote  of 

-•ant  180  miles.     Mn^ilalena  is  the 

river   in   N»-w   Gra'nada,  navigable  600  miles  j  the 

i  of  the  Magdalnna,  is  .300  miles  in  length. 

The  principal  gulfs  are  those 

.•id  Guayaquil;  the  chief  lakes  are 

3f(ira>  ommunicates  with  the  gulf  of  the  same 

name  by  a  strait  10  mil<vs  wide  defended  bv  strong  forts; 
and/  /}«/«i/iti/  ist  considerable  bar* 

!   seaports   are    Porto  Bdto, 
Cart/i  8f.  Mart  kit,  Guayaquil^  and  Panama. 

To\v^.  Tiie  other  most  considerable  towns  are 
Santa  Fe  de  Bogota,  Quito,  on  the  side  of  a  volcanic  moun- 
tain, at  an  elevation  of  9,500  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
sea,  Caraccas,  Maracaibo,  Cumana,  and  St.  7homast  in 
Spanish  Guiana. 

£ 


50  GRAMMAR   OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

POPULATION.  The  population  is  computed  at  about 
2,500,000,  composed  of  whites,  Indians,  and  blacks. 

PRODUCTIONS.  Gold,  silver,  and  platina,  in  New  Gra- 
nada-, sugar,  coffee,  indigo,  cotton,  and  tobacco  in  Vene- 
zuela. 

GUIANA. 

Guiana  is  the  \vhole  of  that  extent  of  country  situated 
between  the  rivers  Orinoco  and  Amazon.  That  portion 
situated  between  the  river  Essequibo  and  Orinoco  .is 
Spanish  Guiana,  and  is  comprehended  in  the  Republic  of 
Colombia. 

Portuguese  Guiana  is  the  southern  extremity  of  this 
country,  situated  between  the  Amazon  and  Oyapok  rivers. 
It  is  united  to  the  government  of  Brazil,  and  is  now  con- 
sidered a  part  of  that  country. 

English  Guiana  is  situated  south  of  the  river  Essequibo; 
Dutch  Guiana,  sometimes  called  Surinam,  and  French 
Guiana,  called  Cayenne,  follow  in  succession  to  the  river 
Oyapok. 

RIVERS.  The  principal  rivers  are  Essequibo,  Demera- 
ra,  Berbice,  Surinam,  and  Oyapok. 

TOWNS.  The  chief  towns  are  Stabrook,  the  capital  of 
English  Guiana,  on  Demerara  river;  Paramaribo,  the  cap- 
ital of  Dutch  Guiana,  and  the  largest  town  of  all  Guiana, 
situated  on  Surinam  river,  20  miles  from  its  mouth  ;  Ca- 
yenne, the  capital  of  French  Guiana,  situated  on  an  island. 

POPULATION.  The  whole  population  is  estimated  at 
about  250,000,  exclusive  of  Indians. 

PRODUCTIONS.  Sugar,  coffee,  cotton,  cocoa,  indigo, 
maize,  rice,  and  Cayenne  pepper. 

PERU. 

MOUNTAINS.  The  Andes  penetrate  the  whole  extent  of 
Peru.  There  are  two  principal  ridges,  the  eastern  and 
western.  The  country  between  these  ridges  is  an  ele- 
vated plain,  from  8  to  10,000  feet  above  t'he  level  of  the  sea. 
It  is  on  this  plain  most  of  the  white  settlements  are  made. 

TOWNS.  The  chief  towns  are  Lima,  the  capital,  Cus- 
co,  Jlrequipa,  Truxillo,  Guamanga  and  Guancavelica, 
celebrated  for  its  mine  of  quicksilver. 

POPULATION.  The  population  is  estimated  to  be  more 
than  one  million. 

MINES.  The  number  of  mines  is  said  to  be  70  of  gold, 
700  of  silver,  4  of  quicksilver,  4  of  copper,  and  12  of  lead. 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  51 

BRAZIL, 

;ve  country,  including roore  than 

;  t,  known 

by  the  name  of  Amazonia,  and  comprising  all  tlie  central 
:th  America,  is  inhabited  only  by  Indian*. 
•icipal  rivers  are  .!/</  /-  ira,  Tocanl 
ranch  of  the  Tocantins,   S  .  /'//r- 

and  La  P 

or  St.  Sebastian   is  the   capital, 

>\vn  in  South    America,  having  a  pop- 

i  on, 000.     The  other  most  considerable  towns 

''>;•,  Pernambuco,  and  St.  Luis. 

Poi-  The    population  is  estimated   at  about 

2,000, 

i  IONS.     Brazil  is  particularly  celebrated  for  its 
gold  and  diamond  mines,  the  latter  of  which  are  in  a  bar- 
^trict  about  the  town  of  Tejuco. 

r,  coffee,  tobacco,  and  Brazil  wood,  are 
produced   in    the   northern   provinces;  wheat,  and  abun- 
utle  in  the  southern. 

BUENOS  AYRES,  nil  INITED  PROVINCES  OF 

1  II    A.MKKI- 

RIVKUS.     La  Plata  is  the  great  river  of  this  country  ; 
incipal  branches   are  the   Paraguay,  Parana,  Ura- 
gua\ .  .  and  the  Saltido. 

is  the   most  considerable   lake,  224 
in  circumference. 

The  principal  towns  are  Buenos  Ayres,  on  the 
miles  from  the  sea,  Monte  Video,  Santa  Fe, 
>i/nj)tinii,P<itofii,  famous  for  its  silver  mines, 

id   Mend 

P\  v  Pampa,  as  it  is  callfd  in  this  country,  is  a 

vast  extensive  plain,  sometime-*  10  or  15  hundred  miles  in 
extent,  destitute  of  trees,  and  covered  with  high  grass. 
Such  is  the  country  between  Buenos  Jlijrts  and  Mendoza, 
a  distan.ee  of  (.)00  miles,  which  is  travelled  in  about  30 

in  wagons  loaded  with  produce. 

Poi'LLvriON.  The  population  is  estimated  at  about  2 
millions,  of  whom  more  than  one  fourth  part  are  civilized 
Indians. 

PRODUCTIONS.  The  provinces  near  the  Andes  produce 
gold  and  silver.  At  Potosi  is  one  of  the  richest  silver  mines 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

yet  known.  Immense  herds  of  cattle,  mules,  and  horses 
feed  on  the  pampas.  Agriculture  is '.much  neglected. 
Mules  are  the  beast  of  burden  on  and  about  the  Andes. 
Immense  numbers  are  collected  every  year  from  the 
southern  provinces  at  Salta,  and  sent  over  to  Peru.  Hides 
and  tallow  are  great  articles  of  export. 

CHILI. 

MOUNTAINS.  The  Andes  form  the  eastern  boundary, 
among  which,  there  are  reckoned  14  volcanoes  in  Chili. 

RIVERS.  The  rivers  are  small,  but  numerous.  Tolten, 
Eiobio,  and  Maule,  are  some  of  the  most  considerable. 

TOWNS.  The  chief  towns  are  St.  Jago,  the  capital, 
Conception,  Valparaiso,  and  Valdivia. 

POPULATION.   The  population  is  estimated  at  1,200,000. 

PRODUCTIO>%  The  most  northern  parts  are  dry  and  bar- 
ren, being  utterly  destitute  both  of  rain  and  vegetation. 

More  southwardly,  to  the  river  Maule,  it  is  said,  from 
November  to  May,  the  atmosphere  is  without  a  cloud. 

But  this  barren  country  is  the  region  of  the  wines 
which  are  numerous.  Gold,  silver,  tin,  and  copper,  are 
produced  here,  and  from  the  mountains  in  abundance. 

In  the  southern  parts  the  country  is  fertile,  producing 
wheat,  wine,  oil,  hemp,  and  cattle  in  great  plenty. 

PATAGONIA. 

Patagonia  is  but  little  known.  The  eastern  part  con- 
sists of  immense  pampas  or  plains.  The  western  parts 
are  mountainous  and  cold.  The  only  inhabitants  are  the 
Indian  natives,  some  of  whom  are  said  to  be  of  great 
stature. 


SUMMARY  OF  THE  POPULATION  OF  AMERICA. 

Countries.                              Population.           Chief  Towns.  Inhabitants. 

United  States,                9,638,000  Washington,  13,247 

British  Possessions,            700,000  Quebec,  15,257 

Mexico,                            8,000,000  Mexico,  137,000 

Gautimala,                     1,500,000  Gautimala,  40,000 

West  Indies,                    2,200,000  Havanna,  70,000 

Republic  of  Colombia,  2,500,000  Caraccas,  42,000 

Peru,                                1,200,000  Lima,  53,000 

Brazil,                             2,000.000  Rio  Janeiro,  100,000 

Bueuos  Ayres,                2,000,000  Buenos  Ayres,  62,000 

Chili,                                 180,000  St.  Jago,  46,000 


^  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  5S 

EUROPE. 

-  or   quar- 

I  by  the  i  .  e  and 

it  race  of  people. 

principal  mountains  are  the  Dofr- 

betw*  M'cn  Ku- 

Carpathian  l>  '  'land  and  Hun- 

\vhich    surround  tlie    north  of  Italy  ;  the 


I-1  ranee  and  Spain  ;  and  tin* 
The  Volcanic  or  Hurniu^  Mountains  are  Vesu- 

iii  Sicih  .  'ft  in  Iceland. 

UIVKKS.    The  the  Volga,  the  Danube, 

the  J)un*  the  .  md  the  Rhine. 

The  le^s  considerable  rivers  are   the  Dniester,  Dwina, 
^'tuiu'/t,    I'ixtida)   Oder,  Elbe,   Weser, 
••ronnc,  Dourn,  Tagus,  Gavdiuna, 
ro,   Rhone,  Po,    Tiber,    Save,   Drave, 
Inn,  Thame>,  and  the  Shannon. 
'  noted  lakes  are  Ladoga,  Onega,  II- 
.nd  (ieneva. 

are   the  Mediterranean,  the 
1  which  is  called  the,  Levant,  l\\e  jUrchipelttr 
%o,  tl.  Mitnnni-a*  the  ttltu-k  Sea,  the  Sea  of  . 

the    >  the   Indtic,  the  IHiite  Sea,  the  North 

Seao  and  tlie  Irish  Sea. 

GUI  -t  considerable  gulfs  are  Bothnia, 

Guff  of  I'diirf,  and  the  Bay  of  Biscay 

The  principal  straits  are  the  Cattegat, 

•mud  of  Klsineur,    between   Sweden   and   the  island 

i  ireat  Belt  between  the  islands  Zealand  and 

e  little  Belt  between  Funen   and  the  peninsula 

of  Jutland,  the  Strait  of  Do  Isk  Channel,  Bristol 

Channel,  St.   '  .'.ml  the  Straits  of   Gib- 

raltar* Bonifacio,  Messina,    J)ard:'.ndle3,  Constantinople, 

and  Ctr 

CAPI:S.     The  most  noted  capes  are  North  Cape,  the 
Naz  End,  La  Hogue,  Ortegal,  Finisterre,  the 

Rock  of  Lisbon,  St.  Vincent,  Polos,  and  Matapan. 

PiLNix-fLAs.     The  chief  peninsulas  are  Spain,  Italy, 
Morea,  Crimea,  and  Jutland.     Sweden  and  Norway  like- 
wise constitute  one  vast  peninsula,  united  to  Russia  by  a 
E  2 


54  GRAMMAR  Of 

broad  neck  of  land.  This  vast  peninsular  tract,  together 
with  the  peninsula  of  Jutland,  was  by  the  ancients  called 
SCANDINAVIA. 

ISTHMUSES.  The  isthmus  of  Corinth,  which  unites  the 
Morea  to  Greece,  and  that  of  Precop,  which  joins  Crimea 
to  the  main  land. 

ISLANDS.  The  most  noted  islands  are  Great  Britain, 
Ireland,  Iceland,  the  Feroe,  Shetland,  Orkney,  Hebrides, 
Me  of  Wight,  Guernsey,  the  Ushant  Isles,  Bellisle,  the 
isles  of  Re  and  Oleron. 

In  the  Baltic  Sea  are  Zealand,  on  which  Copenhagen  is 
situated,  Funen  directly  west  of  Zealand,  Rugen,  Oeland, 
Gothland,  Oesel,  Dago,  and  Aland. 

In  the  Mediterranean  are  Ivica,  Majorca,  Minorca, 
Corsica,  Sardinia,  Sicily,  Lipari  Isles,  and  Malta;  in  that 
part  of  the  Mediterranean  sometimes  called  the  Ionian  Sea, 
Corfu,  Cephalonia,  $*c.  which  form  what  is  called  the  re- 
public of  the  Seven  Islands  $.  Camlia,  Negropont,  in  the 
Archipelago,  and  Rhodes,  and  Cyprus  in  the  Levant. 

DIVISIONS.  Europe  may  be  considered  under  three 
grand  divisions  :  the  Northern,  the  Middle,  and  the 
Southern. 

The  Northern  countries  are  Lapland,  Norway,  Swe- 
den and  Russia. 

The  Middle  countries  are  the  British  Dominions, 
France,  Netherlands,  Denmark,  Prussia,  Poland,  Ger- 
many, Switzerland,  and  Austria. 

The  Southern  countries  are  Portugal,  Spain,  Italy,  and 
Turkey. 

GREAT    BRITAIN    AND   IRELAND. 

The  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  in- 
cludes Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  with  the  adjacent  isles. 

POPULATION.  The  population  is  estimated  at  about  21 
millions — of  which  6,847,000  is  assigned  to  Ireland — to 
Scotland,  2,092,000— to  Wales,  717,000. 

RELIGION,  &c.  The  established  religion  is  episcopacy; 
the  government  a  limited  monarchy. 

Great  Britain  excels  every  other  nation  in  her  com- 
merce and  manufactures,  in  her  navy,  and  in  the  number 
and  variety  of  her  charitable  institutions* 

The  island  of  Great  Britain  is  divided  into  England, 
Wales,  and  Scotland. 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  55 

KN(i  L  \  Nh 

'1'he  inniifilai'i-  in  Kn^land  are  compara- 

d  are  the  Peak  -hire, 

•  it  Hill*  beiv.  ecu  England  nd. 

RIVERS.      The  principal  rivers  aie  t  v,  Severn, 

Hani  •  and  the  'Pynr. 

rivers,  the    7V//,:,    .V 
Tliain  Miected  by  eanals,  ope' 

/o/,  and  //"//.  the  four  principal    |  the    kingdom, 

many  other  canal-,  so   that  scarcely    any    con- 
:l)!e  town  is  uithout  one,  or  a  navigable  river. 

The  principal  ca;  ',  J/izanl, 

Start,    Portland,    and     »SV.    lldinamly?    Point  ;      fyurn, 
Beac  <ids. 

•  insiderable  islands  are,    hie   of 
'<  of  Man.  't,  ihe  Stilly  hits,  (iutrnsey, 

,:id  Stark  :  the  four  last  are   near  the 
5(  of  Fran 

'don    is   the    capital.     The    other   great 
>ol,  Bristol,  Hull,    New- 

'tfl-  ,r 

principal  ..nous  for  their  respective    man- 

.iiid  Sheffield,  for  cutlery  and 

and 

icld,  for  woollen  cloth  ;   Kiddcrminsti  r,  for  carpets  ; 
Coven-  for  pins. 

Jiu'  '1   for    its  mineral   water-:   .\orcastle 

d    Canilii'idgc    for  their    Universities. 

Ill  and   Plymouth  are  the  principal  stations  for 

the  principal  place  of  embarkation  for  France. 

,'ilarly  from  77  r  Holland  and  Ger- 

i/d/i,  for  Spain  and  tl.e  \Vr>t  Indies  ; 

and  from  I/u/ij  Jlutd,  on  the  islai:  r  Dublin. 

MixKKM.ri.      Tin,  coal,  and    lead.     The  tin    mines   in 

Cornv  the  coal  mines  in  Not  th  Cumberland,   are 

!obe. 
.vided  into    12  counties.     Snowdon   and 


Plinlimmon  are  the  most  considerable  mountains.  Wye 
is  the  chief  river.  The  principal  town  is  ll'fcxham,  fa- 
mous for  flann 

SCOTLAND  is  divided  into  33  counties. 

MOUNTAINS.  The  principal  chain  of  mountains  are  the 
Grampian&  Pentland  Hills.  HenNeves,  the  highest  moun- 


56  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

tain  on  the  island,  is  4,350  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

RIVERS.  The  chief  rivers  are  the  Forth,  the  Tay,  the 
Clyde,  the  Tweed,  the  Dee,  the  Don,  and  the  Spey. 

CANALS.  A  canal  35  miles  long,  constructed  at  vast 
expense,  connects  the  Forth  and  the  Clyde ;  another  near 
Keil,  called  the  Caledonian  canal,  connects  Loch  Lochy 
with  Loch  Oich.  These  two  canals  open  water  commu- 
nications from  sea  to  sea  across  the  island,  dividing  Scot- 
land into.three  parts. 

LAKES.  The  lakes  in  this  country,  denominated 
lochs,  are  very  numerous.  The  most  noted  are  Loch 
Lomond  and  Loch  Tay. 

ISLANDS.  The  islands  are  the  Hebrides  or  Western  Isles, 
the  Orkney,  and  the  Shetland  Isles. 

TOWNS.  The  most  considerable  towns  are  Edinburgh, 
Glasgow  and  Aberdeen,  famous  for  their  universities  : 
and  Glasgow  no  less  so  for  its  extensive  commerce. 

IRELAND  is  divided  into  four  provinces  ;  Leinster, 
Ulster,  Munster,  and  Connaught.  These  are  subdivided 
into  32  counties. 

RIVERS.  The  only  considerable  river  is  the  Shannon, 
9  miles  wide  at  its  mouth.  The  Blackwater  is  the  next 
largest  river.  The  Liffa  has  acquired  some  note  from 
the  capital  being  situated  on  its  banks. 

Lakes  and  bogs  are  very  numerous. 

TOWNS.  The  chief  towns  are  ^Dubliri,  the  capital, 
Cork,  Limerick,  Waterford,  and  Londonderry. 

LAPLAND. 

Lapland  is  divided  into  Norwegian,  or  West  Lapland  ; 
Swedish,  or  South  Lapland  5  Russian,  or  East  Lapland. 
Swedish  Lapland  is  by  far  the  most  valuable.  The  di- 
mensions of  each  of  these  parts  are  uncertain.  This 
country  is  under  the  government  of  Sweden  and  Russia. 

In  some  parts  of  Lapland,  in  the  winter,  the  sun  does 
not  rise  for  several  weeks  together.  The  cold  is  then 
excessive,  and  it  is  not  uncommon  that  the  lips  of  persons 
are  frozen  to  the  cup  in  attempting  to  drink.  At  this 
season  the  moon  shines  without  intermission,  and  the 
twilight,  for  two  or  three  hours  in  the  middle  of  the  day, 
is  sufficient  to  enable  persons  to  read  without  a  candle. 
In  the  summer,  on  the  contrary,  the  sun  does  not  set  for 
as  long  a  time.  The  heat  then  becomes  intense. 


57. 


The  chief  wealth  df  the   Laplanders   consists  .in  their 
rain-ii.  .-r.       'I  ::eir  emp  ire   hunting  ami    ti 

-  hardly  known  in  this  .  de  region. 

IRWAY. 

;cd  by  a 

:  by  the  ki 

It  i-  di\  ina,  Chri- 

sand.  'iithei'M,  and  Norland. 

:-wav    i-     reckoned    one   of  the 

mountain-  'Id.      The  principal   are 

the  JJtt/'rnft/it  bet  \\een  Norwav  and  Sweden. 
CAPES.      T  ;ie  and  tin 

ISLANDS.     The  m<»M  considerable  islands  are  the  Lof- 

Tov.  is  (he  capital  ;   Christiana  and  Dron- 

ab'e  lo\\ 

The  chief  wealtli  of  Norway   consists  in   its  immense 

forests  of  timber,  and  in  its  silver,  copper  and  iron  mines. 

inhabitants  Mib-Ut  chiefly  by  hunting  and  fishing. 

Norwav   is    the   famous    vortex    of  the 

,'-ard  at  a  y;reat  distance, 

and  I  lirlpool  of  va*t  d,-pth   and    extent,    and  so 

violent,  t!  ,ip  come  near  it,   she  is  drawn  in  and 


DENMARK. 

Denmark    Proper   i>  a    very  small    kingdom.      It  com- 

•nin-u!a  of  Jutland,    the    soutliern   part    of 

-wick:  tlie  dutchy  of  llolstein,  bound- 

ith  bv  the  river  AY/<r  ;   and    the    i>lands    at    the    en- 

trance o|  the  Bailie,  the  principal  of  which   are    Zealand 

and  Funen. 

.11  and  CANAL.     The  Cyder  is  the  only  river  of  any 

•boundary  be;  -  A  ick  and  llolstein. 

Thee  Kill  opens   a   communication  through    this 

penin-ula,  from    the    (ierman   ocean    into 

iicient    to  adn  Is  of  120  tons. 

STRAITS.    There  are  three  noted  straits  ;    1.  The  SOUND, 

between  Sweden  and  the   i>land  Zealand,  through    which 

vessels     usually    p.;-  *   into  or  from    the    Baltic; 

2.  The  GREAT  BKI.T,  between  the  islands   Zealand   and 

Funen  ;  3.  The  LITTLE  BELT,   between  Funen  and    the 

peninsula  of  Jutland. 


58 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 


CHIEF  TOWNS.  Copenhagen,  the  capital,  situated  on 
the  island  Zealand,  is  esteemed  the  best  built  city  in  the 
north  of  Europe  ;  Elsineur,  on  the  same  island,  where 
all  foreign  ship?,  passing  through  the  sound,  pay  toll  5 
Altona,  on  the  river  Elbe. 

RELIGION,  &c.  The  religion  is  Lutheran  ;  the  govern- 
ment, an  absolute  monarchy. 

ISLANDS.  The  principal  islands  belonging  to  Den- 
mark, are  Iceland  and  the  Feroe  isles.  Iceland  abounds 
with  subterranean  fires.  Mount  Hecla  is  a  celebrated 
volcano  upon  this  island,  about  one  mile  high. 

Denmark  is  a  flat  country,  generally  fertile,  producing 
grain,  horses,  and  cattle. 

*   !  SWEDEN. 

Sweden  is  divided  into  Norland,  Sweden  Proper,  and 
Gothland.  Finland,  on  the  east  of  the  gulf  of  Bothnia, 
formerly  belonged  to  Sweden,  but  was  ceded  to  Russia 
in  1808. 

SEAS,  The  Swedish  seas  are  the  Baltic,  the  Gulf  of 
Bothnia,  the  Cattegat,  and  the  sound,  a  strait  of  four 
miles  over,  which  separates  Sweden  from  Denmark. 

In  the  Baltic  sea  there  are  no  tides,  and  a  current  is 
always  running  into  the  German  Ocean. 

LAKES  and  RIVERS.  Sweden  is  celebrated  for  the  num- 
ber and  extent  of  its  lakes  :  the  largest  is  the  Wener,  100 
miles  in  length.  Its  rivers  are  also  numerous,  but  not 
navigable.  One  of  the  most  considerable  is  the  Gotha, 
through  which  the  Wener  lake  has  its  outlet  at  Gotten- 

rg-,  into  the  Cattegat. 

ISLANDS.  The  Swedish  islands  are  Gothland,  Oeland, 
Aland,  and  Pugen,  with  innumerable  others,  some  thou- 
sands of  which  are  reckoned  to  be  inhabited,  and  the  rest 
are  desert  rocks. 

TOWNS.  The  chief  towns  are  Stockholm,  the  capital, 
situated  on  seven  rocky  islands,  united  by  wooden 
bridges  ;  Upsal,  famous  for  its  university  5  Gottenburg, 
Carlscrona,  Calmar,  and  Tornea. 

RELIGION,  &c.  The  religion  is  Lutheran  ;  the  govern- 
ment a  limited  monarchy. 

The  chief  wealth  of  Sweden  arises  from  its  mines  of 
silver,  copper,  lead  and  iron.  Its  forests  of  pine  and  fir 
are  also  very  valuable. 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  39 

RUSSIA. 

The  Russian  Empire  is  the  largest  in  extent  in  the 
world,  comprehending  all  the  north  east  of  Europe,  all 
the  north  of  Asia,  and  part  of  the  North  West  Coast  of 
America. 

divided  into  52  governments,  of  which  46  are  in 
Europe. 

MOUNTAINS.  The  Urulian  are  the  most  noted  moun- 
tains, forming  a  marked  boundary  between  Europe  and 

OF  THI:  COUNTRY.  Russia,  in  general,  is  a  level 
country ;  from  Petersburg  to  Pekin  in  China,  there  is 
scarcely  a  hill.  The  same  may  be  said  of  the  road  from 
Petersburg  to  the  north  of  France. 

RIVKRS.     The  most  considerable  rivers  are  the  Volga> 
or   Wolga,    Don,    Dnicjn-r*   Dniester,    Northern  IJwina, 
^ometimes  called,  Southern  Dwina,  the 
:/!,  Petchora,  and  the  AYr,^. 

Many  of  the*e  rivers,  flowing  through  a  level  country, 
are  navigable  almost  to  their  sources,  where,  being  con- 
net'  -rt  canals,  they  open  a  very  extensive 'inland 
navi  ;  the  empire. 

o  Ladoga,  Onega,  and 
llmen. 

.lis  or  bay*  ;  the   gulfs 

of  Both)*  and  the  bays  of  Archan- 

gel &w\  <  three  are  arms  of  the    JJaltic, 

.-.re  arms  of  the  if'/iitc  Sta. 
There   are  four   large  seas  in  the    borders    of 

.  />/(ic/tyt'u*/j:(in,  in  Asiatic  Russia, 
the  /  and  canals,  an  inland 

>\\  is  opened  between  all  these  sens,  thriiu»'h  the 
interior  of  the  empire.  1  sea  connected 

with  the  ttlnr.k  S, '  Strait  of  CaJ/'a. 

Pr.MNsui.A.  Crimea  is  a  imted  peninsula  connected 
with  the  main  land  by  the  isthmus  Precop. 

The  principal  inlands  are  Osel,  Dago,   and 
Cro 

Tov  Petersburg  is  the  capital,  situated  on  the 

Neva-      It  is  a  place  of  great  commerce,    and  contains 
285,000  inhabitants. 

Cronstadt,  the  port  of  St.  Petersburg,  is  20  miles  dis- 
tant, on  an  inland  in  the  gulf  of  Finland.  It  is  the  princi- 
pal station  of  the  Russian  navy. 


60  GRAMMAR    OP    GEOGRAPHY. 

The  other  principal  seaports  are  Riga  on  the  Baltic-, 
Odessa  on  the  Black  Sea  ;  Jlstrachan  on  the  Caspian,  in 
Asiatic  Russia,  and  Archangel  on  the  White  Sea. 

Moscow   was    the   ancient   capital.     Revel,    Wyburg 
Cherson,  Tula^  and  Mo,  are  considerable  towns. 

RELIGION,  &c.  The  established  religion  is  the  Greek 
Church  ;  the  government  a  constitutional  monarchy. 

Russia  is  celebrated  for  its  timber  and  flax  trade,  its 
iron  and  copper  mines  in  the  Uralian  mountains,  its  fish- 
eries and  its  furs.  It  has  an  extensive  inland  navigation  ; 
and  goods  may  be  conveyed  by  water  from  Petersburg  to 
China,  with  an  interruption  of  only  sixty  miles. 

POLAND 

Now  principally  belongs  to  Russia,  and  enjoys  her  own 
laws.  Its  chief  towns  are  Warsaw  and  Cracow.  The 
principal  river,  the  Fistula.  Poland  is  remarkable  for 
its  mines  of  rock  salt. 

PRUSSIA. 

The  Prussian  dominions  consist  of  two  territories,  en- 
tirely distinct,  the  one  laying  in  the  east,  and  the  other  in 
the  west  of  Germany,  separated  from  each  other  by  the 
kingdom  of  Hanover,  through  which  the  king  of  Prussia 
is  entitled  by  treaty  to  maintain  two  military  roads. 

The  eastern  division  is  by  far  the  largest.     It   extends 
about  500  miles  on  the  Baltic,  and  comprehends    Prussia 
Proper,  Pomerania,  Silesia,  and  the  March  of  Branden- 
'burg.  * 

Prussia  Proper  lies  along  the  Vistula  ;  Pomerania  ex- 
tends from  a  little  beyond  Danzic  to  the  Oder  :  Silesia 
is  the  most  southern  part,  next  to  Austria  ;  Brandenburg 
extends  in  the  direction  of  Berlin  to  the  Elbe. 

The  western  division  lies  on  both  sides  of  the  Rhine, 
arid  is  about  200  miles  in  length,  and  80  or  90  in  breadth. 

RIVERS.  The  chief  rivers  are  the  Elbe,  the  Oder,  the 
Vistula,  the  Pregel,  and  the  Memel 

CANALS.  Bromburg  canal,  20  miles  in  length,  connects 
the  Vistula  with  the  Oder  ;  Mullrose  canal,  15  miles  in 
length,  connects  the  Oder  with  the  Elbe. 

LAKES.  There  are  many  small  lakes  in  Prussia. 
Frisch  Haff,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Vistula,  and  Churish 


GRAMMAR     OF      GEOGRAPHY.  61 

Half,  at  the  mouth  of  the  A/ewe/,  are  inland  sheets  of  iva- 
ter,  about  70  miles  in  length,  full  of  dangerous  shoals, 
•r.t  to  frequent  storms.  They  are  separated 
from  the  Baltic  by  narrow  ylips  of  land,  said  to  have  been 
thrown  up  by  tempests)  and  the  waves  of  the  - 

The  chief  cities  in    the  eastern    divUion,  are 

',  the  capital,  Koni^sbui-.:  i\Ell> //<_;•,  Wetting, 

.  and  Dmitzk  ;  in  the  western  di- 

ilogne,  and  Coblentz. 
.      Population.  19. 

c.     The  established  religion  is  Lutheran; 
_.»vernment,  an  absolute  monarchy. 

--,'ia  produces  a  great  plenty  of  grain,  and  abounds 
with  il-jcks  and  he, 

NETHERLANDS. 

lerlands   is  a  new   kingdom,    and    embraces   Hol- 
land, lorn.  ailed,  in  the  north  ;  Flanders,  or  the 
provinces    between   Holland  and    France.,  in  the 
south  ;  and  the  province  of   Luxemburg,  which  is  a  part 
of  Germany. 

The    kingdom  of  the   Netherlands  is  divided  into  18 

provii.  li'.-lu  the  seven  first  constitute  the  country 

;  ly  called  Holland,  or  the  Seven  United  Provinces. 

,!an<l  11    K.  Fhmlers  !.'>  Limburg 

12    \V.  Fl.in.l.  :  mr 

3  Ov  . .  Brabant       i:J  Hainault  17  Dr»-nthe 

aid      9  S.  Brabant         14  Liege  18  Luxemburg 
10  Antwerp 

.:  OF  THE  COUNTRY.     Holland  is  mostly  a  marsh  or 
bog,  and  has  been  gained  principally  from  the  ocean,  by 
5  of  dykes  or   dams,  which   have   been    raised,  and 
-till  supported  at  an  incredible  expen- 

iders  is  a  low  Hat  country,  with  scarcely  a  single 
hill.  The  roads  are  generally  a  broad  causeway,  and  run 
several  miles  in  a  straight  line,  till  they  terminate  in  view 
of  some  noble  building. 

RIVKUS.     The  principal  rivers  are  the  Rhine,  Maese,  or 

•Kit,  arid  the  Moselle. 

CANALS.  Canals  are  numerous,  particularly  in  Hol- 
land, there  being  one  at  almost  every  man's  door.  The 
common  mode  of  travelling  in  summer,  is  in  covered 
boats  on  canals  drawn  by  horses  ;  in  winter,  both  men  and 
women,  and  also  children,  travel  on  them  on  skates,  from 
village  to  village,  with  most  surprising  rapidity. 
F 


62  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

ZUIDER  ZEE  is  a  large  bay,  about  120  miles  in  length, 
full  of  shoals,  at  the  head  of  which  Amsterdam  is  situated. 

TEXEL  is  an  island  at  the  mouth  of  the  Zuider  Zee ;  it 
has  a  good  harbour,  and  a  town  of  the  same  name.  There 
are  numerous  other  islands.  The  province  of  Zealand 
consists  wholly  of  a  number  of'islands,  one  of  the  most 
considerable  of  which  is  Walcheren,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Scheldt. 

Towns.  The  chief  towns  in  Holland  are  Amsterdam, 
the  capital,  curiously  built  on  wooden  piies  \  Rotterdam, 
distinguished  for  commerce,  and  also  for  being  the  birth 
place  of  Erasmus ;  Haerlem,  famous  for  containing  the 
largest  organ  in  the  world  ;  Leyden,  celebrated  for  its 
university ;  Utrecht,  and  the  Hague.  \f~ 

Middleburg  and  Flushing  are  also  considerable  towns 
on  the  island  Walcheren. 

In  that  part  of  the  country  called  Flanders,  the  chief 
towns  are  Antwerp,  once  the  emporium  of  Europe  ;  Brus- 
sels, where  the  best  camblets  are  made,  and  the  finest 
kinds  of  lace  ;  Osterid,  a  strongly  fortified  town  on  the  sea 
coast ;  Lisle,  a  rich  manufacturing  town  ;  and  Ghent,  di- 
vided by  canals  into  26  islands  over  which  are  300  bridges. 

POPULATION.  This  is  the  thickest  settled  country  in 
Europe,  there  being  more  than  200  inhabitants  to  every 
square  mile.  Those  in  the  northern  provinces,  or  Hol- 
land, are  called  Dutch  ;  those  in  the  southern  provinces, 
Flemings.  The  whole  population  is  5,273,000. 

RELIGION,  &c.  The  Dutch  are  mostly  Calvinists  ;  the 
Flemings,  Catholics.  The  government  is  a  limited  mon- 
archy. The  Netherlands  are  distinguished  for  their 
agriculture  and  manufactures.  Vast  numbers  of  cattle 
are  fattened  in  the  rich  meadows  of  Holland.  It  is  here 
madder  is  cultivated.  It  was  by  the  Flemings  the  Eng- 
lish were  taught  the  art  of  weaving.  Their  manufactures 
are  beautiful  linen,  and  laces,  in  which  they  are  unrivall- 
ed, particularly  in  their  cambrics,  from  Cambray. 

FRANCE. 

France  is  advantageously  situated  almost  in  the  centre 
of  Europe  5  and  was  formerly  divided  into  provinces  5 
but  is  now  divided  into  86  departments, 

MOUNTAINS.  The  most  noted  mountains  in  France  are 
the  Cevemres,  west  of  the  Bhone,  and  parallel  with  it. 
France  is  separated  from  Spain  by  the  Pyrenees;  from  Italy 


GRAMMAR    OF    GKOGRAPHY.  63 

by  the  Alps;  from  iml  by  Mount  Jura,  a  branch 

of  the  >rthwardlv,    west  of   the 

called  th»-  '.oiuitairi'..     These  latter 

i  the  territory  c»f  Franc  ivrn  boundary. 

Jim.us.     '!'..  >ur  large    rivers   in    France  ;  the 

id     Phone.     The    Saone,    a 
branch  of  the  Rhone.*  is  a  considerable  river. 

There  are  three  noted   canals;    1.    the  cele- 
brated canal  of  loc,  which  opens  a  communication 
///and  th  'Toucan;  "2.  the 

canal  oft',  '.MU;  the  river  Saone    with  the 

Loire;  5.  the  canal  of  ()i  leans  connecting  the  Loire  with 
tlie  A1 

ISLANDS.   Tlie  chief  islands  are  Corsica,  Ushant,  Ihllisle* 

'faron,  and  the  isles  of  I/i/ercs  in  the  Mediterranean. 

CIIIKS.     The  principal  cities  are   Paris*  the  capital, 

Lyons,  M  "jc,  Rochfort,  Rochelle,  Bay- 

onne,  Ton!  ,  ,.    Montpelier.  and   Calais. 

Toulon  and  11  mt  are  the  chief  stations  of  the  French  navy. 

ic.      The   established  religion    is  Roman 

Catholic  ;  the  ^overnsnent  is  a  limited  monarchy. 

France  produces  i^rain,  wine,  oil,  and  silk,  besides  a  va- 
riety of  delicious  fruits  ami  v.  -eiables  in  great  abundance. 


GERMANY. 

(iennanv  contain*  a  threat  number  of  independent  States.' 

Most  of  Prussia  :  part  of  the  empire  of  Austria  ;   Ilolstein 

and  Lauenburj-;,  belonging  to  Denmark  :  and  Luxemburg, 

belonging   to    Netherlands,    are   comprehended   in   Ger- 

-  which,  there  are  4  kingdoms,  29   smaller 

and  4  free  cities. 

four   kingdoms   are   those  of  Saxony,    Hanover. 
Bavaria,  and  \Virtemburg. 

The  four  free  cities  are  Frankfort,  Hamburg,  Lubeck, 
and  Bremen. 

RIVF.HS.     The  number  of  rivers  in   Germany   is   more 
than  five  hundred,  sixty  of  which  are  navigable  to  a  great 
:.     The  largest  are  the  Danube,  lihine,  Elbe,  Oder, 
Weser,  and  the  Maine. 

TOWNS.  The  chief  towns  are  Dresden*  capital  of  the 
kingdom  of  Saxony  ;  Hanover  ,  capital  of  the  kingdom  of 
Hanover;  Munich,  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  Bavaria; 
Stutgard,  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  fFirtemburg  ;  Ham- 
burg, one  of  thehnest  commercial  cities  in  Europe  ;  Leip- 
sic  and  frankfort,  celebrated  for  their  fairs  ;  Vienna,  in 


64 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 


the  empire  of  Austria;  and  Berlin  in  the   dominions  of 
Prussia. 

^  POPULATION^    The  total  population  of  all  the  States  in 
Germany  is  estimated  at  about  SO  millions. 

RELIGION.  The  Protestant  religion  prevails  in  the 
north  of  Germany,  the  Roman  Catholic  in  the  South. 

Germany  produces  all  the  various  kinds  of  jjrain  in 
great  abundance,  together  with  wine  and  silk  in  the  south- 
ern prov  inces. 

AUSTRIAN  DOMINIONS. 

The  empire  of  Austria  comprises  about  one  third  part 
of  Germany,  part  of  Poland,  part  of  Italy,   the   whole  of 
Hungary,  and  several  smaller  States. 
^  MOUNTAINS.     The  Carpathian  mountains,  and  the  Rhe- 
tian  or  Tyrolese  Alps,  constitute  the  chief  mountains. 

RIVERG.  The  Danube  is  the  principal  river.  The 
Theis,  Save,  Brave,  and  the  Inn,  branches  of  the  Danube, 
are  considerable  rivers. 

TOWNS.  The  principal  towns  are  Vienna,  the  capital  ; 
Prague,  in  Bohemia;  Ihida  and  Presburg*  in  Hungary  ; 
Trieste,  the  principal  sea  [tort;  Milan,  Venice,  and  Ve- 
rona, in  Austrian  Italy. 

MINERALS.     The  Austrian  empire  is  rich  in   minerals, 
*'pa&itularly  in  gold,  silver,   quicksilver,    copper,    lead, 
and  salt. 

The  productions  are  grain  ;  and  in  Hungary,  abun- 
dance of  wine,  the  olive,  and  some  rice. 

SWITZERLAND. 

Switzerland  is  a  small  romantic  country,  laying  upon 
the  Alps,  and  is  the  big-nest  spot  of  ground  in  Europe. 

It  is  divided  into  twenty-two  cantons. 

MOUNTAINS.  Switzerland  is  the  most  mountainous 
country  on  the  globe.  The  Alps  separate  it  from  Italy, 
and  the  Jura  mountains  divide  it  from  France.  St.  Goth- 
ard  is  the  highest  mountain. 

RIVERS.  The  Rhine,  the  Rhone,  the  /wvand  the  Aar, 
all  have  their  sources  in  Switzerland.  The  'Aar  is  a 
branch  of  the  Rhine. 

LAKES.  Lakes  are  numerous.  The  most  considerable 
are  those  of  Constance  and  Geneva,  lying  on  the  borders 
of  the  country  ;  Zurich  and  Lucern  in  the  interior. 

CHIEF  TOWNS.  Geneva,  Basil,  Berne,  Zurich  and 
Lauzanne.  The  inhabitants  are  called  Swiss. 

Switzerland  produces  cattle,  various  kinds  of  grain, 
and  wine. 


GRAMMAR    OP    GEOGRAPHY'.  65 

SPAIN. 

Spain  was  formerly  divided  into  fourteen  provinces, 
-oMit-fini".-  called  kingdoms  ;  vi/..  Galacia,  AJltUili,  and 
Biscay,  in  the  north  ;  Navarre,  A  reason,  and  Catalonia, 
n<-ar  the  <  :  Valencia  and  Minna  in  the  east; 

Leon  anil  K^tramadura  in  the  \\cst  ;  Old  Castile  and  New 
le  in  the  middle;  and  Granada  and  Andalusia  in  the 
south.       i  •  now  subdivided  into  31  provinces. 

Moi  ini'-h  mountains  are  arranged  in 

distinct   chains,  between  all  the  lar^e   rivers,  and  nearly 

parallel  with  them.      1.  The  Cantabrian  chain,  which  are 

;  nuation  ofihe  I'l/mmes,  between  France  and  Spain. 

They  extend  alon^  the   northern  coast.      2.   The  Iberian 

chain,   extending  from  the  Cantabrian  in  a  southerly  di- 

ver  Ebro.     3.   The  mountains  of 

:i  the  rivers  /Jouroand  tlie  Tau;us.    4.  The 

Toledo  chain,  between  the  Tdirnx  and  Guud'uina.   5.  The 

Sierra  Moruna,  or   Hro-.vn  Mountains,  between  the  Gua- 

.  and   the    Guadalquivir.     0.   The    Sierra  Nevada, 

or   SMMWV    Mountains,  between    the   Guadalqniver,  and 

lean. 
RIVKHS.      The   principal  rivers  are  the  Ebro,  Guadal- 

,  and  the   Minhn. 

Theino-.1  •///,  /V/ii-v/crrc, 

.  near  the  strait  of  f*'/''/v///<v,  (Jala,  and  Palos. 
''/ttjoi'Cfii  Minorca,  and  fvica. 

Puo  .      Gibralter  is  a  very  noted  promontory 

-tly  of  one   solid  rock,  of  ^reat  elevation, 
;-ly  fortified,  and  in  the  possession  of  the  English. 
The    chief  towns   are    Madrid,  the   capital, 
•'fifi^ena^  Vaknc/ui*  Barcelona^  Bilboa, 
..»•«,  Toledo,  Leon,  and  Corunna. 
staple  commodities  are  wine,  olive  oil,  silk,  fruits, 
such  as  oranges,  lemons,  raisins,  &c.  and  merino  wool. 

PORTUGAL.  \  i 

Portugal  is  divided  into  6  provinces. 

M'»  The  mountains  of  Castile  and  Toledo, 

coming  from  Spain,  penetrate  Portugal  nearly  to  the  At- 
lantic coast. 

RIVEIIS.  Douro,  Tagus,  and  Guadiana.  These  all 
have  their  sources  in  Spain. 

CAPES.     St.  Vincent  and  the  Rock  of  Lisbon. 


...  .*** 

\ 


DO  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

TOWNS.  The  principal  towns  are  Lisbon,  the  capital  ; 
Oporto,  famous  for  its  strong  wines,  called  Port ;  and  St. 
Ubes,  noted  for  the  production  of  salt,  known  by  the 
name  of  Lisbon  salt. 

The  inhabitants  are  called  Portuguese.  The  produc- 
tions are  much  the  same  as  those  of  Spain.  ^ 

ITALY. 

Italy  was  the  country  of  the  ancient  Romans,  and 
abounds  with  the  ruins  of  their  cities  and  buildings.  It 
now  contains  a  number  of  independent  kingdoms  and 
states.  All  that  part  which  lies  east  and  north  of  the 
river  Po  is  subject  to  Austria,  of  which  Milan  and  Venice 
are  the  chief  towns.  In  the  north-west  of  Italy  is  the 
kingdom  of  Sardinia,  to  which  belongs  the  island  of  the 
same  name  ;  Turin  the  capital,  and  Geneva,  are  the  most 
considerable  towns.  Next  follow  the  Dutchy  of  Parma, 
Dutchy  of  Modena,  Dutchy  of  Lucia,  and  the  Grand 
Dutchy  of  Tuscany,  of  which  Florence  is  the  capital.  In 
the  centre  of  Italy  are  the  States  of  the  Church,  or  the 
territory  belonging  to  the  Pope,  of  which  Rome  is  the 
capital.  In  the  south,  is  the  kingdom  of  the  Two  Sicilies, 
including  all  the  south  of  Italy,  together  with  the  island 
of  Sicily.  Naples  is  the  capital  of  this  kingdom. 

MOUNTAINS.  The  most  remarkable  mountains  are  the 
JHps,  on  the  north  arid  north-west,  among  which  is  Mount 
Blanc,  the  highest  mountain  in  Europe  ;  the  Apennines,  a 
chain  of  mountains,  which  run  almost  the  whole  extent 
of  Italy  ;  and  Mount  Vesuvius,  a  celebrated  volcanic 
mountain. 

RIVERS.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Po,  the  Tiber,  the 
Arrio,  which  passes  by  Florence,  the  Adige,  and  the  Ru- 
bicon. 

GULFS.  The  Adriatic  Sea,  or  Gulf  of  Venice  ;  the 
Gulf  of  Genoa,  south  of  the  city  ;  and  the  Gulf  of  Tar  ant  o, 
under  the  foot  of  Italy  ;  Italy  being  shaped  much  in  the 
form  of  a  boot. 

STRAITS.  The  Strait  of  Messina,  and  the  Strait  of  Bo- 
nifacio. 

CITIES.  The  principal  cities  are  Rome,  once  the  mis- 
tress of  the  world  ;  Naples,  Florence,  Leghorn,  Genoa, 
Venice,  Milan,  and  Parma. 

ISLANDS.  Sicily  is  the  largest  of  the  Italian  islands ;  it 
constitutes  a  part  of  the  kingdom  of  the  Two  Sicilies. 
Mount  JEtrw  j^ j^pon  tlii^jsland.  the  most  tremendous  vol- 


2 


Ins  }slai 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  G7 

cano  in  the  world.     The  chief  towns  are   Palermo,  Mes- 
sina, and  Syracuse. 

i  irt  of  the  kingdom  of  the  same  name  ;  the 
chief  town  is  Cagliari 

Cor  :!)ject  to  France  ;  its  chief  town  is  Bavtia. 

Multa'\*  subject  to  the  British  ;  it  is  celebrated  lor  the 
strength  of  its  fortifications. 

Elbe  was  the  residence  of  the  late  Bonaparte  while  in 
his  first  » 

The  Lijmri  Is/amlx.  (lie  chief  of  which  is  Lipari.  The 
volcano  Stioinbulo  forms  one  of  these  islands. 

Italy  produces  the  comforts  and  the  luxuries  of  life  in 
great  abundance.      The  Italian  cheeses,  particularly  Par- 
:i,  and  their  silks,  are  the  most  important  articles  of 
exportation. 

IONIAN  REPUBLIC. 

The  Ionian  Republic  consists  of  7  small  islands,  lying 
near  the  coast  of  Greece,  of  which  Corfu,  Ccphalonia, 
and  Zante,  are  the  most  considerable.  They  are  under 
the  protection  of  Great  Britian. 

'ITRKKY   IN  EUROPE." 

Turkey  in  Europe  is  divided  into  9  province*.  It  com- 
prehends ancient  Greece,  once  the  finest  country  in  the 
world.  The  Greeks,  after  being  many  years  enslaved 
by  (he  Turks,  have  lately  declared  for  Independence. 

M"  The  principal  mountains  are  the  Ifseinus, 

or  Balken  mountains,  Athos,  Olympus,  Pindus  and  Par- 
nassus. 

Mount  Alhos  has  a  number  of  monasteries  and  churches 
on  it>  tuwei  iii'j;  ascent,  and    is  inhabited  by  thousands  of 
monks  and  hermits,  who  cultnate  the  olive  and  vineyards, 
1  an  austere  life,  and  live  to  a  great  age. 

mitbci  called  t  <\  the  ancients, 

tar  the  most   considerable    river.      The  other  rivers 

are  the  Pr«f/i,  the  Dravr,  t1  n  Austria  and 

Turk'  v.  and  •;><•  /)nir\fn\    between  Turkey  and  Russia. 

l^rmerly  called  the 

Euxi  /'  M(irtnt>r(i.  or  Propt.ntis  ;  the  rfrchi- 

;!ie  Bull's  of  Salonichi,  Engi^,  and 

DTRAITS.  The  Dardanelles,  anciently x^alled  the 
Hellespont,  between  the  Sea  of  Manilla  and  tlie  Ar- 


68 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 


chipelago  ;  the  Strait  of  Constantinople,  or  Thracian  Bos- 
phorus,  between  the  Sea  of  Marmora  and  Black  Sea. 

The  isthmus  of  Corinth  is  formed  by  the  gulfs  of  Le- 
panto  on  the  west  and  Engia  on  the  east  i  it  is  25  miles 
in  length,  and  14  in  breadth.  It  was  here  the  ancient 
Isthmian  games  were  celebrated. 

ISLANDS.  The  island's  are  very  numerous  ;  the  princi- 
pal are  Candia,  Ne'gropont,  and  Rhodes. 

Morea  is  a  peninsula,  connected  to  the  main  land  by 
the  isthmus  of  Corinth. 

TOWNS.  The  chief  towns  are  Constantinople,  the  cap- 
ital, Adrianople,  Salonichi,  Bucharest,  and  Belgrade. 

RELIGION.  The  Turks  are  Mahometans.  The  Greeks, 
constituting  about  one  third  part  of  the  population,  are 
Christians  of  the  Greek  church,  at  the  head  of  which,  is 
the  patriarch  of  Constantinople. 

GOVERNMENT.  The  government  is  despotic.  The  em- 
peror is  styled  Sultan,  or  Grand  Seignior.  Next  to  the 
Sultan  in  power  is  the  Grand  Vizier.  Pachas  and  Bashaws, 
are  the  governors  of  provinces.  The  great  council  in  the 
nation  is  called  the  Divan.  Soldiers  are  styled  Janissaries. 

Turkey  possesses  a  delightful  climate  and  a  fertile 
soil  5  but  is  poorly  cultivated.  The  productions  are 
grain,  wine,  oil,  silk,  and  most  of  the  tropical  fruits. 

SUMMARY    QF    EUROPE. 


Pop.  to 

States.                   Population. 

Sq.  miles.  Sq.  mile.  Chief  Towns.  Population. 

„   •  f  Eneland.             11,261,000 

50,000 

225 

London, 

1,000,000 

^2.3    1  Wales,                       717,000 

8,000 

89 

Wrexham, 

19,000 

H  •«  J  Scotland,                2,092,000 

30,000 

69 

Edinburgh, 

82,000 

B5f§  (Ireland,                  6,500,000 

32,000 

203 

Dublin, 

187,000 

Norway,                                  930,000 

160,000 

6 

Bergen, 

18/500 

Sweden,                               2,417,000 

188,433 

13 

Stockholm, 

73,000 

Denmark,                             1,565,000 

21,615 

,72 

Copenhagen, 

105,000 

Russia,                                41,773,000 

1,891,542 

22 

St.  Petersburg, 

285,000 

Prussia,                               9,904,000 

105,770 

9-1 

Berlin, 

182,000 

Netherlands,                        5,285,000 

25,565 

206 

Amsterdam, 

230,000 

France,                              41,173,000 

1,891,000 

22 

Paris, 

715,000 

S  g4  (•  Saxony,                  1,200,000 

7,436 

161 

Dresden, 

45,000 

§  N  Hanover,                 1,305,000 

15,000 

87 

Hanover, 

25,000 

g  }  Bavaria,                   3,560,000 

21,966 

111 

Munich, 

47,000 

£2  rb  C  Wirtemburg,         1,395,000 

8,118 

172 

Stutgard, 

23,000 

Austria,                             28,000,000 

267,674 

105 

Vienna, 

240,000 

Switzerland,                        1,750,000 

19,000 

92 

Geneva, 

22,000 

Spain,                               10,350,000 

182,000 

57 

Madrid, 

108,000 

Portugal,                              3,683,000 

40,875 

90 

Lisbon, 

230,000 

3       I  Austrian  Italy,        4,014,000 

18,290 

219 

Milan, 

135,000 

"a       1  Saidinia,      '           3,994,000 

27,000 

146 

Turin, 

88,000 

*3  s>  J  Dulchy  of  Parma,     377,000 

2,280 

165 

Parma, 

30,000 

•3-3  C—  Motiena,                370,000 

2,060 

180 

Modena, 

20,000 

§3  f  —Lucca,                    138,000 

420 

328 

Lucca, 

18,000 

£-5  S—  Tuscany,             1,180,000 

8,500 

139 

Florence, 

75,000 

S  Pope's  Territory,  2,346,000 
fcj       /  —Two  Sicilies,     6,618,000 

14,500 
43,600 

162 
152 

Rome, 

Naples, 

131,000 
752,000 

Turkey,                             9,600,000 

206,000 

46 

Constantinople, 

500,000 

GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  69 


ASIA. 

Asia  is  the  second  of  the  quarters  of  the  globe  in  ex- 
tent, but  the  first  in  wealth  and  population. 

MOINTMSS.  The  two  principal  ranges  are  the 
Himalt'li,  bL'twec-n  Hindustan  and  Thibet,  reputed  the 
highest  mountain  in  the  world,  and  the  At  lav  range,  be- 
tween China  and  Siberia.  The  other  most  considerable 
ranges  are  the  Caucasus,  between  the  Black  and  Caspian 
seas  ;  Taurus  in  Turkey,  and  the  Gauls  in  Hindustan". 

RIVKKS.  The  most  celebrated  rivers  are  the  Tigris, 
Euphrates,  Jili'in,  Si/ion,  Indus.  Ganges,  Ihtrrampooter, 
Irrawaddy,  Japanese,  Yangtze  Kiapg,  Hoang  Ho,  rfmur, 
Lena,  £  nisei,  and  the  Ob. 

SEAS,  GULFS,  and  STKAITS.  The  Red  Sea,  or  Arabian 
Gulf;  tht>  Strait  of  Babe/mandel,  the  Gulf  of  Persia  ;  the 
Caspian  Sfa,  and  the  Jlral ;  the  Sea  of  Arabia,  and  the 
Bay  of  lien  gal,  the  Straits  of  Malacca  and  Sitnda  ;  the 
Gulfs  of  Siaiu  and  Tonquin  ;  the  Chinese  Sea  ;  the  Yel- 
low iSYtt  ;  the  Sea  of  Japan  ;  and  the  Sea  of  Ochotsk. 

PKMNSULAS.  Tlie  clii»f  peninsulas  are  Hindostan,  Ma- 
lacca, Corea,  and  KamschatKa  ^- 

CAIM  /  Cape,  Cape  Lopatka,  and  Cape  Comorin. 

The  isthmus  of  Suez  juiris  Asia  to  Africa. 

ISLANDS.  In  the  Archipelago,  near  the  Asiatic  shore, 
are  Mytileno,  Scio,  Samos,  Rhodes,  and  Camlin,  already 
noticed  in  the  European  description,  and  Cyprus  in  the 
Levant  S 

The  Maldive  and  Laccadive  islands,  and  Ceylon  in  the 
Indian  Ocean. 

In  the  Bay  of  Bengal  are  the  Andaman  and  Nicobar  isles. 

To  the  eastward  are  Sumatra^  Java,  Borneo,  the  Mo- 
luccas* or  Spice  Islands,  Celebes,  the  Manillas,  or  Philip- 
pine islands,  Hainan.  Formosa,  Leoo  Keoo  isles,  Japan 
isles,  Jesso,  Saghalien,  and  the  Kurile  isles. 

Asia  comprehends  Turkey  in  Asia,  Russia  in  Asia,  In- 
dependent Tartary,  Persia,  Arabia,  India,  divided  into 
Hindustan,  or  the  Peninsula  within  the  Ganges,  and  the 
Birman  empire,  Malacca  and  other  States,  (H^tLe  Penin- 
sula beyond  the  Ganges,  the  Chinese  empffl^Tnd  the 
empire  of  Japan. 


TO  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

TURKEY  IN  ASIA. 

Turkey  in  Asia  comprises  the  countries  so  well  known 
in  history  by  the  names  of  Asia  Minor,  Armenia,  Messo- 
potamia,  Chaldea,  and  Syria. 

ASIA  MINOR,  or  Lesser  Asia,  is  now  called  NATOLIA. 
It  lies  between  the  Black  Sea  and  the  Mediterranean, 
and  comprehends  the  ancient  Lydia,  Pamphylia,  Cilicia, 
and  other  provinces,  in  which  were  the  seven  churches 
of  Asia  mentioned  in  Revelations. 

•SYRIA  is  bounded  north  by  Natolia,  and  extends  along 
the  shores  of  the  Levant,  or  eastern  extremity  of  the 
Mediterranean,  to  the  Isthmus  of  Suez.  It  comprehends 
the  ancient  country  of  the  Jews,  now  called  Palestine, 
or  the  Holy  Land. 

MOUNTAINS.  The  principal  mountains  are  the  Taurus, 
Caucasus,  Ararat,  Olympus,  Ida,  and  Libanus,  all  of 
which  have  long  been  celebrated. 

RIVERS.  The  principal  river  in  Asiatic  Turkey  is  the 
Euphrates  ;  next  to  this  is  the  Tigris. 

The  ASPHALTES  or  Dead  Sea,  in  Syria,  is  a  lake  about 
50  miles  in  length,  on  the  borders  of  the  ancient  Canaan, 
•  arid  is  supposed  to  occupy  the  ancient  site  of  Sodom  and 
Gomorrah.     No  fish  can  live  in  its  waters. 

ISLANDS.  The  principal  islands  are  Cyprus,  Mytilene, 
Scio,  Samos,  and  Rhodes. 

TOWNS.  The  principal  towns  are  JHeppo,  Damascus, 
Smyrna,  Bagdad,  Prussa  and  Jerusalem.  Balbec  and 
Palmyra,  are  famous  for  their  ruins. 

Turkey  is  productive  of  the  most  delicious  fruits,  and 
particularly  of  drugs,  gums,  medicinal  herbs,  and  odo- 
riferous flowers. 

RUSSIA  IN  ASIA. 

This  is  a  very  extensive  country,  embracing  all  the 
northern  part  of  Asia.  The  whole  of  it,  except  the  south 
western  extremity,  is  called  Siberia.  It  is  a  dreary  coun- 
try, and  is  divided  into  two  great,  governments,  that  of 
Tobolsk,  in  the  west,  and  Irkutsk  in  the  east,  each  of 
large  as  all  Europe. 

portion,  lying  along  the  Caspian,  the  Volga, 
Sea,  includes  Georgia  and  Circassia,  and 
is  a  fertile  country. 

RIV'EIIS.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Ob,  the  Enesel, 
the  Lena,  and  the  Irtish,  a  larger  river  than  the  06, 
before  their  junction. 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  71 

LAKKS.  The  Caspian  Sea  is  properly  a  vast  lake.  It 
receives  a  number  of  large  rivers,  but  has  no  visible  out- 
let. Ihiikal  is  the  next  most  considerable  lake.  It  is 
in  length,  and  abounds  with  *eals  and  various 
kinds  of  iish. 

TOWNS.  Astrachan  is  the  principal  city  in  Asiatic  Rus- 
sia. K/iachtais  the  chief  mart  of  commerce  between  China 
and  Russia:  Nertchimk  is  famous  for  its  silver  mines 
which  are  wrought  bv  exiled  criminals  from  the  interior 
of  the  empire.  The  nth'T  mo.-t  considerable  towns  are 
YVW.s/u  /.  'husk  and  Irkutsk. 

PKODUCK.  The  produce  of  the  north  consists  of  furs  and 
skins  ;  in  the  south  there  is  abundance  of  fruits  and  wine. 

IM.\NDS.  The  Kurile  Islands  belong  to  Asiatic  Russia, 
several  of  which  are  volcanic. 

• 

I N  D  K  PK N 1 ) K N T  T ART AR Y. 

t 

This  country  is  but  little  known  to  Europeans.  The 
northern  and  western  parts  are  mostly  a  sandy  desert. 
The  south-eastern  part,  including  Bucnaria,  is  represent- 
ed as  a  delightful  country. 

RIVKRS.  The  piincipal  rivers  are  the  Jihon,  ^nd  the 
Sihon. 

LAKKS.  The  lake  or  sea  of  Jlral  is  about  200  miles  in 
length.  Its  waters  are  salt  like  those  of  the  Ca>pian.  It 
is  surrounded  with  sandy  deserts.  There  are  many  sa- 
line lakes  in  the  vicini 

Samarcand  is  the  capital.  Balk  is  also  a  distinguished 
city,  and  is  the  chief  seat  of  commerce  between  Great 
Butharia  and  Hindustan. 

PERSIA. 

Persia  is  all  that  extent  of  country  situated  between 
Turkey  and  ilindostan.  The  most  distinguishing  features 
are  mountains  and  sandy  deserts,  with  a  scarcity  both  of 
water  and  of  wood. 

It  is  divided  into  W.est  and  East  Persia,  under  two  dis- 
tinct governments.  The  tine  of  separation  is  marked  by 
a  succession  of  wide  deserts  extending  from  the  mouth 
of  the  Persian  Gulf,  nearly  to  the  Caspian  Sea. 

WEST  PERSIA.  Teheran  is  the  capital  ;  Ispahan,  the 
former  capif^,  is  much  the  largest  town.  Shiras  is  situ- 
ated on  a  plain  of  great  fertility,  and  is  celebrated  for*its 
wine ;  Bushire  is  the  principal  seaport. 


72  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

The  government  is  despotic  ;  the  religion,  Mahometan. 
Rich  carpets,  silks,  leather,  gold  and  silver  lace,  are  the 
chief  articles  of  commerce. 

EAST  PERSIA.  East  Persia  contains  a  number  of  tribes, 
some  of  which  subsist  by  plunder,  each  subject  to  its  own 
Khan  or  Chief,  who  frequently  make  war  upon  each  other. 
Of  these  the  Afghans  are  the  most  powerful.  They  in- 
habit the  northern  part  of  East  Persia,  and  have  lately 
established  a  kingdom,  called  Cabulor  Cabuiistan,  which 
has  been  enlarged  by  conquests  from  Independent  Tar- 
tary,  and  from  Hindustan. 

TOWNS.  Cubul  is  the  capital.  The  other  towns  of 
note  are  Herat,  where  all  the  caravans  pass  going  from 
Persia  and  Tartary  to  Hindustan  ;  Balk  in  the  country 
which  has  been  conquered  from  Independent  Tartary, 
and  Cashmere*  famous  for  its  shawls,  in  the  country  con- 
quered from  Hindostan. 

Beloochistan  is  the  southern  part  of  East  Persia,  so  call- 
ed. It  contains  a  number  of  tribes  under  separate  chiefs, 
most  of  whom  acknowledge  the  sovereignty  of  a  king 
who  resides  at  Ketat.  But  litile  is  at  present  known  of 
this  country. 

ARABIA. 

Arabia  is  divided  into  three  parts  ;  Arabia  Petrea,  or 
Stony ;  Arabia  Deserta,  or  Desert ;  and  Arabia  Felix, 
or  Happy. 

Stony  Arabia  is  a  small  province  north  of  the  Red  Sea, 
between  Egypt  and  Syria.  Arabia,  the  Desert,  is  the 
middle  part  of  the  country,  the  inhabited  parts  of  which 
lie  on  the  borders  of  the  Red  Sea.  Arabia  Happy  com- 
prises the  south-west  part  of  the  country. 

MOUNTAINS.  Horeband  Sinai,  mentioned  in  the  Holy 
Scriptures,  are  the  most  noted  mountains,  situated  be- 
tween the  narrow  branches  of  the  northern  extremity  of 
the  Red  Sea.  On  these  mountains  are  many  chapels  and 
cells,  possessed  by  monks.. 

Arabia  is  almost  wholly  destitute  both  of  forests  and 
of  rivers. 

TOWNS.  The  chief  towns  are  Mecca,  Medina,  Jedda, 
Mocha,  Sana,  and  Muscat. 

Arabian  horses  are  much  esteemed.  Camels  and  drom- 
e(^ries  are  the  common  beasts  of  burden.  *  Arabia  pro- 
duces many  costly  gums,  a  great  variety  of  fruit,  and 
large  quantities  of  the  finest  coffee. 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  73 

INDIA. 

India  is  that  extensive  tract  of  country  situated  be- 
tween Persia  and  China.  It  was  anciently  divided  into 
India  within  t  MOW  called  HINDOSTAN,  and 

India  beyond  i  v,    comprehending    the    BIKMAIC 


.,  and  the  kingdoms  of  Sum,  Laos,  Tonquin,  Co- 
chin-China, Cambodia,  and  Malacca. 


'i 

lelri 


M)()>T  \\. 

Hindostan  is  divideuinto  four  sections  ;  1.    Ganjjetic 


Hindustan,  comprehending  the  countries  on  the  Ganges  j 

detic.  Hindoxtan.  including  the  countries  on  the  In- 

,3.  Central  Hindo-tan,    comprehending  the  middle 

provinces  ;  4.  Siiihern  Hindos'an,  or  DKCCAN,  the  west- 

ern coast  of  which   is  called  Malabar,  and    the   eastern 

Coromandd. 

liritush  India  of  certain  immense  territories  on. 

the  banks  of  tin-  Ganges,  of  which  Calcutta  is  the  capital  ; 
of  other  territories  on  the  coast  of  Coroinandel,  of  which 
Madras  is  the  capital  ;  extensive  regions  in  the  south,  of 
which  -  the  capital  ;  Bombay  and  the 

island 

Mo  The  Cants  are  the  most  noted  mountain* 

in  India.  The  Hinulch  mountains,  which  form  the  north- 
ern boundary,  are  accounted  the  highest  mountains  in  the 
world  ;  Dawalageri,  the  most  elevated  summit,  being  re- 
puted 27,677  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

RIVRHS.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Ganges^  the 
Burrmnpooter^  and  the  Indus.  The  less  considerable 
rivers  are  the  Jumna,  a  branch  of  the  Ganges,  Nerbudda, 
(iodavery,  and  the  Kristna. 

BAYS,  &c.     Bay  of  Bengal^  and  the  Gulf  of  Carabaj. 

Cape  Comorin  is  the  most  noted  cape. 

ISLANDS.  The  principal  island  is  Ceylon.  The  Mal- 
dives and  Laccadives  on  the  west  of  Hindostan  are  nume- 
rous, but  unimportant. 

TOWNS.  Calcutta,  Benares,  Patna,  and  Allahabad, 
on  the  Ganges  ;  A«ra  and  Delhi  on  the  Jumna  ;  Lahore, 
Carnbay,  Surat*  Bombay^  Goa,  Seringapatam,  Madra^ 
Nagpour,  and  Juggernaut. 

The  chief  productions  are  rice,  cotton,  diamonds,  cali- 
coes, silk,  indigo,  and  saltpetre. 
G 


74  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

FARTHER  INDIA,    OR  INDIA  BEYOND  THE 
GANGES. 

India  beyond  the  Ganges  extends  from  Hindostan  to 
China,  and  includes  the  Birman  Empire,  Assam,  Malaga, 
or  Malacca,  Siam,  Cambodia,  Cochin  China,  Tonquin, 
and  Laos. 

BIRMAN  EMPIRE. 

The  Birman  Empire  is  much  the  largest  of  these  coun- 
tries, separated  from  Hindostan  by  a  very  narrow  range 
of  mountains  ;  but  the  dispositionjof  the  two  people  are 
extremely  different.  The  Birmans  are  a  lively  inquisi- 
tive race,  irascible  and  .impatient  Like  the  Chinese, 
they  have  no  coin ';  but  silver  in  bullion,  and  lead,  are 
current  among1  them. 

The  Jrrawady  is  the  most  considerable  river,  from  one 
to  four  or  five  miles  wide. 

The  forests  in  this  empire  are  large  and  numerous  5  the 
teak  tree  is  lord  of  them.  It  is  much  used  in  ship  build- 
ing, and  is  thought  superior  to  the  European  oak. 

Here  are  rich  mines  of  gold,  silver  and  precious  stones. 
The  rubies  of  Pegu  are  particularly  celebrated. 

TOWNS.  Ummerapoora  is  the  capital.  Ava,  the  for- 
mer capital,  and  Pegu,  are  now  going  to  decay. 

SI  AM.  The  kingdom  of  Siam  is  situated  in  a  large 
vale  between  two  ridges  of  mountains. 

It  is  watered  by  the  river  Meinam,  which  signifies  the 
mother  of  waters.  The  trees  on  the  banks  of  this  river 
are  finely  illuminated  with  swarms  of  fire  flies,  which 
emit  and  conceal  their  light  as  uniformly  as  if  it  proceed- 
ed from  a  machine  of  the  most  exact  contrivance. 

LAOS  is  a  flat  country.  It  furnishes  the  best  benzoin,, 
and  the  finest  musk  ;  also  gum-lac,  gold,  silver,  rubies, 
and  emeralds  of  a  large  size. 

CAMBODIA  is  celebrated  for  the  Gamboge,  or  Gam- 
boge gum.  The  capital,  of  the  same  name,  is  an  incon- 
siderable city,  of.  only  one  street,  with  a  temple. 

MALACCA  is  a  large  peninsula,  containing  several 
provinces.  The  inhabitants  are  called  Malays,  or  Ma- 
layans. 

These  countries  produce  abundance  of  rice,  and  abound 
.^in  wild  elephants,  tigers,  and  monkies. 
CHINESE  EMPIRE. 

The  Chinese  Empire,  the  most  ancient  and  populoiw 
in  the  world,  consists  of  three  principal  divisions  ;  viz. 
China  Proper,  Chinese  Tartary,  and  the  region  of  Tibet. 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 


75 


CHINA  PROPER  extends  from  the  great  wall  in  the 
north,  to  the  Sea  of  China  in  the  south.  The  chief  riv- 
ers are  the  Yangtse  Kiang  and  ili^lloang  Ho. 

The  imperial  canal  intersects  f»hina  from  north  to 
south,  and  employed  30,000  men  forty-three  years  for 
its  construction. 

CITIES.  The  chief  towns  are  Pekin,  ftankin,  and  Can- 
ton. China  has  rich  mines  of  all  the  precious  metals. 
It  produces  abundance  of  grain,  rice,  fruit  and  cotton. 
Tea  is  the  principal  article  of  export,  of  which  vast  quan- 
tities are  sent  to  England  and  America.  Canton  is  the 
chief  port  for  foreign  trade. 

CHINESE  TARTARY  is  inhabited  chiefly  by  the 
Eastern  and  Western  Moguls.  The  chief  river  is  Amur. 
Cashgar  is  one  of  the  most  considerable  towns.  The 
island  Saghulien  belongs  to  Chinese  Tartary. 

T1J1ET  is  an  extremely  elevated  country,  but  very  lit- 
tle known.  It  is  bounded  and  intersected  by  extensive 
chains  of  mountains,  of  a  prodigious  height,  and  covered 
with  perpetual  snow.  Lassa  is  the  chief  town. 

SEAS.  The  seas  contiguous  to  the  Chinese  Empire,  ar£ 
the  Yellow  Sea,  the  Sea  of  Japan,  and  the  Sea  of  Ochotsk. 

ISLANDS.  The  most  considerable  islands  are  Hainan, 
and  Formosa.  The  isles  of  Leoo  Keoo  constitute  a  civ- 
ilized kingdom  tributary  to  China.  The  small  island  and 
town  of  Macoa  belong  to  the  Portuguese. 

EMPIRE  OF  JAPAN. 

The  Empire  of  Japan,  situated  near  the  eastern  ex- 
tremity of  Asia,  consists  of  three  principal  islands,  Niph- 
on,  KiusiU)  and  Sikokf,  with  a  number  of  others  of  in- 
considerable extent. 

The  principal  mountain  is  that  of  Fusi,  covered  with 
snow  throughout  the  year.  There  are  several  volcanoes. 

TOWNS.  Jeddo,  the  residence  of  the  Emperor,  and 
Meaco,  in  Niphon  ;  Nangasaki,  in  Kius-iu. 

The  Japanese  export  copper  in  bars,  laquered  ware,  &c. 

ASIATIC  ISLANDS. 

Between  Asia,  on  the  one.  side,  and  New  Holland  and 
New  Guinea,  on  the  other,  is  included  a  great  number  of 
islands,  which,  taken  together,  have  been  called  the 
Asiatic  Islands. 

They  have  usually  been  grouped  together,  into  five  di- 
visions ;  1.  The  isles  of  JSunda,  of  which  Sumatra  and 


76 


GRAMMAR    OP    GEOGRAPHY. 


Java  are«  the  most  considerable  ;  2.  Borneo  ;  3.  The 
Manillas,  or  Philippine  islands ;  4.  Celebes;  5.  The  Mo- 
luccas, or  Spice  Islands,  the  principal  of  which  is  Gilolo. 
These  islands  are  rich  in  spices,  such  as  pepper,  cloves, 


einnainpn,  and  nutmegs. 


AUSTRALASIA. 

Australasia,  so  called,  comprehends  New  Holland, 
with  all  the  islands  that  are  or  may  be  discovered  within 
20  degrees  to  the  west,  and  within  £5  degrees  to  the  east 
of  it.  They  are, 

New  Holland.* 

Neiv  Guinea,  or  Papua,  and  the  Papuan  isles. 

New  Britain^  New  Ireland*  and  the  Solomon  Isles. 

New  Caledonia,  and  the  New  Hebrides. 

New  Zealand. 

Van  Dieman's  Land. 


POLYNESIA. 


Polynesia,  so  called,  comprehends  those  numerous  col- 
lections of  islands  widely  dispersed  in  the  Pacific  Ocean. 
They  are, 

1.  The  Pelew  Islands. 

2.  The  Ladrone  Islands,   the  principal  of  which  are 
Guan  and  Tmian. 

3.  The    Caroline   Islands,  the   largest  of  which    are 
Hogolen  and  Yap. 

4.  The  Sandwich  Islands  discovered  by  Capt.  Cook, 
at  one  of  which,  Ow/iy/iee,  he  lost  his  life. 

5.  The  Marquesas,  which  are  very  numerous. 

6.  The  Society  Islands,  about  60  or  70  in  number,  the 
largest  of  which  is  Otaheite. 

T.     The  Friendly  Islands,  and  the  Fejee  Islands. 
8V  «The  Navigator's  Islands,  the  principal  of  which  is 
Maouna. 


SUMMARY    OF  ASIA. 
Countries.          Population.        Sq.  Miles.        Pop.  to 

Chief  Towns.     Inftalitanis. 

& 

'q.  Miles. 

Turkey    in    Aiia, 

11,000,000 

532CCO 

23 

Aleppo, 

250,000 

Russia  in  Asia, 

10,000,000 

5,972,000 

2 

Astrachan, 

50,000 

Indep.  Tartary, 

3,000,000 

760,000 

4 

Samarcand, 

Feriia, 

12,000,000 

960,000 

13 

Ispahan, 

4CO.OOO 

Arabia, 

IO,COO,COO 

99',  COO 

10 

Mecca, 

18,000 

Hindotun, 

100,000,000 

MSO.coo 

69 

Calcutta, 

C$0,COO 

Farther  IndU, 

42,000,000 

800,000 

S* 

Cmmerapoora, 

175»OOO 

China  Proper, 

I  5O,CCO,COO 

1,300,000 

>I5 

Pekin, 

l.OCO.OOO 

Jtpw, 

1  5,000,000 

l8p,COO 

80 

J«ddo, 

I»000,COO 

*  See  Map  of  the  World, 


0*    GEOGRAPHY. 

AFRICA. 

Africa  is  a  large  peninsula  connected  with  Asia  by  the 
Isthmus  of  Suez.  In  extent  it  is  the  third  of  the  grand 
quarters  of  the  globe,  being  less  than  Asia  or  America, 
and  larger  than  Europe.  Its  most  striking  features  con- 
sist in  its  immense  deserts,  devoted  to  perpetual  solitude 
and  desolation. 

MOUNTAINS.  The  chief  mountains  are  the  Jltlas,  the 
Mountains  of  the  Moon,  the  Mountains  of  Sierra  Leone, 
and  the  Table  Mountain  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

RIVERS.  .The  principal  rivers  are  the  Nile,  Niger, 
Senegal,  and  Gambia.  Africa  has  no  inland  seas,  and 
but  one  lake  of  any  consequence, — that  of  Moravi. 

CAPES.  The  most  noted  capes  are  Bon,  Guardafui, 
Corientes,  Good  Hope,  Negro,  3  Points,  Verd  and  Blanco. 

GULFS  and  BAYS.  The  gulfs  of  Sidra  and  of  Guinea; 
the  bay  of  Lorenzo,  and  Table  May,  near  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope. 

ANIMALS.     The  camel  is  a  native  of  Africa,   and  is  as 
-ary  to  man  in  crossing  tin  deserts,- as  ships  are  in 
crossing  oceans.      Africa    produces   also    the    elephant, 
lion,  tiger,  and  the  panther.     Crocodiles  infest  the  riv- 
ers, and  serpents  of  various  kinds,  the  land. 

Africa  may  he  considered  under  the  following  divisions  ; 

1.  Northern  Africa,  or  all  the  part  situated   north  of  the 
tropic  of  Cancer,  including  the  Barbary  States  and  Egypt ; 

2.  Southern   Africa,  or  that  part  south  of  the   tropic  of 
Capricorn,  including  Caft'raria  and  the   Cape  Colony;  3. 
Eastern  Africa,  or  those  countries  on  the  EASTERN  coast, 
between  the  Tropics  ;  4.    Western  Africa,  or  those  coun- 
tries on   the   WESTERN  coast,   between   the    Tropics;  5. 
Central  Africa. 

HARBARY  STATES.  These  are  four  ;  1.  Morocco;  2. 
Algiers  ;  3.  Tunis  ;  4.  Tripoli;  they  have  capitals  of  the 
same  name.  Their  situation  is  in  the  north  of  Africa, 
between  the  Mediterranean  and  the  Great  Desert.  These 
States  are  Mahometan,  and  are  noted  for  their  piracies 
committed  on  the  commerce  of  Christian  nations. 

EGYPT  is  a  narrow  vale  on  both  sides  of  the  Nile, 
bounded  by  parallel  ridges  of  mountains  or  hills.  It  is 
divided  into  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  which  last  compre- 
hends the  Delta,  famed  for  its  fertility.  The  chief  cities 
G2 


78 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 


are  Cairo,  the  capital,  Alexandria,  Rosetta,  and  Damielta 
Rain  is  a  very  uncommon  phenomenon  in  Egypt. 

EAST  AFRICA  is  but  little  known.  The  Dutch  have 
a  few  settlements  along  the  coast.  The  inhabitants  are 
mostly  Arabs  and  Negroes. 

SOUTH  AFRICA.  This  is  the  land  of  the  Hottentots  and 
of  the  Gaffers,  a  very  hospitable  and  docile  race  of  peo- 
ple, who  are  receiving  civilization  and  a  knowledge  of 
Christianity  from  Christian  Missionaries. 

Cape  Colony  is  a  Dutch  settlement,  on  the  southern  ex- 
tremity of  Africa,  now  in  possession  of  the  English  5 
Cape  Town  is  the  capital.  The  grand  product  of  this 
colony  is  wine. 

WEST  AFRICA  is  inhabited  by  negroes,  of  whom  there 
are  many  kingdoms  and  states.  It  is  the  country  from 
which  slaves  were  introduced  into  America. 

Sierra  Leone,  situated  on  a  river  of  the  same  name, 
is  an  English  settlement,  formed  by  the  British  African 
Society,  as  an  asylum  for  slaves  recaptured  from  ships 
dealing  in  the  slave  trade. 

Liberia,  a  little  north  of  Sierra  Leone,  is  a  settlement 
lately  commenced  by  the  American  Colonization  Society. 
It  is  designed  as  a  place  of  resort  for  the  free  Africans 
and  emancipated  slaves  of  the  United  States. 

ISLANDS.  The  chief  islands  belonging  to  Africa,  are 
Madagascar,  Bourbon,  Isle  of  France,  the  Comoro  hies, 
St.  Helena,  Ascension,  jZnnabon,  St.  Thomas,  Ftrnando 
Po,  Cape  Verd,  Canary,  Madeira,  and  the  Azores,  or 
Western  Islands. 


Countries. 

Morocco, 
Algiers, 
Tunis, 
Tripoli, 

Egypt, 

Abyssinia, 

Population.          Sq.  Miles. 

5,000,000     300,000 
2,000,000       90,000 
1,500,000       7£,000 
1,500,000     180,000 
2,500,000     190,000 
2,000,000     450,000 

SUMMARY  OF  AFRICA. 

Pop.  toSq.M.       Chief  Town*.  Inhab. 

Morocco,  3  0,0 

Algiers,  150,000 

Tunis,  120,000 

Tripoli,  14,000 

131         Cairo,  250,000 

Gondar,  50,000 


SUMMARY    OF    THE    POPULATION 
Europe,  it  has  been  supposed,  contains 
Asia, 
Africa, 
America, 
Australasia  and  Polynesia, 


OF    THE    WORLD. 

180,000,000 

380,000,000 

85,000,000 

35,000,000 

2,000,000 


The  World,   682,000,000 


GRAMMAR  OF  GEOGRAPHY.  79 


TO  BE  ANSWERED  BY  THE  PUPIL 


It  will  not  be  sufficient  that  the  pupil  for  once  is  able  to  answer 
these  questions;  they  ought  to  be  put  to  him  by  his  Instructor, 
repeatedly,  from  time  to  time,  till  the  answers  shall  become  aa 
familiar  to  him,  as  the  numbers  of  his  Multiplication  Table. 


Questions  on  the  Map  of  the  World. 

1.  Which    contains  the    most  land,  the  Eastern   or  Western 
Hemisphere  ? 

2.  The   equator  divides  the  globe   into  two  hemispheres,   viz. 
the  Northern  and  the  Southern  ;  which  of  these  contains  the  most 
land ! 

3.  Where  is  it  the  two  continents  approach  the  nearest  to  each 
other  ? 

4.  Which  extends  farther  south,  Cape  Horn,   or  the  Cape   of 
Good  Hope  ? 

5.  Which  of  the   four  general   divisions   of  the  earth   is   the 

6.  How  is  America  separated  from  Europe  and  Africa? 

7.  I  \sia  ? 

os  between  Europe  and  Africa? — Between  Africa 
and|Asi  t  ; — Between  A.-ia  and  Europe? 

;rica  united  to  the  main  continent' 

10.  HOW  is  Asia  situated  with  respect  to  Europe  ? 

11.  Isurope  with  respect  to  Africa  .' 

12.  In  what  zone  is  Africa  chiefly  situated? 

13.  Europe  ? — Asia  ? 

14.  North  "America  .'—South  America  ? 

\\  hichris  the  largest,  North  or  South  America? 
]>>.      \\  Inch  is  the  nth  America  or  Europe  ? 

17.  What  two  large  bays  are  those  in  North  Amen 

18.  Which  is  the  broadest,  Africa  or  South   America  >— Where 
crossed  by  the  equator  ? 

:hc  broadest,  the  Isthmus  of  Suez,  or  the  Isthmus 
of  Da; 

20.  How  is  New  Holland  situated,  and  what  is  its   magnitude 
compared  with  Europe  J 

21.  How  is  the  Indian  Ocean  situated  ? 

\yirat  large  island  is   that  situated  directly  north  of  New 
Holland  ? 

23.  How  many  degrees  is  the  equator  from  each  pole  ? 

24.  How  is  Madagascar  situated  ? — St.  Helena  ? 

25.  Into  what  ocean  does  the  Bay  of  Bengal  open  ? 

26.  What  part  of  South  America  is  that  called  Terra  Firma  ? 

27.  What  part  of  North  America  is  that  called  Labrador? 


80  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

28.  How  is  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  situated?— What  large  island 
is  that  at  the  mouth  of  it  ? 

29.  What  islands  are  there  in  the  Pacific  ocean,  situated  with- 
in the  torrid  zone  ? 

30.  In  the  Atlantic  ocean,  within  the  torrid  zone  ? 

31.  Are  the  Azores  nearest  to  Europe,  to  Africa,  or  to  Ameri- 
ca—In what  latitude  are  they  situated? 

32.  What  gulf,  seas,  countries  and  island,   does  the  tropic  of 
Cancer  pass  ? 

33.  Which  is  farther  north,  Boston,  or  Pekin  in  China  ? — The 
island  Newfoundland,  or  Great  Britain  ? 

34.  How   are   the   New  Hebrides,   the  Friendly,  the    Society, 
and  the  Navigator's  islands  situated  with  respect  one  group  to  the 
other  ? 

35.  What  large  islands  are  those  situated  on  the  equator  ? 

36.  What  is  the  latitude  of  the  island  Owhyhee,  where  Capt. 
Cook  lost  his  life,  and  to  what  group  of  islands  does  it  belong  ? 

37.  Where  is  Tongatabor>,  a  highly  cultivated  island  ? 

38.  Of  what  does   New  Zealand   consist,   and  what  are   the 
principal  capes  ? 

39.  In  what  direction  are  the  Society  isles  from   the  Sandwich 
iflles  ? 

40.  New  Zealand  from  the  Society  isles  ? 

41.  What  islands  are  there  in  the  Indian  Ocean  ? 

42.  Which  is  the  largest  island,  Borneo  or  Madagascar  ? 

43.  In  what  zone  is  Nova  Zembla?    ' 

44.  Between  what  parallels  of  south  latitude  is  the  island  New 
Holland  situated  ? 

45.  What  sea  surrounds  the  Norlh  Pole  ? — the  South  Pole  ? 

46.  Where  is  Van  Dieman's  Land  ? 

47.  Where  is  Endeavour  Strait  ? 

48.  Does  any  part  of  Europe  lie  within  the  torrid  zone  ? 

49.  Where  are  the  Straits  of  Gibralter? 

50.  Where  is  the  isthmus  of  Darien  ? 

51.  What  ocean  flows  between  Asia  and  America  ? 

52.  Where  is  the  sea  of  Japan,  and  in  what  latitude  ? 

53.  How  is  the   island    Newfoundland  situated,  and  in  what 
latitude  ? 

54.  How   are    the   islands  Cuba,  Jamaica,   and    St.  Domingo 
situated  with  respect  to  each  other  ? 

55.  How  are  the  Falkland  islands  situated? 

56.  How  is  the  most  southerly  extremity  of  Asia  situated  with 
respect  to  the  equator  ? 

57.  How  are  the  Marquesas  islands  situated  ? 

58.  How  is  Spitsbergen  situated,  and  in  what  latitude  ? 

59.  Which  is  the  farther  north,  the  Yellow  Sea  or  the  Caspian  ? 

60.  The  Persian  Gulf  or  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ? 

61.  The  Cape  Verd  or  the  Sandwich  isles? 

62.  How  are  the  Ladrone  isles  situated,  and  in  what  latitude  ? 

63.  What  isle  is  that  contiguous  to  the  Isle  of  France  ? 

64.  The  tropic  of  Capricorn  crosses  one  large  island  and  that 
of  Cancer  another  ;  what  are  the  names  of  these  islands  ? 


UK  \MMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 


81 


65.  What  isles  are  (hose  situated  directly  south  of  the  Ladrone 
hies  ? 

66.  Where  i-  '.edonia,  and  in  what  latitude? 

67.  How  are   the  Pelew    Islands  situated  with   ropect   to  the 
Caroline  Isles  ? 

68.  lu    -what    ocean    are  New  Ireb  r  it;tii),  an  ! 
mon's  Island  ; — How  are  (h  other? 

69.  How  i*  (irriit  Britain  situated  with  ;>e  ? 

70.  \M  tit,  and  in  what  latitu 

71.  i-ith  parallel  "t  N.  la' 
Norfolk    Island    situated    with    respect   to    New 

farther  west,  Boston  or  Cape  Horn? 

the  Galapagos  Isles  sitbated  ? 
76.     Where  an  ua  L-les  ? 


•\>ns  on  the  Map  of  North  America. 

I.  I  h  America  bounded  ? 

2.     V'  northwardly,    Baffin's   or   Hudson's    Bay? 

what  ih  HIP  latitude  of  each  ?  and  how  do  they  communicate  with 
the  oc- 

.ad  situated  from  Baffin's  Bay,  and   Davis's 
Strai' 

4.  What  great  lakes  or  inland  seas   are  there  in  North  Amer- 
ica ? 

5.  Where  are  the  straits  of  Bellisle  ? 

6.  Wh.-re  is  the  (Julf  of  California  ? 

7.  What  sea,  bays,   and   gulfs  lie  hetween    North  and    South 
/.merif  t  • 

8.  How  are  the   West  India  islands  situated  ? 

9.  The  principal   gulfs  and   bays  in  North   America,   counted 
together,    are    seven    in    number,  (all  without  the  United  States) 
what  a;  irnes  ? 

10.  Five  of  the  large  lakes  discharge  their  waters  into  the  At- 
lantic ;   \vh;it  are  their  names,  and  what   ist  the  name  of  the    river 
by  win  ,ters  ? 

II.  One  of  the  lar^<-  lakes  discharges  its  waters  into  Hudson's 
Bay  by  two  rivers;   what  is  the  name   of  the  lake,  and   what  are 
the  names  of  the  rivers? 

Two  of  the  large  lakes  discharge    their    waters' into   the 
Arctic  sea  'ho  names  of  the  lakes  and  of  the  river? 

13.  \\  ha'  rivers  empty  into  the  gulf  of  Mexico? 

14.  How  is  the  bay  of  Campeachy  situa1 

15.  Into  what  country  does  the  bay  of  Honduras  project? 

16.  What  island  is  that  which  the  tropic  of  Cancer  just  touches 
oa  the  north  ? 

17.  Which  is   the   g  tance,   from  the    island  Cuba  to 
Bermuda,  or  from  Bermuda  to  Newfoundland  ? 

18.  How  are  the  gulfs  of  Mexico  and  California  situated  with 
re«pect  to  each  other  ? 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

19.  What  rivers  empty  into  Hudson's  Bay  ? 

20.  Where  is  the  river  Columbia  ? 

22.     Is  Nova  Scotia  an    island  or  a  peninsula,  and   what  direc- 
tion is  it  from  Bostrtn  ? 

22.  How    is   Quebec,  the   capital    of  Canada,  situated,   and 
which  way  is  it  from  Boston  ? 

23.  Which  is  tho   greater  distance,  from  Boston  to  Quebec,  or 
from  Boston  to  Halifax  ? 

24.  How  is  fort  Chepawyan  situated,  where  the  British   trade 
with  the  Indians  for  furs? 

25.  How  is  New  Brunswick  bounded  ? 

26.  How    for   south   does    East    Florida   extend  ?—  How    is   it 
bounded  on  the  east  ?  how  on  the  west? 

27.  What  are  the  "boundaries  of  the  United  States  ? 

28.  Which  is  the  largest  of  the  West   India  islands  ?—  the  sec- 
ond in  magnitude  ?  —  the  third  ;  —  the  fourth  ? 

29.  How  are    these  four  islands  situated  with  respect  to   each 
other  ? 

30.  How  are  islands  St.  John  and  Cape  Breton  situated  ? 

31.  East  Cape    and  Cape   Prince  of  Wales,  are   opposite  one 
to  the  other  ;  where  are  these  capes  ? 

32.  How   is   the  gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  bounded    towards    the 
Atlantic? 

33.  Which  of  the    large   lakes   is   the    most    southwardly?  — 
which  the  most  northwardly  .£  • 

34.  What  rivers  form  the  boundary  in  part  between  the  United 
States  and  Mexico  ; 

35.  Where  does  the  river  Unjigah  have  its  rise  ?  —  Where  does 
it  empty  ? 

36.  What  Uhnds  are  there  on  the  Western'  Coast  ? 

37.  How  is  the    city  Havanna  situated?  —  Kingston?  —  St.  Do- 
mingo ? 

38.  How  is  the  city  Vcra  Cruz   situated?  —  Acapulcor  —  what 
is  the  distance  between  these  two  places  ? 

39.  How  is  the  city  Mexico  situated,  and  in  what  latitude  ? 

40.  What   river   empties  into  the    northern  extremity   of  the 
Gulf  of  California? 

41.  Where  is  Nootka  Sound  ? 

42.  What  towns  are  situated  on  the  river  Bravo  ? 

43.  In  what  latitude  are  Bhering^s  Straits? 

44.  What  is   the   southern  extremity  of  Greenland  called  ?  — 
of  California? 

45.  Where  is  Cape  Sable  ?—  Cape  Race  ? 

46.  Which  of  the  lakes  lie  north,  and  which  'south  of  the  50th 
parallel  of  north  latitude  ?. 

47.  Of  what  country  is  St.   Augustine  the  capital  ?  —  How  is  it 
situated  ? 

it  48.     Where  aie  the  Rocky  Mountains? 

f  49.     Where  are  Turk's  Islands,  so  famous  for  the  production  of 


50.     Name  over  the  principal  Caribbee  islands. 


GRAMMAR    OF  .GEOGRAPHY.  83 

Questions  on  the  Map  of  the  United  States. 

1.  What  are  the  boundaries  of  tl>e  United  States  ? 

2.  Between  what    parallels  of  latitude  is  the  territory  of  the 
United  States  situated  .'. 

3.  Which  is  the    largest  of  the  great  lakes,  and   which  is  the 
least  ? 

4.  Which  is  the  most  southwardly,  and  which  the  most  east- 

? 

5.  Which  is  situated  wholly  within  the  territory  of  the  ( 
States  ? 

6.  What  is  that  river  by  which  the  lakes  discharge  their  super- 
fluou  .to  the  ocean  ? 

What  is    that  river  which    before  the  late   Spanish  treaty, 
formed  UK  oumlary  ol  tin    United  States? 

8.  \\  hat  i.-  that  lake,  situated  between  the  States  of  Vermont 

..k? 

9.  Which    is    more    northwardly,     Delaware   or   Chcsapeak 
bay? 

1U.     Which    is    more    northwardly,    Albemarle    or     Pamlico 

11.     I',,  tween  which  of  the  lakes  are  Niagara  falls  ? 
.••re  are  the  Straits  of  Michillimakkinak  ? 
'-•ike  St.  Clair? 

It     II,.w  is  N.  York  bounded  ?  15     How  is  Albany,  the  capital, 

.-ituated  .* 

•  bounded?  17 — Harrisburg  situated  ? 

-•led  !  19 — Trenton  situated  ? 
»()—!)• .- la  ware  bounded?  ,ted? 

Maryland  bounded?  23— Ann:.  ted? 

24— Virginia  bounded?  25—  Richmond  situated? 

•jrj—.N.  Carolina  hounded?  27 — Raleigh  situat* 

28 — S.  Carolina  bounded  ?  29— Columbia  situated  ? 

30— Georgia  bounded!1  31— Milledgeville  situated? 

32— Alabama  bounded  ?  33— Cahawba  situated  ? 

34— Mississippi  bounded  ?  35 — "Hatches  situated  ? 

36 — Louisiana  bounded?  37 — New  Orleans  situated? 

38— Tennessee  bounded?  39— •Nashville  situ;, 

40 — Kentucky  bounded?  41— Frankfort  situai- 

42 — Ohio  bounded  ?  43 — Columbus  situated? 

41 — Indiana  bounded.'  45 — 'Vincennes  situated? 

46— Illinois  boun  47 — cKaskaskia  situated? 

48 — Missouri  bounded  ?  49 — St    Louis  situated  ? 

50 — Michigan  bounded?      •  51— Detroit  situated  ? 

52.  What  rivers  empty  into  the  Missisippi  ? 

53.  What  two  rivers,  flowing  together,  constitute  the  Ohio  ? 

54.  What  rivers  empty  into  the  On 

55.  In  what   State   has  the    Wabash  its  source,  what  ii   its 
course,  and  into  what  river  or  sea  does  it  empty  ? 

•  Chief  Towns. 


84 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 


The  same  Questions  with  respect  to  the  folio  wing  Rivers. 


56  Great  Miami  ? 

57  Cumberland  ? 

58  Scioto? 

59  Great  Kanhawa  ? 

60  Kentucky? 

61  Genessee  ? 

62  Muskingum? 

63  Licking? 

64  Tennessee  ? 
*65  Big  Sandy  ? 

66  Yazoo? 

67  Susquehannah? 

68  Duck? 

69  Tombecbee? 

70  Holston? 

71  Apala<:hicola  ? 

72  Potowmack? 

73  Hudson?    ' 

74  Delaware? 


75  Rappahannock  ? 

76  James  ? 

77  Chowan  ? 

78  Flint? 

79  Savannah  ? 

80  Roanoke  ? 

81  Allamaha? 

82  Tar? 

83  Santilla  ? 

84  Pedee? 

85  Ogechee  ? 

86  Cape  Fear  ? 

87  Edisto? 

88  Elk? 

89  Nense  ? 

90  St.  Mary  ? 

91  Dan? 

92  Appomattox  ? 

93  Black? 


94  Juniata? 

95  Kaskaskia? 

96  San  dusky? 

97  Missouri? 

98  Miami  of  the 

Lakes? 

99  Clinch  ? 

100  Little  Miami? 

101  Green  ? 

102  Illinois? 

103  Cayaho^a? 

104  Utawas? 

105  Chatidiere? 

106  French  Crook? 

107  St.   Francis? 

108  Ouisconsin  ? 

109  Tippacanoe  ? 

110  Fox? 

111  Alabama? 


112.  What  towns  are  situated  on  the  Hudson  ? 

113.  What  towns  are  situated  on  the  Ohio? 

114.  W'hnt  towns  are  situated  on  the  Delaware  ? 

115.  What  towns  are  situated  on  the    Missisippi? 

116.  In  what  State  is  Chilicothe,  and  how  situated  ? 

The  same  Questions  with  respect  to  each  of  the  following 
Towns. 


117  Louisville? 

118  Nashville? 

119  Athens? 

120  Oswego? 

121  Plattsburg? 

122  Utica? 

123  Lexington  ?. 

124  Pittsburg? 

125  Brownsville  ? 

126  St.  Louis  ? 

127  Fredericksburg? 

128  Amboy? 

129  Lewistown  ? 

130  Petersburg? 

131  St.  Gene  vie  ve  ? 


132  Bangor? 

133  Baton  Rouge  ? 

134  Montreal? 

135  Fort  Maiden  ? 

136  Raleigh? 

137  Camden  ? 

138  Fayetteviile? 

139  Milledgeville? 

140  Salisbury? 

141  Kingston? 

142  Mobile? 

143  St.  Augustine? 

144  Beaufort? 

145  New  Madrid? 

146  Machias? 


147  Alexandria? 

148  Castine? 

149  Augusta? 

150  Wilmington? 

151  Rome? 

152  Hudson? 

153  Ticonderoga  ? 

154  York? 

155  Kingston? 

156  Crown  Point? 

157  Pensacola? 

158  New-Orleans? 

159  Annapolis? 

160  Edeuton? 


161.  What  States  are  situated  between  the   30th  and    35th 
parallels  of  N.  latitude  ? 

162.  What  States  are   situated  between  the   35th  and   40th 
parallels  of  N.  latitude  ? 

163.  What  States  are  intersected  by  the  40th  parallels  of  N. 
latitude  ? 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  85 

164.  What  States  are  west  longitude  from  Philadelphia  ? 

165.  What  States  are  east  longitude  from  Philadelphia  ? 

166.  What  States  arc  bounded  on  the  lakes  ? 

167.  What  States  are  bounded  on  the  Missisippi  ? 
160.  What  States  are  bounded  on  the  Atlantic  Ocean? 

169.  What  States  are  bounded  on  the  Ohio  ? 

170.  What  is  the  State  back  of  North  Carolina  .'—Virginia  ?— 
Pennsylvania  ? 

171.  What  States  lie  west  of  the  Alleghany  mountains? 

172.  What  lakes  lie  to  the  south,  what  to  the  north,  and  which 
are  the  lakes  bisected  by  (he  45th  parallel  of  north  latitude  ? 

173.  What  way  is  Philadelphia  from  Boston  ?— Detroit  ? 

174.  What  way  is  Detroit  from  Philadelphia  ? 

175.  Which  is  the  most  southwardly,  Pittsburg  or  Philadelphia  ? 

176.  How  is  the   city  Washington,  the  capital  of  the  United 
States,  situated  ? 

177.  Which  is  the  most  southwardly,  Cape  Fear  or  C.  Lookout  ? 

178.  What  river  is  that  which  forms  a  water  communication 
nearly  the  whole  distance  from  Lake  Michigan  to  the  Missisippi  ? 

179.  Which  is  the  largest,  Chesapeak  or  Delaware  Bay? 

180.  In  what  State  is  Chesapeak  bay  chiefly  situated? 

181.  In  what  State  has  it  its  mouth  ? 

182.  Where  is  Cape  Hatteras  ? 

183.  What  capes  are  situated  at  the  mouth  of  Delaware  Bay? 

184.  Where  is  Ihc  bay  of  Apalachy  ? 

185.  What  capes  are  situated  at  the  mouth  of  Chesapeak  Bay  ? 

186.  Where  is  Amelia  Island  ? 

187.  „         Cape  St.  Blaise  ? 

188.  „         St  Helena  Sound  ? 

189.  Into  what  does  Ocrecoc  Inlet  enter  ? 

190.  \V here  is  Muscle  Shoals? 

191.  What  are  the  rivers  which,  flow  into  Chesapeak  bay  ? 

192.  Where  is  Sacket's  Harbour  ? 

193.  Which  is  the  most  southwardly,  Ohio  or  Missouri  river? 

194.  Which  is  the  greater  distance  from  Pittsburg,  Philadel- 
phia or  Baltimore  ? 

Questions  on  the  Map  of  the  New  England  States. 

1.  Between  what  parallels  of  latitude  are  the  New  England 
States  chiefly  situated  ? 

2.  How  are  they  bounded? 

3.  Where  are  the  Green  Mountains,  and  in  what  direction  do 
they  run  ? 

4.  Where  are  the  White  Mountains  ? 

5.  Which  is  the  great  or  principal  river  of  New-England  ? 

6.  What  rivers  empty  into  the  Connecticut? 

7.  What  large  river  is  that  which  has  its  source  in  New  Hamp- 
shire, and  its  mouth  in  Massachusetts? 

8.  What  rivers  from  Vermont  empty  into  lake  Champlain  ? 

9.  How  is  the    river  Hudson  situated  with  respect  to  the  Con- 
necticut, and  at  about  what  distance  from  it  ? 

10.  In  what  State   has  Saco  river  its  rise,  what  is  its  course, 
and  into  what  sea  or  river  does  it  empty  ? 

H 


36 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 


The  same  Questions  with  respect  to  the  following  Rivers. 


1  1  Kennebeck  ? 
12  Otter  Creek? 
13  Stratford  ? 
14  Lamoille  ? 
15  Amonoosuck  ? 
16  Contoocook? 
17  Poosoomsuck  ? 

18  Deerfield? 
19  Michiscoui? 
20  Passaick? 
21  Onion? 

22  Androscoggin  ? 
23  Sebasticook? 
24  Westfield? 

25  Hackinsack  ? 
26  Thames? 
27  Pawtuxet? 
28  Nashua? 
29  Chickapee  ? 
30  Miller's? 

31.  What  lake  is  that  which  lies  partly  in  Vermont,  and  partly 
in  Canada  ? 

32.  Where  is  Umbago  Lake  ? 

33.  What  is  the  largest  collection  of  water  in  New  Hampshire  ? 

34.  How  is  lake  G  eorge  situated  with  respect  to  lake  Champlain  ? 


35 — How  is  Maine  bounded  ? 

37 — New-Hampshire  bounded  ? 
39 — Vermont  bounded  ?     ' 
41 — Massachusetts  bounded  ? 
43 — Rhode-Island  bounded  ? 
45 — Connecticut  bounded  ? 


36 — How  is  Portland,  the  cap! 

tal,  situated  ? 
38— Concord  situated  ? 
40 — Montpelier  situated 
42 — Boston  situated  ? 
44 — Providence  situated  ? 
46 — New-Haven  situated  ? 


47. 
48. 
49. 
50. 
51. 
52. 


What  towns  are  situated  on  Connecticut  river? 

What  towns  are  situated  on  the  Merrimack  ? 

What  towns  are  situated  on  Otter  Creek  river? 

What  towns  are  situated  en  Long  Island  ? 

What  town  is  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  Connecticut  ? 

In  what  State  is  Windsor,  and  how  situated  ? 


The  same  Questions  with  respect  to  the  following  Towns. 


53  Exeter? 

54  Brattleborough  ? 

55  Pittsfield? 

56  Concord? 

57  Hallowell? 

58  Schenectady? 

59  Williamstown? 

60  Worcester? 

61  Gloucester? 

62  New  Bedford  ? 

63  Litchfield? 

64  Oxford? 


72 
73 
74 
75 
76 
77 
78 
79 
80 
81 
82 
83 


65  New  York  ?  (city)  84 


66  Charlestown? 

67  Brunswick  ? 

68  Vergennes  ? 

69  Hanover? 

70  St.  Albans? 

71  Augusta? 


Lansingburg? 
Greenfield  ? 
Newburyport  ? 
Springfield  ? 
Provincetown  ? 
Norwich  ? 
Holme's  Hole  ? 
Patterson  ? 
York  ? 
Keene  ? 
Amherst  ? 
Falmouth? 
Merrimack  ? 
Middlebury  ? 
Stockbridge  ? 
Wiscasset? 
Bennington? 
Deerfield  ? 
Salem  ? 


91  Yarmouth? 

92  New  London  ? 

93  Bristol? 

94  Newark? 

95  Fairfield? 

96  Burlington  ?  • 

97  Rutland? 

98  Walpole? 

99  Haverhill? 

100  Plymouth? 

101  Bath? 

102  Chester? 

103  Ipswich? 

104  New  Hampton  ? 

105  Barnstable  ? 

106  Hartford? 

107  Newbury? 

108  Danbury? 


109.    Where  is  Mont  auk  Point  ? 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  87 

Same  Questions  with  respect  to  the  following  Capes. 

110  Pemaquid  Point?   114  Sandy  Point?         118  East  Chop  ? 

111  Race  Point?  1 15  Cape  Poge  ?  119  Malabar? 

1 12  Gay  Plead  ?  1 16  Sandy  Hook  ?         1  J<)  (  :ipe  Ann  ? 

113  Small  Point?  117  Elizabeth  ?  1J1    Porpoise? 

122.  Where  is  Plumb  Island  ? 

123.  Which  is   the   most   eastwardly,  Nantucket  or  Martha's 
Vineyard,  and  which  is  nearest  to  the  main  land  ? 

124.  Which  is  most  northwardly,  Casco  or  Saco  Bay  ? 

125.  Where  is  Fisher's  Island  ? 

126.  What  two  bays  are  those  which,  by  their  near  approach, 
form  the  peninsula  of  Cape  Cod? 

I  J7.     Where  is  Falkner's  Island  ? 

128.  „         Elizabeth  Island  ? 

129.  What  way  is  New  Haven  from  Boston  ? 

130.  Narraganset    Bay  is  that  in  which  the  islands  Canonicut 
and  Rhode  Island  are  situated:    How  is  Narraganset  Bay  situated 
with  respect  to  Buzzard's  Bay,  and  which  is  the  largest  ? 

131.  How  is  Block  Island  situated  ? 

132.  Middlesex  canal   opens   a  water  communication  from  a 
certain  river  into  a  certain  harbour;  what  is  the  name  of  each  ? 

133.  Which  is  the  greater  distance  from  Boston,  New  Bedford 
or  Newburyport  ? 

134.  Name  the  towns  in  their  order,  situated  on  the  seacoast, 
proceeding  from  Newburyport  to  New-Bedford. 

135.  How  are  New-Haven,  Hartford,  and  New-London  situated 
with  respect  to  each  other  ? 

138.  Where  is  the  Great  Oxbow  in  Connecticut  river? 
137.     Are  15  Mile  Falls  above  or  below  the  Great  Oxbow  ? 

30.     Which  is  the  most  northwardly,  Portland  or  Middlebury  '; 

139.  Which   is  the  greater  division  of  Connecticut,  that  part 
east  of  the  river,  or  the  part  west  of  it  ? 

Questions  on  the  Map  of  the  Middle  States. 

1.  Between  what  parallels  of  latitude  arc  the   Middle  States 
situated  ?     How  are  they  bounded  ? 

2.  Which  are  the  two  largest  of  these  States  .'—Which  is  the 
least  ? 

3.  What  are  the  three  largest  rivers  of  these  States,  and  what 
are  their  courses  ?     Are  they  straight  or  crooked  rivers  ? 

4.  Which  is  the  great  river  of  New-York— where  does  it  empty — 
and  what  are  the  principal  towns  situated  on  it  ? 

5.  What  other  rivers  are  there  in  New- York  ? 

6.  What  rivers  of  New- York  empty  into  Lake  Ontario  ? 

7.  Where  do  the  rivers  Allegheny  and  Monongahela  unite  ? — 
And  what  river  do  they  form  ? 

8.  What  large  river  is  that  which  empties  into  the  Hudson  ? 

9.  What  is   the  great  river  of  Pennsylvania — what  and  where 
are  its  sources— and  where  does  it  empty? 

10.  What    is   that   river  which  forms  the  boundary  between 
Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey  ?  where  has  it  its  sources,  and  where 
does  it  fcpty  ? 


11.     What  river  runs  through  the  District  of  Columbia  ? 


88  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

12.  Where  is  Juniata  river,  in  what  direction  does  it  run,  and 
-where  does  it  empty  ? 

13.  What  river  is  that  which  forms  in  part  the  southern  boun- 
dary of  Maryland? 

14.  What  canals  are  there  in  the  state  of  New- York, — what 
waters  do  they  connect? 

15.  What  lakes  are  there  in  the  interior  of  New- York  ? 

16.  Which  of  these  lakes  lie  north,  and  which  south  of  the 
great  Western  Canal  ? 

17.  Proceeding  from  east  to  west,  on  the  south  side  of  the  ca- 
nal, what  is  the  order  of  their  succession  ? 

18.  Where  are  the  Catskill  mountains? 

19.  What  mountains  are  there  in  Pennsylvania? 

20.  What  island  belongs  to  New-Jersey,  and  how  it  is  situated  ? 

21 .  Which  is  most  southerly,  Pennsylvania  or  New-Jersey  ? 

22.  Where  is  Grand  Isle,  and  how  is  it  situated  ? 

23.  How  are  the  cities  New-York,    Philadelphia  and   Balti- 
more situated  in  respect  to  each  other  ? 

24.  Which  is  the  greater  distance    across  the  State  of  New- 
York,  from  east  to  west,  or  from  north  to  south  ? 

25.  Which  of  these  States  is  the  most  irregular  in  its  form  ? 

26.  Where  is  Chatauque  lake  situated  ? 

27.  In  what  State  is  Whitehall,  and  how  situated  ? 

The  same  Questions  with  respect  to  each  of  the  following  Towns, 

28  Brownsville?  34  Havredegrace  ?  40  Rochester? 

29  Ithica?  35  Newcastle?  41   Trenton? 

30  Poughkeepsie  ?  36  Salina  ?  42  Ogdensburg  ? 

31  Cooperstown  ?  37  Utica  ?  43  Buffaloe? 

32  Harrisburg  ?  38  New- York  ?  44  Baltimore  ? 

33  Philadelphia  ?  39  New-Brunswick  ?  45  Auburn  ? 

Questions  on  the  Map  of  South  America* 

1.  How  is  South  America  bounded  f 

2.  Which  way  has  its  greatest  extent,  from    east  to  west,  or 
from  north  to  south  ? 

3.  How  many  degrees  broad  is  South  America  at  the  equator  ? 

4.  How  far  south  is  Cape  Horn  ? 

5.  What  part  of  South  America  lies  in  the  torrid  zone  ? 

6.  How  is  Terra  del  Fuego  separated  from  the  main  land  ? 

7.  What  is  the  name  of  that   chain  of  mountains  which  runs 
the  whole  length  of  South  America? — Near  which  coast  are  they  ? 

8.  What  river  is  that,  the  mouth  of  which  is  directly  under  the 
equator — Where    does  it   rise — and  through  what  part  of  South 
America  does  it  flow  ? 

9.  What  rivers  empty  into  the  Amazon  ? 

10.  What  river  is  that  which  forms  the  boundary  between  Co- 
lombia and  Guiana  ? 

11.  Where  is  lake  Parima,  and  with  what  large  river  does  it 
communicate  ? 

12.  Where  is  Panama  bay? 

13.  What  islands  are  those  near  the  straits  of  Magellan  ? 

14.  How  is  Colombia  bounded  i1 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  89 

15.  How  is  Quito  situated,  and  what  large  mountains  are  those 
in  its  vicinity? 

16.  How  is  Carthagena  situated,  and  in  what  latitude  J 

17.  Where  is  the  Gulf  of  Guayaquil  ? 

18.  How  is  Caraccas  situated  ? 

19.  In  what  part  of  South  America  is  Peru  ? — Chili  ? — Patago- 
nia?— Brazil  ? — Bolivia  ?— United  Provinces? 

20.  In  what  direction  does  the  river  Amazon  run  ? — La  Plata  • 

21.  Where  is  the  Gulf  of  Darien  ? 

22.  How  is  the  city  Buenos  Ayres  situated  ? — Cobija  ? 

23.  In  what  latitude  has  the  Rio  de  la  Plata  its  mouth,  and  in 
what  latitude  is  As?umption,  to  which  this  river  is  navigable  ? 

24.  Where  is  Monte  Video  situated  ? 

25.  Where  Cordova  situated,  and  which  way  is  it  from  the  city 
Buenos  Ayres  ? 

26.  Where  is  Cape  St.  Roque  ? 

27.  How  is  Rio  Janeiro  or  St.  Sebastian,  the  capital  of  Brazil, 
situated  ? 

28.  How  is  Lima,  the  capital  of  Peru,  situated,  and  in  what  lat- 
itude ? 

29.  How  \3  Arequipa,  the  second  city  in  Peru,  situated,  and 
what  way  is  it  from  Lima  ? 

30.  Where  is  Cusco  situated  ?  once  the  capital  of  a  powerful 
Indian  empire. 

31.  In  what  part  of  South  America  is  the  river  St.  Francisco  ? 

32.  Where  is  Chimborazo  situated,  one  of  the   highest  moun- 
tains in  the  world,  and  in  what  latitude  ? 

33.  Which  way  from  Chimborazo,  and  how  far  distant  is  Coto- 
paxi,  a  famous  volcanic  mountain  ? 

34.  Where  is  Porto  Bello  situated  ? 

35.  Where  is  Cayenne,  how  situated,  and  in  what  latitude  ? 

36.  How  is  the  island  Juan  Fernandez  situated? 

Questions  on  the  Map  of  Europe. 

1.  What  are  the  boundaries  of  Europe  ? 

2.  What  is  the  most  southern  cape    of  Europe  ? — The  moat 
northern  ? 

3.  Between  what  parallels  of  latitude  is  Europe  situated  ? 

4.  How  many  degrees  of  longitude  docs  it  contain  > 

5.  With  which  of  the  other  general  divisions  of  the  earth  is  it 
connected  ? 

6.  How  is   it  separated  from  Africa,  and  in  what  part  doe«  it 
make  the  nearest  approach  to  that  continent  ? 

7.  What  mountains  separate  Spain  from  France  ? 

8.  What  mountains  separate  Italy  from  France  and  Germany? 

9.  What  mountains  bound  Hungary  on  the  north  ? 

10.  What  mountains  form  the  boundary  in  part  between  Eu- 
rope and  Asia? 

11.  Where  is  Mount  Blanc  situated,  the  highest  mountain  in 
Europe  ? 

12.  Through  what  country,  and  in  what  direction  do  the  Ap- 
ennines run  ? 

H  2 


90  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

13.  Where  is  jEtna,  a  famous  volcano,  situated  ? 

14.  Vesuvius,  another  of  the  volcanic  mountains  of  Europe,  12 
situated  about  six  miles  from  Naples ;  what  way  is  it  from  /Etna, 
and  how  far  distant .' 

15.  The  third  volcanic  mountain  is  Hecla;   where  is  it  situated? 

16.  "Where  is  Mount  Findus? 

17.  How  is  the  German  Ocean  situated  ? 

18.  "What  is  the  entrance  into  the  Baltic  called? 

19.  How  is  the  Baltic  Sea  separated  from  the  German  Ocean  ? 

20.  The  Baltic  branches  out  into  two  arms  or  gulfs ;  what  are 
their  nam 

21.  In  what  part  of  Europe  is  the  "White  Sea,  and  into  what 
.  does  it  open  ? 

By  what  country  is  the  Baltic  bounded  on  the  east? — west 
—south  :" 

23.     What  bay  lies  between  France  and  Spain  ? 
-4.     \\  here  is  the  Sea  of  Marmora  situated  .3 

What  Gulf  separates  Italy  from  Turkey  .' 

26.     Where  is  the  Archipelago  situated,  and  with  what  sea  does 
it  communicate  ? 

•::.      Where  is  the  British  Channel  ? 

What   Strait   communicates  between  the  German  ocean, 
and  the  British  Channel  i1 

Through  what  Strait  does  the  Atlantic  constantly  flow  into 
the  Mediterranean  ? 

30.  Where  is  St.  George's  channel  ? 

31.  Between  what  seas  is  the  Strait  of  Dardanelles  ? 

32.  Between  what  seas  is  the  Strait  of  Constantinople  ? 

33.  Between  what  seas  is  the  Strait  of  Can 

34.  In  what  part  of  Europe  is  Lapland  ? 

35— How  is  Norway  bounded  ?     36— How  is  Bergen,  the  capital, 

situated  ? 

57 — Sweden  bounded  ?  38 — Stockholm  situated  ? 

39 — Denmark  bounded  :  40 — Copenhagen  situated  ? 

41 — Russia  bounded  ?  42 — St.  Petersburg  situated  ? 

43 — Germany  bounded  ? 

44— France  bounded?  45— Paris  situated  ? 

44> — Aust.  Domin.  bounded  r         47 — Vienna  situated? 
.  — -pain  bounded  ?  49 — Madrid  situated  ? 

—  Portugal  bounded  ?  51 — Lisbon  situated? 

52— Switzerland  bounded?  ;  3— Berne  situated  ? 

54 — ItaJv  bounded?  55 — Home  situated  ? 

y  (in  Eur.)  bounded  ?  57 — Constantinople  situated  ? 

53.     Hov.-  are  the  British  Isles  situated  with  respect  to  the  rest 
of  Eur 

59-     Where  does  the  Danube  have  its  rise,  through"  what  coun- 
try; doe?  it  fiow,  and  into  what  sea  docs  it  empty? 

GO.     What  cities  and  towns  are  situated  on  the  Danube  ? 

61.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  of  Spain  ? 

62.  Which  of  the  rivers  risbs:  in  Spain  flow  through  Portugal : 

63.  In  what  part  of  Spain  i=  the  Miuho  ?— is  it  a  larce  or  small 
river  ? — into  what  sea  doe*  it  empty? 

Where  is  the  Guadalquiver,  what  is  its  course-  and  where 
does  it  empty  ? 


GRAMMAR    OF    6EOGUAPHY.  91 

65.  The  same  questions  with  respect  to  the  Ebro. 

66.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  of  France  ? 

67.  Which  of  these    rivers  empty  into  the  bay  of  Biscay  ? — 
which  intothe  Mediterranean? — and  which  into  the  British  Channel  ? 

68.  What   is  that  river  which    forms  the   boundary,   in  part, 
between  France  and  Germany  ? — which  way  does  it  run,  and  into 
what  sea  does  it  empty  ? 

69.  What  are  the  rivers  of  Germany  ? 

70.  Which  of  the  rivers  of  Germany  empty  into  the  German 
Ocean  ? 

71.  What  river  forms  the  boundary  between  Turkey  and  Rus- 
sia, and  into  what  sea  does  it  empty  ? 

What  river   forms   the  boundary  in  part  between  Turkey 
and  the  Austrian  Dominions? 

73.  What  are  the  principal  branches  of  the  Danube? 

74.  Where  does  the  Dnieper  have  its  rise,   what  town  is  that 
situated  near  its  mouth,  and  into  what  sea  does  it  empty  ? 

75.  What  river  is  lhat  which  empties  into  the  sea  of  Azof? 

76.  Where  is  the  river  Po,  and  into  what  sea  or  gulf  does  it 
empty  ? 

77.  What  river  is  that  on  which  Rome  is  situated  .' 

78.  Into  what  sea  does  the  river  Dwina  empty,  and  what  town 
is  that  situated  at  its  mouth? 

79.  Beginning  at  the  Straits  of  Gibralter  and  proceeding  north- 
ward, what  rivers  fall  intothe  Atlantic  ?     name  them  in  the  order 
in  which  they  occur. 

80.  into  the  bay  of  Biscay  ? 

81.  into  the  British  Channel  ? 

82.  into  the  German  Ocean  ? 

83.  into  the  Baltic  ? 

84.  into  the  White  Sea? 

85.  What  towns  are  situated  on  the  Elbe  ? 

86.  On  what  river  is  Warsaw  situated  ; — Stettin  .' — Seville  ? 

87.  On  what  river  is  Bourdeaux  situated? — Saragossa? — Lyons  ? 

88.  How  is  Oporto  situated  ?-Archangel,  and  in  what  latitude  ? 

89.  What  town?  are  situated  on  the  Dnieper? 

90.  Wrhat  is  the   communication   by  water  through  France, 
from  the  Mediterranean  into  the  bay  of  Biscay  ? 

91.  In  what  country  is  Toulon,  and  how  situated? 

Same  Questions  with  respect  to  the  following  Cities  or  Towns. 

92  Malaga  ?        104  Belgrade  ?    1 16  St.  Ubes  ?     128  Brussels  ? 

93  Bayonne  ?     105  Nantes  ?        117  Carthagena?129  Prague  ; 
Naples?         106  Adrianople  ?118  Dantzic  ?       130  Hague  ? 

95Rochelle?     107  Cadiz?  119  Brest?  1.31  Revel? 

96  Frankfort?    108  Trieste  ?  120  Venice  ?         132  Rochfort  ? 

97  Gotten  burg?  109  Hamburg  ?  121  Munich  ?        133  Smolensk  r 

98  Waterford  ?  1 10  Upsal  ?  122  Leghorn  ?      134  Stutgard  : 

99  Saragossa  ?    Ill  Riga  ?  Itnontpeliei  ?  135  Carlscrona  .' 

100  Florence  ?  112  Calais  ?  124  Tornea  ?        136  Genoa  ? 

101  Cork?  113  Valencia?  125  Limerick?     137  Leipsic? 

102  Abo?  114  Tilsit?  126  Konigsbure?l38  Drontheim  ? 

103  Athens?  115Cherson?  127  Milan?          139  Cracow  ? 


92  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

140.  Which  is  most  northwardly,  Madrid  or  Constantinople  ? 

141.  What  way  is  Petersburg1  from  London  ? 

142.  What  islands  are  in  the  Baltic  > 

143.  How  are  the  Hebrides  or  Western  islands  situated  ? 

144.  Which  are  the  most  northwardly,  the  Orkney  or  Shetland 
Isles  ? 

145.  Where  are  the  Feroe  isles  situated,  and  in  what  latitude  ? 

146.  Is  Ivica,  Minorca,  or  Majorca,  nearest  Spain? 

147.  Which  is  the  most  southwardly,  Sardinia  or  Corsica  ? 

148.  How  is  Sicily  situated,  and  what  towns  are  there  upon  it  ? 

149.  In  what  direction  is  Malta  from  Sicily,  and  how  far  distant? 

150.  The  mericUan  of  25°,  and  the  parallel  of  35°,  intersect 
each  other  nearly   over  tha   centre  of  a  certain  island  ;  what  is 
the  name  of  that  island  ? 

151.  Where  is  the  isle  Ushant? 

152.  What  islands  are  in  the  Bay  of  Biscay  ? 

153.  Describe  the  course  of  the  Volga;  into  what  sea  does  it 
empty  ? 

154.  Where  are  the  Lipari  islands  situated  ? 

155.  How  is  Negropont  situated,  and  in  what  sea? 

156.  What  is  the  name  of  that  cape  to  the  north  of  Lapland  ? 

157.  What  is  that  cape  to  the  south  of  Norway  ? 

158.  Where  is  Cape  la  Hogue  ?— Cape  Clear  ? 

159.  What  are  the  principal  capes  of  Spain  and  Portugal  ? 

160.  What  is  the  most  southwardly  cape  of  Turkey  ? 

161.  The   capitals  of  three  kingdoms  are  situated  very  nearly 
on  the  parallel  of  60°  N.  latitude  ;  what  are    the  names   of  the 
kingdoms  and  their  capitals  ? 

162.  Which  is  the  most  northwardly,  Copenhagen  or  Konigs- 
burg  ? 

163.  Boston   is  between  42°  and  43o  N.  latitude  ;  what  cities 
in  Europe  are  situated  directly  east  from  Boston,  or  nearly  so  ? 

164.  By  comparing  the  map  of  the  United  States  with  that  of 
Europe,  which  of  the  States  does  it  appear  are  situated  southward- 
ly of  the  most  southern  part  of  Europe  ? 

165.  A  -very  noted  strait  of  Europe,  and   the  mouth  of  a  very 
distinguished  river  in  the  United  States,  are  in  the  same  latitude  ; 
what  is  the  name  of  the  strait  and  of  the  river  ? 

166.  Which  of  the  large  lakes  in  the  United  States  are  situat- 
ed in  the  same  parallels  of  latitude  with  the  Black  sea  in  Europe  ? 


Questions  on  the  Map  of  the  British  Isles. 

1.  How  is  Ireland  separated  from  England  ? — from  Scotland? 

2.  Where  is  the  Bristol  Channel  ?— The  Strait  of  Dover  ? 

3.  What  river  is  that   which   forms  the  boundary  in  part  be- 
tween England  and  Scotland  ? 

4.  Where  is  Cape  Wrath  ?— Land's  End  ?— Spurn  Head  ? 

5.  Where  is  Carnsore  Point  ? — Start,  St.   Edmands1,  and  Liz- 
ard Points  ? 

6.  Where  is  the  river  Thames,  what  is  its  course,  and  into 
what  sea  does  it  empty  ? 


GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  93 

The  same  Questions  toith  respect  to  each  of  the  following  Rivers. 
7Humber?        1 1  Tay  ?  15  Dec  ?  19Medway? 

8  Shannon?        12  Mersey  ?          16  Tync  ?  20  Barrow? 

9  Clyde  ?  13  Trent  ?  17  Ouse  ?  21  Spcy  ? 
10  Severn?          14  Black  water?  18  Don?               $2  Tweed? 

23.     Where  is  London,  and  how  situated  ? 

24  Plymouth  ?     33  Birmingham  ?42  Londonderry?50  York  ? 

25  Newcastle  *  34  Deal  ?  43  Bristol  >  51  Limerick  ? 

26  Wexford  ?      3i  Windsor  ?        44  Manchester  ?  5'2  Bath  ? 

27  Aberdeen  ?    36  Leeds  ?  45  Gloucester  ?  53  Cambridge  ? 

28  Pool  ?  37  Dublin  ?          46  Glasgow  ?       54  Sheffield  ? 

29  Dartmouth  .?  30  Wakefield?    47  Liverpool  f     55  Oxford? 

30  Yarmouth  f    39  Shields  ?         48  Hull  ?  56  Kid-.termin- 

31  Tuubridge  ?  40  Wateiford  1    49  Edinburgh  ?  sler  ? 

32  Cork  .*  41  Portsmouth  ? 

57.  Which  is  the  largest,  England  or  Ireland  ? 

58.  Between  what  degrees  of  latitude  is  Lngl»nd  situated  ? — 
Scotland.?— Ireland? 

59.  In   what  sea    are   the  Isles    Man  and    Anglesea  situated, 
and  how  in  respect  to  each  other? 

60.  How  is  the  Isle  of  Wight  situated  ? 

61.  How  are  London,  Bristol,  Liverpool,  and  Hull   situated  in 
respect  to  each  other  ? 

62.  Comparing  the  latitude  of  London  with  that  of  the  Gulf  of 
St.  Lawrence    on    the   map  of  N.  America,    which    is  the    most 
northwardly? 

63.  What  is  the  latitude  of  Edinburgh  ?— Dublin  ? 

64.  Where  is  Inverness  ? 

Questions  on  the  Map  of  Asia. 

1.  What  are  the  boundaries  of  Asia  ? 

2.  What  is  the  name  of  its  most  northwardly  cape  ? 

3.  What  part  of  it  stretches  farthest  to  the  j-outh  ? 

4.  There  are  four  considerable  seas  on  the  east  and  southeast 
of  Asia. — Name  them. 

5.  Through  what  sea  does  the  Red  Sea  communicate  with  the 
ocean  ? 

6.  Where  is  the  Sea  of  Aral  situated  ?— what  way  is  it  from  the 
Caspian  Sea  ? 

~i .     Between  what  two  countries  is  the  Persian  Gulf? 

8.  What  is  that  bay  which  divides  India  into  two  peninsulas, 
the  Hither  Peninsula,  called  Jlindostan,  and  the  Further  Penin- 
sula, comprehending  the  Birman  and  other  empires  ? 

1).      Where  are  the  Straits  of  Sunda  ? 

10.  Where  is  the  Malabar  coast  ?— what  islands  west  of  it  ? 

11.  Where  are  the  Andaman  and  Nicobar  inlands? 

12.  HO\T  is  the  island   Ceylon    situated  ? — what  are  ita    chief 
towns  ? 

13.  What  is  that  cape  called   which  forms  the  southern  ex- 
tremity of  Hindostan  ? 

14.  Of  what  island  is  Manilla  the  capital  f 


94  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

15.  Where  are  the  Straits  of  Malacca  ? 

16.  Of  what  island  is  Batavia  the    capital,  and   in  what   lati- 
tude ? 

17.  Where    is  the    island  Banca    situated,  so  productive   in 
tin? 

18.  How  are  the  gulfs  Tonquin  and  Siain  situated  with  respect 
to  each  other  ?     Into  what  sea  do  they  open  ? 

19.  What  are  those  large  rivers  of  Asia,  which  empty  into  the 
Arctic  Sea  ? 

20.  Where  is  the  island  Saghalien  ? 

21.  What  is  that   cape  called  which  forms  the   southern    ex- 
tremity of  Kamschatka  ? 

22.  What  rivers  empty  into  the  Aral  sea  ? 

23.  What  rivers  empty  into  the  Persian  Gulf? 

24.  What  Straits  separate  Asia  from  America? 

25.  What  chain  of  mountains  separates  Europe  from  Asia  ? 

26.  What  chain  of  mountains   extends   across    the  centre  of 
Asia  ?     • 

27.  Where  are  the  Caucasus  mountains  ? — Himaleh  ? 

28.  What  is  the  name   of  the  mountains    in   Hindostan,    and 
how  are  they  situated  ? 

29.  Where  is  Mount  Taurus,  and  how  situated  ? 

30.  What  part  of  Asia  takes  the  name  of  Siberia,  and  to  whom 
does  it  belong  ? 

31.  Does  any  part  of  Asia  lie  within  the  Frigid  zone  ? 

32.  What  countries  of  Asia  lie  within  the  Torrid  zone  ? 

33 — How    is   Turkey    in    Asia  34 — How  is  Aleppo,  the  capital, 

bounded?  situated? 

35 — Russia  in  Asia  bounded?  36 — Astrachan  situated? 

37 — Indep.  Tartary  bounded  ?  38 — Samarcand  situated  ? 

39 — Persia  bounded?  40— Ispahan  situated? 

41 — Hindoslan  bounded?  42 — Calcutta  situated? 

43 — Arabia  bounded?  44 — Mecca  situated? 

45 — China  bounded  ?  46 — Pekin  situated  ? 

47.  Which  is  the  principal  of  the  Chinese  islands? 

48.  How  is  Jeddo,  the   capital  of  the  Japan  empire,  situated? 
Give  the  rise  and  course  of  the  following  rivers,  and  the  seas,  &c. 
into  which  they  empty. 

49  Euphrates?  54  Enisei?  59  Yangtse  Kiang  ? 

50  Amur?  55  Ganges?  60  Lena? 

51  Ob?  56  Jihon?  61  Irrawady? 

52  Tigris?  57HoangHo?  62  Irtish? 

53  Burrampooter ?  58  Indus?  63  Japanese? 

64.     Of  what  country  is  Mocha,  and  how  situated? 


65  Madras  ? 
66  Smyrna  ? 
67  Suez  ? 
68  Canton? 
69  Bombay  ? 
70  Tobolsk  ? 

71  Cashmere  ? 
72  Bagdad  ? 
73  Ava  ? 
74  Kolivan  ? 
75  Delhi  ? 
76  Goa  ?  . 

77  Diarbekir  ? 
78  Cambay  ? 
79  Bassora  ? 
80  Nankin  ? 
81  Yakutsk? 
82  Cashgar  ? 

83  Lassa  ? 
84  Irkutsk  ? 
85  Medina  ? 
86  Surat? 
87  Sana  ? 
88  Palmyra  ? 

GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY.  95 

£9  Pondicherry  ?93  Nangasaki  ?  97  Golconda  ?  101  Achecn  ? 

90  Pegu  ?  94  Cambodia  ?  98  Siam  ?  102  Balk  ? 

01  Bencoolen?     95  Lahore  ?  99  Jerusalem  ?  103  Damascus  r 

92  Nagpour  ?        96  Rangoon  ?  100  Omsk  ?  104  Columbo  ? 

105.  What  towns  are  situated  on  the  Ganges  ? 

106.  How  are  Canton,  Calcutta,  and  Pekin  situated  with  re- 
spect to  each  other  ? 

107.  \Vhat  large  islands  are  those  situated  directly  under  the 
equator  ? 

108.  How  is  the  island  Sumatra  separated  from  Malacca  and 
Jara  ? 

109.  What  island  is  that  which  the  tropic  of  Cancer  crosses? 

1 10.  How  do  the  Japanese  Islands  lie  from  China,  and  between 
what  parallels  of  latitude  are  they  situated' 

HI.     How  do  the  Spice  Islands  lie  from  Java  ? 

112.  How  is  Nova  Zembla  situated,  and  in  what  latitude? 

113.  Where  is  East  Cape  ? 

1  14.     How  is  the  Sea  of  Arabia  bounded  ? 

115.  One  of  the  chief  cities  in  the  United  States,  and  one  of 
the  chief  cities  in  China,  are  situated  on  the  same  parallel  of  north 
latitude  ;  what  are  the  names  of  these  cities  ? 

116.  In  what  latitude  is  the  great  wall  in  China,  and  what 
countries  does  it  separate  ? 


Questions  on  the  Map  of  Africa. 

1.  How  is  Africa  bounded  * 

2.  How  could  it  be  made  an  island  f 

3.  What  isthmus  unites  it  to  Asia? 

4.  How  is  Sahara  or  the  Great  Desert  situated  9 

5.  Where  are  the  Atlas  mountains  situated  ? 

6.  What  is  that  range  of  mountains  which  runs  almost  across 
Africa  ? 

7.  In  what  part  of  Africa  are  Algiers,  Morocco,  Tripoli,  and 
Tunis,  called  the  Barbary  States,  situated? 

8.  Which  of  these   States   lie  without  and  which  within  the 
Straits  of  Gibraltar? 

9.  Sailing  up    the   Mediterranean,  in  what  order  do  you  ap- 
proach these  States  f 

10.  What  large  rivers  are  those  in  the  west  of  Africa  ? 

11.  Where  is  the  river  Zaire  ? — Orange  river? 

12.  Where  is  Cape  Verd,and  how  situated  with  respect  to  the 
rivers  Senegal  and  Gambia  ? 

13.  Where  is  the  river  Niger,  the  mouth  of  which  has  not  yet 
been  explored  ? 

14.  \V  here  has  the  Nile  its  rise,  what  is  its   course,  and  into 
what  sea  does  it  empty  ? 

15.  How  is  the  coast  of  Guinea  divided  ? 

16.  What  towns  are  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  Nile  ? 

17.  Which  is  the  largest  of  the  African  Islands  ? 

18.  Where  are  the  Comoro  Isles  ? 


96  GRAMMAR    OF    GEOGRAPHY. 

19.  What  are  the  north  and  soulh  capes  of  Madagascar  ? 

20.  Which  are  the  most  northwardly,  the  Cape  Verd  or  the 
Canary  Isles  ? 

21.  What  Islands  are  in  the  Gulf  of  Guinea  ? 

22.  What  islands  lay  off  the  kingdom  of  Morocco  ? 

23.  Where  is  St.  Helena,  and  in  what  latitude? 

24.  What  two  islands  are  situated  east  of  Madagascar  ? 

25.  What  mountains  on  the  eastern  coast  of  Africa  ? 

26.  Where  is  the  Mozambique  Channel  ? 

27.  In  what  zone  is  Africa  chiefly  situated  ? 

28.  In  what  direction  has  Africa  its  greatest  extent,  from  east 
to  west,  or  from  north  to  south  ? 

29.  What  are  the  E.  W.  N.  &  S.  capes  of  Africa  ? 

30.  Where  is  the  Lybian  desert?— Desert  of  Berdoo  ? 

31.  W?here  is  Cape  Three  Points  ? 

32.  How  is  Egypt  situated? 

33.  What  country  is  that  situated  between  the  Lybian  and  the 
Great  Desert  ? 

34.  Which  are  the  most  considerable  lakes  in  Africa,  and  where 
situated  ?  * 

35.  Where  is  the  Gulf  of  Sidra?— The  bay  of  Lorenzo?— Ta- 
ble Bay  ?— Gulf  of  Biafra  ? 

36.  What  part  of  Africa  is  it  the  Hottentots  inhabit? 

37.  What  are  the  towns  situated  on  the  Nile  ? 

38.  What  are  the  countries  on  the  east  coast  of  Africa? 

39.  What  are  the  countries  on  the  western  coast? 

Required  the  situation  of  the  following  cities  and  towns. 

40  Sierra  Leone  ?        42  Syene  ?  44  Tombuctoo  ? 

41  Cairo?  43  Algiers?  45  Cape  Town? 

Of  what  countries  are  the  following  towns :— how  situated  ? 

46  Tangier?  49  Zeyla  ?  52  Oran  f 

47  Gondar?  50  Fez?  53  Bona? 
48Goos?                       51  Thebes?  54  Port  Dauphin  ? 

55.  How  is  Liberia  situated  in  relation  to  Sierra  Leone  ? 

56.  What  is  the  principal  town  in  Liberia  ? 


*  The  Grammar  of  this  work,  page  77,  states  that  there  is  but  one  considerable  Lake  in 
Africa;  but  recent  discoveries  prove  this  to  be  a  mistake,  as  will  be  seen  on  the  new 
map  of  Africa,  accompanying  the  present  edition. 


GEOGRAPHY. 


(£j"The  u  Interrogative  system11  of  teaching  has  now  become 
very  general  in  almost  every  branch  of  school  education.  The  in- 
troduction may  be  traced  to  (he  Scholar's  Arithmetic,  in  1801, 
many  years  before  the  appearance  of  Goldsmith  and  of  Guy  in  our 
country.  A  further  improvement  in  this  system  is  here  attempted, 
and  instead  of  printing  th«-  question  at  length,  which  necessarily 
•well*  the  book,  a  character  (?)  is  introduced,  intimating  both  to 
the  Instructer  and  to  the  pupil,  that  a  question  is  required,  and  this 
character  is  invariably  place. I  HI. i  on K  the  word  or  words  intended 
the  question,  and  to  which  the  answer,  FOUND  BY  READING 
THE  si  i-  to  be  a  direct  reply.  For  example,  take  the  first 

sentence  ;  the  character  is  placed  before  the  words  "certain  knowl- 
edge f1  the  question  then  is,  Had  the  ancients  any  certain  knowl- 
edge of  the  figure  of  the  earth  ?  The  answer,  from  reading  the 
sentence,  is  evident,  Xo  ;  or  they  had  not. 

^'here  the  construction  of  the  sentence  suggests  no  particular 

form  in  which  to  put  the  question,  it  may  be,  What  is  said  of,  Ac. 

as  for  instance,  under  the  article  "•Agriculture,11  in  Massachusetts, 

the  character  is  placed  before  the  word,  u  agriculture  ;"  the  ques- 

.  i  is  said  of  the  agriculture  of  Massachusetts? 

to  meditate  answers  to  the  questions  to 

be  asked  on  those  subjects  or  words  before  which  the  character  is 
placeil  r,  let  those  questions  be  put  by  the  instruct- 

er,  and  answered  by  the  cla=s  in  rotation.  The  exercise  will  be 
found  both  profitable  and  entertaining. 


THE  WORLD. 

THE  ancients  had  no  'certain  knowledge  of  the  figure 
of  the  earth.  But  later  discoveries,  both  by  astronomy 
and  navigation,  demonstrate  the  world  we  inhabit  to  be  a 
large  opaque  globe  or  ball,  nearly  eight  thousand  'miles 
in  diameter.  In  proof  of  this  it  is  only  necessary  to  no- 
tice, that  various  navigators  have  actually  sailed  round  it. 
Of  these,  the  'first  was  Sir  Francis  Drake,  who,  in  1580, 
completed  the  circumnavigation  of  the  globe,  after  an 
absence  of  two  years,  ten  months,  and  twenty  days,  from 
England  his  native  land. 

About  two  thirds  of  the  'surface  of  the  earth  are  cover- 
ed with  water.  In  respect  to  its  universal  communica- 
tion, the  ocean  may  be  regarded  as  one  ;  but  for  geo- 


98  THE  WORLD. 

graphical  purposes  it  has  been  found  more  convenient  to 
consider  it  as  distributed  into  portions  or  parts.  The 
largest  of  these  parts,  constituting  nearly  one  half  of 
the  surface  of  the  globe,  is  the  Pacific  Ocean,  so  called 
from  the  tranquillity  observed  by  navigators  in  crossing  it 
in  certain  directions.  Its  'width  is  generally  computed 
at  10,000  miles.  'Next  in  extent  is  the  Atlantic,  3,000 
miles  'wide.  The  Indian  Ocean  may  be  reckoned  the 
?thircl  that  is  ranked  in  this  class.  The  seas  called  Arc- 
tic, and  Antarctic,  from  their  situation  near  the  poles,  are 
properly  branches  of  the  Pacific  and  Atlantic.  They 
are  expansions  of  ice  rather  than  of  water,  undissolved 
through  successive  ages. 

This  distribution  and  proportion  of  land  and  water  is  an 
incontrovertible  evidence  of  the  wisdom  and  goodness  of 
our  adorable  Creator  ;  tor  thus  the  earth  is  rendered  a  suit- 
able and  commodious  habitation  for  man  ;  the  blessings 
and  advantages  of  commerce  are  augmented  ;  and  those 
extensive  seas,  which  afford  a  free  intercourse  between 
distant  nations,  are  productive  of  the  most  felicitous  con- 
sequences to  the  land,  by  supplying  a  suitable  quantity  of 
vapours  for  the  formation  of  clouds,  which,  in  the  elegant 
language  of  scripture,  drop  down  fatness  upon  the  wil- 
derness, while  the  little  hills  rejoice  on  every  side. 

Religion.  Europe,  with  the  exception  of  Turkey,  is 
wholly  Christian  ;  but  a  great  portion  of  Asia,  the  Ne- 
groes in  Africa,  the  Indians  in  America,  the  inhabitants 
of  New  Holland,  and  of  most  of  the  islands  in  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  are  still  'Pagan. 

Turkey,  Arabia,  Persia,  Tartary,  the  Barbary  States 
in  Africa,  and  some  parts  of  India,  are  'Mahometan. 

Admitting  the  whole  population  of  the  world  to  be 
700  millions,  it  is  supposed  that  350  millions,  or  one  half 
of  the  'whole  population  are  Pagans  ;  the  'Christian  pop- 
ulation may  be  about  225  millions,  the  'Mahometan,  120 
millions,  and  the  9Jews,  5  millions. 

Bible  and  Missionary  Societies.  A  most  wonderful 
system  of  measures  is  now  in  operation  to  extend  the 
blessings  of  Christianity,  by  means  of  Bible  and  Mission- 
ary Societies,  to  all  parts  of  the  world.  The  success  is 
already  such  as  to  prove  highly  animating  to  the  hearts  of 
Christians.  The  inhabitants  of  the  Sandwich^  and  of  the 
Society  islands,  have  already  renounced  their  idols.  Mis- 
sionaries are  received  with  great  affection  by  the  Indians 
in  America,  bv  the  Negroes  in  Africa  5  also,  in  Hindos- 
tan,  Australasia,  and  in  many  other  parts  of  the  world. 


AMKUICA.  99 

Bible  Societies  h.i.  1  in  England,  Scot- 

land, Ireland,  x  a,  Netlier- 

,nanv,  Kr  ami,  and   in  the  United 

whole  number,  at  present  in  the  world,  i> 
at  more  than  £ooo.      T  n  Bible  So- 

aud,  sin- 
formation  in  1810,  has  issued  r>44,%Jr/>   r>iMe>  and    1 

come  for  ,000  dollars.      The 

-  i  and  Foreign  Bible  Society  ha-  i. early  700 'Auxil- 

•    for  18  :  »>0,884  dollars,  and 

circulated  more  than  ;>,ouo.000  copies  of  the  Bible. 

The  Briti>h  Russian  Bible  Society  has  200  Auxiliaries. 

It  sent  from  St.  Petersburg  23  waggon  loads  of  Bibles  in 

one  day,  to  remote  provino 


AMERICA. 

IN  America  nature  has  operated  on  her  largest  scale. 

«is  each  of  the  other  quarters  of  the 

•luntains  are  of  astonishing  grandeur;  its 

lakes  and  -   are  unequalled    on  the  globe.      Mo>t 

of  the  metaN,  n  3,  found  on 

met  with  here,  and  many  of  them 

quantities  and  in  higher  perfection. 

withstanding  its  »reat  extent  and  abundant  fertility, 

America  remained  unknown  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  other 

hemisphere,  until  about  the  close  of  the  fifteenth  century, 

when  it  was  'discovered  by  Christopher  Columbus,  a  na- 

•  f  Genoa,  who,  conceiving  the  bold  design  of  sailing 

!ia  by  the  west,  procured  three  ships  from  the  court 

tin,  and  heroically  ventured  his  life  in  prosecution  of 

\,  in  which  the  inhabitants  of  two  worlds  were 

.    After  a  voyage  of  thirty-three  d 

d  Atlantic,  on  the  evening  of  October  11, 
he  discovered  land,  which  proved  to  be  one  of  the 
Bahama  inlands.      In  his  'third  voyage  he  discovered  the 
continent  of  South  America. 

At  that  |  as  one  vast  and  almost  entire 

wilderness,  but  sparingly  inhabited  by  a  people  mostly 
rude  and  savage,  collected  together  in  tribes,  thinly  scat- 
tered over  its  immense  territories.  To  this  general  char- 
acter, however,  there  were  two  very  remarkable  excep- 


100  UNITED    STATES. 

tions  ;  the  one  in  Mexico,  and  the  other  in  Peru.  Here 
the  Indians  had  made  some  progress  in  civilization  and  the 
arts  ;  and  although  their  manners  were  still  extremely 
barbarous,  they  had  founded  9two  powerful  empires,  that 
of  Mexico,  under  Montezuma,  and  that  of  Peru,  governed 
by  a  race  of  princes,  called  Incas,  supposed  by  the  Peru- 
vians to  have  been  descendants  from  the  sun. 

As  the  Spaniards  were  the  first  discoverers,  so  were 
they  also  the  'first  European  inhabitants  who  settled  in 
America.  Their  cruelties  to  the  natives  in  their  first  con- 
quest will  never  be  forgotten.  The  fame  and  prospect  of 
wealth  acquired  by  Spain,  in  consequence  of  her  discov- 
eries, 'excited  the  attention  of  the  other  European  powers, 
particularly  the  Portuguese,  English,  French,  and  the 
Dutch,  who  also  made  discoveries  in  different  parts,  arid 
planted  colonies.  Thus  was  the  American  continent,  soon 
after  its  discovery,  parcelled  out  to  the  different  powers 
of  Europe. 

UNITED  STATES. 

Mountains.  The  two  principal  ranges  of  mountains 
are  the  Rocky  mountains  in  the  west,  and  the  Jttleghany 
mountains  in  the  east.  The  latter  extend  from  New 
York  to  Georgia.  Their  course  is  nearly  parallel  with 
the  sea-shore  at  the  sdistance  of  from  50  to  ISO  miles 
from  it,  dividing  the  rivers  and  streams  of  water  which 
fall  into  the  Atlantic  on  the  east,  from  those  which  fall 
into  the  lakes  and  the  Missisippi  on  the  west. 

Lakes.  There  is  nothing  in  other  parts  of  the  globe 
that  resembles  the  prodigious  chain  of  lakes  which  are 
met  with  in  America. 

Lake  Superior  is  1500  'miles  in  circumference,  and  is 
the  largest  collection  of  fresh  water  yet  known.  It  is 
clear,  of  great  depth,  and  abounds  with  a  variety  of  ex- 
cellent fish  ;  such  as  trout,  pickerel,  bass,  &c.  It  is  fre- 
quently covered  with  fo«r,  particularly  when  the  wind  is 
east.  Storms  'affect  this  lake  as  much  as  they  do  the  At- 
lantic ocean,  the  waves  run  as  high,  and  the  navigation  is 
equally  dangerous. 

Lake  Huron  is  the  'next  in  magnitude.  Its  circumfer- 
ence is  about  1000  miles.  Its  fish  are  the  same  as  in 
lake  Superior. 

Lake  Michigan  'communicates  with  lake  Huron  by  the 
strait  of  Michillimakkinak,  6  miles  'wide.  In  this  lake 


UNITED  STAI  101 

are  several  kinds  offish,  particularly  trout   of  an  excel - 
lent  qua!;  .ing  from  and  even  90  pounds. 

.ike  are  large  mea<  nd    to 

-ippi. 

JM!,  -  'noted  for  having  its  islands  and  banks,  at 

the  west  end,  so  infested  with  rattle-snakes  as   to  render 
itdanLri'n>n>  to  land  on  tliein.     Near  the  banks  of  the  isl- 
ands .  tred  with  the  large  pond  lily,  (he  leaves   of 
which  lie  >  . face  of  the  water  so  thick  as  to  cover 
it  entiivlv  for  many  acres  together  ;  on  these  in  the  sum- 
mer .«  riads  of  water  snakes,  basking  in   the 
sun.     On  this   lako,    the  American   Fleet,    under   Com. 
pt.  in,  1 8JL 3,  gained  over  the   British  Fleet,  of 
force,  a  splendid  and  important  victory. 
;>•    Ontario   has   in    many    places  Meep    bank- 
southern  shore  is  covered  principally  with  beach,  and  the 
land  appe.ir-;  ^ood.      The  Oswego  bass,  weighing  from    3 
to  4  pounds,  art-  found  in  this  lake. 

Lake  Champlain  is  the  largest  'collection   of  water  in 

ml  States.    1 1  is  about  200  miles  in  f length, 

and  from  -  :'iteen  in  width.      Its  depth  is  sufficient 

forth-  -Is.     On  these  \va!  .  11,  1814, 

Com.  '  i  brilliant  and  decisive  victo- 

•  of  superior  force. 

clear  aiid  most  beautiful  collection  of 
-mall  inlands.      The 

of  this  lake  is  about  100  feet  above  the  level  of 
lake  Champlain.  The  portage  between  the  two  is  one 
mile  and  a  ha'f. 

/<///*  of.\iti'jara.  Between  the  lakes  Erie  and  Ontario 
'are  the  famous  FALLS  OF  NIAGARA.  The  river  here  is 
more  than  one  quarter  of  a  mile  wide,  and  the  'perpen- 
dicular pitch  of  the  water  about  170  feet,  producing  a 
which  may  be  heard  20  and  even  40  miles  in  fa- 
vourable weather. 

rs.    The  oi  is  the 'most  distinguished  river, 

od  States,  but  of  all  North  America. 
It  i>  more  than  3000  miles  in  'length,  from  I  to  2  miles 
wide,  and  of  uncommon  depth.  1  _  ition  is  attend- 

ed with  many  difficulties  and  dangers,  from  the  sudden 
crooks  and  bends  in  the  river,  the  falling  in  of  its  banks, 
and  more  especially  from  the  SAWYERS,  so  called,  which 
are  trees,  whose  roots  have  by  some  means  become  fas- 
tened to  the  bottom  of  the  river,  in  such  a  manner,  that, 
I  2 


102  UNITED    STATES. 

from  the  continual  pressure  of  the  current,  they  receive 
a  regular  vibratory  motion,  from  the  resemblance  of  which, 
to  that  of  a  saw-mill,  they  have  derived  their  name. 
Their  motion  is  sometimes  very  quick,  and  if  they  strike 
a  boat,  it  is  immediately  upset  or  dashed  to  pieces.  Trees 
firmly  planted  in  the  mud  are  called  PLANTERS.  Vessels 
are  from  5  to  SO  days  on  their  passage  up  to  New  Orleans, 
87  miles  ;  although  with  a  favourable  wind,  they  will 
sometimes  descend  in  12  hours.  From  New  Orleans  to 
Notches,  310  miles,  the  voyage  requires  from  60  to  80 
days.  Ships  rarely  ascend  above  that  place.  It  is 'navi- 
gable for  boats,  carrying  about  40  tons,  and  rowed  by  18 
or  20  men  to  the  falls  of  St.  Anthony.  From  New-Orleans 
to  the  Illinois,  the  voyage  is  performed  in  about  8  or  10 
weeks.  Many  of  these  difficulties,  however,  now  are 
unhappily  overcome,  and  much  time  is  gained  by  the  suc- 
cessful introduction  of  steam  boat  navigation.  This  river 
overflows  its  banks  in  the  spring,  and  lays  the  country 
for  many  miles  in  extent  under  water. 

The  Missouri,  usually  accounted  a  tributary  to  the 
Missisippi,  is  however  the  principal  stream.  It  is  longer, 
broader,  and  deeper  than  the  Missisippi  before  their  con- 
fluence, and  affords  a  more  entensive  navigation.  This 
river  is  'remarkable  for  the  muddiness  of  its  waters, 
which  quality  it  imparts  to  the  Missisippi. 

The  Ohio  is  a  most  beautiful  river  1033  miles  in  'length, 
and  about  one  quarter  of  a  mile  in  width,  'formed  by  the 
confluence  of  Alleghany  and  Mohongahela  rivers,  both  of 
which  are  navigable.  Its  current  is  gentle,  its  waters  are 
very  clear,  and  its  navigation  easy  arid  uninterrupted,  ex- 
cept at  the  rapids,  near  Louisville,  where  the  river  de- 
scends about  10  feet  in  the  distance  of  one  mile  and  a 
half.  In  spring  tides,  vessels  pass  down  these  rapids  in 
safety,  but  cannot  ascend. 

The  Connecticut  is  the  'great  river  of  New  England. 
It  is  'navigable  for  sloops  to  Hartford,  50  miles,  and  by 
means  of  canals,  for  boats  to  the  foot  of  Fifteen  Mile 
Falls,  250  miles  above  Hartford.  Its  'whole  length  is 
about  400  miles. 

The  Hudson  is  a  remarkable  straight  river.  It  'meets 
the  tide  at  Albany,  \  60  'miles  from  the  sea,  and  is  thus  far 
navigable  for  sloops.  Its  length  is  250  miles.  About  30 
miles  from  the  ocean,  at  the  mouth  of  this  river,  is  the 
island  Manhattan,  on  which  stands  the  city  New  York. 


ITED    STATES.  103 

The   DC'  dde  river.     It  admits 

ships  of  '  it  1-.H)  miles  from  the 

sea,  and  small  craft  to  Trenton  t'u'U,  an  'nirden 

100  miles  further.  Delaware  bay.  in!o  which  this  river 
flows,  is  6()  ''miles  in  length,  and  a  >out  .iU  miles  in  breadth 
in  its  broad.-  ule  between  the 

5,  where  it   opens  into  the  Atlantic  ocean. 

e  n\er,  formed  by  two  main 

brat  i lion  is  diHiruU  for  the  first  *l()  miles 

on  account  ol  er    which    it  is  boatable    aim 

\k   b.iy,    into    which    this-    river 

niles  ''\i\  length,   and  from  7  to  18  miles 

wide.      It  all'.n-ds   many  commodious  harbours,  and    is  of 

.on.     It  is  12  miles  9wide  between 

the  c;i 

-tic  river,  7  miles 

'will  u'Mith,  and  is  more  than  a  mile  wide,  at  Alex- 

am!  mles  from  the  sea.     It  is  ''navigable  to  George- 

town, a  di-tanre  of  about  SCO  miles.      The  locks  and  . 
nal-  'iced  in  their  places,  as  al- 

ao  tli  -  in  the  United  States. 

-'  of  the   Alleghanv  range  of 

Is  to  the  Atlantic. 

^000 

mi!  lous.  u:ie(|ual,  and  occasionally 

hilly  to-  north;   but  south  i  .-///,  the 

whole    co;ist  for    many  mill's    back  into  the    country,  is  a 
ilat.  lain,  but  little  elevated  above  the  level  of  the 

ocean.      West  of  the  mountains,  the   country  is  in  some 
parts   mnun'  -nerally  kvel,  particu- 

north  of    the  Ohio,  or    is  gently  undulating,    and  a- 
bounds  with  natural  ut,  which  arc 

.bject 

to  the  e  -f  heat  and  cold,  and  to  frequent.  >udden, 

an<  'he  weathrr,  and  in  the  temperature 

of  the  air.  Not  only  the  (<t!d  in  winter,  b-,  ,t  in 

sumine-  .an  in  tin-  Kurope,  situ- 

ated uipi  irallels  of  latituile. 

In  the  North*-  in  Fan.-nheit's  ther- 

mometer -  0,  or  /.ero,  in  tlie 

winter.  ri  with  snow  3  or  4 

months,  and  tl  .Imostunh 

In  the  Middle  States,  throughout  Pennsylvania,  Nevr- 
Jersey  and  Maryland,  the  winters  are  shorter  than  in  the 


104  UNITED    STATES. 


Northern  States,  and  the  snows  less  abundant  and  more 
transient.  They  rarely  last  longer  than  15  or  20  days. 
The  weather  is  variable,  and  subject  to  continual  changes 
of  frost  and  rain.  The  cold,  however,  occasionally,  is 
very  severe,  but  of  less  duration.  At  Philadelphia,  the 
mercury  sometimes  'sinks  to  6  or  8  degrees  below  zero. 
The  Delaware,  notwithstanding  its  tide  of  6  feet,  and  its 
breadth  of  a  mile,  is  sometimes  frozen  over  in  24  hours, 
and  remains  thus  fixed,  almost  every  winter,  20  or  30 
days,  at  one  or  two  intervals. 

In  the  Southern  States  the.duration'and  intenseness  of 
the  cold  decrease  in  the  same  proportion  as  the  latitude. 
The  parallel  of  the  Potowmack,  or  more  exactly  that  of 
the  Petapsco,  forms  a  distinguishing  line  in  this  respect. 
The  dominion  of  snow  is  bounded  here  ;  and  he  who  trav- 
els southward  may  notice  the  sleigh  before  almost  every 
farmer's  door,  till  he  descends  the  steeps  at  the  foot  of 
which  rolls  the  Petapsco,  after  which  he  will  see  that  ve- 
hicle no  more.  This  quarter,  however,  is  exposed  to  oc- 
casional severe  frosts,  and  to  snow,  which  has  been  known 
to  fall  2  or  3  feet  at  Norfolk  in  one  night.  The  mercury 
at  Charleston  sometimes  descends  to  20  degrees,  and  the 
earth  is  frozen  to  the  depth  of  two  or  three  inches.  But 
these  frosts  and  snows  are  of  short  continuance. 
Warmth  predominates,  even  in  winter,  and  the  weather  is 
mostly  soft  and  mild.  The  country  to  the  westward  of 
the  Alleghany  mountains  is  more  equable  in  temperature 
than  the  same  parallels  of  latitude  on  the  eastern  side, 
and  the  mean  annual  heat  is  greater. 

Seasons.  Autumn  in  the  United  States  is  the  'finest  sea- 
son of  the  year.  The  temperature  of  the  air  is  then  most 
agreeable,  and  the  weather,  through  September,  October, 
and  part  of  November,  is  generally  settled  and  serene. 
In  the  spring,  the  weather  is  variable,  and  often  exceed- 
ingly unpleasant.  Warm  days  succeeded  by  cold  nights, 
alternately  thawing  and  freezing  the  surface  of  the  earth  ; 
bleak  westerly  winds,  followed  by  warm,  humid  winds 
from  the  south,  or  damp  chilly  winds  from  the.  east,  mark 
this  season  of  the  year.  An  American  spring  differs 
widely  from  an  European  spring. 

Winds.  The  'most  prevalent  winds  in  the  Atlantic 
States  are  the  north-west,  north-east,  and  south-west. 
Northwest  winds  are  dry  and  accompanied  with  a  rapid 
evaporation  ;  consequently,  in  summer,  are  cool  and  re- 
freshing, and  in  winter  yery  cold.  North  winds  are  not 


UNITED    STATES.  105 

rery  t  >s  cool,  or  cold.     North-east 

wind-  mmm    in    all    -  inner 

inoiu'  Minpanied  with  ;i    chi, 

south- 

Northern  and  Mid-, 

m   fails   to  produce  rain  in  twelve    hour-,  and  often 
uh  wind  is  usually  warm,  and  of- 

i  olent  and  long  continued  storms, 

in  thr  Torn  tli»-    norih-r  ;-'        It  is    a 

•  nns    'usually    bei;in    at    the 

south  .bout  the  gulf  ol'  Mexico,  and  pro- 

long the  American   coast,  to  the    north-«-a>t,  at  the 
rates'  "Hit  100  miles  in  an  hour.      i)r.  Frank- 

st  who  made  this  observation.     The  memo- 
rable -  MI  in  February,  1^  6  con- 

larleston.  in  Sout'n  Carolina, 

.  about  3  o'clock  in  ihe  after- 

:  pleasant, 

and  c  ",ll    II  at  n'^h',  \\h"n  it  ^n-w  cloudy. 

g,  tlie  storm  commenced. 

illowell    in  Manic,  tiie  Mime   morning;,    the  -un  rose 

cloudv  in  ab.-ul  a  <if    an 

k,  and  in  two  hours 

.u ring  this 

atom 

Tornadoes  in  the  United  States,  attended 

with  thunder,  liu;!Miiiii^,  hail,  and  tempest,  are  not  unfre- 

whirlwinda    move  in  narrow  veins,  about 

Hid  8  or  10  niik-s  in    length.     Within 

oil'  and  lay  li-vt-i  ihe    largest 

through  a  -  like    that  of  a 

/  rain.    The  vipia:ititv  of  \va- 
;iid  ram,  in  th 

;    that  in  Ivirope  i.-.  about  one  third 
.mated  at  24  inches. 

Still  t  :e  mo>t  >  drought, 

)le    dr\ne>s    td'    our    atmosphere. 

Evaporation  lii.  /:d  in   America    than    in 

Europe,    and    t  3  much    more  highly  charged    with 

dectric  fluid  ;  thunder  i-,    louder.  more 

vivid,  and  accidents  from    li^htni;  i,e(juent.      But 

notwithstanding  we  have  nur.  ihis  country  than  in 

Europe,   we  have  also,    what  could   hardly  be  expected, 


106  UNITED    STATES. 

at  the  same  time,  more  fair  weather.     For  although  the 
quantity  of  rain  here  is  greater,  the  'number  of  rainy  days 
is  less.     The  inference  is,  that  rain  in  this  country  falls 
in  more  copious  showers  than  in  the  countries  of  Europe. 
The   superior  clryness   of  our   atmosphere,    compared 
vyith  that  of  England,  has  been  'illustrated  by  Dr.  Frank- 
lin by  a  very  curious  experiment.      He   had  a  mahogany 
box  made  with  the  greatest  nicety,  containing  drawers 
whiclv  fitted  exactly,  and  were  very  tight  at  London  ;  be- 
ing brought  to   Philadelphia  they  became  too  loose,  but 
when  sent  back  to  London,  they  became  tight  as  before. 
Earthquakes.     There  are  numerous  proofs  that  earth- 
quakes  have  been  violent    in  various  parts  of  America. 
Nearly   fifty   have  been   noticed    in   the  New    England 
States,  since  the  settlement  of  the  first  English  Colony  at 
Plymouth,  in  1620.     Of  these,  five  have  been  particular- 
Years.   ly  memorable,  as  being1  much   heavier  than  the 
1638     rest.     They  have  all 'commenced  with   an  un- 
1658      dulatory  motion,  in  a  direction  from  north-west 
1663      to  south-east,   the  'central  course  of  which,  or 
1727     place   of  greatest  violence,  has  been  in   a  line 
1755      coinciding  nearly  with   lake  Ontario  and   the 
mouth  of  the  Merrimack  river,  extending  southward  to  the 
Potowmack,  and    northward  to   the  St.  Lawrence.     The 
whole    country  w.ithin    these   limits  has  been    repeatedly 
shaken,    most  violently  about  the   middle,  and  least   to- 
wards the  south-west  and  north-east  boundaries. 

The  winter  of  1811  and  12  was  'distinguished  by  the 
number,  frequency,  and  extent  of  the  earthquakes  in  all 
the  southern  and  western  parts  of  the  United  States,  from 
New  York  to  the  Floridas,  and  from  the  Atlantic  to  the 
Missisippi.  Eighty-nine  shocks  were  counted  in  the 
course  of  seven  days.  New  Madrid  was  so  extremely 
agitated  as  to  be  deserted  by  its  inhabitants. 

Soil  and  Productions.  The  9soil,  though  of  various  de- 
scriptions, is  generally  fertile.  West  of  the  Alleghany 
mountains  it  is  excellent,  the  low  'country  in  the  South- 
ern States  is  the  'least  fertile  part. 

New  England  is  a  fine  grazing  country;  hence,  beef, 
butter,  and  cheese,  are  great  products  of  the  Northern 
iStates.  Indian  corn  is  the  most  extensively  cultivated  of 
any  kind  of  grain.  The  'grand  staples  of  the  Middle  States 
are  wheat  and  tobacco ;  9those  of'  the  Southern  States, 
are  cotton  and  rice;  those  of  the  Western  States  are 
wheat  and  hemp  ;  those  of  Louisiana,  cotton  and  sugar. 


UNITED    STATF.S.  107 

Mineral  ,      Iron  abounds  in  many  parts  of 

Great  quantities  of 'copper  also  have 
been  found  in  the  country  horde,  ike  Superior. 

A  lead  mine  has  been  wrought  in  Virginia,  and  others, 
still  more  valuable,  on  the  banks  of  the  Missisippi. 

-  been    discovered  in    various  parts.      Vir- 
particularly  abounds  in  this  valuable  mineral  ;  and 
the  country  about  Pittsbur^,  in  Pennsylvania,  afford- 
superior  (jualitv.      It    likewise  frequently    occurs  on    the 
Ohio  and  the  MisM-ippi  :  and  has  been  found,  of  late,  of 
•iliar  quality,  in  Rhode-Island. 

-prints  break    forth  in   different  parts 

of  the  1'nited  >  The  vmost  celebrated  are  those  of 

iiid  Hallstown  in  the  State  of  New  York.      The 

much  frequented    by  gay  and    fashionable 

people  as  by  invalids. 

Tlu  •  -  in   New- York,  Kentucky, 

and  in  other  parts  of  tip  :i  country,  from  the   wa- 

ters of  which  salt   is  obtained,  by  evaporation,  in  almost 
;ble  quantity. 

.     The  manufactures  of  the  United  States 
have  b  ,ded  within  a  few    vears.      Their 

value,    according  to   th<-  "f  the    secretary  of   the 

)  millions  of  dollars  annually. 
.  candles,  cut  nail.-,  hou.-i'hold  furni- 
ture, cani.  'lined  su^ar,    flaxseed  <  il,  * 
earthen  ware,  snuff,  chocolate,  hair  powder,  pot  and  pearl 
.  are  manufactured,  not  only  sufficient  for  home  con- 
-nmption,  but  considerable  quantities  for  exportation. 

ufai'.tures  of  hand  cards,  cards  for  carding  ma- 
ate  to  the  demand, 

and  tho>e  of  roj  and  duck,  are  nearly  so. 

liar-iron.  2  !er,  window-glass,  salt, 

spirituous  liquor.-*,  cottn:  .  ;i,  and   linen  cloth- 

s' in  some  of  the  S  it  not 

illicient  for  the    demand.      At  the  clo^e  of 
mills  for  manufacturing 
cotton,  working  SO, 000  spin  . Tided  by  500  men, 

children. 

COJK  produces  more  than 

a  supply  ol  -.  and  not  enough  of  other  articles, 

for  the  support  ;  and  this  gives  rise  to 

commerce,  \\hich  7(  ;i  the  exchange  of  commodi- 

ties of  one  country  for  those  of  another  country. 

Thus,  in  the  I  ites,  we  have  more  cotton,  wheat, 

tobacco,  lumber,  and  rice,  than  we  need  ;  and  therefore 


108  UNITED    STATES. 

we  send  these  articles  to  other  countries  in  exchange  for 
woollen  cloths,  coffee,  sugar,  and  molasses,  of  which  we 
are  in  want. 

Those  articles  or  commodities  which  are  carried  out 
of  any  country,  are  called  'exports  ;  and  those  articles 
which  are  brought  into  any  country,  are  called  'imports. 

When  the  exports  of  any  country  exceed  the  imports  5 
that  is,  when  the  articles  which  any  country  has  to  spare 
are  more  than  enough  to  purchase  the  articles  of  which  it 
is  in  want,  then  the  'balance  of  trade  is  said  to  be  for,  or 
in  favour  of  such  country.  On  the  other  hand,  when  the 
imports  exceed  the  exports,  or  when  the  articles  any  coun- 
try has  to  spare  are  not  enough  to  purchase  those  of 
which  it  is  in  want,  then  the  balance  of  trade  is  said  to 
be  against  such  country. 

Table  showing  the  value  of  the  Imports  and  Exports,  and  the  bal- 
ance for  and  against  the  United  States,  from  1821  to  1827  inclusive. 

Years.  Vul,  of  Imports.  Vol.  of  Exports.  United  States. 

1821  Pols.  62,585,724  64,974,382          for  2,388,658 

1822  83,241,541  72,160,281   against  11,081,260 

1823  77,579,267  74,699,030       „  2,880,237 

1824  80,549,007  75,986,657       „  4,562,350 

1825  96.340,075  99,535.388         for  3,535,313 

1826  84,974,477  77,595,322  against  7,379,155 

1827  79,484,068  82,324,827         for  2,840,759 
Note.     Of  the  above  Exports,  in  the  year  1827,  $54,921,691  were  of  the  growth,  pro- 
duct, and  manufacture  of  the  United  States,  viz. 

Product  of  the  Sea,          ....  1,575,332 

„          of  the  Forest,     ....  3,343,970 

„          of  Agriculture,   ....  47,065,143 

„          of  Manufactures,          -  6,937,246 

The  'capital  article  of  export  of  the  United  States  is 
cotton,  the  quantity  of  which  has  been  rapidly  increasing 
for  more  than  30  years.  In  1790,  the  quantity  was  only 
100,000  pounds  In  1800  it  was  17  millions  of  pounds^ 
in  1804 — 35  millions  ;  in  1817 — 85  millions;  in  1822 — 
144  millions  of  'pounds  were  exported,  'amounting  to 
more  than  29  millions,  and  in  1827 — 294  millions  of 
dollars. 

The  'other  most  considerable*  articles  of  export,    the 

*  Table  showing  the  value  of  the  principal  articles  of  Export  in, 
1827,  being  the  Growth,  Produce,  and  Manufacture  of  the  United 
States,  arranged  according  to  their  value. 

Articles  exported.  Value.  Articles  exported.  Vahct. 

Cotton,  $29,359,545  Indian  Corn  and  Meal,  1,022,464 

Tobacco,  6,577,123  Dried  and  Pickled  Fish,  987,447 

Wheat,  Flour,  and  Biscuit,  4,645,784  Soap  and  Tallow  Candleg,  901,751 

Rice,  2,343,908  Beef,  Tallow,  Hides  and  Cattle,       772,636 

Lumber,  (viz.  Staves,  Shingles,  )       Rq_    _n  Pot  and  Pearl  Asheg,  643,171 

Boards,  Masts,  &c.  5    i,o»/,nu  Household  Furniture,  Coaches,  >      „,,., 

Pork,  Bacon,  Lard  and  live  Hogs,  1,555,698  and  other  Carriages  j  .*,      ' 

Manufacture  of  Cotton,  1,159,414  Leather,  Boot*,  and  Shoes,  388,526 


109 


same   vear   w«  o,   flour,   rice,  lumber,    inanufac- 

.  Indian  corn.  ,<lles,  beef, 

pot 

'•'principal  'imports  are  manufactured  goods  chiefljr 
from  (ireat  Britain,  and  iii-ar,  rum,  wine,  molasses, 
brandy. 

Inhabitants  ami  /'n/tuhifuin.    The  U.  States  are  settled 

their  descend  ints  from  most  of  the  nations 

of  Europe,      liv  far  the  proportion  of  the   inhabi- 

J.md  particularly  was9settled 
\    fe  w 

!  and  IrUh.  as  we;  Jniu,  the  Carolinas,  and 

rk    and    N  -v    were    originally 

,'enn-vlvuiiia    had  a   lario-    mixture   of 

hi  latter  tim    - 

ni-ra^-d  from    Scotland.   Ireland,  France, 
and    <  principally   to  the   back 

M  and  \\ 

Tin-  -    in   this  country  wen?  'brought  original! j 

They    have  been  wickedly  torn  from  their 

-  inhuman 
•ily  in  this  country, 

but  aUo  in  Kn^land  and  in  !•  The    Indians,   or 

th«.-''ori^iii:il  inhabitants 

peang. 

Indian  n  e  still 

i  \\iihin  the  territory  <>:  'ed  States. 

te  'ruling  passion  of  the 
The   avidity  of  becoming 

rich.  3    not  render  them  avaricious.      With- 

i  of  their  fami- 

Mper  times  to  be  liberal,  and  are 

-t   the    unfortunate.      Tlie    numerous 

•utions  in  our   country,  and  the  abundant 

•  r  unfortu- 
i  1  other  calamities,  in  our  large 


p>il  articles  of  import,  in  1827,  arrang- 


:.,        DoU. 

-ilk, 

...  e,  of  Iron  a«d  Steel, 

2,818,982 

imported. 
•f   Flax, 
1'igi,  ban,  fcc. 

Hidw  and  Skins,  raw, 

.rcjoflL-inp, 

i/llicu,  aadStoae 
ladigv, 

2,656,786 
1,718,422 
J,71  4,882 

1,316^53 
Ware,  1,131,047 

110 


UNITED    STATES, 


seaport  towns,  are  examples  of  the  generosity  of  the  peo- 
ple of  the  United  States,  greatly  honourable  both  to  the 
nation,  and  to  individuals. 

A  spirit  of  enterprise,  and  a  boldness  in  the  execution 
of  their  designs,  are  also 'remarkable  characteristics  of 
the  people  of  the  United  States,  in  almost  every  situation 
in  life.  Inured  to  toil  from  their  infancy,  having  for  the 
most  part  made  their  fortunes  by  their  own  industry, 
fatigue  and  labour,  with  but  few  exceptions,  are  not  yet 
become  repugnant  even  to  those  in  the  most  easy  circum- 
stances. While  they  wish  to  enjoy  the  ease  and  sweets 
ef  life,  they  do  not  regard  them  as  absolute  wants,  and 
can  dispense  with  them,  whenever  a  reverse  of  fortune 
takes  them  away. 

The  people  of  the  United  States  are  extremely  jealous 
of  their  liberties.  They  are  intelligent,  eager  to  investi- 
gate, and  disposed  to  instruction  ;  and  many  examples  of 
men  might  be  mentioned,  who,  without  education,  have 
invented  and  constructed  works,  particularly  in  mechan- 
icks,  worthy,  the  best  workmen  in  Europe. 

The  women  in  general  possess  in  a  high  degree,  the 
domestic  and  other  virtues.  Good  wives  and  good  moth- 
ers, their  husbands  and  their  children  engage  their  chief 
attention,  and  their  household  affairs  occupy  most  of  their 
time  and  care. 

Militia.  The  'defence  of  the  United  States  in  time  of 
peace  is  intrusted  to  a  well  disciplined  militia,  consisting 
of  above  900,000. 

Navy.  By  the  Navy  Report  in  1827,  the  vessels  of 
war,  of  the  United  States,  were  7  ships  of  the  line,  7 
frigates  of  the  1st  class,  4  of  the  2d  class,  12  sloops, 
and  7  schooners,  &c.  The  navy  yards  were  %  'situated 
at  Portsmouth,  N.  H.  Charlestown,  Mass.  New  York 
city,  Philadelphia,  Washington  city,  Gosport  in  Virginia, 
and  Pensacola  in  Florida. 

Mint.  In  the  year  1827,  were  coined  to  the  value  of 
$131,565  in  gold  ;  $2,869,200  in  silver;  and  $21,910 
in  copper,  amounting  to  $3,022,675.  The  total  value  of 
coinage,  from  the  commencement  of  the  establishment  to 
the  end  of  the  year  1827,  was  SO  millions  of  dollars. 

Post  Offices.  The  number  of  post  offices  in  1827,  was 
7,003  ;  and  the  mail  was  carried  in  stages,  sulkies,  and 
on  horseback.  10,915,598  miles. 

Public  Debt.  The  'public  debt  in  1810  was  53  mil- 
lions of  dollars.  In  consequence  of  the  late  war,  it,was 


NEW-ENGLAND. 


Ill 


increased    in  1816.  which   time  its 

reduc  ^dually   taking 

..f  Jan.  1S-2S,  it  had 

.     T  e  c  >:;~T!tution  of  -  ites  leaves 

choice  of  his  own  religion. 
ire    the  'most   numerous  denomination.     The 

other    principal     denominu'i 

<  ierm.in  l.ut:. 
Dutc  .  It -man  Catholics,  anc 

itution,  the 'legislative  power  is 

'he  United  S!  4  of  a 

•  and    II  atives.      The  Senate  is 

'composed  of  two  members  from  each  State,  chosen  by 

their  legislatures  for  6  years.     The  representatives  are 

.  the  people  for  two  years.      Kvery  40,000  are 

entitl  representative.      The  executive  power  is 

'  evident,  chosen  for  four  years  bij  electors 

>itcs. 


NEW-ENGLAND. 

dim  /.'•.      N.    .  !.!.    f.  i   is  generally  rocky,  hilly  and 

mountainous,  and    <  healthy  climate.      The  9ei- 

ii-at  and  cold,  according   to  Fareuheit's  ther- 

>    100    above  0.     Frosts 

commonly  cease  about  the  last  of  May,  and  come  on  again 
•id  middl-  --udjer.       Cattle  re- 

in the   course  of  this 
.  and  continues 
ind  beco 
to  tin: 

whole 

COUP.?-  ..       January  often 

prod'  frost. 

;ne  ral- 
ly in  l  s  commonly  cleared 
of  snow  in  April.     About  the  beginning  or  middle  o> 
the  *-  a  tie  to  live  abroad. 

<-t  barren  sand 
to  the  rich'  The  interval  lands  on  the 


112  MAINE. 

large  rivers  are  accounted  the  'best,  particularly  for 
grain.  The  'highlands  are  esteemed  for  grass.  Drained 
swamps  have  a  deep,  mellow  soil,  and  the  vallies  between 
hills  are  generally  very  fertile. 

Productions.  The  most  'important  production  of 
New-England  is  grass.  Beef,  mutton,  pork,  butter,  and 
cheese,  are  very  abundant.  Wheat  is  cultivated  in  cer- 
tain parts,  but  generally  does  not  succeed  towards  the 
sea-shore.  Indian  corn  is  the  'most  cultivated  of  any 
kind  of  grain.  Orchards  are  general,  and  cider  is  the 
'common  drink  of  the  inhabitants. 

Inhabitants.  New-England  is  the  'most  populous  part 
of  the  United  States.  The  inhabitants  are  almost  wholly 
of  English  extract.  The  'first  permanent  settlement  in 
the  New-England  States  was  begun  at  Plymouth  in  Mas- 
sachusetts, November,  1620,  by  101  English  emigrants, 
of  whom  46  died  before  the  opening  of  the  next  spring. 

Occupations.  The  inhabitants  are  much  engaged  in 
commercial  pursuits,  and  great  numbers  find  employment 
in  the  fisheries.  The  landholders  are  generally  cultiva- 
tors of  the  soil  which  they  possess.  Slavery,  that  bane 
of  morals,  and  reproach  of  free  governments,  is  hardly 
known  in  New  England. 

Circumstances  and  Education.  The  distribution  of  wealth 
is  more  equal  here  than  in  any  other  civilized  country. 
The  institutions  of  religion  are  well  supported,  and  pub-' 
lie  schools,  except  in  Rhode  Island, are  maintained  by  law, 
in  every  town.  There  is  not  another  country  on  the  globe 
perhaps,  where  education  is  so  generally  diffused  among 
all  classes  and  orders  of  citizens  as  in  the  New-England 
States. 

MAINE. 

Face  of  the  Country,  Soil  and  Productions.  Maine  is 
generally  hilly,  but  not  mountainous.  West  of  Andros- 
coggin  river  the  9soil  is  light  and  lean,  being  mostly  pine 
plain.  90n  the  Kennebeck,  and  between  that  river  and 
the  Penobscot  it  is  excellent,  being  well  adapted  either 
for  tillage  or  pasturage.  'East  of  the  Penobscot  it  is  less 
productive.  ^Along  the  coast  it  is  mostly  barren.  Lum- 
ber is  the  'chief  source  of  wealth  to  the  inhabitants.  Ap- 
ples flourish  in  the  interior,  but  not  on  the  coast.  Peach 
trees  will  not  bear  the  climate.  Corn  grows  to  a  good 


MAINE. 


113 


wheat,  rye,  barley,  oa'  rul  flax,  are  also  ex- 

Lime'.tone,  and  mountain  and  bog 
-.•I  in  many  places  ;  at-  -ne  in 

Lebanon,  which  yields  copperas  and  sulphur.     There  are 
i  acts  of  land  here,  yet  a   wilderness,  belonging  to 
tte,    which,   collectively,  are   called    the   EA>  . 
,  ..s. 

Towns.     Portland,  the  capital,  situated  on  a  peninsula 
-  the  f most  commercial  town.     The  hai  hour 
and  seldom  tro/.en  over.      Forty- 
re  built  here  in  IS  10.      The  number  of  in- 
ttitth  is  a  nourishing  com- 
mercial town,  at  the  'head  of  winter  navigation  on  Ken- 
nebeck  river,  10  miles  from  the  sea. 

3,    I  That  town  is  that  situa- 
ted at  the,  it  ion  on  Jfenntbcck  river? 

Halluwdl  and  Slugusta  are  on  the  >am<>  river,  the  latter 
at  the  'head  of  tid.  is   a   flourishing 

commercial  town,  on  Sheepscot  river,  ten 'miles  from  the 
sea.      Tin-  Mere    navigable  for  the   largest  ships. 

Vicli  is  navigable  for 

-  the  'place 

part  of  the  lime 

i  tctured  in  M  IMP'.       I  'pward-  of  70. 000  ca>k>  were 
i  t<>  different  parts  of  the  United  States 
valued  at  from  £'•  .''().      There    are  also  a  num- 

ber of  flourishing  towns  on  the  Penob-cot. 

Truth-.       The   princijtal  article  of  export   is  lumber. 

quantities  of  boani-.  .  -pars,  and  the 

d    to  the  .neighbouring   States,  to    the 

nd  to  Kuropf.      Much  of  the  fire  wood  con- 

">\\    is    brought  from    Maine.      Lime,  dried 

ilmon.  are  ai>o  considerable  articles  of 

commerce. 

power  is  vested  i:i  two 

branclu  s,  a  II  .  and  a  Senate,  styl- 

ed The  J.  ho,  with   the  governor, 

and  nnuallv. 

Indiana.     On  an  island  in   IVnobscot  river,  there  are 
still  the  remains  of  the  Penob>cot  tribeof  Indians.    They 
consist  of  about  100  families,  are  Roman  Catholicks,  and 
have  a  church  and  a  priest. 
K  2 


114  NEW-HAMPSHIRE. 

Religion.  Congregationalists,  Baptists,  and  Methodists, 
are  the  prevailing  denominations.  Many  of  the  towns 
and  plantations  are  destitute  of  any  settled  minister. 

Literature.  In  Brunswick  is  5Bowdoin  College,  so  call- 
ed after  the  late  Hon.  James  Bowdoin,  whose  benefac- 
tions amounted  to  §10,000.  The  legislature  has  endow- 
ed it  with  5  townships  of  land.  The  buildings  are  two 
colleges  and  a  chapel.  The  situation  is  pleasant,  and  the 
institution  flourishing.  Its  Library  contains  5^000  vol- 
umes. In  Waterville  the  Baptists  have  established  Wa- 
terville  College.  At  Bangor  is  a  Literary  and  Theological 
Institution.  Academies  at  Portland,  Hallowell,  Berwick, 
Fryeburg,  Bath,  Hampden,  Farmington,  and  Machias. 
Schools  are  maintained  in  most  of  the  towns,  and  in 
many  of  the  plantations. 

NEW-HAMPSHIRE. 

Face  of  the  Country.  New-Hampshire  has  but  about 
18  ?miles  of  sea  coast ;  the  only  harbour  is  that  at  the 
entrance  of  Piscataqua  river.  The  shore  is  mostly  a 
sandy  beach.  Twenty  or  thirty  miles  back  from  the  sea 
the  country  becames  hilly  or  mountainous. 

Soil  and  Productions.  The  *soil  is  various,  but  gener- 
ally fertile.  The  intervals  on  the  margin  of  rivers  are 
the  richest  and  the  best  adapted  for  wheat  and  other 
kind  of  grain  ;  the  uplands  for  pasture.  Winter  rye 
thrives  best  on  the  new  lands  ;  Indian  corn,  oats,  barley, 
and  flax  on  the  old.  Apples  are  produced  abundantly  : 
No  good  husbandman  thinks  his  farm  complete  without 
an  orchard.  Other  fruits  are  not  much  cultivated. 
Peaches  particularly,  do  not  thrive  well  ;  the  apricot  is 
scarcely  known. 

Towns.  Portsmouth  is  the  'largest  town  in  New-Hamp- 
shire, 'situated  on  the  south  bank  of  Piscataqua  river, 
about  two  miles  from  its  mouth,  63  9miles  from  Boston, 
and  540  from  the  city  Washington.  It  is  the  only  sea- 
port in  the  State.  Its  'harbour  is  accounted  one  of  the 
best  on  the  continent,  having  a  sufficient  depth  of  water, 
never  frozen,  and  being  so  fortified  by  nature  as  to  be 
easily  rendered  impregnable.  A  fire  in  1802  destroyed 
a  considerable  part  of  the  town,  which  has  since  been  re- 
built 5  and  in  December  1813,  another  tremendous  fire 
took  place  which  destroyed  nearly  200  buildings.  The 
number  of  inhabitants,  in  1820,  was  7,327. 


•1PSHIRE.  115 

Exeter^  at  the  'head  of  navigui  -wamscot  river, 

a  bra i  .'tuth, 

and  a 

due  k 
.  ;i  pa- 

'' -mill,  at)'  It  is 

tor    ship  building.      The  number 
of  inhabiianN  in    :  \  -I. 

outh, 

'own.  and  has  a  b  >at  comin 

lion  \.  ;md   Mid- 

the    upper    country 
ment,  and 

:  Fall*  Manufactu; 

.  laily  noted.      There  are 
Ipswich.  Feterbo- 

Milford.  and  oilier  places.      Franconia  is  particu- 
-  works  in  irui 

;port  are  ships,  lumber, 

eep,  naxseed,  pot  and  pearl 

i   to\\  us  is,  by 

'Hinectic':  York.      In 

e   inhabitants  trade 

princi.  ..dilie  and 

nortl.  .iuth  : 

ir  north,  with  F.»rt 

in  Hanover  i-  beautiful- 
in,  about  half  a  mi  Connecti- 

in  length, 
th  Hall  and  Thornton  Hall,  iwo  lar«;e  and  cotn- 

I'iie  library  contains  about  -JOUU  vohiun's.     The 

A- 

;HV\  ich,  Atkin- 
son, (  >rd,  and  New  Hampton.      ! 
town  i  hool. 

neral 
C()U' •'.  .'ill  a  llou-e  of  K.CJ 

tati\'  are   all  chosen  annually 

Curiuvi'  ,  called  the  Devil's 

den,  i:  and  4  feet 

high.      In  Atkinson  meadow,  which  is  overflowed  by  an 


116 


VERMONT. 


artificial  dam,  there  is  an  island  of  6  or  7  acres,  which 
rises  and  falls  with  the  water.  Bellows'  Falls  are  also 
noticeable,  as  a  bold  and  beautiful  cataract,  over  which 
is  thrown  a  handsome  geometric  bridge. 

VERMONT. 

Face  of  the  Country.  Vermont  is  generally  mountain- 
ous. The  Green  mountains  are  a  continued  range  or 
collection  of  mountains,  extending  in  a  direction  nearly 
from  north  to  south,  through  the  whole  length  of  the 
State.  The  9two  highest  summits  are  Camel's  rump  and 
Mansfield  mountain,  estimated  at  about  4000  feet  each, 
above  the  level  of  the  ocean.  These  mountains  are  from 
ten  to  fifteen  ?miles  in  width,  intersected  with  vallies,  and 
are  crossed  in  several  places  by  roads.  They  abound 
with  springs  and  streams  of  water,  and  are  every  where 
covered  with  wood. 

Soil  and  Productions.  The  9soil  is  very  fertile,  and 
fitted  for  all  the  purposes  of  agriculture.  It  is  generally 
deep,  of  a  dark  colour,  rich,  moist,  warm,  loamy,  and  sel- 
dom parched  with  drought.  ?VVheat  is  extensively  culti- 
vated on  the  west,  side  of  the  mountains,  but  does  not 
thrive  so  well  on  the  east  side.  Barley,  oats,  peas,  and 
flax  flourish  in  all  parts  of  the  State  ;  of  the  latter  from 
four  to  five  hundred  pounds  are  sometimes  produced  from 
a  single  acre.  The  pastures  of  Vermont  are  excellent, 
and  the  beef  and  mutton  very  fine. 

9 Minerals.  Iron  ore  in  large  quantities  and  of  a  good 
quality  is  found  in  a  number  of  the  towns  west  of  the 
mountains.  A  rich  lead  mine  has  been  discovered  in 
Sunderland,  and  a  fine  vein  of  pipe  clay  in  Shrewsbury. 
At  Bennington  a  quarry  of  marble  has  been  opened  of 
peculiar  fineness  and  beauty. 

Manufactures.  The  7inost  useful  and  extensive  manu- 
facture at  present  in  Vermont,  is  that  of  pot  and  pearl 
ashes.  That  of  iron  from  native  ore  is  also  considerable, 
and  may  be  expected  to  be  annually  increasing.  There 
are  already  twenty-two  furnaces  and  three  forges  in  the 
State.  There  are  several  distilleries  of  spirits  from  grain, 
and  a  porter  brewery  at  Middlebury  on  an  extensive  scale. 
Large  quantities  of  maple  sugar  are  manufactured  annu- 
ally for  home  consumption,  and  some  for  exportation. 

Trade.  The  'exports  of  Vermont  are  pot  and  pearl 
ashes,  wheat  and  other  grain,  bar-iron,  nails,  beef,  pork, 


117 

butter,  c!i  peltry,  flax  and 

inapli 

•.\  irli    Hart  to iv 
partly  v  u  ami  ol; 

mountar 

ml  by 

that  river  S  "--York  ;    or  to  the  north  with  Canada 

by  i  mplain. 

i  are  no    lar^e  towns  in    Vermont, 

man\ 
in  th<  UM|  in  the  revolution    . 

nit  v.  called   •• 

ton  ii  Tin  .iiisiderab 

SOT  on   Connecticut  ri\er,  a  place  of  considerable  trade  : 
Rutltt  '          I  .MI  it-  mouth  in 

lake  ChampL:  //  on  the  same  rivet 

from  the  lake,    in    \\hich   is  court-house,    a 

jail,  a  brewery,   a  «;un  and  card   lactorv,  a  to'-r,    jirint- 
mgoflice,  and  a  nut;  ,\  mills  :    / 

on  the  same  river,  .)  rnile^  from  it-  mouth  ;    Burli/igtonQTl 
lake  Champlaii  there  is  a   iKtbic   view  of 

the  lak«%  and  in  which  there  is  a  colle-e.      Montpe.lier  on 
Onion  om  the   lake,    is  the  si*at  of  gov- 

/;»//•  >M!  are  n. 

their 
descendant  jilovment. 

ajul  particularly  attentive  ucation  oftlu-ir  children. 

I  tu  o  lot- 

of  land  for  the  support  ol  t!,i  one  for  a  perpetu- 

al pai  led  minUhT.      The 

inhab  --|y  of  the  liapti-;  and  »  .'ional 

:  one 

at  Hir  JIM!   another  at 

Midd  \  cad- 

em  ie-  ,!>ans, 

Rutland,   \l  MII,    and    Franklin, 

and  com  n 

Goi  JVC  pO\\r: 

in   a    Ilou>  .  with  the  governor, 

are  chosen  annually  on   the  1  -.lay   in  September, 

by  the  people. 


118  MASSACHUSETTS. 

MASSACHUSETTS. 

qFace  of  the  Country.  Massachusetts  presents  a  great 
variety  of  surface.  Along  the  sea-shore  it  is  mostly  lev- 
el ;  advancing  into  the  country,  it  becomes  hilly  and  un- 
even ;  and  in  the  upper  end  of  the  State,  rough  and 
mountainous. 

Mountains.  There  are  no  lofty  mountains  in  Massa- 
chusetts. A  continuation  of  the  Green  Mountains  passes 
through  the  north  west  corner  of  this  State.  Saddle 
Mountain  is  the  'most  elevated  summit  in  this  range,  be- 
ing 4.500  feet  above  tlie  level  of  the  sea.  The  hills  in 
Worcester  and  Hampshire  counties  are  a  continuation  of 
the  mountains  between  the  Connecticut  and  the  Merri- 
mack.  Wachusett,  in  Princeton,  is  a  conspicuous  moun- 
tain, 1657  feet  above  the  level  of  the  town,  and  2,989 
feet  above  that  of  the  sea. 

Rivers.  The  Connecticut  crosses  this  State  in  Hamp- 
shire county,  and  'receives  in  its  course  Deerfield,  Wtst- 
fidd*  Chicapee,  and  Millers  rivers.  The  Merrimack  runs 
through  the  north-east  corner  of  the  State,  and  'receives 
Concord  and  Nashua  rivers.  Taunton  river  is  'navigable 
about  20  miles  to  Taunton,  arid  empties  into  Narraganset 
bay.  Charles  is  'navigable  7  miles  to  Watertown,  and 
empties  into  Boston  harbour.  Neponset  is  'navigable  4 
miles  to  Milton,  and  empties  into  Boston  Bay. 

Soil.  The  south-east  part  of  the  State,  distinguished 
by  the  name  of  the  Old  or  Plymouth  Colony,  including 
the  counties  of  Barnstable,  Duke's,  Nantucket,  Bristol, 
and  Plymouth,  is  the  'least  fertile  part,  being  mostly  a 
sandy  plain,  interspersed,  however,  with  many  excellent 
tracts  of  land.  The  northern,  middle,  and  southern  parts 
have,  in  general,  a  strong,  good  soil,  well  adapted  to  til- 
lage and  pasture. 

Productions.  Indian  corn  is  universally  cultivated  ; 
rye,  generally  ;  wheat,  but  partially.  Hops  are  raised 
for  exportation.  Beef,  pork,  butter,  and  cheese  are 
great  products. 

Agriculture.  The  'agriculture  of  Massachusetts  sur- 
passes that  of  any  of  the  States,  except  Connecticut  and 
Pennsylvania. 

N.  B.  The  question  above  may  be,  What  is  said  of  the  agricul- 
ture of  Massachusetts  ?  and  in  other  instances,  where  the  construc- 
tion of  the  sentence  suggests  no  particular  form  in  which  to  put  the 
question. 


State  House  in  Boston Page  119. 


Capitol  at  Washington Page  140. 


MASSACHUSETTS. 

The  :  '  resemblance 

to  Old  iltivation,  and 

adorn-  •  i  val 

;r  river  are    the  largest    in 
Is  \ield.  wiien    \\ell    cultivated,  iron. 

i  11.  from   J5  to  35  of  w'. 
2  to  !iav  to  i! 

The  ''.  irt  of  the    fisheries    of  the 

on  by  tli.  tchu- 

-  Bedford,  and 

MII    the    7\shale    fishery.       The>e    fish, 
rate    about  the   Cape,    although 
forni'  i  .t  there  in  threat   numbers. 

il  of  Massachusetts,  and  of 

iiid.  i*  the.  srcond    commercial    city  in    r 

nited  -  d  contains  many  enierprUin^,  opulent,  and 

.nd  i>  noted  for  its  literary  and  benevolent 

•  I  military  >pirit.  It  isp!  -miated  on 

he  head  of  Massachusetts  liav.and  is  joined 

to  the  main  land,  at  the  south  end,  by  a  narrow  isthmus, 

called  the  neck.       The.  'harbour  is  ^pacious  enough  for  500 

'u  ride  at  anchor  in  a  i^ond  depth  of  water,  while  the 

entra:  .    narrow  as    -  to  admit  tuo    ships 

ast. 

publick  build,  .  Faneuilhall, 

4  mai  kei  Hos- 

Mu-cuin,  Atheneum,  and  .M  ln»: 
pnblick  v.oi>hip.     Th«i  s!ale-hou-' 

'1'he  dome  is  50  feet  in  d  ermi- 

nated  rcui&r  lantern,   at  an   elevation  of  id 

from  the  foundation.  The  prospect  from  the  top  is  the 
i  iche-  .  An  equestrian  s1 

in  marble,  of  hi^h  workina1  ,n    Kurope,  has 

".ithin  the  area  oi  the  hou-e. 

Kaneuil  Hail  Marl-  i  magnificent  struc- 

ture of  lianiiiK  .  and  is  not 

equalled  bv  any  tl,  kind  in  A  The  new 

Court-hot  i  lord  gran- 

ite st  foundries  are  here 

in  su 

On  the  Common,  bounded 

on  the  north   and  t  |  i.ill,  the  most  elegant 

and  exten-r.  e  publick  walk  in  the  United  States,  orna- 
mented with  ro\\s  of  trees,  and  commanding  a  delightful 
and  enchanting  prospect  of  the  country. 


120  MASSACHUSETTS. 

Six  bridges,  the  great  Western  Avenue,  and  the 
Neck,  connect  the  town  and  country.  In  the  harbour  are 
a  great  number  of  islands,  on  one  of  which,  Castle  Island, 
three  miles  from  the  city,  stands  9Fort  Independence,  be- 
longing to  the  United  States,  where  strong  fortifications 
have  been  erected,  for  the  defence  of  the  city,  by  direc- 
tion of  the  general  government.  On  Governor's  Island  is 
5Fort  Warren,  flanked  and  supported  by  two  crescent  bat- 
teries of  heavy  guns,  on  a  level  with  the  channel.  5Fort 
Strong  is  on  Noddle's  Island,  one  mile  from  Boston,  and 
was  erected  by  the  voluntary  labours  of  the  citizens  of 
Boston  and  the  adjacent  towns,  in  the  summer  of  1814. 
Boston  is  situated  482  9miles  from  the  city  Washington, 
347  from  Philadelphia,  and  252  from  the  city  New- York. 
Its  population  is  60,000. 

The  'next  most  considerable  town  is  Salem,  13  miles 
from  Boston  by  an  excellent  turnpike  road.    It  is  situated 
on  a  peninsula  formed  by  two  inlets  of  the  sea,  and  con- 
tains 1 1,346  inhabitants.    It  is  reputed  the  wealthiest  town 
of  its  size  in  the  United  States.    Beverly  is  a  commercial 
town,  largely  concerned  in  the  fisheries.     It  is  situated 
to  the  north  of  Salem.     A  handsome  toll-bridge  connects 
the  two  towns.     Marblehead\s  4  miles  south-east  from  Sa- 
lem.    The  inhabitants  are  5t630,  occupied  almost  wholly 
in  the  bank  fishery.     Newburyport,  on  Merrimack  river, 
two  and  a  half  miles  from  its  mouth,  is  the  'third  commer- 
cial town  in  the  State.      This  town  suffered  very  severely 
by   fire  in   1811  ,  more  than   100  houses,  besides  many 
shops  and  stores,   were    reduced  to  ashes  in  one  night. 
New-Bedford  is  a  flourishing  commercial   town  58  miles 
southward  of  Boston.     Plymouth  is  the  'oldest  town  in  the 
State.     It  was  here  our  pious  ancestors  first  landed  on 
coming  to   America.      The  rock  on  which  they  disem- 
barked has  been   drawn  up,  and  is  now  exhibited  in  the 
town. 

Charlestown  liesN.  of  Boston  with  which  it  is  connected 
by  Charles  river  and  Warren  bridges.  Bunker,  Breed's, 
and  Cobble  (now  Pleasant)  hills,  celebrated  in  the  history 
of  the  American  Revolution,  are  in  this  town.  One  of  the 
principal  navy  yards  in  the  United  States,  the  Massa- 
chusetts Insane  Hospital,  and  the  State  Prison,  200  feet  in 
length,  3built  of  stone,  5  stories  high,  are  also  in  this  town. 
The  foundation  of  the  prison  is  of  rocks  weighing  two 
tons  each.  On  this  is  laid  a  tier  of  hewn  stone,  9  feet 


MASSACHUSETTS.  121 

:md  20  inches  thick,  forming  the  Hi-  The 

1    and  the    ji-  •    thick  of 

I.      In  this 

,  noble  Town  Hall.  ;s  Alm-1. 

Hunker-hill  Bank,  and  .">  hou-e>  of  publick  woi 
.  in  which  1    rin.»   llo-pit:/ 


situa'i  Hi.       Concord,  //« 

mainland  town-.      Lowell  is  a 

•I  n\-tnrd,  and  is  'greatly 

ed  for   its  numerous    I  particularly  of 

Vferrimac'fc  Avith 

rbour.  It.  i>  about  .)')  -'mile-  in  length,  and  is 
fed  with  water  from  Concord  river.  Kssex  canal  conducts 
round  Patucket  falls  in  the  M.-n  imack.  Blackstone  canal 
contit  .ation  of  Paw  tucket  river  from  / 

dence  to    Worcester.      Locks  a  nil  canals  have   also  been 
ucted  on   the.  Connecticut,  round  Miller's  falls,  in 
.d  round  the  falls  in  South  Hadley. 

M;«>-  -    holds    a   conspicuous 

point  of  manufactures. 

1  accoi'din^  to  their  esti- 

•  «ots  and  shoes, 

.  leather,  con!  and  cast  iron, 

paper,  nil,  and 

muskets.     The  establishments  at  Lowell,  and  Waltham, 

are   t  lUionn;  the  woollen   and   cotton  manufacto- 

,n  H  tlie  principal  seal  of  the  shoe 

manu  \Vest  Cambr  :-.!„'••.    1-  and    Bos- 

ton of  the  card  manufactories.      Wire  is  manufactured  at 

tm  ;  cut-nails  at  Maiden  and  various  other  places  ; 

«\irth'  1  Lynn  :  -tone  ware  and  mo- 

window  iioston   and  at 

Chelmsford,  >uperi<»r  io  any  imp  -ilk  and  tliread 

lace  at  Ipswich.     There  is  a  ''national  armoury  at  Spring- 
field :  and  tlie  tarn,  Northampton  is  said  to  be  the 

largest  in  the  Unite 

^Common.  Ma-sarhu-etts  is  the  most  commercial 
State  in  the  Union.  Her  ships  visit  the  remotest  shores 
of  the  habitable  globe.  The  'chief  exports  are  fish,  beef, 
lumber,  pork,  ardent  spirits,  llax-seed,  whale  oil,  sperma- 
ceti, and  various  manufactu 
L 


122  MASSACHUSETTS. 

Religion,  Almost  every  town  has  its  settled  minister, 
The  Congregationalists  are  the  most  numerous  denomi- 
nation ;  the  next  in  number  are  the  Baptists. 

Literature.  The  University  in  Cambridge, is  the  highest 
literary  institution  in  the  U.  States.  The  library  is  the 
largest  in  America,  and  'contains  above  25,000  volumes. 
The  buildings  are  5  colleges,  2  halls  containing  publick 
rooms, and  a  chapel.  Williams  College,  at  Williamstown, 
and  Jimherst  College,  near.  Northampton,  are  respectable 
and  flourishing  institutions.  The  Theological  Seminary  at 
Andover, founded  in  1808,  is  20  miles  north  of  Boston.  It 
has  four  professors,  and  is  richly  endowed,  having  receiv- 
ed by  donations  more  than  300,000  dollars.  The  Newton 
Theological  Institution,  7  miles  west  of  Boston,  instituted 
in  1826,  is  under  promising  circumstances  of  success.  Lit- 
erary,  religious,  and  benevolent  societies  are  numerous. 
Academies  are  established  at  Andover,  Newbury,  Leices- 
ter, Taunton,  Hingharn,  Plymouth,  Sandwich,  Dedham, 
Lynn,  West(ord,Groton,  Deerfield,Framingham  and  Lex- 
ington. In  every  town  provision  is  made  for  publick  schools. 

Government.  The  legislature  is  styled  the  General 
Court,  and  consists  of  a  Senate  and  House  of  Represen- 
tatives, who,  with  the  governor,  are  chosen  annually  by 
the  people.  A  council  of  nine  members  to  advise  with 
the  governor,  is  chosen  by  the  legislature. 

Curiosities.  At  Dighton,  on  Taunton  river,  is  a  rock 
about  10  feet  in  length  and  4  feet  wide,  which  contains  a 
very  remarkable  hieroglyphical  inscription,  of  which  no 
satisfactory  explanation  has  yet  been  given. 

In  Wrentham  is  a  curious  cavern,  called  Wampoon's 
Rock,  from  an  Indian  family  of  that  name. 

Lynn  beach  may  justly  be  reckoned  a  curiosity.  It  is 
one  mile  in  length,  and  'connects  the  peninsula,  called 
Nahant,  with  the  main  land.  This  is  a  place  of  resort 
for  parties  of  pleasure  from  Boston,  Charlestown,  Salem, 
and  Marblehead,  in  the  summer  season. 

Islands.  Nantucket  island,  which  constitutes  Nantuck- 
et  county,  containing  only  one  town,  Sherburne,  is  ?15 
miles  long,  and  11  broad.  Most  of  the  land  is  held  in 
common  :  500  cows  feed  in  one  herd,  and  14,000  sheep 
in  one  pasture.  The- 'soil  is  mostly  light  and  sandy. 
The  number  of  inhabitants  is  about  7,000. 

Martha's  Vineyard  is  about  21  'miles  in  length,  and  6 
in  breadth,  and  of  a  good  soil.  Here  is  a  safe  harbour, 
and  very  useful  in  winter,  when  ships  bound  to  Boston 


RHODE-ISLAND.  1  ~:> 

cann.<  of  Xantucket  and 

in  the  whale  1:  ire    aboul 

number,  of  a    ,  !  extend    in  a 

.    The 

:    the   adjacent    inland-,    constitute  Duke's 
county.      Edgarlown  is  the  principal  town. 

RHODE-ISLAND. 

The 'climate  of  Rhode-Island  is  more  tem- 
e  than  that  of;  .  -w  En^I;i 

particularly  on  the  :  where  the   hi  >.n  the 

sea  have  the  effect  not  only  to  mitigate  tlie  heat   in    Mim- 
iner.  but  to  moderate  the  cold  in   winter.      Many    | 
from  to  Rhode-Island  to  spend 

on  account  of  the  salubrity  of  the  air. 
•>•  of  the.  Country.     This  State  is  mostly  level,   ex- 
cept the  north  ;<art,    which  is   hilly   and   rocky. 
Moii!                           inconsiderable    eminence,    noted    for 

famous    Indian 
•    where  he  was  killed. 

This  State  is  better  'adapted  for 

pastu:  'portion  of   the  land 

d  barren.  1   of  which  are 

id  particularly   'celeb;  their 

fine  cattle,  and  abundance  of  thei  and  the  excel- 

butter  and  cheese.     Some  of  the  towns  on 
•c(  bay  are  aUo  of  a  good  rich  soil.      The  north- 
id   th.e  most   thinlv 

inhabited.      Corn,  rye,  barb-  une  places 

lor  home  consumption. 
adle  in    N  found    in 

i:u    1 1>   to    1  s     hundr.'d     \s 

and  cheese 
-  lor  expor- 
tation.     Cider  i  attention 

d  of  an  excel- 
'es  to 
'few-England. 

this 

State.  .      There   i-   abundance  of  lime- 

stone in  V,  able  coal  mine  has 

lately  b.-en  di-  M!  Of  Rhode-Island. 

a  iniod  fjualitv  are  man- 
ufactured extensiM-lv  in  this  State.     More  than  200  9tons 


124  RHODE-ISLAND. 

of  cotton  yarn  are  spun  in  the  several  factories  annually. 
One  of  these  factories  at  Providence  carries  10,000  spin- 
dles. There  are  two  woollen  factories  in  the  State,  and 
a  number  of  paper  mills.  Hats  are  manufactured  exten- 
sively 5  linen  and  tow  cloths  in  considerable  quantities 5 
rum,  cards,  chocolate,  and  some  iron. 

Commerce.  The  5chief  exports  are  flax-seed,  lumber, 
horses,  cattle,  beef,  pork,  fish,  butter,  cheese,  grain, 
spirits,  cotton,  and  linen  goods. 

Towns.  Providence,  at  the  head  of  Narraganset  bay, 
about  SO  miles  from  the  sea,  is  the  'capital,  and  is  the 
third  town  in  New-England  in  point  of  population.  It  has 
an  extensive  commerce,  and  contained  in  1820,  ll,767in- 
habitants.  There  are  several  large  cotton  factories  in 
this  town,  a  number  of  distilleries  and  sugar  houses,  and 
two  spermaceti  works.  Among  the  publick  buildings  are 
a  college,  court  house,  and  13  houses  of  publick  worship, 
some  of  which  are  remarkably  elegant. 

Newport,  on  the  south-west  part  of  the  island  of  Rhode- 
Island,  is  much  'celebrated  for  the  beauty  of  its  situation, 
the  salubrity  of  its  climate,  and  is  no  less  remarkable  for 
the  great  variety  and  excellent  quality  of  fresh  fish  which 
the  market  furnishes  at  all  seasons  of  the  year.  Its  pop- 
ulation in  1820  was  7,319.  The  publick  buildings  are  a 
state-house, and  10  houses  of  publick  worship, one  of  which 
is  a  Jewish  synagogue.  Bristol  is  a  thriving  town,  on  the 
east  side  of  the  bay,  containing  3,197  inhabitants,  and 
carries  on  a  considerable  commerce. 

Religion.  The  Baptists  are  the  9most  numerous  de- 
nomination. The  clergy  are  supported  wholly  by  the 
voluntary  contributions  of  the  people,  no  contract  for  a 
salary  in  this  state  being  valid  in  law. 

Literature.  There  is  a  college  in  Providence,  founded 
by  the  Baptists,  called  *;  Brown  University,"  in  honour  of 
its  principal  benefactor.  Academies  have  been  estab- 
lished at  Providence,  Newport,  Bristol,  Warren,  East- 
Greenwich,  and  South  Kingston.  Common  schools  are 
too  much  neglected,  there  being  no  provision  by  law  for 
their  support. 

Government.  The  legislature  consists  of  a  council  of 
12,  including  the  governor,  and  deputy  governor,  all 
chosen  annually,  and  a  house  of  representatives  chosen 
twice  a  year.  Judges  and  other  civil  officers  are  ap- 
pointed for  no  longer  time  than  one  year, 


i  [CUT.  1J 

K  i  r. 

Country,  illy    hilly. 

iimerticut  ha- 

soil,  with  but  very  little  thin  nr  barren  land.     I 
ally  in  a    -  hij;h   cuUi\  ation.  re>emb!in-  in    many 

.;.mleii.      Indian   corn  i- 

abundant  crop,  next  to  Wheat  i^rows  remark- 

cultivation    lias  been    i 

3  of  i !ie    Ilosian    ily.      -Mulberry 
been    planted  in  some  parts  of  the  State,  and 
silk    WOM:  1     with    considerable    success.      This 

•11  watered,  and  is  a  In, 
coun'  '!>e  fanners  to  feed  large  numbers 

Inm  a'xiuniU    in  many  parts  of  the    State. 
on    Connecticut    river,    is  a  va>t  quarry  of 
•d  in  building,  called  "Connecticut  stone."     1' 
and  round  to  Boston,  where 
v  for  foundations; of  buildings,  door- 
•id    various  oilier  purposes.      At  Stal- 
•tl  in  the  New- 

and  linen 

ired  in   laiuilie*.      A  \voollrn  f, 
i  lartford,  and  another    at  1  •' 

by  the  late  ('o!.   11  -cale.  Lin- 

en,  cotton,  and  button  i 

\  machine  for  bending  and  cutting  card  teeth, 
teeth  in  an  hoi:  Pom- 

fret  em  pl» 

null", 

:!lord  :  cannon,  at 
a  town  v,  -'ible  m'n. 

lord,  sufficient 
iper, 

is  ex!'                                  .  :i-d  and  -ent  into  all  parts  of  the 
Unit 

Coin  is  princi- 

pallv  with  the  \Yest-lm!  'inu;  trade 

is   the  mos  \|)orts  consist  of  beef, 

pork,  cattle,   horses,    mules,  butter,    cheese,  mai^e, 
L  2 


126  CONNECTICUT* 

. 

• 

flax-seed,  fish,  candles,  and  soap.  Almost  all  the  produce 
of  the  western  part  of  the  State,  is 'carried  to  New-York. 

Towns.  New-Haven  is  a  neatly  built  city,  containing 
about  one  square  mile,  and  is  a  place  of  considerable 
commerce.  It  is  laid  out  in  squares ;  the  streets  are 
wide,  and  many  of  them  adorned  with  rows  of  trees. 
The  central  square  is  an  open  green,  and  is  a  very  beau- 
tiful publick  walk.  The  publick  edifices,  are  the  buildings 
belonging  to  Yale  College,  4  churches,  a  court  house, 
gaol  and  alms-house.  The  population  in  1820  was  7,147". 

Hartford  on  the  west  bank  of  Connecticut  river,  50 
miles  from  its  mouth,  is  the  seat  of  government,  and  is 
distinguished,  not  only  for  its  commerce,  but  for  its  agri- 
culture, and  a  variety  of  manufactures.  The  population 
in  1820,  was  6,901.  The  township  is  nearly  6  miles 
square  ;  but  the  incorporated  part,  or  city,  is  bufc  little 
more  than  one  mile.  The  publick  edifices  are  a  hand- 
some state-house,  bank,  six  churches,  and  an  asylum  for 
the  deaf  and  dumb. 

New-London,  on  the  river  Thames,  is  a  place  of  con- 
siderable trade.  The  river  here  is  one  mile  9wide,  and 
forms  a  safe,  spacious,  and  commodious  harbour,one  of  the 
best  in  the  U.  States.  Its  population,  in  1820,  was  3,330. 

Religion.  Congregational ists  are  the  most  numerous 
denomination  of  Christians  in  Connecticut.  In  no  one  of 
the  States  are  the  institutions  of  religion  more  generally 
respected,  or  the  morals  of  the  people  more  pure. 

Literature.  Yale  College,  so  called  from  its  principal 
benefactor,  is  the  only  one  in  the  State.  It  9is  at  New- 
Haven,  and  is  a  highly  respectable  institution.  The  ''li- 
brary contains  about  8,000  volumes.  It  has  also  philo- 
sophical and  chemical  apparatuses,  which  are  handsome 
and  complete.  The  buildings  are  three  colleges,  a  chap- 
el, lyceum,  and  a  large  dining  hall.  Academies  are  es- 
tablished at  Colchester,  Cheshire,  Canterbury,  Plainfield, 
Fairfield,  Danbury,  Litchfield,  Ellsworth, Windsor,  Hart- 
ford, Norwich,  New-London,  Woodstock,  and  various 
other  places.  Ample  provision  is  made  for  common 
schools  in  every  town,  and  education  is  no  where  more  uni- 
versally diffused  amongst  all  orders  and  classes  of  people. 

Foreign  Mission  School.  At  Cornwall  is  an  institution 
established  by  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions,  in  1816, 
called  the  "Foreign  Mission  School,"  the 'object  of  which 
is  to  educate  heathen  youth,  and  fit  them  for  missionaries 
to  their  countrymen.  There  were  in  18£0,  nine  from 
distant  heathen  countries,  and  seventeen  Aboriginal 


Ml  DM  -YORK. 


Amci  .  ml  Clioct:. 

ir  interest  on   account  of 
their  knowledge.     The   scholars 

irv  in   til-- 
itter  jjart  of  each  <• 

ml  dumb  was  establish* 
u'd   in   ISH).     This  interesting  and  useful  in 
tiou    contained,  in  whose    j 

know.  !v  wonderful. 

The    legislature    is  styled    the   (leneral 

nbly,  and  con-  >uncil,  who  with  the  governor 

.  and  a  house  of  representatives  chosen 

d  publick  officers  are  appoint- 

\olil  their  places  during  pleasure. 


MIDDLE  STATES. 


'ie  ^Middle   States,  or  rather  that  of 

.uia,  whii  similar,  lias  been  elegantly 

ttc    Dr.  Rush,  as  a  compound  of  nm-r 

world.      It  has  the    moisturii  of 

.  in  summer,  the 

. I  line,  the  -  vpt  in  autumn, 

the  cold  a:  the  ice  of  Holland  in 

r,  the  tempesi  -  -t  In- 

variable weather  and  winds 
'•nth  of  the  year. 

;    Indian  corn  is  also  exten- 
,d  fruit  is  aidant      The  num- 

small. 

ilture,  and  the 
.  par- 
ticularly in  P 

NEVV-YOR1 

•  /       N  -  of inoun- 

^72*.  ^  taii 

in   a  .      On  the 

•  'rally 

hilly:  f  the  mountain  iaand 

lake  Onhi  .fa  rich   -  ed  in 

its  natural  state  with  beech  and  sugar  maple.       i 
esseeFlatts,  so  called,  are  lands  Iving  both  sides  of  Gen- 


128  NfeW-YORK. 

essee  river,  about  20  miles  in  length,  and  4  in  breadth,  ex- 
ceedingly rich,  producing  100  bushels  of  Indian  corn  to 
the  acre.  The  lands  between  Seneca  and  Cajuga  lakes, 
and  along  the  Mohawk,  are  represented  as  very  excellent, 
and  are  settling  rapidly.  The 'climate  west  of  the  moun- 
tains is  more  temperate  than  in  the  same  latitudes  on  the 
eastern  side.  The  snow  there  seldom  falls  more  than 
•  one  foot  in  depth,  and  cattle  are  sometimes  kept  in  pas 
turcs  till  January.  The  fever  and  ague  is  the  ^common 
disease  of  this  country ;  bilious  fevers  are  frequent,  par- 
ticularly in  the  flat,  level  country  west  of  the  mountains. 

Wheat  is  the  'most  extensively  cultivated  of  any  kind 
of  grain  5  next  to  this,  Indian  corn.  Rye  is  chiefly  'raised 
for  the  distilleries,  and  'barley  for  the  breweries.  Beer 
is  the  'common  drink  of  the  inhabitants. 

Rivers  and  Cabals.     The  Hudson  is  a  noble  river  of 
this  State,  and  is  'remarkable  for  its  smooth,  gentle  cur- 
rent through  a  hilly,  rocky    country,  and  even   through 
.ridges  of  some   very    high   mountains,  which  have  been 
cleft  of  their  foundations,  and  a  free,  profound,  and  suffi- 
cient channel  opened  to  the  ocean.     Its  passage  through 
the  Highlands  is  peculiarly  wild  and  romantic.    The  river 
exceeding  two  miles  in  width,  narrows  its  stream  to  pass 
between  the  mountains,  in  a  channel  whose  breadth  is  not 
more  than  half  a  mile.     The  mountains  through  which  it 
forces  its  way,  though   not   very  lofty,  exhibit  the   most 
beautiful,  the  most  variegated,'  and  the  most  majestic  forms. 
In  some  places,  masses  of  rock,  towering  in  perpendicu- 
lar altitude,  seem  to  threaten   every  moment  to  crush  by 
their  fall  whatever  passes  beneath  them.     In  other  parts 
their  form  is  more  inclined,     in  the  narrowest  part  of  this 
passage,  which  is  16  miles  in  length,  is  West  Point,  on 
which  there  was  built  in  the  time  of  the  revolution,  a  for- 
tress, which  is  so  strongly,  fortified  by  nature  and  by  art, 
as  sometimes  to  have  been  called  the  Gibralter  of  America. 
This  is  the  post  that  General  Arnold  intended  to  betray  to 
General  Clinton.     It  commands  the  navigation  of  the  riv- 
er, which  at  this  place  is  not  more   than  one  quarter  of 
a  mile  in  breadth.     The   'tide  flows  up  this    river  a  few 
miles  above  Albany,  to   which   place  it  is  'navigable  for 
sloops  160  miles  from  the  sea,  and  for  large  vessels  to  the 
city  Hudson,  124   miles.     Steam   boats    now   run  upon 
this  river  between  Albany  and  the 'city  New-York,  each 
of  which  will  accommodate  100  passengers.     The  voyage. 


129 

160   14  ;  med   in  about  twenty  .<!    i> 

th»-  n, 

a<lv;i  ion  of  tin-  State. 

liles  from 
:  .il-nn  is  a   remark 

E  the  water  fall*  nil  Teet  p.- 

diculurlv.  is    place    i-  HM)   yards 

broad.      A  bri<: .  '  wide,  n 

mi  1.-  .1  'about   three  quarters  of  a 

mile  below  the  \\   which  it   exhibits    a  uraml 

•  eks    and  a  canal   have 

d  at  1/itt!  Miles  further  up  the 

full  loaded  now  j>a>-  them. 

il  the  Miihav.k  i^  a  Mnall  stream 

called    \\ V  k,    whicii   etnjities  into  Oneida  lake. 

These  s  are  now  united  by  a  canal   which  takes 

the  v, ;  i   the    Mohawk,   and    communicates  it  to 

\Yooi!  .  low,  in  dry  seasons,  as 

to  lloat  a  boat  without  the  aid  of 

the  M  .  Wood  Creek  into  the  Onei- 

da tl; 

•t    charming  and  beautiful  lake, 

m  this  lake  i-<  Onon- 

till    it  unites   \vilh 

ieir  junction  is  called  Three 

Point.      i  i.  uniting, 

une  that  of  () 
M»    lake    Ontario.      Tlie    n;.-.  of  thi^   111 

!ith.      Ex- 

/  in  ll:e  Mohawk,  a  boat 

and  canaU,is  now  opened  the 

lVo:u   lak-r  Ontario  to   the  Atlantic  Ocean. 

/.inc  and  < 

plai>  nit. 

1  th  of 
Albat  -town, 

Denied  on 
account  01 

those  are    three 

other  nott  I'l-.-sident,  the 

Columbian,  an  <  k,  the    water-  of  which  are 

of  a  tonic  qualr  ir  to  those  at  Ballstown. 


130  NEW- YORK. 

Not  only  the  sickly  and  the  infirm,  but  the  fashionable 
and  the  gay  from  every  state  in  the  Union,  resort  to  these 
springs,  some  for  amusement,  and  others  for  health,  to 
spend  the  summer  months. 

Salt  Springs.  Suit  springs  are  frequent  in  different 
parts  of  the  State.  The  most  noted  are  those  between 
Oneida  and  Seneca  lakes,  arising  in  a  marsh  near  Seneca 
river,  called  the  Onondaga  salt  springs,  of  which  90  gal- 
lons of  water  .will  produce  a  bushel  of  salt.  Here  are 
?two  towns,  Liverpool  and  Salina,  wholly  occupied  in  male- 
ing  salt.  140  kettles  at  Liverpool  and  about  300  at  Sali- 
na, are  kept  in  constant  operation  day  and  night,  and  pro- 
duce about  2400  9bushels  of  salt  per  day.  The  water  is 
drawn  up  from  wells  by  hand  and  horse  pumps.  A  great 
part  of  the  States  of  Pennsylvania,  Virginia,  Ohio,  and 
Michigan  Territory,  as  likewise  Upper  and  a  considera- 
ble part  of  Lower  Canada,  are  'supplied  from  these 
works.  These  springs  are  the  property  of  the  State. 
Boats  come  within  4  rods  of  the  works. 

Manufactures.  In  the  year  1810,  according  to  returns 
made  to  the  Secretary  of  State,  there  were  made  in  this 
State  more  than  9  millions  of  yards  of  cloth,  principally 
linen  and  woollen,  and  about  525,000  bushels  of  salt 
The  same  year  there  were  in  this  state,  28  paper  mills, 
6  glass-works,  2  powder-mills,  11  blast-furnaces,  10  air- 
furnace?,  44  cut-nail  factories,  48  forges,  and  26  cotton 
factories.  Great  quantities  of  pot  and  pearl  ashes,  and 
of  maple  sugar,  are  manufactured  annually  ;  some  silk, 
and  probably  one  million  barrels  of  flour. 

Commerce.  New-York  carries  on  a  very  extensive 
commerce.  Her  exports  in  1810  amounted  to  more  than 
17  millions  of  dollars,  of  which -nearly  11  millions  were 
of  domestick  produce,  and  more  than  6  millions  of  for- 
eign. Her  principal  exports  are  flour,  Indian  corn,  beef, 
pork,  lumber,  butter,  cheese,  pot  and  pearl  ashes. 

Towns.  The  city  New-Fork,  'situated  on  the  south- 
ern extremity  of  Manhattan  island,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Hudson,  is  the  most  commercial  place  in  the  United 
States.  The  island  is  15  'miles  in  length,  and  about  one 
in  breadth.  The  channel  on  the  eastern  side  is  called 
East  river.  The  three  principal  streets  of  the  city  run 
nearly  parallel  with  the  rivers.  These  are  intersected, 
though  not  at  right  angles,  by  streets  extending  from 
river  to.  river.  All  the  houses  lately  built  are  of  brick. 


M:\V-YOUK.  131 

and  many  of  t'n  nt.     The  principal  publick  build- 

incrs  ;;  ''t     111     lei.  '    new 

•  I  noble  edifice,  of  whi 

publick    worship,    and  The 

l   inhabitant  ii 

on    Hudson    river,    100    miles    from   the   cits 
d  city  in  the  Slate,  both  in  point 
of  population    and  d  is  the  - 

inent.  It  is  a  handsome  well  built  place.  A  majority  of 
the  inhabitants  are  Dutch.  The  city  is  well  supplied 
with  il1  aqueduct  from  a  spring  5  miles  distant. 

5  of' pubjick  worship.  The  number  of 
inhabitants  in  l  -  1  1.G30. 

A  of  sloop  navigation,  C>  miles  above 
Albanv  ;  and  Ihnlxon  is  at  the  head  of  ship  navigation, 
30  in'.  Albany  j  both  flourishing  cities,  in  trade 

and  manuf.icti, 

,  flourishing  village  on  the  site  of  Fort  Schuyler. 
iiU  intruded  for  the  saltworks  arc  loaded 

a  distance  of  .~iO  n 

noted  for  its    college,  is  situated 'on   the 
northwest  of  Albany. 

•he    falls  of  the   Genessee, 
e    river,    and  is  a    very 
•.  n. 

.  contain!'  son,  is  a  flourishing  town 

at  the  north  end  of  Owa^co  lake. 

Kuffulo,  situated   at   the   point  where  the  canal   meets 

;id  of  lake  Erie,  is  a  thriving  place. 
lulu-  New- York  was  'first  settled  by  the  Dutch, 

a  people  much   celebrated    for    their  industry,  neatness, 
and    economy.      Of  the    present   inhabitants    besides  the 
Dutch,    there    are    manv    Irish  and    (ierinans,  and    some 
i,  but  by  far  the   greater    proportion  are   emigrants 
!•! upland  > 

us  inhabit  the 
west 

.  The  denominations  of  christians  in  this  State 
are  very  numerous,  and  ministers  are  maintained  by  vol- 
untary contributi<> 

Govcrninrnt.  The  Governor  of  thfs  State  is  chosen  for 
5  years  ;  the  Senate  hold  their  seats  4  years,  and  a  fourth 
part  are  elected  annually  ;  the  Representatives  are  chosen 
by  counties  annually. 


2  NEW-JERSEY. 

Islands.  Long  Island  is  140  'miles  long,  and  from  1  to 
15  broad,  well  cultivated,  and  contains  about  57,000  in- 
habitants. It  is  divided  into  3  counties,  (King's,  Queen's, 
and  Suffolk)  ancl  21  townships.  Brooklyn  and  Hemp- 
stead  are  the  'principal  towns. 

Staten  Island  is  about  18  ?miles  in  length  and  about  6 
in  breadth.  It  contains  about  six  thousand  inhabitants, 
and  constitutes  the  county  of  Richmond. 

NEW-JERSEY. 

'.Face  of  the  Country.  The  northern  part  of  this  State 
is  hilly  and  mountainous.  At  Saridy  Hook  commences 
that  *long  range  of  flat,  sandy  land,  which  lines  the  coast 
of  the  Middle  and  Southern  States. 

Soil  and  Productions.  The  hilly  and  uneven  parts  of 
.the  State  have  generally  a  strong  soil,  and  are  a  fine 
grazing  country.  The  farmers  raise  multitudes  of  cattle,, 
keep  large  dairies,  and  make  great  quantities  of  butter  and 
cheese.  Fine  orchards,  and  peaches  in  great  perfection, 
abound  in  all  the  northern  parts.  In  the  southern  parts, 
the  soil  being  mostly  light  and  sandy,  the  inhabitants 
subsist  principally  by  feeding  cattle  on  the  salt  meadows, 
and  by  lishing  on  the  shores  and  in  the  rivers. 

5 Minerals.  Iron  ore  abounds  in  this  State.  Near 
Newark  bay,  between  Hackinsack  and  Passaick  rivers,  is 
a  rich  copper  mine  of  which  100  pounds  of  the  ore  yield 
75  pounds  of  pure  copper,  about  7  ounces  of  silver,  and 
a  little  gold.  A  lead  mine  has  been  discovered  near 
Trenton  ;  coal  is  found  on  the  Raritan.  Plaister  of  Paris 
has  also  been  discovered  in  this  State  ;  quarries  of  free- 
stone are  very  numerous,  and  of  an  excellent  quality  for 
building. 

Manufactures.  Of  manufactures,  that  of  iron  is  by  far 
the  most  considerable.  Two  furnaces,  two  rolling  and 
slitting  mills,  and  about  30  forges,  produce  annually  1400 
tons  of  bar  and  pig  iron,  besides  hollow  ware,  sheet  iron, 
and  nail  rods.  Leather  of  an  excellent  quality  is  like- 
wise made  in  this  State,  in  large  quantities,  and  is  manu- 
factured into  shoes.  Beach  and  cider  brandy  are  distill- 
ed for  exportation. 

Commerce.  New-Jersey  has  but  little  foreign  com- 
merce. The  produce  of  the  'eastern  part  of  the  State  is 
carried  to  New-York  ;  that  of  the  'western  part  to  Phil- 
adelphia. These  two  cities  import  almost  all  the  foreign 
merchandise  consumed  in  the  State. 


PENNSYLVANIA.  133 

Towns,     rfmboy  has  a  fine  harbour,  and  but  for  its  vi- 
cinity ;elphia  and  New-York  is  well  situated  for 
commerce.      There    are    three   other   small    ports    in    the 
-torn  houses  ;   Burlington,  on  the 
river  Delaware,  lirid»etown  on  the  bay  of  that  nam<- 

Harbour  on    ;  last       These,  however, 

are  places  of  very  little  trade. 

ark,  1)  miles  from  the  city  New-York,  is  the 
-nit  town  in   the  State,  and  con- 
inhabitants.     The  publick  buildings  are  a 
court-house,  jail,  and  o  h.mses  of  publick  woi - 

uiles  N.  K.  of  Philadelphia,  is  theyseat  of 
'iment,    on  the  east  bank  of  the    Delaware,  op- 
the  falls.     Iti-ion  the  ^i  eat  road  between  Philadelphia  and 
^  ork.      I:  >  population,  in  IS  i.94^2.     An  ele- 

gant br'h  -en  built  here  across  the  Delaware. 

.     Presbyterians   are   the   most  numerous  de- 
,  ition.      The  expense  of  publick  worship  is  defrayed 
bv  volunta  iption  ;  no  person    nays  who  does  not 

choo.-e,  and  there  are  manv  \\rho  contribute  notliing. 

XNSYLVANIA. 

lVnn*vlvania  exhil-  at  va- 

•  il  anil  o!  -  portion  of  the  lar. 

.  and  !>an  be  unlit   for  cultivation. 

The  mountains,  which  are  numerous  are  not  confusedly 
scatif  liie  country,  but  extend  in  lon^,  uniform 

-,  scarcely  half  a   mile    perpendicular  in    any  place 
above  the  iutei  mediate  valiies.      Some  of  these  ridj 
narrow  on   the   top  ;  some  are  two    or  three  miles  broad  ; 
•p  on  one  side,  and  extend  with  a  lori£  slope 
on  the  other.      Thev  are  mostly  covered  with  wood. 

-oil  in   thi-  'lited 

ain  than   for  ;  .      Kxce])tini;   the  borders  of 

and    rivulets,  it    doe->    not   yield    j^rass  either  in 
•ir(|uali:\  I  .  pared  with  the  New-Hi 

•  »f  land    are,  one  in  the 

south  !ori£  the   g  iinah, 

the  other  in  the  north-west  corne  n  lake  Erie  and 

the  Alle^hany  river.  Lime  stone  almost  every  where 
abounds  in  this  country,  which  enables  the  farmer  to 
keep  up  the  strength  of  his  land  by  the  use  of  that  pow- 
erful and  most  excellent  manure. 

9 Productions.     The  same  kinds  of  grain  are  cultivated 
here  as  in  New-York.     Hemp  is  raised  extensively  in  the 
M 


134  PENNSYLVANIA. 

western  part  of  the  State.  The  Germans  cultivate  spelts 
for  their  horses.  Peaches  flourish  remarkably  well. 
Wine  is  made  to  some  extent  from  wild  grapes,  and  large 
quantities  of  maple  sugar  are  annually  manufactured. 

Minerals,  fyc.  Iron  ore  is  found  in  considerable  quan- 
tities in  this  State.  A  valuable  lead  mine,  said  to  yield 
70  per  cent  of  pure  lead,  has  been  discovered  near  the 
Schuylkill.  Various  quarries  of  marble  have  been  open- 
ed, and  lime-stone  is  common.  Coal  abounds  on  theSus- 
quehannah,  and  about  Pittsburg,  and  in  some  other  parts. 
About  100  miles  above  Pittsburg  is  a  spring,  on  the  sur- 
face of  which  floats  an  oil  similar  to  Barbadoes  tar,  which 
is  esteemed  serviceable  in  rheumatism,  bruises,  and  weak- 
ness of  the  stomach. 

5 Manufactures.  Pennsylvania  excels  all  the  other 
States  in  the  variety  of  her  manufactures  ;  some  of  them 
are  of  superior  excellence,  particularly  the  articles  of  pa- 
per, leather,  arid  brick.  Printing  and  engraving  likewise 
are  executed  at  Philadelphia  inavery  superior  style.  Va- 
rious articles  of  medicine  are  manufactured  in  this  State. 
Almost  every  species  of  iron  casting-  is  performed  here. 
Screws  for  paper  mills  are  cut  from  solid  cast  iron.  The 
manufactures  in  wood,  leather,  iron,  stone,  copper  and 
brass,  are  numerous. 

Commerce,  Pennsylvania  carries' on  an  extensive  com- 
merce with  all  parts  of  the  world.  Her  'exports  are 
flour,  grain,  iron,  utensils  of  all  kinds,  mahogany  furni- 
ture, carriages,  and  other  manufactured  articles.  The 
trade  with  the  Eastern  and  Southern  States  is  chiefly  by 
barter.  Wheat,  flour,  and  bar  iron,  are  exported  to 
Maine,  New-Hampshire,  and  Massachusetts,  for  whale- 
oil,  \vha!e-bone,  spermaceti,  sealskins,  mackerel,  cod-fish, 
and  salmon  ;  to  Rhode-Island  and  Connecticut  for  cheese; 
to  North  Carolina  for  tar,  pitch  and  turpentine  ;  and  to 
South  Carolina  and  Georgia  for  live  oak,  cedar,  cotton, 
and  rice. 

Towns.  Philadelphia,  a  very  regular  and  opulent 
•city,  'situated  between  the  Schuylkill  and  the  Delaware, 
110  miles  from  the  ocean,  347  miles  from  Boston,  95 
from  New- York,  and  144  from  Washington,  is  a  place 
of  great  commerce,  and  with  regard  to  manufactures, 
exceeds  every  other  city  in  the  United  States.  The 
principal  streets  are  straight,  and  cross  each  other  at 
right  angles.  The  houses  are  mostly  of  brick,  three 
stories  high.  There  are  60  'houses  for  'publick  worship, 


1  :>."» 

some  of  whirh  arc  remarkabK 

pub- 
lic lin 

i  I  a  fourth 
quantii 

half'  mill]' 

nitcd 

all  tip 

land 


' 

- 
Middl» 


136  DELAWARE. 

and  Canal,  from  Philadelphia  to  Pittsburg,  about  290 
miles,  is  not  yet  completed. 

Inhabitants.  The  inhabitants  of  this  State  are  of  vari- 
ous descent.  About  half  are  English,  a  fourth  part  Ger- 
man, the  rest  are  Irish,  Scotch,  Welsh,  Swedes,  and 
Dutch.  The  Germans  are  ^particularly  distinguished  for 
their  temperance,  industry  and  economy.  Some  of  them 
are  curious  artizans,  and  some  very  important  improvements 
in  agriculture  have  been  introduced  by  them  into  this 
State.  The  Germans,  Dutch,  and  Catholic  Irish,  retain 
their  own  languages. 

Religion.  In  this  State  are  about  600  congregations  of 
almost  all  the  various  denominations,  including  two  Jewish 
synagogues. 

Education.  Connected  with  the  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, at  Philadelphia,  is  a  medical  school,  the  most  re- 
spectable in  the  United  States.  The  celebrated  Lancaster 
plan  of  education  has  been  introduced  into  Pennsylvania, 
and,  it  is  said,  attended  with  considerable  success. 

Government.  The  legislature  consists  of  a  senate  cho- 
sen for  four  years,  and  a  house  of  representatives,  who,  with 
one  fourth  part  of  the  senate,  are  chosen  annually.  The 
governor  is  chqsen  for  three  years,  but  cannot  be  elected 
above  nine  yea>s  out  of  any  twelve  years. 

DELAWARE. 

Face  of  the  Country,  Soil,  and  Productions.  Excepting 
the  northern  part  of  the  State,  which  is  hilly,  Delaware 
is  mostly  a  low,  level  country,  abounding  in  natural  and 
artificial  meadows,  containing  a  great  variety  of  gr: 
On  the  eastern  side  it  is  indented  with  numerous  creeks 
and  rivers,  which  generally  have  a  short  course,  and  are 
skirted  with  extensive  marshes.  The  spine  or  height  of 
land  between  Delaware  and  Chesapcak  bays  is  in  this 
State,  on  the  summit  of  which  is  a  chain  of  swamps,  cover- 
ed with  stagnant  waters  some  parts  of  the  year,  which  have 
an  unfavourable  effect  on  the  health  of  the  inhabitants,  hi 
the  northern  parts  of  the  State,  and  along  the  Delaware, 
from  8  to  10  miles  back  into  the  country,  the  'soil  is  gener- 
ally a  rich  clay,  well  adapted  to  the  purposes  of  agricul- 
ture. Thence  to  the  swamps  on  the  high  lands  it  is  light, 
sandy,  and  of  an  inferior  quality. 

Wheat  is  extensively  cultivated  in  this  State.  It  is  of  a 
very  superior  quality,  and  is  much  sought  for,  not  only 
through  the  United  States,  but  in  foreign  markets. 


DELAWA  137 

The  manufacture  of  flour  is  Carried  to 

'ii     in     tli  Numerous     mills     are, 

i  Brand  vwine  i  i\e:.  call- 
ed the  Brandywine  mil/*,  are  particularly    fame 

jer.       All  tlu-ir  'operation-    are    performed 
.oops  it)    which    the 

:'ie  mill-.  'd  in- 

;lour  is  ground,    cooled,    and   bolted  ; 
all  without  ihe  if.      One  of  the.-e  mills 

)()  'bushels   of  wheat   in    a 

.  tobacco,  sawing,  and  fulling  mills,  in   all 
.tilv  one  liundred. 

•  le   'principal   article   of  export, 
of  lumber,  procured  chiefly   from 

•oried    to   foreign  coun: 
ami  '  _id)wmnu 

.  is  the   'largest   town,    situated 
on  an  'tween  the  l>randywine:>.ml  l 

-    from    the   i>  .  '       from 

Population  about  5,000.      It  is  a  place  of 
.::id  manuhict'i 

.;it    town, 
•icipallv  of  brick. 

;ntlv 
3  the 
i  the  Phi!. i 

drop  down   thither 
their  poultry  and  \» 
iiadelphi 

land, 
-ail  wiih  the  lirst  fair  wind. 

-.  the 
ill    lemai 

nt  of 

Tne   legislature  -    of  a  senate 

atives  c 

and 

M   ^2 


138  MARYLAND. 

can  hold  that  office  only  three  years  in  six.  He  has  no 
council.  Judges  are  appointed  by  the  governor,  and 
hold  their  office  during  good  behaviour. 

MARYLAND. 

Face  of  the  Country,  Soil  and  Productions.  In  Mary- 
land, as  in  all  the  Southern  States,  the  ^country  east  of  the 
mountains  is  generally  a  sandy  plain,  in  many  places  low 
and  covered  with  stagnant  waters,  by  which  the  climate  is 
rendered  sickly  in  the  summer  and  fall  months.  The 
'northern  ami  western  parts  of  the  State  are  hilly  and 
mountainous,  and  of  a  much  better  soil  than  the  low  coun- 
try, being  generally  a  red  clay  or  loam. 

Here  commences  the  tobacco  country.  Wheat  and  to- 
bacco are.  the  'staple  commodities.  Ten  bushels  of  wheat, 
and  15  bushels  of  Indian  com,  are  considered  average 
crops.  Some  cotton  of  an  inferior  quality  is  raised  here, 
and  manufactured  in  families.  Hemp  and  flax  are  con- 
siderable products  of  the  high  lands.  The  forests  abound 
with  nut-bearing  trees,  which  feed  many  swine  in  the 
woods.  These  swine  run  wild,  and  when  fatted,  are 
killed,  barrelled,  and  exported  in  great  quantities. 

Manufactures.  The  'most  considerable  manufacture  is 
that  of  flour.  Vast  quantities  of  rye  are  distilled  into 
whisky.  Glass  and  iron  works  have  been  established  in 
different  parts  of  the  State. 

Commerce.  The  'most  considerable  export  from  this 
State  is  that  of  flour  ;  'next  to  this  is  that  of  tobacco. 
The  other  exports  are  iron,  lumber,  maize,  pork,  and 
flax-seed. 

Towns.  Baltimore,  'situated  at  the  head  of  Petapsco 
bay,  is  the  third  city  in  population,  and  the  fourth  in  point 
of  commerce  in  the  United  States.  Its  increase  has  been 
more  rapid  than  that  of  any  other  town  on  the  continent. 
It  is  divided  into  that  part  called  the  town,  and  into  that 
called  Fell's  Point,  by  a  small  arm  of  the  Petapsco,  called 
the  Bason.  The  situation  of  the  town  is  low,  and  but 
moderately  healthy.  It  is  very  secure  from  any  attack 
of  a  foreign  enemy,  by  sea.  A  formidable  attack  was 
made  on  this  place  by  the  British  in  the  late  war,  and 
was  bravely  repelled.  Most  of  the  inhabitants  are  engag- 
ed in  trade,  among  whom  many  are  English,  Irish,  Scots, 
and  French.  Great  numbers  of  French  people  have  emi- 
grated here  since  the  revolution,  both  from  France  and 
from  the  West  India  islands.  Baltimore  possesses  apart 


DISTIUCT    OF    COLUMBIA.  139 

of  tlu>  trails  <>f  the  back  country  of  lY:m-vlvania.  and  of 

the  Wo-1  a  publick  buddings  aro  an 

excha-  '-ft  lonii,  a  penitentiary,  a  h.i^piiaL  a  the- 

-  liii^ton  monument.  >'ructure, 

-lands  tin-  stiiiui'  ol  ^fon, 

a  battle  n.ontimenf,  in    commemoration  of   the  successful 
defence    a^ain^t    the    attack    of  the    Hriti>h,  the    13th  of 
•I  31  houses  <»f  piiblick  wor-hip.      Its  pop- 
ulation in  ls:o.  \\  a-  l'r.2.738,  of  whom  4,3(37  wt . 
and   10,3  <  oloured  persons. 

5.  S.  K.  of  Baltimore,  containing 

inhabitants,  is   ih*-  .ovornment,  and    is  the 

usual  re-i»lence  of  the  <^reat  oll'uci's  of  the  State.      In  the 

of  the  city  is  the  slate-hou-e,  a  mo>t  noble  edifice. 

.  ;>o!a  with  a  lantern  at  the  top,  from  whence 

ther  '  ir  a>  the  Atlantic  bevond  the  Ches- 

apeak  the  >ti  eots  diver-o  in  every 

direction  like  the  radii  of  a  circle.    The  other  publick  build- 

churche-,  ;l  theatre. 

11    i>  a  tine,  lloun^hin^,  inland   town,  of 

Vuilt   piincipally  of  bnrk  and  stone, 

and    mostly  on  one  broad  ^trcct.      it  carries  on  a  consid- 

;ntry,  which  it  supplies  with 
i;iti'li«M'  tli  awn  from  Baltimore. 

itho- 

iu  Ireland.      The  other  denominations  are  Episco- 
palians,   Pre^b\  Calvin'^1-,    I,u!!ior;ins,  Friends, 
<l  Method  "f  government  are 
od  to  profess  their  belief  in  the  Christian  religion. 

•  nt.      The  legislature  consists  of  two  branches, 
.  and  liou-  -.     The  senate  are  cho- 

irs ;  tlie  (\  -  are  chosen  an- 

people.     'I'lu-  !i  on  t!»e  sec- 

Novembri-.  anii'ially,  by   a  joint  ballot  of 
both  ho  isesl      II  •  cannot  <   mtinue  in  oifu-i-  lonu 

IIA. 
The 

It  9lir-  '.  m.ick.   i  JD  'iiules 

from  its  mouth,  and  -  \\  ashing  ton, 

Georgetown,  and  Alexandria. 


140  SOUTHERN    STATES. 

The  city  Washington,  situated  on  the  Maryland  side 
of  the  Povvtomack,  about  300  miles  by  the  river  from  the 
Atlantic,  and  37  S.  W.  of  Baltimore,  is  the  seat  of  gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States.  It  is  laid  out  on  a  plan, 
which,  when  completed,  will  render  it  one  of  the  hand- 
somest and  most  commodious  cities  in  the  world.  The 
streets  north  and  south  are  crossed  by  others  at  right 
angles;  these  are  transversely  crossed  by  15  other  streets, 
named  after  the  different  states.  The^'houses  are  most- 
ly brick.  The  capitol,  with  a  front  of  364  feet,  is  built 
of  white  free  stone,  and  is  the  most  magnificent  edifice  in 
the  United  States.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  on  an  emi- 
nence, commanding  a  view  of  every  part  of  the  city,  and 
of  a  considerable  portion  of  the  country  around.  The 
'President's  house  is  170  by  85  feet,  two  stones  high,  of 
white  free  stone.  It  stands  on  a  rising  ground,  possess- 
ing a  water  prospect,  together  with  a  view  of  the  capitol, 
and  of  the  most  material  parts  of  the  city.  The  number 
of  inhabitants  in  1820  was  13,247. 

Alexandria,  6  miles  from  Washington,  is  built  on  the 
plan  of  Philadelphia.  It  contains  8  churches,  has  a  flour- 
ishing commerce,  and  bids  fair  to  be  one  of  the  most 
thriving  places  on  the  continent.  Population,  8,218. 

Georgetown  is  pleasantly 'situated  on  a  number  of  small 
hills,  on  the  northern  bank  of  the  Poknvmack,  'separated 
from  the  city  Washington  by  Rock  Creek,  distant  from 
the  capitol  4  miles,  and  8  miles  from  Alexandria.  It  is 
a  place  of  some  trade,  and  has  6  churches.  Its  popula- 
tion in  1820  was  7,360. 

Literature.  The  Roman  Catholic  College,  in  George- 
town, has  a  library  of  7,000  volumes,  and  a  valuable 
philosophical  apparatus. 

The  Columbian  College  in  the  District  of  Columbia,  at 
Washington  City,  was  incorporated  in  1821.  It  is  divided 
into  two  departments — the  Classical  and  the  Theological. 

SOUTHERN  STATES. 

Face  of  the  Country.  Along  the  coast  or  eastern  part  of 
the  Southern  States,  for  100  or  130  miles  inland,  to  the 
head  of  tide  waters  in  the  rivers,  the  'country  is  a  sandy 
plain,  without  a  stone  or  scarcely  a  hill,  but  little  elevated 
above  the  level  of  the  ocean,  'covered  in  its  natural  state 
with  pitch  pine,  called  PINE  BARRENS,  and  is 'supposed  to 
have  been  made  of  sand  accumulated  from  the  ocean,  to- 
gether with  the  soil  washed  down  from  the  mountains. 


VIRGINIA, 


141 


This  plain,  or  LOW  coi  -  frequently  called, 

is 'limited   on  the  west  by  a  remarkable  rerf  or  vein  of 
illy  a  little  higher    than    the  adjoining 
land,  Mipj  jic-riod,  to  h;ive  been  the 

boundary  of  the  ocean.  It  is  now  the  In-ad  ofti 
Over  this  n-cf  of  rocks  all  the  rivers  fill.  ''lleyond  these 
falls  tin'  land  is  hilly  and  generally  of  a  good  -oil.  This 
is  the  tobacco  country.  vFurther  back  it  become-  moun- 
tainou-.  It  i-  called  the  UII>KK  rorvruv,  and  much  ie- 
semblcs  the  Ka-te; 

About  one  third  'part  of  the  whole  num- 
ber of  the  inhabitants  in  the  low  country  are  nrgro  .-laves. 
Labour  here  is  thought  disreputable  for  a  white  man.  It 
is  other\\i-ein  the  upper  country.  There,  havi  g  but 
slaves,  labour  is  thought  no  disgrace,  and  the  \\hite 
people  cultivate  and  manage  their  farms  much  as  in  the 

Wheat  and    maize  are  cultivated  in  all 

The  'staple  productions  in  Virgin- 

:    N'Ti'i    Car.ilina,  are    wheat   and    tobacco  ;  in  the 

M,  cotton    and  rice,  and  in  the  '.State 

Hut  little  attention  is  paid  to  manufac- 
ites.   for  this    ''iva-.on  ;    that  agri- 
culture, particularly  the  cultivation  of  cotton,  is  so  much 
mure  profitable. 

•  •e.     There  is  but  little  shipping  owned  in  the 
Southern  ^  Much   of  the  produce   is 'exported  in 

vessels  belonging  to  merchants  in  the  Eastern  States. 

VIRGINIA. 

i  mild  climate.      In  the  east- 
ern 31  ii-t>,  in  oidinarv  \\  il 
abroad  through  the    season.      Snow    sometimes    fall.-,    but 
seldom  lit",   Ion-.      Tin-  VVilliaiiisburg, 
in  tin-  licit. 

re  and  the   margin 

of  rivc-i  -,  in  ilu;  lov.  i-.-n-d  with  ma: 

which  are  ferti!  ::-iderable  numbers 

of  cattle. 

mountainous  |>art  of  this  Stale,  corn poehend ing  all 
the  western  part,  is  a  fi:  g  country,  which  enables 

the  farmer  to  keep  large  numbers  of  cattle.  The  vallies 
between  the  mountains  are  generally  fertile,  and  produce 
I 


142  VIRGINIA. 

excellent  wheat.  The  forests  abound  with  nuts,  on  which 
swine,  running  at  large,  are  fattened  in  great  numbers. 
Hemp  is  extensively  cultivated  west  of  the  mountains. 
Almonds,  tigs  and  pomegranates  are  cultivated  in  gardens. 
Virginia  is  particularly  'celebrated  for  its  excellent  breed 
of  horses. 

^Minerals.  Lumps  of  gold  have  been  picked  up  near 
the  falls  of  the  Rappahannock.  It  has  been  found  also  on 
the  surface  of  the  ground  at  a  place  between  James  and 
Appomattox  rivers,  where  there  are  indications  of  a  gold 
mine.  Valuable  lead  mines  have  been  discovered  on  the 
KtinhaWO.)  about  25  miles  from  North  Carolina  line, 
which  are  wrought,  and  yield  about  60  pounds  of  pure 
metal  to  100  pounds  of  the  washed  ore.  These  mines  are 
thought  inexhaustible,  and  are  supposed  capable  of  sup- 
plying all  the  United  States  with  lead  and  shot  Mines 
of  copper  have  been  opened  on  James  river,  but  are  now 
discontinued.  Iron  mines  are  wrought  in  many  parts  of  the 
State.  The  country  on  James  river  for  many  miles  in  ex- 
tent, above  Richmond,  abounds  in  coal  of  an  excellent 
quality.  It  is  very  abundant  also  west  of  the  mountains. 
Marble  of  good  quality  is  found  on  James  river,  and 
lime  stone  every  where  west  of  the  Blue  ridge. 

Canals.  Several  improvements  of  this  kind  are  pro- 
gressing in  Virginia.  The  most  considerable  are  those 
on  the  Potowmack.  This  river  is  7i  miles  wide  at  its 
mouth,  and  1|  at  Alexandria,  290  miles  from  the  Capes. 
Thence  to  the  head  of  tide  waters  is  10  miles,  above 
which  the  navigation  of  this  river  is  obstructed  by  five 
considerable  falls,  around  all  which  locks  and  canals 
have  been  constructed,  so  that  it  is  now  navigable  for 
boats  to  Fort  Cumberland,  188  miles  above  tide' water. 

The  Shenandouh,  in  the  last  eight  miles  of  its  course, 
before  its  junction  with  the  Potowmack,  falls  eighty  feet. 
Here  six  canals  have  been  constructed,  by  which  this  river 
is  rendered  navigable  nearly  200  miles.  Round  the  falls 
in  James  river  is  a  canal  which  terminates  in  Richmond. 
A  company  has  been  incorporated  to  clear  the  river 
through  the  mountains.  Appomattox  river  is  'navigable 
naturally  to  Petersburg.  Thence  to  the  lower  falls  is  5 
miles.  Round  these  and  others  above,  are  canals,  by 
which  this  river  is  now  rendered  navigable  from  Peters- 
burg nearly  to  its  source. 

A  canal  has  been  constructed  24  feet  wide,  6  feet  deep, 
and  22  miles  long,  which  opens  a  navigation  from  James 


VIRGINIA.  143 

river  into  JHbcinarle  sound,  by  uniting;  Elizabeth   river, 
which  into   the  .!  \nrfulk*    with   the  Pas- 

(juetank,  which  empties  into  the  sound.    This  canal  passes 
within  one  mile  of  lake  Drummoml,  in  the  middle  of  the 
Dismal,  from  which  it  is  supplied  with  w 

Richmond,  on  James  river,  just  at  the  foot  of 
:!!s,  the    present  V  vernment,  contained  in 

.habitants.  Its  publick  buildings  are  a  pen- 
itentiary, armorv,  8  houses  of  publick  worship,  ahaudxime 

e,    and  jail.       It  had   a   th< 

in  December,  1811,  took  lire  during  an  exhibition, 
and  v.  -ned,  \\ith  seventy  persons  in  it. 

Norfolk  is  the  Vhief  commercial    port,  and  has  a  good 
harbour.      Its  population  iu    1820  was  8.478. 

:4  miles  S.  by  E.  of  Richmond,  just  be-low 
the  full-  in  Appomattox  river*,  has  a  thriving  back  country, 
and  i  'erable  trade. 

\Villian.-  miles  E.  by  S.  of  Richmond,  is  hand- 

somely laid  I'lii  in  squares.     It  contains  a  college,  a  court  - 

;1,  and  a  hospital   for  lunatic-. 
ctov\n,  is  noted  for  the  surrender  of  the  British  ar- 
.nd«-r  Lord   Cornwallis,  in  1781.      It  is   situated  on 

Norfolk'. 

\   Alexandria  is  ''Mount    Vernon,  the 

i    the  illustriiiii"    WASHINGTON.      The 

area    >  i-mnt    is  two  hundred    :  >•   the    sur- 

••r,    which  is    hero    nearly  two  miles  wide. 

The  house,   green-house,  school-house,    oilices, 

and    -  ialls,  when  seen  from  the  land  side,  have 

the  appearance  of  a  vili 

J\lit  "c..     'I'm'  vmo»t  considerable 

:un  and  lead. 

\port  are  tobacco  and  Hour. 
.  ;md  coal  areal- 

.     The  peoj)lf  are  much  attached  to 

'•oiuinercc  and  manufactures. 

d  by  the  Eng- 

~'ly  divided 

•  iantadons,   cnlti\  s.     The   proprietors 

.Led  planters,  and  usually  reside  on  their  plantations. 
Rdt  'imerous  denomina- 

;iu-se,  Methodists  and  Episcopalians. 

les  tin-  ffilrtrnilij  of  I 'irginia,  incor- 
porated in  1819,  and  established  at  Charlottesville,  Albe- 
marle  county,  there  are  three  colleges  in  this  State  ; 
William  and  Mary  college,  at  Williamsburgh,  Hampdea 


144  VIRGINIA. 

Sidney  college,  in  Prince  Edward  county  on  Appomattox 
river,  and  Washington  college  at  Lexington,  west  of  the 
Blue  ridge,  near  James  river.  Academies  and  common 
schools  are  also  established  in  several  towns.  This  state 
has  produced  a  number  of  eminent  characters,  of  whom 
WASHINGTON,  the  Great  and  the  Good,  is  of  most  illus- 
trious memory.  It  has  furnished  four  of  the  presidents 
of  the  Union.  Education  is,  however,  generally  much 
neglected  particularly  among  the  lower  classes. 

Government.  The  legislature  is  called  the  General  As- 
sembly, and  consists  of  a  senate  chosen  for  four  years  by 
districts  ;  and  house  of  representatives  chosen  annually. 
The  governor  is  chosen  annually  by  joint  ballot  of  both 
houses,  and  can  hold  the  office  but  three  years  in  seven. 

Curiosities.  The  kt  Natural  Bridge,"  over  a  small 
stream  called  Cedar  Creek,  emptying  into  James  river, 
a  little  west  of  the  Blue  Ridge,  is  justly  regarded  a  great 
curiosity.  It  is  on  the  ascent  of  a  hill,  which  seems  to 
have  been  cloven  asunder  by  some  violent  convulsion. 
The  chasm  or  cleft,  is  about  two  miles  long,  from  two  to 
three  hundred  feet  deep,  and  is  48  feet  wide  at  the  bot- 
tom. Over  this  extends  a  solid  arch  of  limestone,  from 
40  to  50  feet  thick,  at  the  amazing  height  of  2210  feet 
from  the  water,  which  is  passed  as  a  bridge.  It  is  about 
90  feet  in  length,  and  60  in  breadth,  some  part  of  which  is 
covered  with  a  coat  of  earth  which  gives  growth  to  a  num- 
ber of  trees.  The  very  edge  of  the  bridge  may  be  ap- 
proached with  safety,  being  protected  by  a  parapet  of 
fixed  rock,  yet  few  persons  have  the  courage  to  approach 
it,  and  to  look  down  into  the  profound  abyss  below. 

The  passage  of  the  Potowmack,  through  the  Blue 
ridge,  is  perhaps  one  of  the  most  stupendous  scenes  in 
nature.  The  Potowmack  and  the  Shenandoah,  having 
ranged  along  the  foot  of  the  mountain,  the  latter  more 
than  100  miles,  both  in  quest  of  a  passage,  at  length  meet 
together,  and,  in  the  moment  of  their  junction,  rush 
against  the  mountain,  rend  it  asunder,  and  pass  off*  to  the 
sea.  A  road  on  one  side  of  the  river  leads  through  the 
beach  ;  also  locks  and  canals  have  been  constructed  here, 
so  that  now  boats  ascend  through  the  mountain. 

Near  Bath^  at  the  foot  of  Jackson's  mountain,  are  the 
"Warm  and  Hot  Springs."  The  former  issues  in  a 
large  stream  sufficient  to  turn  a  grist-mill,  and  is  of  a 
temperature  about  blood  heat.  The  other  is  smaller,  but 
so  hot  sometimes,  it  is  said,  as  to  have  boiled  an  egg.  Its 
usual  temperature  is  about  110  or  112°  of  Farenheit. 


Falls  at  Niagara Page  101. 


Natural  Uridge Page  141. 


NORTH    CAROLINA.  145 

In  the  low  grounds  on  the  Great  Kanhawa,  about  67 

mile>  rh.  is  a  hole   in  the   earth,  the  vapour 

from    whii  current,    takes   fire  on 

nting  ali  •  eh   or  candle,    and   continues  to 

burn  -  -  lor  two  or  three  days. 

\\Y-t  of  the  Blue  rid^e,  near  the  source  ofShenandoah 

which   extends  nearly   hori- 

et  into  the  side  of  a  mountain,  and  finally 

laces,  at  basins  of  water  of  unknown 

d    li.'iu.' -stone  from  20  to  30  feet 

:iu;'i    which    water   is   continually   percolating. 

from  the  top  of  the  vault  generates  on  that 

se   below,  stalactites,  like  icicles,  some  of 

which  have  met  and  formed  massive  columns. 

In  the  county  of  Monroe,  near  the  Kanhawa,  there  is  a 
entirely  through  the  base  of  a 

iHiuntuin,  a  di-  -2  miles,  through  which  per- 

-<•<!    iron;  one   side  of  the  mountain  to    the 
other.     Tln-  earth  on  the  bottom  affords  saltpetre. 

In  the  Panther  gap  ridd  en  North  and  Jackson's 

in    the   side   of  a  hill,    is    what   is   called    the 

bout  100  feet  in  diameter,  which  emits 

i  rent  of  air  of  such  force  as   to  keep  the 

of  twenty  yards.     This 

currc-:  .rosty  weather,  and  weakest 

in  Ion  -  of  rain. 

NORTH  CAROLINA. 

nafe.     The  weather  is  generally  moderate  till  after 
.  when  \\  ,  nences,  and  continues  varia- 

ble   till    the    middle  of   February,  sometimes    warm   and 
er  times  rainy,  with  occasional  frosts 
and  s  ;  but  the  ice  is  seldom  strong  enough 

Cattle  require  no  other  fodder 
than  the  Ir; 

•  its,  flax  and  hemp, 

thrive  in  the  'back  hilly  country  ;   Indian  corn  and  pulse 
in    all   pa  ively  cultivated   in  the 

'middle  of  the    State  ;  some    of  the  swamps  in  the   low 
country  produce  rice.     The  I '  supposed  to  contain 

one  of  tii  ''uable  rice  estates  in  America. 

No  country  produces  finer  white  and  red  cak  for  staves. 
The  live  oak,  so  called  from  it*  being  green  all  the  year, 
and  which  is  so  valuable  in  ship-building,  grows  iu  this 


146  NORTH    CAROLINA. 

State.      The  ?medicinal    plants   are   ginseng,    Virginia 
snake-root,  Seneka  snake-root,  and  Carolina  pink. 

Minerals.  A  little  south  of  Salisbury,  in  the  bottom  of 
Meadow  Creek,  a  small  stream  emptying  into  the  Pedee 
river,  gold  has  been  picked  up  to  the  amount  of  many 
thousand  dollars.  It  was  'discovered  first  in  1803,  by  a 
boy,  exercising  himself  in  shooting  small  fishes  with  a 
bow  and  arrow.  The  masses  were  of  different  sizes, 
from  very  small  grains  to  the  unexampled  bulk  of  a  lump 
weighing  28  pounds.  In  the  year  1804,  ELEVEN  THOU- 
SAND dollars  of  the  gold  coin  issued  from  the  mint  of  the 
United  States  were  of  this  native  gold. 

Towns.  In  this  State,  as  in  Virginia,  there  are  no 
large  towns.  Newbern,  the  'largest  town  in  the  State,  in 
1820,  contained  3,663  inhabitants,  of  whom  1,921  were 
slaves.  The  publick  buildings  are  an  Episcopal  church, 
a  court-house,  a  theatre,  and  a  jail.  It  carries  on  a  con- 
siderable trade  with  the  West  Indies. 

Raleigh  is  the  'seat  of  government.  It  is  pleasantly 
situated,  divided  by  four  spacious  streets  into  as  many 
squares,  and  contains  about  3000  inhabitants. 

The  9other  principal  towns  are  Fayettevitle,  the  best 
situated  inland  town  for  commerce  in  the  State,  inhabited 
by  Scotch  highlariders,  who  speak  their  native  language  ; 
Wilmington,  a  place  of  considerable  trade ;  Edenton,  well 
situated  for  commerce,  but  not  for  health  ;  Hillsborough, 
in  a  healthy  and  fertile  country  ;  Washington,  in  which 
more  shipping  is  owned  than  in  any  other  town  in  the 
State. 

Commerce.  There  is  no  great  mart  or  trading  place  in 
this  State,  owing  probably  to  the  difficulty  of  entering 
the  rivers,  by  reason  of  bars  of  sand,  and  the  want  of 
safe,  sufficient  harbours.  Most  of  the  produce  of  the  back 
country,  consisting;  of  tobacco,  wheat  and  maize,  is  'car- 
ried to  Petersburg  in  Virginia,  and  to  Charleston  in  South 
Carolina.  The  'exports  of  the  low  country,  are  lumber, 
pitch,  tar,  turpentine,  and  rice.  The  'imports  are  apples, 
cider,  cheese,  potatoes,  furniture,  hats  and  shoes,  From 
New-England  5  and  foreign  merchandise  chiefly  from 
New-York. 

Roads  and  Canals.  The  roads  in  this  State  have  been 
much  neglected,  and  are  illy  accommodated  with  bridges. 
Canals  have  been  constructed  around  the  lower  falls  in 
Cape  Fear  River,  and  at  the  falls  above.  Chesapeak  and 
Albemarle  canal  is  partly  in  this  State. 


SOUTH    CAROLINA.  147 

Ink  The  inhabitants,  as   in  Virginia,  mostly 

plantations,  at  tin  n   half 

a  mile  to  three  or   four   miles  from  each  other.     Most  of 
the  labour  in  the  low  country  is  done  by  slaves. 

.     The  chief  religious  denominations  are  Meth- 

-,  Presbyterians,  Quakers,  and  Moravians. 

The  most   numerous  are    the    Methodists  and   Haptists. 

No  person  denying  the  being  of  God,  or  the  truth  of  the 

scrip  I  any  civil  office. 

On  Chapel  Hill  in  an  elevated  situation, 
gh,  4is  >~orth  Carolina  University, 

the  only  one  in  the  ^tate.     Academies  are  established  in 
a  number  of  the  towns,  and  schools  in  many  places.    The 
\ian  Academy  for  ladies,  at  Salem,  has  a  good  rep- 
utation. 

uicnt.     The  legislature  is  styled  the  General 
Assembly,  and  consists  of  a  senate  and  house  of  represen- 
tatives chosen  annually  by  the  people.     The  governor  is 
n  annually  by  a  joint  ballot  of  both  houses,  and  is 
i)le  to  office  three  years  in  six. 

h     ;r  Salisbury  there  is  a  remarkable  sub- 
terra]  11  of  stone,  laid   in  cement,  plastered  on 
hum  t \\elve  to  14  feet  in  height,  and  22  inches 
thick.     The    length    yet    discovered   is   about  300  feet. 
The  top  of  this  wall  approaches  within  about  one  foot  of 
the  surface   of  the  ground.     When  built,  by  whom,  and 
for  what  purpose,  is  left  wholly   to  conjecture.     A  si  mi- 
til  has  lately  been  discovered  about   six  miles  from 
the  first,  from  4  to  5  feet  high,  and  7  inches  thick. 

SOUTH  CAROLINA. 

Winter  is  scarcely  known  in  South  Carolina. 
r   the  ground,  is  a  rare  occurrence 
a    the    mountains.       The   ''greatest    cold    in  a 
course  of  Mtion 

>  it  the  middle  of  1)  -ually  'sus- 

pended about  four  aiddle  of  January. 

The  'plan  rh  aud   April,  and 

continues  till  June. 

"ins.      Interspersed  among  the  pine 
barrens  in  thi^  tracts  01  land  free  of  timber  and 

every  kind  of  growth  but  that  of  grass,  called  savannas, 
good   for   3  other   kind  of  soil  is  that  of  the 

marshesand  swamps,  and  the  low  ground,  on  the  margin  of 


148  SOUTH    CAROLINA. 

the  rivers,  which  have  a  rich,   fertile  soil,  and  are  the 
'seat  of  the  rice  plantations. 

The  pine  barrens  are  'chiefly  valuable  for  their  lumber 
and  for  the  pitch,  tar,  and  turpentine  which  they  yield. 
Boxes  are  cut  in  the  trees  in  which  the  turpentine  collects. 
When  full,  the  turpentine  is  gathered  and  put  into  bar- 
rels. A  thousand  trees  will  yield  at  every  gathering  about  >. 
two  barrels  and  a  half  of  turpentine.  It  maybe  gathered 
about  once  in  fourteen  days.  SPIRITS  OF  TURPENTINE  are 
'obtained  by  distillation.  ROSIN  is  the  'remainder  of  tur- 
pentine after  distillation.  %TAR  is  'obtained  by  cutting 
down  the  trees,  which  being  split  are  piled,  when  dry,  in 
heaps  on  floors  of  clay.  The  heaps  are  then  covered  with 
earth,  and  being  set  on  fire,  the  tar  collects  in  trenches, 
by  which  it  is  conveyed  into  cisterns.  PITCH  is  nothing 
more  than  the  solid  .part  of  the  tar,  separated  from  the 
liquid  by  boiling. 

Cotton  is  the  'great  staple  of  this  State.  It  is  of  'three 
varieties.  First,  that  which  grows  upon  the  islands,  call- 
ed BLACK  SEED  or  SEA  ISLAND  COTTON.  It  has  a  long  fine 
staple,  and  is  of  the  first  quality.  Second,  that  which 
grows  in  the  middle  and  upper  country,  called  GREEN  SEED 
or  UPLAND  COTTON,  of  a  quality  inferior  to  the  first.  Third, 
NANKEEN  COTTON,  as  it  is  called.  This  is  likewise  the 
produce  of  the  middle  arid  upper  country,  but  is  of  a 
Duality  inferior  to  the  second.  It  is  never  exported,  but 
is  cultivated  only  for  family  use. 

Cotton  'grows  in  pods.  The  seeds  are  sown  annually 
about  two  feet  and  a  half  asunder.  An  acre  will  'yield 
from  700  to  1000  pounds.  The  pods,  when  ripe,  burst 
open.  The  cotton  is  then  gathered  and  separated  from 
the  seeds  by  a  machine  which  cleans  1000  pounds  in  a 
day.  Before  this  invention,  the  upland  cotton  was  not 
thought  worth  cleansing,  and  none  of  it  was  exported. 
Since  that  time  it  has  become  the  great  article  both  of 
cultivation  and  of  export. 

The  next  'great  staple  of  this  State  is  rice.  This  is 
cultivated  on  the  swamps  and  marshes,  and  on  the  margin 
of  rivers.  The  lands  where  it  grows  require  to  be  occa- 
sionally flooded  with  water.  The  'cultivation  is  wholly 
by  negroes.  No  work  can  be  imagined  more  laborious 
or  more  prejudicial  to  health.  They  are  obliged  to  stand 
in  water  oftentimes  mid  leg  high,  exposed  to  the  scorch- 
ing heat  of  the  sun,  and  breathing  an  atmosphere  poison- 
ed by  the  unwholesome  effluvia  of  an  oozy  bottom  and 


SOUTH-CAROLINA.  149 

stagnant  water.  After  being  thrashed  and  winnowed,  it 
is  ground  in  mills  made  ot  wood,  to  free  it  from  the  husk. 
Then  it  is  winnowed  again  and  put  into  a  wooden  mortar, 
and  beat  with  lar^e  wooden  pestles,  which  labour  is  so 
oppressive  and  hard,  that  the  firmest  nerves  and  most  vig- 
orous constitutions  often  sink  under  it.  After  this  opera- 
tion, it  U  ^ifted  and  put  into  barrels. 

Tobacco  and  indigo  were  formerly  much  cultivated   in 
very    little   attention  is  paid  to 
The  apple  does  not  thrive  in  this  and  the  oilier 
southern  climate-.      Melons  are  raised  in  great  perfec- 
tion.    They  have  oranges  which  are  chiefly  sour,  some 
,1    few    limes   and    lemons,    olives,    promegranates, 
-  and  peaches.     'Live  oak  grows  upon  the  islands. 

>-e.     The  'most  considerable  article  ot'export  is 

cotton ;  'next  to  this  is  rice.   The  ''other  articles  are  lum- 

itch,  tar,  turpentine,  beef,  pork,  indigo  and  tobacco. 

Ion  is  the  'largest   town  in  the  State, 

and  the  sixth  in  M/.C,  in  the  United  States.    It  is 'situated 

8  miles  from  the  sea,  on  a  peninsula  between  Ashley  and 

.    which   uniting    immediately  below     the 

form  the  harbour.      The  streets  extend    from    river 

i  b\    others    nearly    at    right   angles. 

The  publick  build ii  exchange,  a  state-  house,  an 

•i  orphan-house,  and  18  houses  of 

publii  ;>•     The  population  in  1820  was  24,780,  of 

whom  H,65\!  were  slaves.     This  city  carries  on  an  ei- 
\v    commerce,   and  is   esteemed   one  of  the     most 
healthy  towns  in  all  the  low  country. 

N".  N.  W.  of  Charleston,   is  the 
\ernment.      It  contains  about  100  houses,   and 
tlourishinic   town.      Beaufort^   7-  miles  S.    W.   of 
pleasantly  situated  on  Port  Royal  Island. 
inland  to\\  n  in  the  State,  has  an  easy' 
communication  with  Charleston  through  the  Santee  canal. 
The    denominations    m»»i    prevalent    are 
Meth"iiiM-.    l»,i|iti-i-.  aini    •  .    in  the   upper 

part  of  the  State,  and  Episcopalians  in  the  lower  part. 

Literature.     There  are  se\.  -^es  in  this  State. 

The  most  flourishing  is  South  Carolina  college  atColumbia. 
Formerly  many  wealthy  parents  sent  their  sons  to  Eng- 
land for  their  education  ;  at  present  many  are  sent  to 
Yale  college  in  Connecticut,  and  to  Cambridge  University 
in  Massachusetts.  Free  Schools  are  now  patronized  by 
the  State. 

N2 


150  GEORGIA. 

Government.  The  legislature  is  called  the  General 
Assembly,  and  consists  of  a  senate  chosen  for  four  years, 
and  a  house  of  representatives  chosen  for  two.  The  gov- 
ernor is  also  chosen  for  two  years  by  a  joint  ballot  of  both 
houses. 

GEORGIA. 

Climate.  The  'winters  in  Georgia  are  mild  and  pleas- 
ant ;  snow  is  seldom  seen,  nor  is  vegetation  interrupted 
by  severe  frosts.  The  thermometer  usually  'fluctuates 
between  40  and  60  degrees. 

Face  of  the  Country*  Soil,  and  Productions.  The  'coast 
of  Georgia  for  4  or  5  miles  inland,  is  a  salt  marsh,  at  pres- 
ent mostly  uninhabited.  In  front  of  this,  towards  the 
sea,  there  is  a  chain  of  islands,  of  a  grey  rich  soil,  cover- 
ed in  their  natural  state,  with  pine,  hickory,  and  live 
oak,  and  'yielding  on  cultivation  sea-island  cotton.  Back 
of  the  salt  marsh  there  is  a  narrow  margin  of  land,  nearly 
of  the  same  quality  with  that  of  the  islands  ;  immediately 
back  of  which  commence  the  pine  barrens.  The  rivers 
and  creeks  are  every  where  bordered  with  swa-nps  or 
marsh,  which  at  every  tide,  for  15  or  25  miles  back  into 
the  .country,  are  either  wholly  or  partially  overflowed. 
These  constitute  the  rice  plantations. 

The  great  'staples  of  this  State  are  cotton  and  rice.  In- 
digo was  formerly  considerably  cultivated.  It  is  the 
product  of  a  plant,  'obtained  by  maceration  in  water  about 
SO  hours,  after  which  the  liquor  is  drawn  oft'  into  vats, 
where  it  undergoes  an  operation  somewhat  similar  to  that 
of  churning.  After  this  process,  lime  water  is  poured 
into  the  liquor,  which  causes  the  particles  of  indigo  to 
settle  to  the  bottom. 

The  pine  barrens  produce  grapes  of  a  large  size,  and  of 
an  excellent  flavour.  The  sweet  oranges  of  Georgia  are 
inferior  to  those  of  the  West  Indies.  The  lemon,  citron, 
pomegranate,  Indian  fig  and  sugar  cane,  find  here  a  genial 
climate.  The  rivers  of  Georgia  are  infested  with  alligators 
and  numerous  reptiles,  many  of  which  are  venomous. 

Manufactures.  The  manufactures  of  this  State  are 
cotton  cloths,  some  woollen,  rum,  peach  brandy,  whiskey, 
leather,  bar  iron,  gun  powder,  soap,  and  candles. 

Commerce.  Georgia  owns  but  little  shipping.  Savannah 
is  the  only  sea-port  of  consequence.  Most  of  the  foreign 
merchandise  used  in  this  State  is  'obtained  from  Charles- 
ton and  New-York.  Cheese,  fish,  potatoes,  apples,  cider 


GEORGIA.  151 

and  -  procured  chielly   from    the  Jaud 

e,  lumber. 

vanish  river,  17  miles  from 

the  sea,   is  th-  town,      h   contains    ien   publick 

'ed  \\ith  rows 
-i)  luive  rows  of  ti  e 
publick  buildings  are  a  court-jiu  , 

on,    a  -id  7 

houses  for  pu>)  .  the  south  nde 

of  the  ri\  L'r  cau-nUh'd  for  I '2  _;IM-  dcfemU  (lie  town. 

ee  blacks  ;   in  all,  7..uSu.      The   fairest  part  of  this 

i  tremendous  lire,  .l,m.    I  |, 
iitribuiio  ompdv    made 

.  a  llouii-  town,  on  the 

Oconee,  300  miles  by  the  river  from  the  sea,  is  the  'seat 

vernment.   Tiie  siate-ho  loal  in  the 

Unions  for  the   quantity  and 

a  i*. 

400D    inhiibitants,  is  a    place  of 

•nl  other  produce,  which 

i   river,  3  J'i  •  -  tvan- 

.i'ds  wide.      D.irien 

•iie  mouth  of  the  Altamuha. 

ieek  Indians 'inhabit  the  wotern  half 

i  id  the  e.'  i,  and  are 

;ribe  in  the  Union.      T  made 

-  of  civilised  life.      They 

and    have 

ir   women  spin 

and  liny;,  writ- 

Vthens,  is 
i  ••  KiMiiklin  i 

-'jhools  ai-e  also 
no\v  t 

The    5.  ^  are  Baptists 

and  V  L'here 

^'ate. 

Govern,  neral 

Assembly,  and   co:  md  house  ot   repre- 

sentatives,   chosen  annually  •  nor  is   chosen 

for  two  years  by  a  joiat  vote  of  both  houses. 


152  ALABAMA....  MISS1SIPPI. 

ALABAMA. 

Face  of  the  Country.  The  'southern  parts  are  low  and 
level,  gradually  rising  towards  the  interior.  In  the 
'northern  parts  it  becomes  elevated,  and  in  some  places 
mountainous. 

Towns.  Cahairba,  at  the  junction  of  Caha\vba  river, 
with  the  Alabama,  is  the  seat  of  government.  Mobile  on 
the  west  side  of  Mobile  river,  is  a  place  of  increasing 
trade,  and  contains  a  Roman  Catholic  church,  and  a  print- 
ing office.  Blakely,  10  miles  east  of  Mobile,  is  well  sit- 
uated fur  commerce,  and  has  a  good  harbour  of  easy  ac- 
cess. St.  Stevens  is  a  flourishing  town,  situated  on  the 
Tombecbee',  120  miles  above  Mobile.  Huntsville,  the 
chief  town  of  Madison  county,  is  situated  in  a  fertile 
country,  at  the  head  of  Indian  Creek,  110  miles  south  of 
Nashville. 

Soil  and  Productions.  This  State  has  the  advantage 
of  many  rivers,  and  its  soil  is,  in  general,  very  fertile. 
Its  'productions  are  cotton  in  abundance,  Indian  corn, 
rice,  wheat,  rye,  &c. 

Education.  Congress  has  granted  two  townships  con- 
taining £0,000  acres,  for  the  support  of  a  college;  and 
given,  for  the  support  of  publick  schools,  a  section  of 
land  in  each  township. 

MISSISIPPI. 

Climate  and  Soil.  This  State  has  a  temperate  climate. 
White  frosts,  and  sometimes  thin  ice,  have  been  known, 
but  snow  is  very  uncommon.  The  ?soil  is  very  superior. 
The  savannas  or  natural  meadows  are  covered  with  a  black 
rich  mould,  about  one  foot  and  a  half  deep,  beneath  which 
is  a  stift'clay,  which  hardens,  on  being  exposed  to  the  sun ; 
but  when  wet  by  a  light  shower  of  rain,  it  slackens  like 
lime,  after  which  it  is  found  excellent  for  vegetation. 

Productions.  Cotton,  rice,  Indian  corn,  hemp,  flax, 
indigo,  and  tobacco,  grow  in  great  abundance.  Oranges 
and  lemons  are  plenty  ;  hops  grow  wild 5  all  kinds  of  Eu- 
ropean fruits  arrive  to  great  perfection,  and  no  part  of  the 
world  is  more  favourable  for  raising  every  kind  of  stock. 

Rivers.  The  'rivers  most  worthy  of  notice  are  the  Ya- 
zoo,  100  yards  wide  at  its  mouth;  Pearl  river,  navigable 
100  miles  ;  the  Mobile  and  its  branches. 

Chief  Towns.  Hatches,  350  miles  above  New-Orleans, 
by  water,  and  150  by  land,  is  the  'centre  of  commerce,  and 


LOUISIA  153 

contains  2,184  inhabitants.      It  has  a  bank,  and  is  pleas- 

antlv  -  u  an  eminem  I  above  the  level  of 

•r,  which  is  here  one  mile  wide  and  about 

•ep.      Ships  sometime*  a-cend  to  nils  pl;ice,  but 

they  rarely  attempt  it',  as  the  sudden  and  fiequent  turns 

of  the  river  render  the  fairest  wind  of  very  little  use.      A 

vessel  in  ordinary  cases  will  make  a  voyage  to  Kutope  and 

back  anain,    in  less  time  than  she   will  ascend   the   river 

from  ^  to  Natches. 

.ticello,  the  seat  of  government,  on  Pearl  river,  is 
90  n  vttches. 

lin^ton  and  Shiehlsborough,  col- 
leges have  been  incorporated.  In  several  towns  acade- 
mies are  established. 

Indian*.      The    remains    of   the   Creeks,   Cherokees, 

Choctaws,  and  Chickasaws   have   well   cultivated  fields, 

jreat    numbers   of  horses,  cattle,  hogs,    and    sheep. 

of  them  are  mechanics,  and  their  women  spin  and 

make  cloth, 

LOUISIANA  (PURCHASE.) 

The  whole  counti  -ippi  river  and  the 

Pacific  Ocean,  formerly   'belonged    i^  and    was 

\\hom  it  was  'purchased,  in  the 
the  United    Slate-.  f   dol- 

lars.     Its  limits  between  the   United  id    Spain, 

as  defined  in  the  late   treatv,  are,    the   western   bank   of 
Saline  river,  from  its  mouth  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  to  the 
32°  north  latitude  ;    thence   by   a   line  due   north    till  it 
strikes  Red  river  ;    thence  following   the   course  of  this 
ward  to  the  decree  of  longitude  100  west  from 
thence  by  a   line  due    north  till    it   strikes  the 
u  ;  thence  by  the  southern  hank  of  this  riv- 
->>uixe  in  latit1.-  <rth  ;  and  thence  by  that 

Mel  of  latitude  to  the  Pacific  ()c> 
M  u:h  of  thi-  unexplored.     The 

7parts   best   kit  other 

principal 

The  foundations,  the  wa- 

ll the  spri  >  to   the  "height 

of  40  feet.     The  banks  oft!  unewhat  higher 

than  the  adjacent  count  ,u  these  inunda- 

tions, the  waters,  which  many  miles  in- 

undate the  country,  particularly  on.  the  western  side, 
never  return  again  into  the  river,  but  seek  other  outlets 
into  the  ocean. 


154  LOUISIANA. 

The  ^inhabitants  in  Louisiana  formerly  were  mostly 
French,  except  the  native  Indian  tribes,  "which  are  nu- 
merous. But  emigrants  from  the  northern  States  will 
soon  form  the  majority  of  the  population. 

This  country  at  present  is  'divided  into  four  parts  ; 
1.  the  State  of  Louisiana  ;  2.  the  State  of  Missouri ;  3. 
the  Territory  of  Arkansaw  ;  4.  all  the  remaining  part 
of  the  country  extending  to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  called  the 
Territory  of  Missouri.  The  name,  LOUISIANA,  is  now 
applied  only  to  the  first  of  the  divisions. 

THE  STATE  OF  LOUISIANA 

Lies  so  flat  and  low,  that  more  than  one  fifth  'part  of 
its  whole  surface  is  covered  with  water,  by  the  overflow- 
ing of  its  rivers  in  the  spring  of  the  year. 

New  Orleans,  the  capital  of  this  State,  is  Vituated  on 
the  Missisippi,  87  miles  from  its  mouth.  The  country 
here  is  lower  than  the  surface  of  the  river,  which  is  con- 
fined within  its  channel  by  artificial  banks,  called  the 
'LEVEE,  raised  at  an  enormous  expense  by  order  of  the 
Spanish  government".  It  is  directly  in  front  of  the  town, 
and  affords  a  very  pleasant  walk,  which  in  the  evening  is 
crowded  with  company.  All  the  'water  used  in  this  city 
is  brought  from  the  river,  which  must  be  filtered  or  set  to 
settle  before  it  is  fit  for  use.  The  expenses  of  living  here 
are  very  high.  The  city  is  unhealthy,  particularly  to 
strangers.  The  number  of  inhabitants  in  1820,  was 
27,176,  of  whom  13,592  were  slaves.  There  are  also 
a  number  of  Indians  in  the  vicinity  who  frequent  the 
town.  The  formation  of  a  Presbyterian  church,  and  the 
rapid  introduction  of  emigrants  from  the  north,  are  said 
to  have  produced  a  favourable  change  in  the  morals  of 
the  place  which  formerly  were  deplorably  low.  This 
city  is  advantageously  situated .  for  commerce,  at  the 
mouth  of  one  of  the  noblest  rivers  in  the  world,  whose 
branches  extending  many  hundreds  of  miles  in  almost  ev- 
ery direction,  waft  to  this  port  the  products  of  various 
climates.  The  British  naval  and  land  forces  attacked 
this  place  at  the  close  of  the  late  war,  and  were  repulsed 
with  immense  loss,  by  the  brave  army  under  the  gallant 
General  Jackson.  The  enemy  lost  700  killed,  1400 
wounded,  and  2600  prisoners  !  The  American  army  lost 
seven  killed,  and  six  wounded! 

The  island  of  New  Orleans  is 'formed  by  theMissisippi 
on  one  side,  and  the  lakes  Ponchartrain  and  Maurepas, 


FLORIDA.  155 

together  with  an   outlet   from  the  Missisippi    called  the 
river  Iberville,  on  the  other.     T  'tit  against 

the  n  -,   and  ex 

to  the  he-ad  of  the  island,  l.i()  miles,  making  an  '-xcellent 
the  whole  distance,  about  20  feet   wide,  and  dry  at 

-  of  the  year.     Below  this  fort  the  land  rapidly 
:ito  swamps  ;    within  a  few  mile*  further, 

entirely  disappear,  and  nothing  remains  but  an  im 
collection  of  a  marsh,  a  distance  of  about  30  miles  to  the 

\andria  are  on   Red  River  ;    the 

forme:  n  with  the  Missisip- 

pi, and  th.  uchitoches.      liaton 

the  K.  bank  of 

•  ppi,  and  St.  Francisville,  30  miles  above   Ba- 
ton Re 

<rs.     The    Missisippi  discharges  its  waters  by  a 

great  number  of  mouths,  the  principal   of  which,  or  that 

which  affords  the  best  navigation,  is  called  Balixe,  where 

-mall  fort  and  or  the  accommodation  of 

.      The   'other  principal  rivers   are  the   lied,  Wa- 

chitt  a 

Pri  .tton,  sugar,  and   rice,  are  the  'staple 

commodities.     The  island  ot  New-Orleans  produces  lem- 
ons, i 

FLORIDA  (TERRITORY.) 


This  valuable  acquisition  to  the  territory  of  the  United 
States  is  about  400  miles  in  length,  and  340  in  breadth  in 
ilest  part.     The  eastern  is  the  'least  fertile  part,  es- 
pecially near  and  about  A1/.  Augustine.     The  coasts. are 
.,  and  barren  ;    but  the  banks  of  the  rivers  are 
rich  and   i'ertil-  .  II  adapted  to  the  culture  of  rice 

and  corn.     Ti  or  country  is  high  and  pleasant, 

of  a  fertili-  .-Mids  with  wood  of  almost  every 

kind,  particular  ik.     The  warmest  -i  fer- 

tile parts  of  this'coi.  luce  two  crops  of  Indian 

corn  i:i  one  year.       I  5,  lemons,  figs, 

and  grapes.     The  coasts  fun  .d  amber;  the 

rivers  abound  in  fish,  but  are  molested  by  alligators. 

St.  Augustine,  the  chief  to  it  Florida,  contain- 

ing 3,000  inhabitants,  is  situated  on  the  Atlantic  coast. 

Pensacola,  in  West  Florida,  has  an  excellent  harbour, 
and  contains  2,000  inhabitants. 


156  WESTERN    STATES. 


WESTERN  STATES. 

The  Western  States  'comprehend  all  the  States  which 
lie  west  of  the  Alleghany  mountains. 

The  'climate  in  these  States  is  much  milder  in  the 
same  parallels  of  latitude  than  in  those  eastward  of  the 
mountains;  the  quantity  of  snow  is  considerably  less  ; 
vegetation  is  several  weeks  earlier,  and  as  much  later. 
The  north-east  wind,  so  distressing,  particularly  in  the 
Northern  States,  is  hardly  known  here.  Though  the 
climate  is  milder,  the  weather,  if  possible,  is  more  un- 
steady, and  the  atmosphere  more  replete  with  moisture. 
Rheumatism,  pleurisies,  consumptions,  and  bilious  com- 
plaints,  are  the  most  common  diseases. 

The  'soil  generally  is  of  remarkable  fertility.  The 
flat  lands  on  the  rivers,  in  New-England  called  intervals, 
are  here  ^called  BOTTOMS.  At  some  distance  from  the 
rivers  the  land  often  suddenly  rises  6  or  8  feet,  when 
there  is  another  flat,  and  so  on  ;  after  this  a  third,  called- 
first,  second,  and  third  bottoms,  counting  from  the  rivers 
upwards. 

Prairies,  or  natural  meadows,  in  the  Southern  States 
called  savannas,  are  frequent  in  this  country.  They  are 
extensive,  level  tracts  of  ground,  some  of  which  are  low 
and  wet,  others  are  elevated  and  dry,  stretching  often- 
times further  than  the  eye-  can  reach,  for  the  most  part 
entirely  destitute  of  trees,  of  a  deep  rich  soil,  covered 
with  a  kind  of  coarse  grass  and  cane.  On  these  prairies 
buffaloes  are  often  seen  grazing  together  in  herds  of 
more  than  a  hundred  head. 

The  'productions  of  this  country  in  the  most  southerly 
parts  are  cotton,  indigo,  and  some  rice.  Hemp,  Indian 
corn,  and  tobacco,  are  produced  in  great  perfection  both 
in  the  southern  and  middle  parts.  In  the  'northern  parts, 
wheat,  oats,  barley,  rye,  Indian  corn,  hemp,  and  flax,  are 
mostly  cultivated. 

The  sugar  maple  abounds  in  all  parts  of  .this  country, 
from  which  it  is  supposed,  with  sufficient  hands,  a  supply 
of  sugar  mioht  be  made  for  the  whole  United  States. 
Ginseng  grows  abundantly  in  the  woods,  and  likewise 
wild  grapes.  Also,  a  species  of  grass,  called  wild  rye. 
It  has  a  head  and  beard  resembling  rye,  and  sometimes 
produces  a  small  slender  grain. 


WESTERN    STATES.  157 

The  'wild  animals  are  buffaloes,  elk,  deer,  bears, 
wolves,  panthers,  wild -cats,  foxes,  beavers,  and  otters. 
The  bu Haloes  are  very  domestic  and  harmless,  and  their 
ilesh  is  excellent  food.  Pheasants,  partridges,  and  wild 
turkies,  are  frequent  in  the  woods. 

The  rivers  afford  plenty  of  fish.  Those  'most  common, 
particularly  to  the  waters  of  the  Ohio,  are  the  buffalo- 
fish  of  a  largu  si/.e,  and  the  cat-fish,  sometimes  exceeding 
100  weight.  Trout  have  been  taken  in  Kentucky  weigh- 
i  pounds.  On  these  waters,  and  especially  on  the 
Ohio,  geese  and  ducks  are  very  numerous. 

Fossil  coal  is  found  in  various  parts.  It  is  remarkably 
pure  and  burns  with  a  fine  lambent  llame,  gives  out  great 
heat,  and  leaves  but  a  small  quantity  of  ashes.  There 
are  many  springs  called  oil  springs,  where  Petroleum  or 
Seneka  oil  is  gathered  in  great  abundance.  Salt  springs 
are  very  numerous,  from  which  salt  is  manufactured  for 
the  supply  of  the  whole  country.  These  springs  by  the 
inhabitants  are  called  LICKS,  from  the  earth  about  them 
beini;  furrowed  out  in  a  most  curious  manner  by  the 
buffaloes  and  deer,  which  lick  the  earth  on  account  of  the 
saline  particles  with  which  it  is  impregnated. 

The  remote  >if  nation  of  this  <  o-infry  from  the  sea  board 
''renders  it  unfavourable  to  commerce.  9This  inconve- 
nience,  hov,  ever,  is  in  some  degree  remedied  by  its  numer- 
ous, large  and  navigable  rivers,  the  principal  of  which  is 
the  MisMsippi,  the  9great  outlet  of  the  exports  of  these 
States.  But  such  is  the  difficulty  of  ascending  this  river, 
that  most  of  the  foreign  goods  imported  into  this  country 
have  been  brought  from  Philadelphia  anil  Baltimore,  in 
wagons  over  the  mountains,  until  the  invention  of  steam- 
boats, by  which  this  country  now  begins  to  be  'supplied 
with  foreign  goods  from  New-Orleans. 

There  are  many  indications  that  the  whole  of  this  west- 
ern country,  at  some  remote  period,  must  have  been 
covereil  with  water.  One  'circumstance  which  particu- 
larly corroborates  this  opinion  is  the  vast  quantities  of 
marine  shells  frequently  found  in  the  hills  at  the  height 
of  4  or  500  feet  above  the  present  bed  of  the  rivers. 
Likewise  bones,  lo^s,  and  various  petrified  substances, 
are  frequently  found,  in  digging  wells  and  roads. 

Remains  of  ancient  forts  and  fortifications,  and  mounds 
of  earth  which  are  found  to  contain  human   bones,  hence 
0 


158  TENNESSEE. 

supposed  to  be  graves  of  some  inhabitants  more  ancient 
than  the  present  Indians,  are  found  scattered  over  all  this 
Western  Country. 

TENNESSEE. 

Climate.  Tennessee  enjoys  a  mild  and  temperate  cli- 
mate. 'Vegetation  commences  6  or  7  weeks  sooner  here 
than  in  Vermont  or  New-Hampshire,  and  continues  as 
many  \veeks  later.  Snow  is  seldom  seen,  and  never 
continues  for  any  length  of  time. 

Face  of  the  Country,  Soil,  and  Productions.  Some  parts 
of  this  State  are  so  mountainous  as  to  be  incapable  of 
cultivation.  The  ysoil  is  clayey,  and  on  the  rivers  es- 
pecially, is  generally  of  a  superior  quality. 

The  productions  are  those  both  of  the  Northern  and 
Southern  States.  Indian  corn  is  produced  in  abundance. 
It  is  excellent  for  hemp.  Cotton  thrives  well,  and  so  do 
wheat  and  other  small  grains  where  the  land  is  not  too 
rich.  It  is  tolerable  for  flax  and  sweet  potatoes.  To- 
bacco and  indigo  are  produced  in  great  perfection,  and  it 
will  answer  for  upland  rice. 

Manufactures.  The  'manufactures  are  chiefly  those  of 
iron,  maple-sugar,  salt-petre,  copperas,  whiskey,  and 
peach  brandy.  There  are  machines  for  spinning  cotton, 
and  several  for  the  manufacture  of  hemp. 

Commerce.  The  'produce  of  this  State*  in  order  to  get 
to  market,  is  carried  ir^  boats  down  the  Cumberland  and 
Tennessee  to  the  Missisippi,  and  down  that  river  to 
New-Orleans.  Cotton  and  tobacco  have  hitherto  been 
the  most  considerable  articles  exported  ;  but  lately  hemp 
has  been  much  cultivated,  and  probably  will  become  the 
staple  commodity  of  the  State.  The  Cumberland  affords 
the  same  advantages  for  ship-building  as  the  Ohio,  and 
during  the  rainy  season,  the  water  is  of  sufficient  depth 
to  float  vessels  of  the  largest  size. 

Towns.  Murfreesborough,  pleasantly  situated  about 
the  centre  of  the  State,  is  a  thriving  town. 

Knoxville  is  situated  on  Holston  river,  658  miles  from 
Philadelphia;  543  from  Baltimore  ;  arid  458  from  Rich- 
mond ;  to  each  of  which  places  there  is  a  good  wagon 
road. 

Nashville,  on  Cumberland  river,  is  a  flourishing  town, 
and  the  'largest  in  the  State.  Cumberland  College  is  in 
this  town  ;  it  contains  also  a  factory  of  hemp  and  ma- 
chinery for  spinning  cotton. 


KENTUCKY.  159 

Brainenl,  on  a  creek  which  runs  into  the  Tennessee,  is 
a  'mistsionarv  station  amon^  the  Cherokees,  who  are  pro- 
nrr-^ing  in  civilization.  Here  the  Indian  children  are 
taught  to  read  and  write,  and  receive  religious  instruction. 

Inhabitants.  Tennessee  was  first  settled  by  emigrants 
from  the  western  parts  of  Pennsylvania  and  Virginia,  a 
little  before  the  commencement  of  the  revolution. 

Religion.  The  Methodists,  Baptists,  and  Presbyterians, 
are  the  most  numerous  denominations. 

Literature.  Acts  of  incorporation  have  been  obtained 
for  no  less  than  four  colleges  in  this  State.  Greenville 
college  is  the  most  flourishing. 

Government.  The  legislature  is  styled  the  General  As- 
sembly, and  consists  of  a  senate  and  house  of  represen- 
tatives, who,  with  the  Governor,  are  chosen  for  two  years. 


KENTUCKY. 

'Climate.  Snow  seldom  falls  deep  or  lies  long  in  this 
State.  Winter  begins  about  Christmas,  and  continues  till 
February,  so  mild  that  cattle  subsist  with  very  little  or  no 
fodder.  By  the  beginning  of  March  several  shrubs  and 
trees  begin  to  shoot  forth  their  buds,  and  by  the  middle 
of  April  the  foliage  of  the  forest  is  completely  expanded. 

Face  of  the  Country,  Soil,  and  Productions.  A  tract  of 
about  20  miles  wide,  along  the  Ohio,  is  hilly,  broken  land; 
the  rest  of  the  country  is  agreeably  uneven,  gently  as- 
cending and  descending  at  no  great  distances.  Scarcely 
any  such  thing  as  a  marsh  or  swamp  is  to  be  found  in  the 
State.  In  the  vallies  the  soil  is  thin  and  of  an  inferior 
quality,  but  on  the  swells  it  is  sufficiently  deep,  and  of 
abundant  fertility.  The  inhabitants  'distinguish  its  quality 
Us  first,  second,  and  third  rate  lands.  Lands  of  the  first 
quality  will  not  bear  wheat  ;  nor  the  second  to  advantage, 
till  having  been  reduced  by  two  or  three  crops  of  corn, 
hemp,  or  tobacco.  At  the  deptli  of  6  or  8  feet  from  the 
surface  there  is  a  bed  of  lime-stone,  which  extends  near- 
ly over  the  whole  State.  From  this  circumstance,  the 
springs  and  streams  of  water  soon  fail  unless  supplied  by 
continual  rains.  The  scarcity  of  water  in  the  summer 
season  is  often  very  great.  People  are  obliged  to  sink 
wells  to  the  depth  of  60  or  80  9feet  through  the  lime- 
stone, in  order  to  come  at  it  for  themselves  and  cattle. 


160  KENTUCKY. 

Many  streams  which  in  the  spring  have  20  or  SO  feet 
depth  of  water,  in  August  and  September  become  so  re- 
duced as  to  be  insufficient  to  carry  a  mill. 

The  'high  lands  produce  abundant  crops  of  wheat, 
maize,  tobacco,  hemp,  barley,  oats,  rye,  and  flax.  Hemp 
for  several  years  past  has  been  the  'capital  article  of 
culture.  From  700  to  1000  weight  per  acre  is  an  'ordi- 
nary crop.  Indian  corn  yields  on  first  rate  lands  100 
bushels  to  an  acre.  A  company  formed  for  the  purpose, 
in  1803,  had  10  acres  in  grapes,  under  the  superintend- 
-ance  of  a  Swiss  gentleman.  There  are  some  private 
vineyards  in  different  parts  of  the  State.  Cotton  is  sel- 
dom and  with  difficulty  brought  to  perfection.  Apples 
and  peaches  are  abundant.  Hogs  are  very  numerous. 
Some  of  the  inhabitants  keep  1 50  or  200.  They  general- 
ly go  in  herds,  and  seldom  leave  the  woods,  where  they 
almost  always  find  a  supply  of  food.  The  salt  licks  fur- 
nish salt,  the  maple  supplies  sugar,  spirits  are  distilled 
from  grain,  the  rivers  abound  with  fish,  and  the  woods 
with  buffaloes  and  deer. 

Manufactures.  In  1810  there  was  manufactured  in 
this  State,  324,870  bushels  of  salt,  nearly  2£  millions  of 
pounds  of  maple  sugar,  and  more  than  2,000,000  gallons 
of  spirits,  distilled  chiefly  from  rye,  besides  considerable 
quantities  of  cloth  in  families. 

Towns.  Frankfort  is  the  'seat  of  government,  situ- 
ated on  Kentucky  river  about  60  miles  above  its  junction 
with  the  Ohio. 

Lexington  is  much  the  'largest  town  in  the  State. 
The  inhabitants  are  devoting  themselves  to  the  manufac- 
turing system.  Here  are  7  rope  walks  ;  5  factories  of 
coarse  linen,  in  which  upwards  of  500  workmen  are  em- 
ployed ;  and  three  establishments  for  cotton  spinning, 
one  of  which  is  on  an  extensive  plan.  A  mill  for  the 
manufacture  of  flour  to  go  by  a  steam  engine  has  also 
been  erected.  The  business  dependent  on  Kentucky 
river  is  principally  done  here,  as  well  as  a  great  part  of 
the  whole  commercial  business  of  the  State.  The  town 
contains  an  academy,  university,  two  printing-offices,  a 
theatre,  and  7  churches.  The  number  of  inhabitants  in 
1820,  was  5,279. 

Louisville,  'situated  at  the  rapids  of  the  Ohio,  carries  on 
an  extensive  trade  with  Natches,  New  Orleans,  and  St. 
Louis,  and  bids  fair  to  become  a  large  manufacturing 
town.  It  is  50  miles  west  of  Frankfort.  The  passage 


OHIO.  161 

down  the  rapids  in  boats  is  perfectly  safe  under  the  con- 
duct of  a  skilful  pilot. 

Religion.  The  most  prevailing  denominations  are 
Baptist*,  Presbyterians,  and  Methodists. 

Literature.  There  is  a.  college  at  Lexington,  called 
TiMM-vlvunia  I'niversity,  and  one  at  Danville,  lately  es- 
tablished. Something  has  been  done  by  the  legislature 
for  the  support  of  common  schools,  but  as  yet  to  very 
little  effect.  Respectable  private  schools,  however,  are 
fast  increasing  in  the  State. 

Government.  The  legislature  is  styled  the  General 
Assembly,  arid  consists  of  a  senate,  chosen  bydittricts  for 
4  years,  and  a  house  of  representatives  chosen  annually. 
The  governor  is  chosen  by  the  people  for  4  years,  and  is 
ineligible  again  for  7  years. 

Curiosities.  At  Big  Bone  Lick,  near  the  Ohio  in  this 
State,  have  been  found,  at  the  depth  of  about  1 1  feet  be- 
low the  surface,  a  great  number  of  bones,  of  most  enor- 
mous size  and  weight,  supposed  to  be  of  the  mammoth, 
now  extinct.  One  of  the  tusks  found  here  was  16  feet 
in  length,  21  inches  in  circumference,  and  weighed  nearly 
100  pounds  ;  teeth  or  grinders  have  been  found  from  5 
to  12  pounds  weight,  and  other  bones  in  proportion. 

OHIO. 

^Climate.  The  winters  in  Ohio  are  mild.  Snow  never 
falls  deep,  and  seldom  remains  more  than  S  or  4  days  on 
the  ground.  Fever  arid  ague,  and  bilious  remitting  fevers 
are  prevalent  diseases  on  some  of  the  low,  wet  lands  ; 
otherwise  the  State  is  healthy. 

Face  of  the  Country,  Soil,  and  Productions.  This  State 
is  agreeably  diversified  with  swelling  eminences  and  fer- 
tile plains.  There  are  no  elevations  which  deserve  the 
name  of  mountains.  The  hills,  though  frequent,  swell 
gently,  are  of  a  deep  rich  soil,  and  well  adapted  for  the 
production  of  grain.  The  upper  or  northern  part  is  the 
'most  uneven.  From  the  Scioto  westward,  it  is  mostly  a 
level  country.  In  several  parts  are  extensive  plains,  call- 
ed prairies,  or  natural  meadows,  covered  with  wild  grass 
and  cane,  but  destitute  of  trees  or  shrubbery.  These  are 
pastures  for  large  herds  of  buffaloes,  which  fatten  on  the 
herbage.  The  flat  or  bottom  lands,  as  they  are  called, 
on  the  Ohid,  and  other  rivers,  are  remarkably  fertile. 
The  'productions  are  wheat,  oats,  barley,  rye,  Indian 
0  2 


162  OHIO. 

corn,  hemp,  and  flax.  The  country  in  its  natural  state  is 
covered  with  vast  and  majestick  forests.  A  sycamore  tree 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Marietta  is  said  to  measure  60 
feet  in  circumference,  and  being  hollow  will  contain  18 
or  20  men.  Bears,  deer,  and  turkies,  are  the  principal 
game,  and  the  rivers  are  well  stored  with  fish. 

^Minerals.  Inexhaustible  mines  of  pit  coal  are  found 
from  Pittsburg  many  miles  down  the  river,  and  in  other 
parts  of  the  State.  Free  stone  and  iron  ore  are  abundant 
on  the  banks  of  the  Hockhocking.  There  are  also  valu- 
able salt  springs  on  the  Scioto  and  near  the  Muskingum, 
which  at%  the  property  of  the  State. 

Rivers.  The  Ohio  is  the  boundary  of  this  State  on  the 
south.  In  common  winter  and  spring  floods  this  river 
affords  from  40  to  50  feet  of  water.  The  only  serious 
'obstruction  to  its  navigation  are  the  rapids  at  Louisville, 
where  the  river  descends  22|  feet  in  the  distance  of  two 
miles.  Large  vessels  pass  down  these  rapids  in  high 
spring  tides  in  safety,  but  cannot  reascend.  A  canal  is 
here  contemplated,  which,  when  completed,  will  render 
this  noble  river  navigable  its  whole  extent.  The  freshets 
sometimes  ?rise  in  this  river  to  the  astonishing  height  of 
40  feet.  Various  kinds  of  boats  are  used  in  its  naviga- 
tion ;  some  are  boarded  up  at  the  sides,  and  roofed  some- 
thing like  a  ropewalk.  It  may  be  proper  in  this  place  to 
notice  the  floating  mills  for  grinding  grain,  which  are  fre- 
quently seen  upon  this  river.  The  mill  is  ''supported  by 
two  large  canoes,  with  the  wheel  between  them  ;  this  is 
moored  wherever  they  can  find  the  strongest  current, 
nearest  to  the  shore,  by  the  force  of  which  alone  the  mill 
is  put  into  operation.  In  this  manner  the  mill  is  floated 
up  and  down  the  river  wherever  a  customer  calls. 

The  Muskingum  is  a  gentle  river,  confined  by  high 
banks.  It  is  250  yards  wide  at  its  confluence  with  the 
Ohio,  180  miles  below  Pittsburg.  It  is  'navigable  for 
small  batteaux  to  its  source,  from  thence  by  a  portage  of 
7  £  miles  a  communication  is  opened  to  lake  Erie,  through 
the  Cayahoga,  which  is  navigable  its  whole  length,  with- 
out any  obstruction  from  falls. 

The  Scioto  is  a  large,  navigable  river.  A  canal  is  in 
progress  to  connect  this  river  with  lake  Erie,  which,  when 
completed,  will  exceed  SOO  miles  in  length. 

T'^e  Great  Miami  has  a  very  stony  channel,  a  swift 
streaio,  but  no  falls.  It  is  SOO  yards  wide  at  its  mouth. 
This  river  interlocks  with  the  Scioto,  and  has  severa.1 


OHIO.  163 

boatable  branches,  one  of  which,  approaches  within  4 
miles  of  a  branch  of  the  Miami  of  the  Loktf,  while  anoth- 
er branch  by  a  portage  of  7  miles  communicates  with  the 
Stndaskj. 

nnerce.  The  'exports  from  this  State  consist  of 
flour,  corn,  hemp,  flax,  beef,  pork,  smoked  hams  of  veni- 
son, whiskey,  peach- brandy,  and  lumber. 

Lately  the  building  of  ships  has  been  commenced  in 
this  State  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  its  produce  to  mar- 
ket. These  are  laden  at  spring  flood,  and  descend  the 
rivers  in  perfect  safety  to  the  Atlantic,  whence  they  pro- 
ceed to  the  West-Indies,  or  other  parts,  where  they  are 
disposed  of,  both  vessel  and  cargo.  The  first  ships  built 
here  were  in  1802,  at  Marietta.  Their  frames  were  al- 
most wholly  of  black  walnut,  which  is  said  to  be  as  dura- 
ble as  the  live.  oak.  All  the  materials  for  ship-building 
abound  in  this  country — timber,  hemp,  and  iron.  Of  black 
walnut,  white  oak,  and  locust,  there  are  almost  inexhaus- 
tible quantities,  besides  yellow  pine  for  masts  and  spars; 
and  there  is  no  country  which  can  produce  the  article  of 
hemp  in  greater  abundance,  or  at  a  more  moderate  price. 

Towns.  Columbus,  45  miles  N.  of  Chilicothe,  situat- 
ed on  the  east  bank  of  the  Scioto,  is  the  seatof  govern- 
ment, and  contains  about  1600  inhabitants. 

Marietta  is  the  'oldest  town  in  the  State,  and  delight- 
fully situated  at  the  confluence  of  the  Muskingum  with 
the  Ohio.  The  streets  are  spacious,  and  cross  each  other 
at  right  angles.  It  has  a  jail,  court-house,  academy,  and 
S  rope  walks,  850  feet  in  length.  The  number  of  inhab- 
itants in  1810,  was  1463. 

Chilicothe  is  'situated  in  a  fertile  country  on  the  Scioto, 
about  100  miles  from  its  mouth.  It  is  laid  out  on  the 
plan  of  Philadelphia,  and  contains  a  jail,  state-house  of 
hewn  stone,  and  2,426  inhabitants. 

Cincinnati  is  the  largest  town,  300  miles  below  Mari- 
etta. It  contains  about  12,000  inhabitants.  In  this  town 
is  fort  Washington,  which  commences  the  chain  of  forts 
extending  to  the  westward.  Here  are  10  houses  of  pub- 
lick  worship. 

Athens^  the  'seat  of  the  I'liiversity  in  this  State,  is  de- 
lightfully '.situated  in  a  healthy  and  fertile  country,  on 
the  Hockhocking,  40  miles  by  water  from  the  Ohio,  and 
commands  an  extensive  prospect  of  the  river  and  the  sur- 
rounding country.  Its  population  is  about  1,000. 


]  64  INDIANA. 

Literature.  Ohio  University,  at  Athens,  was  incorpo- 
rated in  1801.  Miami  University  was  incorporated  in 
1809.  In  Ohio  are  also  11  academies;  and  schools  are 
general  throughout  this  growing  State. 

Government.  The  legislature  is  styled  the  General 
Assembly,  and  consists  of  a  senate  chosen  for  two  years, 
and  a  house  of  representatives  chosen  annually.  The 
governor  is  chosen  for  two  years,  and  is  eligible  only  6 
years  in  any  term  of  9  years. 

2 Antiquities  and  Curiosities.  Vast  mounds  and  walls  of 
earth  have  been  discovered  in  various  parts  of  this  State, 
particularly  at  Marietta,  which  have  excited  the  astonish- 
ment of  all  who  have  seen  or  heard  of  them.  When,  and 
by  whom  they  were  constructed,  and  for  what  purpose, 
are  matters  wholly  of  conjecture.  The  present  race  of 
Indians  have  no  tradition,  which  can  lead  to  any  discov- 
ery. They  are  however  ^supposed  to  be  the  remains  of 
ancient  forts.  Those  at  Marietta  are  in  squares.  One 
of  these  contains  40  acres,  encompassed  by  a  wall  of 
earth  from  6  to  10  feet  high,  with  three  openings  on 
each  side,  resembling  twelve  gates. 

Similar  works  have  lately  been  discovered  on  one  of 
the  banks  of  the  Muskingum,  the  ramparts  of  which,  in 
some  places,  are  18  feet  in  perpendicular  height. 

Near  these  forts  there  are  ever  discovered  mounds  of 
earth  thrown  up  in  the  form  of  a  sugar  loaf,  supposed  to 
be  Indian  graves.  One  of  these  at  Marietta  is  115  feet 
in  diameter,  and  30  feet  in  perpendicular  height.  An 
opening  being  made  into  the  top,  it  was  found  to  contain 
human  bones. 

A  copper  coin  has  been  found  on  the  bank  of  the  Little 
Miami,  4  feet  under  ground.  The  characters  on  the  coin 
are  Old  Persian.  In  digging  a  well  at  Cincinnati,  the 
stump  of  a  tree  was  discovered,  94  feet  below  the  sur- 
face, which  had  evident  marks  of  the  axe. 

INDIANA. 

Neither  the  climate,  face  of  the  country,  soil,  or  pro- 
ductions of  the  State  of  Indiana,  differ  materially  from 
those  of  the  State  of  Ohio,  already  described. 

Pilkava  prairie  or  plain,  is  a  high,  level  ground,  in  this 
State,  seven  miles  long  and  three  broad,  of  a  rich  soil,  on 
which  there  was  never  a  tree,  since  the  memory  of  man. 
Two  hundred  acres  of  wheat  were  seen  growing  here  at 


ILLINOIS.  165 

one  time  a  lew  years  since,  yielding  50  bushels  on  an 
acre.  These  prairies  are 'covered  naturally  with  grass 
from  4  to  8  feet  high. 

The  maple  tree  affords  a  supply  of  sugar,  and  the  salt 
springs  an  abundance  of  salt  A  silver  mine  is  said  to 
have  been  discovered  on  the  Wabash,  28  miles  above 
Ouiatanon.  Coal  is  found  in  plenty  on  all  the  rivers 
emptying  into  the  Ohio. 

rincennes,  about  200  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  Wa- 
bash,  is  the  'largest  town  in  the  State,  situated  in  a  fer- 
tile country.  It  contains  about  2,500  inhabitants.  Here 
most  of  the  commerce  of  the  State  centres.  The  com- 
munication with  Detroit  is  by  the  Wabash,  and  Miami 
rivers,  the  carrying  place  between  which  is  about  15 
miles.  'Goods  from  Canada  are  brought  down  the  Illi- 
nois ;  from  New  Orleans  up  the  Missisippi  5  and  from 
the  eastern  States  down  the  Ohio,  and  up  the  Wabash. 

Indianopolis,  110  miles  N.  of  Louisville,  in  Kentucky, 
is  the  'seat  of  government. 

ILLINOIS. 

The  State  of  Illinois  is  mostly  a  level  country.  The 
meadows  on  the  river  Illinois  in  some  places  extend  as  far 
as  the  eye  can  reach.  This  river  is 'navigable  450  miles 
with  a  gentle  current,  and  is  400  yards  wide  at  its  mouth. 

The  lands  situated  on  the  principal  rivers,  called  bot- 
toms, are  of  the  -first  quality  and  of  inexhaustible  fertility, 
having  been  cultivated,  in  some  places,  for  more  than  a 
century  without  manure.  Oak  is  the  9most  common  tree 
of  the  forest  Black  walnut,  sugar-maple,  beech,  mul- 
berry and  white  pine,  are  found  in  their  proper  soils. 

The  military  bounty  hinds,  granted  to  the  soldiers,  who 
enlisted  into  the  army  of  ihe  United  Slates,  in  the  late 
war,  are  situated  in  this  State,  on  the  peninsula  formed 
by  the  Missisippi  and  Illinois  rivers. 

*  More  than  200.000  bushel.-  of  Suit  are  said  to  be  made 
annually  at  the  salt  works  belonging  to  the  United  States, 
on  Saline  river. 

Buffaloes,  elk,  deer,  turkies,  ducks,  and  geese,  are 
numerous  in  Illinois. 

Kaskaskia  is  the  largest  town.  Vandalia,  65  miles 
N.  E.  of  St.  Louis,  is  the  seat  of  government,  which  was 
organized  in  1818. 


166  MISSOURI..  ..MICHIGAN   TERRITORY. 

MISSOURI. 

St.  Louis,  the  centre  of  the  fur  trade  in  this  country, 
is  beautifully 'situated  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Missisippi, 
and  contains  4,598  inhabitants.  A  brisk  commerce  is 
kept  up  between  this  place  and  New-Orleans,  distant 
1300  miles,  by  means  of  steam-boats. 

Jefferson,  the  seat  of  government,  is  situated  on  the 
Missouri,  a  few  miles  above  the  mouth  of  Osage  river. 

About  50  miles  west  from  St.  Genevieve,  by  a  good 
wagon  road,  are  the  'famous  lead  mines,  including  a  dis- 
trict 70  miles  in  length,  and  45  in  breadth,  the  whole  of 
which  abounds  with  lead  ore,  so  exceedingly  rich,  that 
100  pounds  of  the  ore  will  'yield  from  70  to  80  of  fine 
lead.  The  produce  is  more  than  1300  tons  annually,  and 
from  the  inexhaustible  state  of  the  mineral,  it  is  supposed 
the  quantity  might  be  increased  sufficient  to  supply  the 
world.  Herculaneum,  on  the  Missisippi,  30  miles  be- 
low St.  Louis,  and  St.  Genevieve,  30  miles  below  Her- 
culaneum, are  the  ^principal  depots  of  the  mines,  to  which 
places  the  lead  is  transported,  and  from  whence  it  is 
sent  up  the  Ohio  as  far  as  Pittsburg,  and  down  the 
Missisippi  to  Neiv-Orleans. 

On  the  banks  of  Saline  creek,  10  miles  below  St.  Ge- 
nevieve, are  a  number  of  salt  springs. 

Wheat,  maize,  hemp,  tobacco,  cattle  and  swine,  are 
the  'chief  productions. 

MICHIGAN  TERRITORY. 

The  'climate  is  cold  and  healthy.  Very  little  snow 
falls  here,  but  the  ice  on  the  rivers  and  lakes  affords  good 
travelling.  The 'soil  of  this  level  and  well  watered  coun- 
try, is  generally  fertile.  The  'productions  are  wheat, 
maize,  oats, barley,  peas, apples,  pears,  peaches  and  grapes. 
The  ^forests  consist  of  oak,  black  walnut,  sugar-maple, 
beech,  ash,  elm,  sycamore,  cedar  and  pines.  The  rivers 
and  lakes  abound  with  fish,  and  the  woods  with  bees. 

Detroit,  the  'chief  town,  situated  on  Detroit  river  be- 
tween Lake  St.  Clair  and  Erie,  9  miles  south  of  the  for- 
mer, .contains  about  1400  inhabitants,  is  well  laid  out, 
the  streets  crossing  each  other  at  right  angles.  It  is  a 
place  of  considerable  trade,  which  consists  chiefly  in  a 
barter  of  coarse  European  goods  with  the  natives  for  furs. 
The  streets  are  generally  crowded  with  Indians  in  the 
day  time  ;  but  at  night  they  are  shut  out  of  the  town. 


TERRITORIES.  167 

NORTH-WEST  TERRITORY 

Lies  between  Missisippi  river  and  Superior  and  Mich- 
igan Lakes  ;  the  British  Possessions  being  on  the  north, 
and  Illinois  on  the  south.  On  Green  Bay,  which  extends 
100  miles  from  the  N.  VV.  side  of  lake  Michigan,  the  U. 
State  have  a  fort  and  garrison,  at  the  mouth  of  Fox  riv- 
er. Its  other  rivers  are  St.  Mary's,  which  connects  lake 
Superior  with  lake  Huron,  Ouisconsin,  Fox,  Black,  Chip- 
paway  and  St  Croix. 

ARKANSAW  TERRITORY. 

This  country  is  flat  from  the  Missisippi  westward  for 
150  miles,  when  it  becomes  broken  and  hilly.  The  'dis- 
eases most  common  are  the  ague  and  slow  bilious  fevers, 
which  few  new-comers  escape. 

On  the  rivers  the  9soil  is  abundantly  rich  and  fertile  ; 
back  from  the  rivers  it  is  poor,  for  two  or  three  hundred 
miles,  when  it  becomes  good.  There  is  a  great  want  of 
water  in  many  parts  of  this  country.  The  'produce  of 
cotton,  where  the  land  is  well  tended,  is  about  1000 
pounds  in  the  seed  to  the  acre  ;  Indian  corn,  from  50  to 
60  bushels.  This  country  is  well  adapted  for  raising  cattle. 
On  a  branch  of  Arkansaw  river  there  is  a  salt  prairie, 
which,  in  a  dry  season,  is  said  to  be  covered  for  several 
miles  with  fine,  white,  crystallized  salt. 

The  principal  rivers  are  rfrkansaw,  White,  St.  Fran- 
cis* and  Wachitta. 

Arkopblis,  300  miles  above  the  Missisippi,  on  the  Ar- 
kansaw, is  the  seat  of  government.  Dwight,  a  mission- 
ary station  among  the  Cherokees,  is  situated  about  400 
miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  Arkansaw  river. 

MISSOURI  TERRITORY 

Extends  from  the  Missisippi  on  the  E.  to  the  Pacific 
ocean  on  the  W.  and  from  the  British  Possessions  on  the 
N.  to  the  Spanish  Possessions  on  the  South.  The  great 
rivers  Missouri,  Missisippi  and  Columbia,  have  numerous 
branches  in  the  Territory,  the  least  of  which  are  more 
than  500  miles  long.  Near  the  mouth  of  Columbia  river 
is  a  wide  settlement,  called  Astoria,  where  the  fur  trade 
is  carried  on  with  the  Indians.  Numerous  tribes  of  In- 
dians inhabit  this  vast  Territory  ;  the  Sioux,  the  Osages, 
the  Kansas,  and  the  Pawnees,  are  the  principal  ;  of  the 
others  little  is  known.  That  part  of  the  Territory,  west 
of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  which  divide  it,  is  called  the 
TERRITORY  OF  OKEGON,  or  WESTERN  TERRITORY. 


168  NEW-BRITAIN.... CANADA. 

BRITISH  POSSESSIONS 

IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 

The  British  Possessions,  taken  in  their  widest  extent, 
exhibit  a  great  variety  of  aspect  and  of  climate,  nine- 
tenths  of  which  are  in  possession  of  the  Indians. 

NEW   BRITAIN. 

That  part  called  Labrador  is  full  of  frightful  mountains, 
many  of  which  are  of  a  stupendous  height.  The  vallies 
present  numerous  lakes,  and  produce  only  a  few  stunted 
trees.  In  the  parallel  of  60°  north  latitude,  all  vegetation 
ceases.  Such  is  the  interiseness  of  the  cold  in  the  winter, 
that  brandy  and  even  quicksilver  freezes  into  a  solid  mass; 
rocks  often  burst  with  a  tremendous  noise,  equal  to  that 
of  the  heaviest  artillery.  At  Nain,  Okkak,  and  Hopedale, 
the  Moravian  missionaries  have  settlements. 

In  New  North  and  South  Wales  the  face  of  the  country 
has  not  quite  the  same  aspect  of  unconquerable  sterility 
as  that  of  Labrabor,  and  the  climate,  although  in  the  same 
parallel  of  latitude,  is  a  little  less  rigorous.  But  it  is  only 
the  coasts  of  these  immense  regions  that,  are  known,  the 
interior  having  never  yet  been  explored.  The  'natives 
are  called  Esquimaux.  Some  factories  and  forts  for  the 
purpose  of  carrying  on  the  fur  trade  with  the  Indians,  are 
established  by  the  Hudson's  bay,  and  North-west  com- 
panies. 

CANADA. 

Canada  was  taken  possession  of  and  first  settled  by  the 
French,  from  whom  it  was  afterwards  conquered  by  the 
English. 

Between  Quebec  and  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  the 
country  is  mountainous  and  a  few  scattered  mountains 
also  occur  between  Quebec  and  the  mouth  of  the  river 
Uttawas  ;  but  higher  up  the  St.  Lawrence,  the  9face  of  the 
country  is  flat.  The'soil  is  various,  but  generally  fertile. 
In  Lower  Canada  it  consists  mostly  of  a  blackish  earth  of 
about  a  foot  deep,  on  a  bed  of  clay.  The  island  of  Or- 
leans near  Quebec,  and  the  lands  on  the  St.  Lawrence 
and  other  rivers  are  remarkable  for  the  richness  of  their 
soil.  The  meadow  grounds,  or  savannas,  are  for  the  most 
part  exceedingly  fertile. 

The  seventy  of  the  climate,  however,  counterbalances 
the  fertility  of  the  soil.  Though  Canada  is  situated  in 


CANADA.  169 

the  temperate  latitude  of  France,  the  climate  corresponds 
with  that  of  the  parallel  of  GO-  iu  Siberia.  The  'extremes 
of  heat  and  cold  are  astonishing  ;  Farenheit's  thermome- 
ter in  the  months  of  July  and  August,  rising  to  96°,  and 
yet  in  winter  the  mercury  generally  freezes.  Changes 
of  weather,  however,  are  less  frequent,  and  the  seasons 
more  regular  than  in  the  United  States.  Snow  not  un- 
frequently  begins  to  fall  in  October,  and  increases  in  No- 
vember ;  in  December  the  clouds  are  generally  dissolved, 
and  the  sky  assumes  a  bright  hue,  containing  for  weeks 
without  a  single  cloud. 

Petersburg,  winter  is  the  season 

for  amusement,   and  the  sledges  drawn   by  one  or   two 
3,  afford  a  speedy  and   pleasant  conveyance  in  trav- 
elling;   but  on  going  abroad,  all  parts    of  the  body,    ex- 
cept the  eyes,  must  be  thickly  covered  with  furs. 

In  Mav  tlte  9thaw  comes  on   suddenly,  and  in  its  pro- 

the  ice  in  the  river  St.  Lawrence   bursts  with   the 

noise   of  cannon,    and   passes   towards   the  ocean    with 

tremendous    rapidity  and    violence.     The   'progress    <>f 

ition  is  astonishing.     Spring  has  scarcely  appeared 

receded   by  summer.     In  a  few    days    the 

trees  regain  their  foliage,  and  the  fields  are  clothed  with 

the    richest  verdure.     September,   generally,   is  one   of 

the  i:  able  months. 

-ed  lor  exportation  ;  a  little  tobacco  for 
private  use  ;  Indian  corn  in  Upper  Canada  ;  rye,  barley, 
and  oats.  The  sugar  maple  affords  a  supply  of  sugar; 
the  meadows  yield  excellent  grass,  and  feed  great  num- 
bers of  cattle. 

The  'Canadian  horses  are  mostly  small  and  heavy  ;  but 

very  brisk  on  the  road,    travelling  at  the   rate  of  8   or  9 

miles  an  hour.     The  calash,  a  sort  of  one  horse  chaise, 

i;c  of  holding  two   persons  and   the   driver,  is    the 

9carr.  ^'-nerally  in  use. 

The  Canadian-*  have  a  species  of  large  'dogs  which  arc 
used  in  drawing  burdens.  They  are  yoked  into  little 
carts  :  in  this  way  people  frequently  go  to  market. 
Sometimes  they  perform  long  journies  in  the  winter  sea- 
son, on  the  snow,  by  half  a  dozen  or  more  of  these 
animals  yoked  into  a  cariole  or  sledge. 

Quebecis  the  'capital,  not  only  of  Canada,  but  of  all 
British  America.     It  is  'situated  on  a  lofty  point  of  land 
at  the  confluence  of  the  river  St.  Charles  with  the  St.  Law- 
rence, 320  'miles  from  the  sea,  and  364  'from   Boston. 
P 


170  CANADA. 

Nearly  facing  it  on  the  opposite  shore,  there  is  another 
point  and  between  the  two,  the  river  is  contracted  to  the 
breadth  of  nearly  three  quarters  of  a  mile  ;  but  after 
passing  through  the  strait,  it  expands  to  the  breadth  of  5 
or  6  miles.  The  wide  part  of  the  river  immediately  be- 
low the  town  is  called  4kThe  Bason,"  and  is  sufficiently 
spacious  to  float  a  hundred  sail  of  the  line. 

Quebec  is  'divided  into  two  parts  ;  the  Upper  Town, 
situated  on  a  rock  of  limestone,  on  the  top  of  the  point, 
and  the  Lower  Town,  built  round  the  bottom  of  the  point 
close  to  the  water,  and  at  high  tides  nearly  on  a  level 
with  it.  The  rock  whereon  the  Upper  Town  stands,  in 
some  places  towards  the  water,  rises  nearly  perpendicu- 
larly, so  as  to  be  totally  inaccessible  ;  in  other  parts  it  is 
not  so  steep,  but  that  there  is  a  communication  between 
the  two  towns. 

The  Upper  Town  is  a  place  of  immense  strength.  To- 
wards the  water  it  is  strongly  guarded  by  nature,  and  on 
the  land  side  by  stupendous  fortifications.  The  houses 
are  mostly  of  stone,  but  small,  ugly,  and  inconvenient. 
The  streets  are  irregular,  uneven,  narrow,  and  unpaved. 
The  number  of  inhabitants  in  both  towns,  in  1818,  was 
estimated  at  15,257.  The  environs  of  Quebec  present  a 
most  beautiful  scenery. 

Montreal*  the 'second  city  of  Canada,  is  'situated  on  the 
east  side  of  an  island  in  the  river  St.  Lawrence,  200  miles 
below  lake  Ontario,  and  180  above  Quebec.  This  is 
the  head  of  ship  navigation  on  the  St.  Lawrence.  The 
number  of  inhabitants  is  about  20,000.  The  9chief  trade 
of  this  city  is  in  furs.  The  North  West  Company,  so 
called,  is  composed  mostly  of  Montreal  merchants,  who 
employ  more  than  1200  men  in  this  trade.  A  great  num- 
ber of  canoes,  formed  of  the  bark  of  the  birch  tree,  and 
loaded  with  coarse  cloths,  blankets,  ammunition,  and  spir- 
ituous liquors,  are  sent  off  every  spring  up  the  river  Uta- 
was,  about  280  miles,  thence  across  by  land  to  lake  Nip- 
issing  into  lake  Huron  and  lake  Superior,  to  the  Grand 
Portage,  and  from  thence  by  a  chain  of  small  lakes  and 
rivers  to  Fort  Chepawyan^  the 'place  of  rendezvous,  where 
the  Indians  of  that  country  resort  to  barter  their  furs. 

Trois  ftivieres,  or  Three  Rivers,  is  pleasantly  situated 
about  half  way  between  Quebec  and  Montreal.  This 
town  is  a  place  of  great  resort  for  several  Indian  nations, 
vrho  come  here  to  dispose  of  their  furs.  Two  islands  at 
the  mouth  of  a  small  river  which  here  empties  into  the 


NEW-BRUNSWICK    AND    NOVA-SCOTIA.  171 

rirer  St.  Lawrence,  produce  the  appearance  of  three  riv- 
ers ;  hence  the  name  of  the  place. 

The  'most  considerable  towns  in  Upper  Canada  are 
York)  the  seat  of  government  ;  Kingston,  at  the  head  of 
the  St.  Lawrence,  in  which  the  king's  shipping  on  lake 
Ontario  winter  ;  Newark,  Queenstown,  Chippeway,  situ- 
ated on  Niagara  river,  the  latter  directly  opposite  the 
falls.  These  falls  form  one  of  the  greatest  natural  curi- 
osities of  this  or  any  other  country.  The  earth  is  per- 
ceived to  tremble  for  several  rods  round,  and  a  heavj 
cloud  of  f>£  is  constantly  ascending,  in  which  the  rain- 
bow is  always  visible  when  the  sun  shines. 

Queenstovvn,  sometimes  called  "  The  Landing,"  about 
seven  miles  below  the  falls,  is  the  'head  of  ship  navigation- 
From  this  place  there  is  a  portage  of  9  miles  to  the  near- 
est navigable  part  of  Niagara  river  above  the  falls. 

Most  of  the  inhabitants  in  Lower  Canada  are  of  French 
extraction,  who  retain,  in  a  great  measure,  the  manners 
and  customs  of  their  ancestors,  and  profess  the  Roman 
Catholic  religion.  They  live,  for  the  most  part,  in  log 
houses,  which  being  well  and  compactly  built,  and  planed 
and  white-washed  on  the  outside,  have  an  agreeable  ap- 
pearance. 

Nearly  all  the  settlements  in  Lower  Canada  are  ?sito- 
ated  close  upon  the  rivers.  For  several  leagues  below 
Montreal  the  houses  stand  so  closely  together  as  to  have 
the  appearance  of  one  continued  village. 

In  Upper  Canada  there  are  many  emigrants  from  the 
United  States. 

NEW-BRUNSWICK  AND  NOYA-SCOTIA. 

-BHUNSWICK  and  NOVA-SCOTIA,  in  most  particu- 
lars, are  very  similar.  The  'face  of  the  country  is  neith- 
er mountainous  nor  quite  level.  There  are  several  riv- 
ers, amnnu;  which  those  of  Annapolis  and  St.  John's  are 
the  most  considerable.  The  'soil  is  in  general  thin  and 
barren,  particularly  on  the  coasts.  In  some  parts  there 
are  very  extensive  tracts  of  marsh,  which  are  rich  and 
productive.  Both  the  soil  and  the  climate  are  unfavoura- 
ble to  the  cultivation  of  grain,  and  the  inhabitants  do  not 
raise  provision  sufficient  for  their  own  consumption.  The 
fisheries,  however,  ^compensate  in  some  measure  for  the 
sterility  of  the  soil.  The  coast  abounds  with  cod,  salmon, 
mackerel,  haddock,  and  herring.  Their  9chief  exports, 


127  NEWFOUNDLAND.  .  .  .  CAPE    BRETON. 

are  fish  and  lumber.  Coal  is  found  in  Nova-Scotia  ;  and 
plaster  of  Paris,  particularly  at  Windsor,  from  whence 
large  quantities  are  imported  into  the  United  States. 

The  ^capital  of  Nova-Scotia  is  Halifax,  on  Chebucto 
bay.  The  town  is  commodiously  situated  for  the  fishery, 
and  for  a  communication,  both  by  land  and  water,  with 
the  other  parts  of  the  province  and  with  New-Brunswick. 
It  has  a  good  harbour  open  at  all  times  of  the  year,  when 
almost  all  other  harbours  in  these  provinces  are  locked 
up  with  ice.  A  small  squadron  of  ships  of  war  is  sta- 
tioned here.  At  the  northern  extremity  of  the  town  is 
the  king's  navy-yard,  well  built,  and  amply  supplied  with 
stores.  Halifax  is  well  situated  for  a  seat  of  government, 
and  contains  about  15,000  inhabitants. 

Frederickstown,  about  90  miles  up  St.  John's  river,  is 
the  present  ?seat  of  government  in  New-Brunswick. 

St.  John's  is  the  'largest  town,  at  the  mouth  of  St. 
John's  river,  and  contains  about  10,000  inhabitants. 

NEWFOUNDLAND. 

The  island  Newfoundland  possesses  a  steril  and  bar- 
ren soil.  The  interior  has  never  yet  been  explored. 
The  ?climate  is  cold,  and  the  coasts  extremely  subject  to 
fogs,  attended  with  almost  continual  storms  of  snow  and 
sleet.  The  only  ^vegetable  production  of  any  importance 
is  timber,  of  which  there  is  a  great  abundance. 

This  island  is  9chiefly  valuable  for  the  great  cod  fishery 
carried  on  upon  the  Banks  of  Newfoundland.  Great 
Britain  and  the  United  States,  at  the  lowest  computation, 
annually  employ  3000  sail  of  small  craft  in  this  fishery, 
on  board  of  which,  and  on  shore  to  cure  and  pack  the 
fish,  are  upwards  of  100,000  hands. 

St.  John's,  the  capital,  containing  about  12,000  inhab- 
itants, was  nearly  destroyed  by  three  dreadful  fires  in 
1816  and  1817.  Boston  and  New-York,  in  the  severity 
of  winter,  sent  the  sufferers  provisions,  which  were  grate- 
fully received  by  the  distressed  inhabitants. 

CAPE  BRETON. 

This  island  is  about  100  miles  in  length,  and  separated 
from  Nova-Scotia  by  a  narrow  strait,  called  the  Gut  of 
Canso.  It  is  considered  the  key  to  Canada.  Both  the 
soil  and  climate  are  unpropitious  to  the  purposes  of  ag- 


PRINCE  EDWARD'S  ISL.  &o MEXICO.          173 

riculture.  The  inhabitants  are  chiefly  'dependent  on  the 
fisheries  for  their  support.  The  population  is  about  3,000. 
Sydney  is  the  capital  town. 

PRINCE  EDWARD'S  ISLAND,  FORMERLY  CALLID 
ST.  JOHN'S. 

This  island  is  1 10  miles  long,  and  has  a  rich  soil.  Char- 
lottetown,  containing  about  1,200  inhabitants,  is  the  prin- 
cipal town.  The  whole  number  of  inhabitants  upon  the 
island  is  estimated  at  about  5000. 

BERMUDAS. 

The  Bermudas,  or  Somer's  Islands,  as  they  are  some- 
times called,  are  four  in  number,  besidesmumerous  small- 
er ones  uninhabited.  They  9lie  off  against  the  Southern 
States,  about  600  miles  from  the  Carolina  shore.  The 
'houses  are  built  of  a  soft  porous  stone,  which  being  fre- 
quently white-washed  to  resist  the  rain,  exhibit  the  most 
beautiful  contrast  with  the  greenness  of  the  cedars  and 
pastures.  The  Bernuidians  are  mostly  sea-faring  people, 
and  few  of  the  men  are  ever  at  home.  However  indus- 
trious they  may  be  abroad,  at  home  they  are  indolent, 
greatly  addicted  to  luxury  and  gaming.  The  women 
are  generally  handsome,  aii  their  husbands 

and  children,  and  fond  of  dress.    Population,  about  10,000. 


MEXICO.  OB  NKNV  SPAIN. 

In  1521,  Mexico  was  subdued  by  the  Spaniards,  under 
it  continued  a  province  of  Spain  till  1821,  when 
it  declared  itself  independent.     This  immense   territory 
i  iu-(l  between  16°  and  42°   north   latitude,  and  ex- 
froiii  the  (i'.ilf  of  Mexico  and  the  United  States  on 
the  east,  to  the  Pacific  Ocean  on   the  v, 

The  4land>  on  both  coasts  are  low.  Thence  there  is  a 
gradual  ascent  till  the  country  attains  an  elevation  of  6 or 
8000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  ocean,  when  it  spreads 
out  into  a  broad  extended  plain  called  Table  Land.  Thus 
the  city  Mexico  is  on  a  plain  or  table  land  ;  but  this 
plain  or  table  land  has  a  greater  elevation  above  the  level 
of  the  ocean  than  most  ot  our  mountains  ;  and  in  fact  it 
is  considered  as  a  vast  mountainous  range  like  the  Allegha- 
ny  mountains  in  the  United  States,  and  is  called  the  Cor- 
dillera or  Andes  in  Mexico,  with  this  difference,  that  the 
tops  of  the  Alleghany  mountains  consist  of  steep,  narrow 
P  2 


1T4  MEXICO,    OR    NEW    SPAIN. 

ridges,  with  vallies  between  them,  whereas  the  top  of  the 
Cordillera  is  a  broad  plain,  and  the  best  inhabited  part 
of  the  country.  On  this  plain,  mountains  occasionally 
rise,  whose  tops  are  covered  with  perpetual  snow. 

In  so  extensive  a  country  as  that  of  Mexico,  one  half 
of  which  is  in  the  torrid  and  the  other  in  the  temperate 
zone,  there  must  necessarily  be  a  great  diversity  of  soil 
and  climate.  In  the  tropical  regions  the  year  is  divided 
into  only  two  seasons,  called  the  rainy  and  the  dry.  The 
rainy  season  commences  in  June  or  July,  and  continues 
about  four  months,  till  September  or  October,  when  the 
dry  season  commences  and  continues  about  eight  months. 
On  the  low  lands  upon  the  coast,  the  ?climate  is  hot  and 
unhealthy.  On  .the  declivity  of  the  Cordillera  at  the 
elevation  of  4  or  5000  feet,  there  reigns  perpetually  a 
soft  spring  temperature,  which  never  varies  more  than  8 
or  9  degrees.  At  the  elevation  of  7000  feet,  commences 
another  region,  the  'mean  temperature  of  which  is  about 
60°.  Mexico  is  in  this  region,  and  the  thermometer  there 
has  been  known  in  a  few  instances  to  descend  below  the 
freezing  point.  It  never  rises  above  75°. 

The  'soil  of  the  table  land  is  remarkably  productive. 
It  is  however  exposed  to  droughts  in  the  spring.  Maize 
is  the  9most  important  object  of  culture.  In  the  most 
warm  and  humid  regions  it  will  yield  two  crops  in  ayear. 
In  the  different  elevations  of  this  country  may  be  found 
a  climate  suited  to  almost  every  production  either  in  the 
torrid  or  temperate  zone.  The  shores  of  the  bays  of 
Honduras  and  Campeachy  have  been  long  'celebrated 
for  their  immense  forests  of  logwood  and  mahogany.  A 
great  commerce  is  carried  on  in  these  articles  ;  likewise 
in  cocoa  and  cochineal,  which  are  also  'products  of  this 
country.  Here  likewise  grow  those  trees  which  produce 
the  balsams  copaiva  and  tolu.  But  what  'most  distin- 
guishes this  country  are  its  immensely  valuable  mines  of 
gold,  silver,  and  precious  stones. 

Mexico,  the  'capital,  is  undoubtedly  the  most  expensive, 
populous,  and  opulent  city  of  the  New  World.  It  is  'situ- 
ated on  the  banks  of  a  lake,  and  the  houses  are  all  ?built 
upon  piles.  The  streets  are  very  wide,  perfectly 
straight,  and  intersect  each  other  at  right  angles.  The 
most  sumptuous  buildings  are  the  churches,  chapels,  and 
convents.  The  cathedral,  especially,  is  'remarkable  for 
its  splendid  and  costly  decorations.  The  railing  round 
the  altar  is  solid  silver;  there  is  also  a  silver  lamp  so 
capacious,  that  three  men  get  into  the  inside  to  clean  it. 


GUATIMALA....  GREENLAND.  175 

This  city  is  the  abode  of  all  the  most  opulent  merchants, 
and  the  centre  of  the  commerce  carried  on  with  Europe, 
through  the  'ports  of  /'era  Cruz  and  .'Av//m/rt>.  It  con- 
tains a  university,  composed  of  150  doctors  in  all  the 
faculties.  The  population  is  about  140,000.  There  is  a 
road,  15-4'.)  mile*  long,  from  Mexico  to  New-Orleans. 

fz  and  Acapulco)  the   former  on   the  coast  of 
the   Mexican  gulf,   and  the   latter  on  that  of  the  Pacific 
ocean,    are   the 'two   ports  to   the  city   Mexico,    th 
which   the  trade  of  the  capita!  is  carried  on  with   Spam 
and  the  Philippine  islands. 

Santa  J  •  being  the  most  northern  >et- 

tlement  of  any  note  in  Spanish  America.    Population  3600. 
The   inhabitants  are  distinguished   into  six  ''classes  or 
casts;   1.    The  Whites  ;    2.   The'Indians  5    3.   The  \\ 

-  :  4.  The  Mestizoes,  or  descendants  of  Whites  and 
Indians  ;  .1.  The  Mulattoes,  or  descendants  of  Whites 
and  N-'-roes;  G.  The  Samboes  or  descendants  of  In- 

oes. 

The    Whites  are   a^ain  subdivided  into   two  'classes; 
.ropeans,  or  such  as  were  born  in  Europe,  and  emi- 
grate into    America;  2.   Creoles  or  -Whites  of  European 
i  tion,  but  born  in   America.     The   religion   is   Ro- 
man Catholic.  

GUATIM  AL  V. 

Guatimala,    now   indupcnc  ''tids    from   Mexico 

nearly  to  the  Isthmus  of   D.u  ien,  and   i>  divided  into  six 
provinces,  viz.  Chiapa,  Vera  Pay.,  Guatimala,  Honduras, 
Nicaragua,  and  Costa  Rica.     This  country  is  divided  by 
the  b  iv  of  Honduras,  into  two  peninsula-.    Its  soil  is  gen- 
erally Lr<">d,  audits  productions  are  grain,  grapes,  honey, 
;»1,  dye-woods,  \.c.      Its  p^pulati-m,  principal- 
ly lii  .bout  1,800, 000.      (inatimala,  the  capital, 
:ic   ocean,  has  a  »nm\    harbour,    contains  a 
university,  and  has  about  30,ooo  inhabitants. 

GREENLAND, 

Greenland,  belnnuini;  to  Denmark,  is  the  farthest 
north,  and  one  of  the  coldest  countries  in  the  world. 
Except  in  the  low  lands  and  vallie-  near  the  sea,  it  is 
nearly  destitute  of  trees,  and  generally  of  vegetation,  be- 
ing in  most  parts  covered  with  eternal  snows,  which  nev- 
er melt,  even  in  summer.  The  seas  about  Greenland 
are  filled  with  immense  quantities  of  ice,  which  are  said 
to  remain  even  for  ages  undissolved.  Huge  pieces  are 


176  WEST-INDIES. 

often  seen  floating  in  these  seas,  not  only  as  big  as  the 
largest  houses,  but  which  even  resemble  small  mountain*. 
These  are  sometimes  dashed  against  each  other  by  the 
force  of  the  winds  and  waves,  with  such  violence  as  to 
crush  the  strongest  ships  to  pieces  when  caught  amongst 
them,  and  with  a  noise  that  exceeds  the  report  of  a  can- 
non. White  bears  of  an  emormous  size  are  sometimes 
seen  floating  upon  these  pieces  of  ice. 

This  inhospitable  country,  notwithstanding,  is  said  to 
be  inhabited  as  far  north  as  76°.  In  some  of  the  more 
southern  parts  the  ground  becomes  so  thawed  in  June  and 
July  as  to  yield  some  herbs  and  a  little  grass.  The  in- 
habitants, however,  are  obliged  to  'depend  for  their  sub- 
sistence wholly  upon  hunting  and  fishing.  They  are  of 
short  stature,  with  long  black  hair,  small  eyes  and  flat 
faces.  They  seem  to  be  a  branch  of  the  American  Es- 
quimaux, and  greatly  resemble  the  Laplanders  and  Sam- 
oides  of  Europe.  In  lat  64°  and  68°  are  two  Danish 
settlements,  named  Good  Hope  and  Disco.  The  Mora- 
vians have  missionaries  at  New-Hernnhut,  Lichtenfels, 
and  Lichtnau. 

The  seas  about  Greenland  'afford  a  peculiar  species  of 
animal,  called  the  SEAL,  9  or  10  feet  in  length,  with  two 
small  feet  before,  on  which  he  is  able  to  walk  a  little  upon 
the  shore.  This  animal  is  the  constant  prey  of  the  Green- 
lander,  and  furnishes  him  with  almost  every  thing  he 
wants.  The  flesh  he  eats  ;  with  the  oil  he  feeds  his  lamp; 
the  skin  serves  him  for  clothes,  or  is  used  to  line  the  in- 
side of  his  tent. 

A  considerable  whale  fishery  is  carried  on  in  the  seas 
adjacent  to  Greenland,  principally  by  the  British  and  the 
Dutch.  

WEST-INDIES. 

There  is  so  great  a  similarity  in  the  situation,  climate, 
product  and  commerce  of  these  islands,  that  some  gener- 
al observations  are  applicable  to  them  all. 

9 Climate.  Situated  under  a  vertical  sun,  the  heat  on 
these  islands  woul'j  be  almost  insupportable,  but  for  the 
sea  and  land  breezes,  which  blow  regularly  every  day  and 
night,  almost  the  whole  year.  The  sea  breeze,  or  trade 
wind,  9sets  in  from  the  sea  towards  the  land  about  10 
o'clock  in  the  morning,  and  blows  till  night,  when  the 
land  breeze  'commences  from  the  centre  of  the  island, 
and  blows  to  every  point  of  the  compass  till  morning. 

The  chief 'distinction  of  seasons  in  these  hot  countries 


WEST-INDIES. 


ITT 


is  into  DRY  and  RAINY  ;  snow  and  frost  are  entirely  un- 
known. The  rainy  seasons  are  two,  the  spring  and  the 
autumnal.  The  spring  periodical  rains  'commence  about 
the  middle  of  May,  and  commonly  fall  every  day  about 
noon  attended  with  thunder,  and  break  up  towards  even- 
ing, creating  a  bright  and  beautiful  verdure,  and  a  rapid 
and  luxuriant  vegetation. 

After  these  rains  have  continued  about  a  fortnight,  the 
weather  becomes  dry,  settled  and  salutary;    not  a  cloud 
is  to   be  perceived,    and  the  sky  blazes  with  irresistible 
fierceness.     At  this  season,  before  the  setting  in  of  the 
sea  breeze,  at  about  10  o'clock  in  the  morning,  the  heat 
is  scarcely  supportable  ;  but  no  sooner  is  the  influence 
felt  of  this  refreshing  wind,  than  all  nature  revives,  and 
the  climate  in  the  shade  not  only  becomes  very  tolerable, 
but  pleasant.     This  weather  continues  till  about  the  mid- 
dle of  August,  when  the  diurnal  breeze  begins  to  remit, 
and  the  atmosphere  becomes  sultry,  incommodious  and 
suffocating.     Towards  the  last  of  summer,  large  towering 
clouds,  fleecy  and  of  a  reddish  hue,  are  seen  in  the  morn- 
ing in  the  south  and  south-east.     The  tops  of  the  moun- 
tains at  the  same  time  appear  free  from  clouds,  wear  a 
bluish  cast,  and  si-pm  nearer  than  usual.     In  the  begin- 
ning of  autumn,  when  these  vast  accumulations  of  vapours 
have  risen  to  a  certain  height,  they  commonly  move  hor- 
izontally towards  the  mountains,  proclaiming  their  pro- 
gress in  deep  and  rolling  thunder,  which  is  answered  by 
the  distant  but  load  roar  of  the  ocean.     These  are  pre- 
ludes to  the  second  periodical  or  autumnal  rains,  which 
'commence    in  September  or  the  beginning  of  October, 
and  descend  with  such  impetuosity,  that  they  resemble 
more  the  pouring  of  water  out  of  buckets,  than  rain.     It 
is  now  that  hurricanes,  those  dreadful  visitations  of  Prov- 
idence,   are   apprehended.     They  are  furious  storms  of 
wind,  attended  with  the  most  violent  rain,  thunder  and 
lightning,  sometimes  with   an  enormous  swelling  of  the 
sea,  and  not  unfrequently  with  an  earthquake.     The  vio- 
lence of  the  blast  is  such  that  nothing  can  resist  its  force. 
The  largest  trees  are  torn  up  by  the  roots,  the    sugar 
canes    are  scattered  through  the  air,  houses  are  blown 
down,  the  boilers  and  stills  of  many  hundred  weight  are 
removed  .from  their  places  and  dashed  to  pieces. 

In  December  the  atmosphere  becomes  clear,  the 
weather  pleasant  and  serene,  and  the  temperature  cool 
and  delightful.  This  season  lasts  till  May,  and  is  to  the 
sick  and  the  aged,  the  climate  of  paradise.  In  the  sum* 


11T8  WEST-INDIES. 

mer  and  fall  months,   malignant  fevers  are  prevalent, 
which  often  prove  fatal  to  foreigners. 

Productions.  Sugar,  produced  from  the  sugar  cane,  is 
the  'capital  article  of  exportation  from  these  islands,  to 
which  molasses  and  rum  are  appendages.  The  sugar- 
cane is  a  jointed  reed,  usually  from  83  to  seven  feet  in 
'length,  and  from  half  an  inch  to  an  inch  in  diameter, 
containing  a  soft  pithy  substance  which  affords  a  copious 
supply  of  juice,  of  a  sweetness  the  least  cloying  in  nature. 
The  plant  is  propagated  by  cuttings,  usually  selected 
from  the  tops  of  the  canes  that  have  been  ground  for  su- 
gar. These  are  placed  in  holes  and  covered  with  mould 
about  two  inches  deep.  The  canes,  when  grown,  are 
ground,  and  the  expressed  jaice  being  boiled  down  to  a 
thick  syrup,  is  laded  into  proper  vessels,  where,  as  it 
cools,  it  runs  into  sugar.  MOLASSES  are  the  refuse  or 
drainings  of  the  sugar,  from  which,  with  the  addition  of 
the  skimmings  of  the  hot  juice,  and  the  lees  of  former  dis- 
tillations, RUM  is  distilled.  A  plantation  of  300  acres  of 
sugar-cane  is  allowed  to  'produce  on  an  average,  200 
hogsheads  of  sugar,  and  130  puncheons  of  rum,  of  110 
gallons  each,  annually. 

The  'labour  is  performed  by  negro  slaves,  who  are 
subsisted  on  the  plantations  at  a  very  easy  rate.  Their 
'allowance  from  some  masters  is  only  a  certain  portion  of 
land,  which  they  suffer  them  to  cultivate  for  their  subsist- 
ence, on  Saturday  and  Sunday  ;  others  are  allowed  a  cer- 
tain portion  of  Indian  corn,  a  salt  herring,  or  a  small  poiv 
tion  of  salt  pork  a  day.  They  have  over  them  an  over- 
seer, a  driver,  and  commonly  a  physician  to  attend  upon 
the  sick.  The  negroes  constitute  much  the  greater  pro- 
portion of  inhabitants  on  most  of  the  West-India  islands. 
The 'other  principal  productions  of  the  West-Indies,  are 
cotton,  indigo,  coffee,  cocoa,  ginger,  pimento  or  allspice* 
arnotto,  aloes,  cloves,  cinnamon,  bees-wax,  and  honey. 

'COFFEE  is  the  fruit  of  a  small  tree,  planted  out  in 
squares  of  about  8  feet,  producing  from  1  to  3  or  4  pound* 
each  tree,  and  from  3  to  700  weight  per  acre. 

?CocoA,  or  the  chocolate  nut,  is  also  the  fruit  of  a  small 
but  very  tender  tree,  which  begins  to  bear  the  fifth  year 
after  it  is  planted,  and  yields  two  crops  of  fruit  in  a  year. 
The  cocoa  tree  delights  in  water,  and  the  ground  where 
it  is  planted  must  be  reduced  to  a  mire,  and  carefully  sup- 
plied with  water,  otherwise  it  will  die.  It  must  also  be 
planted  in  the  shade,  or  defended  from  the  perpendicu^ 
lar  rays  of  the  sun. 


WEST-INDIES.  179 

'GINGER  is  a  root  planted  like  the  potato,  and  dug  once 
a  year. 

A  HNOTTO  is  'derived  from  a  shrub  7  or  8  feet  high,  bear- 
'onu  hairy  pods,  which  contain  the  seeds,  envelop- 
ed in  a  pulp  of  a  bright  red  colour. 

'AI.OKS  are  the  product  of  a  small  plant,  propagated  by 
suckers.  A  strong  decoction  is  made,  which  is  boiled  to 
the  consistency  of  honey,  and  then  suffered  to  harden. 

'Pi.MKvi  o,  or  Allspice,  is  the  fruit  of  a  tree  which  grows 
spontaneously  in  Jamaica,  where  it  forms  the  most  deli- 
cious groves.  A  single  tree  has  been  known  to  ''yield  100 
pounds  of  the  spice.  The  berries  are  gathered  by  the 
hand  while  green,  and  exposed  to  the  sun  about  7  days, 
when  they  become  of  a  reddish  brown. 

To  this  general  account  will  now  be  added  a  few  par- 
ticulars concerning  some  of  the  most  considerable  of  the 
India  islands. 

CUBA. 

Cuba  is  the  'largest  of  the  West-India  islands.  It  is 
about  700  miles  in  length,  and  is  celebrated  for  the  supe- 
rior flavour  of  its  tobacco.  Ebony  and  mahogany  arc 
amontc  its  trees.  The  forests  abound  with  wild  cattle, 
which  are  hunted  for  their  hides  and  tallow.  Some  gold 
is  found  in  the  sand  of  its  streams  ;  but  its  most  valuable 
'mineral  product  is  copper  of  an  excellent  quality,  with 
which,  in  the  form  of  utensil-,  it  supplies  the  other  Span- 
ish colonies.  Its  population  in  1804  was  234,000  whites, 
90,000  free  blacks,  and  108,000  slaves.  Its  whole  popu- 
lation is  now  about  600,000.  • 

capital,  the  Havanna,  is  a  place  of  great  note  and 
importance,  on  account  of  its  harbour,  and   is   the  usual 
station  of  the  principal  maritime  force  of  Spanish  Ameri- 
ca, and  the  place  of  rendezvous  for  the  ships  laded   with 
".eulth  'of  all    the    settlements    on  their   homeward 
_e.     The  city  is  strongly  fortified  and  well  built.     It 
contains  about  70,000  inhabitants,  and  carries  on  a  great 
trade  with  foreign  countries. 

HISPANIOLA,  OR  ST.  DOMINGO. 

This  is  the  'next  in  size  and  one  of  the  most  fertile  of 
all  the  West-India  islands.  It  was  the  first  settlement 
of  the  Spaniards  in  the  new  world.  Its  forests  'abound 
with  wild  cattle,  which,  as  on  the  island  of  Cuba,  are 
hunted  for  their  hides.  Population  about  650,000. 


180  WEST-INDIES. 

So  lately  as  the  year  1790,  this  island  was  divided  be- 
tween France  and  Spain.  The  year  following  an  alarm- 
ing insurrection  of  the  negroes  broke  out  in  the  French 
colony,  which  deluged  half  of  the  northern  provinces  in 
blood.  In  1793  about  3,000  negro  slaves,  supported  by 
themulaltoes,  entered  Cape  Francois,  the  capital  city,  and 
perpetrated  an  universal  massacre  of  the  white  men,  wo- 
men and  children.  After  various  attempts  at  subjugation 
on  the  part  of  France,  all  of  which  proved  unsuccessful, 
the  blacks  at  length  succeeded  in  expelling  their  masters, 
the  French,  and  have  established  an  independent  govern- 
ment under  the  administration  of  Buyer,  who  is  styled, 
President  of  Hayti,  a  name  they  have  given  to  the  island. 

JAMAICA 

Is  the. 'chief  of  the  British  West  India  islands.  It  is 
highly  cultivated,  but  in  'natural  fertility,  is  far  inferior 
to  Cuba  and  St.  Domingo.  Its  population  in  1811  was 
590,000,  of  whom  only  40,000  were  whites. 

The  'principal  commercial  town  is  Kingston,  a  sea-port 
on  the  southern  coast.  It  is  opulent  and  populous,  and 
the  merchants  live  in  a  style  of  great  splendour.  St.  Jago 
or  Spanish  Town,  is  the  'seat  of  government.  Port-Royal, 
situated  on  a  fine  bay,  was  accounted  the  best  harbour  5 
but  has  been  reduced  by  repeated  earthquakes,  and  other 
calamities.  It  still  contains  the  royal  navy-yard,  arse- 
nal, and  barracks. 

PORTO-RICO 

Is  the  'next  of  the  larger  islands,  and  'belongs  to  Spain. 
It  is  reckoned  a  fertile  and  beautiful  country,  but  is  only 
partially  cultivated.  There  are  a  few  sugar  plantations 
here,  arid  the  proportion  of  slaves  is  less  than  that  of  free- 
men, which  is  the  reverse  of  what  prevails  in  most  of  the 
other  islands.  Population  130,000.  St.  Juan,  its  capital, 
on  the  north  side  of  the  island,  contains  about  30,000. 

THE  CARIBBEE  ISLANDS 

Is  the  general  appellation  of  that  group  or  range,  which 
stretches  in  a  curve  line  from  Porto-Rico  to  the  coast  of 
South- America.  Most  of  these  islands  are  nearly  plain  in 
their  surface  ;  some  of  them  labour  under  a  total  want  of 
springs  of  fresh  water.  They  are,  however,  extremely 
fertile,  and  'yield  abundantly  the  usual  products  of  the 


WEST-INDIES... 'SOUTH  AMERICA.  181 

tropical  n  (>f  the    whole  group,  Gaudaloupc  and 

Barbadots  are  the  'most  important.  Martinico  is  also  a 
valuable  island.  Dominica  contains  several  volcanoes. 
These  M;m<ls  are  particularly  'subject  to  hurricanes, 
more  so  than  the  larger  West-India  Islands. 

THE  BAHAMA  ISLANDS, 

Called  by  the  Spaniards,  Lucayas,  Comprehend  in  gen- 
eral all  tin  uba  and  St.  Domingo.  They 
are  very  numerous,  but  being  narrow  strips  of  land,  and 
mostly  barren,  few  of  them  are  inhabited.  Their  princi- 
pal 'products  are  cotton,  salt,  turtle,  oranges,  pine-apples 
and  dyeing-woods.  Several  vessels,  called  wreckers, 
frequent  these  islands,  attracted  by  the  numerous  wrecks, 
of  trailing  ships  in  their  passage  along  the  channels  be- 
tween the  -  and  the  coast  of  Florida  on  one  side, 
and  that  of  Cuba  on  the  other. 

TURK'S  ISLANDS, 

fSitua(ed  directly  north  from  St.  Domingo,  are  'celebrat- 

t!ie    production    of  suit  obtained    from   salt  ponds, 

which  on  these  Early  in  the 

tit  in  the-  'allizes,  and  subsides  in 

solid  cakes   to  the   bottom,  from  whence  it  is  raked  out, 

and  exported  in  large  quantities  to  the  United  States. 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 

In  a  description  of  South  America,  our  attention  is  first 
most  naturally  led  to  a  consideration  of  its  mountains. 
These  are  the  famous  Andes,  intermingled  with  volca- 
noes of  the  most  sublime  and  terrific  description.  They 
follow  the  direction  of  the  western  coast,  at  the  distance 
of  about  100  'miles  and  extend  from  the  strait  of  Magel- 
lan, to  the  isthmuo  of  Darien.  Chimborazo,  the fmost  el- 
evated summit  in  this  r.m^e,  and  one  of  the  highest  moun- 
tains in  the  world,  is  about  100  miles  south  of  Quito.  Its 
height  his  been  estimated  at  21,440  'feet,  nearly  four 
miles  above  the  level  of  the  ocean.  No  human  being 
has  ever  yet  ascended  to  its  top.  The  region  of  perpet- 
ual snow  'begins  at  about  2,400  feet  from  its  summit 

Q 


182  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

The  'next  in  elevation  is  supposed  to  be  C-otopaxi,  a  tre- 
mendous volcano,  -which  is  said  to  eject  stones  of  eight  or 
nine  feet  in  diameter,  to  the  distance  of  some  miles.  Its 
height  is  18,890  feet.  It  is,  however,  to  be  observed, 
that  these  summits  rise  from  the  high  plain  of  Quito, 
which  is  itself  of  far  greater  elevation  than  the  Alleghany 
mountains.  The  Andes  here  form  a  double  chain,  which 
extends  about  500  miles.  It  is  between  this  double  ridge 
the  high  plain  of  Quito  is 'situated. 

There  are  many  other  summits  between  three  and  four 
miles  high,  but  that  called  Pichincu,  whose  top  is  exactly 
three  miles  above  the  surface  of  the  sea,  is  the  most  re- 
markable, on  account  of  its  having  been  the  residence  of 
the  French  mathematicians  for  some  time  in  order  to 
measure  a  degree  of  longitude.  .Though  this  mountain 
is  situated  almost  directly  under  the  equator,  they  found 
the  cold  excessively  severe,  the  wind  at  the  same  time 
being  so  violent,  that  they  were  in  danger  of  being  blown 
down  the  precipices.  They  were  also  frequently  involv- 
ed in  such  a  thick  fog,  that  they  could  not  distinguish  ob- 
jects at  the  distance  of  six  or  eight  paces.  When  the  fog 
cleared  up,  the  clouds  descended  towards  the  earth,  and 
surrounded  the  mountain  in  such  a  manner  as  to  represent 
the  sea.  with  the  rock  on  -which  they  were  situated,  like 
an  island  in  the  centre  of  it.  When  this  happened  they 
heard  the  horrid  noises  of  the  tempests,  which  then  dis- 
charged themselves  on  Quito  and  the  neighbouring  coun- 
try. They  saw  the  lightnings  issuing  from  the  clouds, 
and  heard  the  thunder  rolling  far  beneath  their  feet. 

But  what  'most  attracts  attention  in  these  mountains,  is 
the  mineral  treasures  contained  in  their  bowels.  The  in- 
calculable riches  in  gold  and  silver,  which  they  produce 
surpass  the  conception  of  the  most  insatiable  cupidity. 
The  celebrated  mountain  of  Potosi,  in  Peru,  is  particu- 
larly 'famous  as  containing  one  of  the  richest  silver  mines 
in  the  world.  This  mountain,  which  rises  jn  a  conical 
form,  is  about  20  miles  in  circumference.  It  is  perforat- 
ed by  more  than  SOO  shafts.  Its  surface  presents  neither 
trees  nor  herbage,  all  vegetation  being  blasted  by  the  nu- 
merous furnaces.  This  celebrated  mine  was  accidentally 
'discovered  in  1545,  by  one  of  the  natives,  who,  in  pursu- 
ing a  chamois,  pulled  up  a  bush  on  the  side  of  the  moun- 
tain, when,  to  his  astonishment,  the  breach  made  in  the 
surface,  laid  open  this  immense  vein  of  silver,  the  rich- 
est that  the  world  had  ever  afforded. 


SOUTH  AMERICA.  183 

The  rivers  in  South  America  are  on  a  scale  no  less 
grand  than  its  mountains.  The  .Amazon  is  justly  consid- 
ered the  'largest  river  in  the  world.  It  is  3300  miles  in 

length,  and  of  very  great  depth  ;     but  what  most  distin- 
s  thi*  river,   is  the  sea-like  expanse  with  which  it 
meets  tin*  ocean,  it  being  of  the  astonishing  'width  of  150 
miles  at  its  mouth.      The  streams,  which,  uniting,  consti- 
tute this  mightv  river,  descend  with  amazing  impetuosity 
from  the  eastern  declivity  of  the  Andes.      Its  waters  are 
muddy,  denoting  the  richness  of  the  tract  through  which 
In  the  rail  it  overflows  its  banks.     The 

MeiTcptiOle  at  1)00  miles  from  its  mouth. 

The  Kin  dc  la  TV'/ /a,   or  River  of  Silver,  is,  in  magni- 
tude and  extent  of  course,  the  'second  river  in  South  A- 
merica.      It  i;  chiefly  composed  of  two  great  streams,  the 
:iiay  and   Parana.      The  breadth  of  the  estuary  is 
such.  ip  in  the  middle  of  it  cannot  be  seen  from 

the  land.  of  burden  can  navigate  up  the  Para- 

iiilion*  which  is  1200  .riles  from  the  sea. 
The  channel  of  La  Plata  is  so  obstructed  by  shoals,  that 
the  'navigation  is  very  difficult  and  dangerous. 

The  'third  great  river  of  South  America  is  the  Orinoco. 

Then-  iking  peculiarity  observable  in  regard  to 

this  river,  which  is,  th;r  the  lake  Parima^  it 

is  with  the  Amazon  ;  a  noble  pro- 

.  for  extensive  inland  navigation, if  this  country  should 

ever  be  fully  settled  by  a  civilized  and  active  people. 

The  whole  interior  of  South  America,  comprising  all 
the  countr  es  watered  by  these  noble  and  majestic  rivers, 
is  an  immense  plain,  of  which  many  extensive  districts 
are  annually  inundated  by  their  redundant  waters. 

Among  the  animals  peculiar  to  South  America,  the 
'most  extraordinary  is  the  Sloth,  or,  as  it  is  called  by  way 
of  deii>ion,  the  Swift  Petre.  It  is  about  the  size  of  an 
ordinary  monkey,  but  of  a  most  wretched  appearance. 
It  never  stirs  unless  impelled  by  hunger  ;  it  is  said  to  be 
il  minutes  in  moving  on«-  «r  Every  effort 

is  attended  with  a  mo-t  dismal  cry.  \Vhen  this  animal 
finds  no  wild  fruits  on  the  ground,  he  looks  out  with  a 
great  deal  of  pain  for  a  tree  well  loaded,  which  he  ascends 
with  great  unea  >ving  and  crying,  and  stopping  by 

turns.  At  length,  having  mounted,  he  plucks  off  all  the 
fruit  and  throws  it  on  the  ground,  to  save  himself  such 
another  troublesome  journey  ;  and  rather  than  be  fatigued 
in  coming  down  the  tree,  gathers  himself  in  a  bunch,  and 
with  a  shriek  drops  to  the  ground. 


184  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

Monkies  are  very  numerous  in  South  America.  They 
herd  together,  20  or  30  in  company,  rambling  through 
the  woods,  leaping  from  tree  to  tree,  and  if  they  meet 
with  a  single  person  will  sometimes  attack  him  ;  they 
suspend  themselves  by  the  tail  on  the  boughs,  and  seem 
to  threaten  him  all  the  way  as  he  passes  ;  but  when  two 
or  three  persons  are  together,  they  usually  run  off  at 
their  approach. 

The  'animals,  which  produce  the  wool  of  this  country, 
are  to  be  met  with  no  where  else.  They  are  of  two  kinds, 
the  LLAMA,  and  the  VICUNA,  sometimes  called  PERUVIAN 
SHEEP,  being  most  frequently  met  with  in  that  part  of 
South  America.  The  Llama,  in  several  particulars,  're- 
sembles a  camel,  as  in  the  shape  of  its  neck,  head,  and 
some  other  parts;  but  it  is  smaller,  has  no  bunch,  and  is 
cloven  footed.  Its  upper  lip  is  cleft  like  that  of  a  hare, 
through  which,  when  enraged,,  it  spits  a  venomous  juice 
that  inflames  the  part  on  which  it  falls.  It  is  about  the 
size  of  a  stag,  is  used  as  a  beast  of  burden,  being  very 
swift,  and  is  capable  of  bearing  vast  fatigue.  The  Vicuna 
is  much  smaller  than  the  Llama,  and  produces  finer  wool. 

The  JAGUAR,  called  the  American  Tyger,  is  the  'most 
ferocious,  dreaded  animal  in  South  America,  and  attains  a 
great  size.  The  PUMA,  by  some  called  the  American  Li- 
on, is  a  much  inferior  animal,  and  rarely  attacks  mankind. 

Among  the  feathered  tribes,  the  CONDOR,  a  species  of 
vulture,  is  the  'most  celebrated,  and  is  undoubtedly  the 
largest  bird  that  pervades  the  air.  Its  size  is  so  enor- 
mous, that  the  wings  when  extended,  measure  nine, 
twelve,  or  even  sixteen  feet  from  tip  to  tip.  The  body 
is  of  a  black  colour,  with  a  white  back  ;  the  neck  is  sur- 
rounded with  a  fringe  of  longish  white  feathers ;  the 
head  is  clothed  with  brown  down  or  wool.  The  Condor 
builds  its  nest  on  the  highest  mountains,  under  the  shel- 
ter of  some  projecting  rock,  in  which  the  female  lays  two 
white  eggs.  It  'preys  on  calves,  sheep,  goats,  and  such 
animals,  and  when  very  much  pressed  by  hunger,  it  has 
been  known  to  carry  off  children  of  ten  years  of  age. 

The  OSTRICH  is  likewise  an  inhabitant  of  South  Amer- 
ica. It  is  equal  in 'height  to  a  man,  its  neck  being  about 
two  feet  eight  inches  in  length,  and  its  legs  as  long  as  its 
neck. 

In  Surinam  river,  in  Guiana,  is 'found  that  remarkable 
fish  called  the  GYMNOTUS  ELEOTRICUS,  or  Electric  Eel, 
which  gives  a  strong  electric  shock  to  any  person  who 


REPUBLIC  OF  COLOMBIA.  185 

touches  it  in  a  certain  manner  with  both  hands.      The 
Gym  -vs  to  a  very  large  size;    some  are  said  to 

in  length,  the  shock  of  which  would  instantly 
kill  a  man. 

UKIM  BLIC  OF  COLOMBIA. 

Face  of  the  Country.  The  'northern  and  western  parts 
are  mountainous.  Tin*  9country  watered  by  the  Orinoco 
and  its  Ijr.mchi's  is  low  and  flat  ;  and  is  annually  inundat- 
ed in  ma:iv  p.irt>,  bv  tin-  overflowing  of  the  rivers. 

Clt  |ie  onlv  'dUtinctiim  of  seasons  here,  is  into 

the  dry  and  the  rainy  :  the  former  called  Mimuu-r,  and  the 

Oivadtul  tempests  of  thunder  and  lightning 

ut  unlrequrnt  in  the  rainy  seasons.     The  low  country 

is  hot  and  unhealthy-    Amon«;  the  mountains  may  be  found 

T  climate  in  the    world.       Their    lop*,  al- 

;ical    sun,  are  covered  with  perpetual 

•nding,  one  meets  successively  with  spring, 

summer,  and  uutinnti.      The  plains  near  them  are  temper- 

(I  delightful.      At  Quito   the   inhabitants  are  never 

1  to  make    any    dill'-rence   in   the    warmth   of  their 

..•count  of  the  reasons. 

nit'l  /'rinhtctivnx.     The  '.-oil  is  remarkably  fertile, 

cotton,  coftee, 

-e,  the  olive,  almond,  Seville 

lina  orai  ;:''tTection.       The  pine-apple 

lere.      It  i-  the  fruit  of  a  plant  about  three  feet 

The    flower  is  at  the  top  formed   like  a  lily, 

and  o!  :it  a  crimson  as  to  day.y.le  the  eye.      Here 

.  ihU,  and  the  banana,  which  makes  a  good 

;iite  for  bread.      The  tropical  trees  are  full  of  folos- 

viid  fruit  all  the  y 

p'.iin^  of  the   Orinoco  furnish  immense  pastures, 

and  numberless  herds  of  cattle  are  dispersed  over   their 

/.il  wood  and    filmic    are  'common    in 

the    forests  ;    likewise  tl»e   (|uin(|uina   which  yields   the 

•  >ark,  ebonv  u  urn. 

The  woods  aboum.  U'ild  boars,  tigers, 

leopards,  and  deer,  are  common  in  the  ! 
infest  the  i  d   veno  no^fl  -erpents  the  land.     The 

Niou.v  is  a  most  trouble-  ct,  which  inserts  itself 

through  the  skin  into  the  flesh,  and  unless  speedily  re- 
moved, lays  numerous  eggs,  which  in  a  few  days  become 
young  niguas,  and  spread  in  the  flesh,  and  are  very 
troublesome. 

Q2 


186  REPUBLIC    OF    COLOMBIA. 

^Minerals.  Gold,  silver,  copper,  and  lead  mines  are 
found  in  various  parts  of  the  country.  Platina,  a  very 
valuable  metal,  is  found  at  Choco.  The  emerald  mines 
at  Muzo,  50  miles  north  of  Santa  Fe,  are  the  most 
celebrated  in  the  world. 

Cities.  Santa  Fe  is  beautifully  situated  on  a  spacious 
plain.  The  streets  are  regular,  and  the  houses  generally 
hand  ome.  This  city  formerly  contained  30,000  inhabi- 
tants, but  is  now  reduced  to  a  small  settlement. 

Quito*  the  most 'populous  town,  is  situated  on  a  plain  of 
remarkable  elevation,  between  two  branches  of  the  Andes. 
The  houses  are  all  one  story,  on  account  of  the  earth- 
quakes, and  built  of  unbaked  brick.  The  population  is 
about  65.000  of  whom  only  a  sixth  part  are  whites. 

Carthagena^  'situated  on  an  island  joined  to  the  conti- 
nent by  two  artificial  necks  of  land,  contains  20,000  in- 
habitants. The  houses  are  mostly  built  of  stone,  with 
balconies  of  wood.  Tnis  place  has  severely  suffered  by 
the  conflicts  between  the  Royalists  and  Independents. 

Panama  is  situated  on  a  bay  of  the  same  name.  In  the 
harbour  is  a  fine  pearl  fishery.  Porto  Hello  has  been  a 
place  of  considerable  note,  but  at  present  is  on  a  decline. 

Curaccas  is  'situated  on  a  plain,  at  an  elevation  »»f  2,593 
feet  above  the  le\el  of  the  ocean.  It  is  several  leagues 
from  the  sea,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  mountains,  and 
rendered  difficult  of  access-  The  houses  generally  are 
well  built  and  richly  furnished.  Some  of  the  publick 
buildings  are  elegant.  The  population  is  estimated  at 
40,000 — twelve  thousand  of  whom  were  destroyed  by 
an  earthquake,  in  18 12.  Beggars  throng  the  .^treets. 
Thefts,  and  even  assassinations,  are  not  unfrequent.  The 
climate  here  is  delightful,  owing  to  the  elevation  of  the 
place.  La  Guira,  the  'port  of  Caruccas,  7  miles  distant, 
is  more  frequented  than  any  other  on  the  coast. 

Curtiana  is  the  most  ancient  city,  and  is 'celebrated  for 
the  industry  ami  enterprize  of  its'inhabitants.  The  pop- 
ulation is  estimated  at  24,000.  Maracaibo  contains  about 
the  same  number,  of  whom  5,000  are  slaves,  5,000  are 
freed  persons,  and  the  rest  are  whites.  The  only  water 
to  be  had  here,  is  that  of  the  lake. 

St.  Thomas,  the  capital  of  Spanish  Guiana,  situated  on 
the  Orinoco,  is  the  'seat  of  government. 

There  are  many  tribes  of  Indians  in  this  country  still 
unsubdued.  Such  as  have  been  conquered  are  treated 
by  the  Spaniards  with  great  lenity  and  kindness.  They 
live  in  villages,  arid  are  governed  by  their  own  caciques. 


PERU.  187 

PERU. 

The  western  ridge  of  the  Andes  penetrates  this  coun- 
try its  whole  extent,  and  divides  it  into  two  different  cli- 
mates. That  part  situated  between  the  mountains  and 
the  Pacific  oc-an,  is  a  sandy  plain.  Neither  rain,  thun- 
der, or  lightning,  is  ever  known  here.  A  thick  fog, 
however,  in  the  winter,  covers  the  country,  which,  dis- 
solving into  small  mist  or  dew,  moistens  the  earth  and 
renders  it  fertile. 

Ki-t  of  the  western  ridge  of  the  Andes,  and  between 
that  and  the  eastern  ridj^e  lies  a  high  valley,  or  elevated 
Table  Land,  generally  from  8  to  10,000  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  ocean,  which  enjoys  a  perpetual  spring  at  a 
temperature  of  about  65  or  66  degrees  of  Farenheit,  with 
scarcely  any  variation  throughout  the  year.  Its  width 
is  from  100  to  150  miles.  The  fields  are  perpetually 
verdant.  All  the  grains,  wheat  in  particular,  wave  in 
golden  harve>ts  ;  and  the  fruits  of  Europe  blush  amidst 
those  <if  the  torrid  zone. 

The  tree  which  affords  the  Peruvian  bark  is  a  native 
of  this  country .  It  is  about  the  size  of  a  cherry  tire,  and 
bear-  a  fruit  re>emblin«5  the  almond.  The  most  remark- 
able animals  are  the  Llama  and  the  Vicuna. 

There   a  -.1   »;uld  irines  in  Peru  ;     but  those  of 

silver  are   found  all  over  the  country.     The  treasuie  de- 
rived annually  from  these  mines  is  immense. 

Peru  is  the  only  part  of  South  America  that  produces 
quicksilver,  so  necessary  in  extracting  gold  from  its  ore. 
In  this  point  of  view,  Peru  has  the  advantage  over  Mexi- 
co, which  imports  its  quicksilver  from  Spain  The 'prin- 
cipal mine  U  at  a  place  called  Guancavelica,  discovered  in 
151J7,  where  it  is  found  in  a  whitish  mass,  resembling 
brick  illy  burnt.  This  substance  is  volatili/,ed  by  fire,  and 
received  in  vapour  by  a  combination  of  nl.i--  ves 
where  by  means  of  water  it  is  condensed  at  the  bottom 
of  each  vessel,  and  forms  a  pure  heavy  liquid. 

Lima  is  the  'capital,  not  only  of  Peru,  but  of  all  South 
America.  It  is  'situated  in  the  midst  of  a  spaciou*  valley, 
about  six  miles  from  the  sea,  surrounded  with  brick  walls, 
with  ramparts  and  bastions,  and  is  excellently  watered 
by  the  river  Rimac.  The  number  of  inhabitants  in  1790, 
was  estimated  at  52,627.  The  streets  are  handsome  and 
straight,  but  the  houses  are  generally  only  one  story  high 
on  account  of  the  earthquakes.  There  are,  however, 


188  PERU. 

many  magnificent  structures,  particularly  churches,  in 
this  city,  anil  all  travellers  mention  with  admiration  their 
excessively  rich  decorations  within,  even  the  walls  being 
ornamented  with  a  profusion  of  gold,  silver,  and  precious 
stone*.  An  instance  of  the  vast  wealth  of  the  inhabitants 
was  given  iii  1682,  when  the  streets  through  which  the 
Viceroy  made  his  public  entry  into  the  city,  were  paved 
with  ingots  of  silver.  Lima  carries  on  a  very  extensive 
commerce. 

Callao  serves  as  a  'port  to  Lima,  about  5  miles  distant, 
near  the  Pacific  ocean  Its  harbour  is  the  largest,  most 
beautiful,  most  convenient,  and  most  secure,  upon  the 
western  coast.  I-n  1747,  this  port  was  completely  over- 
whelmed by  a  mo.st  terrible  earthquake.  In  this  instance, 
as  is  ueual  in  the  case  i>f  earthquakes,  the  sea  first  retiring 
a  great  wny  from  the  shore,  suddenly  returned  and  buried 
the  whole  town  under  water.  Out  of  nearly  4000  inhab- 
itants, only  200  escaped  ',  of  23  vessels  which  were  in 
the  harbour,  19  were  suddenly  sunk,  and  the  other  four 
were  carried  by  the  force  of  the  waters  a  great  distance 
up  the  country.  Nothing  of  the  town  was  left  standing, 
except  a  piece  of  the  wall  of  the  fort.  This  port  has  since 
been  rt-built  a  little  further  back  from  the  sea. 

Jlrequipa  is  the  'second  city  of  Peru  in  point  of  popu- 
lation. The  number  of  inhabitants  is  estimated  at  24,000. 
Near  it  is  a  dreadful  volcano.  It  has  been  four  times  laid 
in  ruins  by  earthquakes.  Truxillo  contains  a  population 
of  6,000.  Guamanga\s  handsomely  situated  in  a  wide 
and  extensive  plain.  Its  buildings  are  of  stone,  and  are 
thought  to  be  superior  to  any  in  Peru. 

Cusco  is  the  most  ancient  city  in  Peru,  'founded  by  the 
first  Inca  for  the  seat  of  his  empire.  On  a  contiguous 
mountain  was  a  fortress,  built  by  the  Incas  for  their  de- 
fence. This  mountain  they  had  begun  to  enclose  by  a 
wall  of  most  prodigious  strength.  The  palaces  of  the  In- 
cas were  spacious  and  magnificent,  built  of  stone,  the 
seams  of  which  were  closed  up  with  melted  gold.  Most 
of  the  apartments  were  decorated  with  the  figures  of  men, 
animals,  plants,  and  flowers,  all  of  cast  gold.  The  In- 
cas set  on  a  stool  of  gold.  The  waters  of  the  palace 
were  from  cisterns  of  gold  ;  even  the  utensils  of  the  kitch- 
en were  all  gold.  The  magnificence  of  the  palaces, 
however,  was  far  inferior  to  that  of  the  Temple  of  the 
Sun,  which  was  the  utmost  display  of  earthly  grandeur. ' 
It  was  of  free-stone,  lined  with  gold.  In  the  principal 


CHILI.  189 

apartment  was  the  image  of  the  sun,  consisting  of  a  gold 

Blate,  \\hichcovered   the   whole   breadth   of  the  chapel. 
ich  side  were  the  embalmed  bodies  of  the   Incas  on 
thrones  of  gold.     The  gates  of  the  temple   were   covered 
with  gold,  and  round  the  top  was  a  cornice  of  gold,  three 
feet  deep.      Its  population  is  about  30,000. 

Such  was  this  splendid  capital  at  the  time  of  the  inva- 
sion of  this  country  by  the  Spaniards  under  Pizarro,  who 
overturned  the  Peruvian  monarchy.  The  city  wa»  al- 
most wholly  demolished  by  the  Spaniards  in  their  eager 
search  after  gold,  silver  and  hidden  treasures. 

CHILI. 

The  'climate  of  Chili  is  most  delicious.  Though  bor- 
dering on  the  torrid  zone,  it  never  feels  extreu.e  heat, 
being  screened  on  the  east  by  the  Andes,  and  refreshed 
on  the  west  by  cooling  breezes  from  the  sea.  The  order 
ofth>  here  is  inverted  from  what  it  is  in  the 

United  States.  Spring  begins  in  September,  summer  in 
December,  autumn  in  March,  and  winter  in  June.  From 
the  beginning  of  spring  to  the  middle  of  autumn,  the  sky 
is  always  serene,  chietly  between  24  and  56  degrees  of 
latitude  ;  showers  seldom  fall  during  that  period.  The 
rain-^  begin  about  the  middle  of  April,  and  continue  till 
the  end  of  August.  Thunder  is  scarcely  knoun,  except 
on  the  Andes.  Snow  does  not  fall  in  the  maritime  prov- 
inces ;  but  on  the  mountains,  from  April  to  November, 
it  is  perpetual. 

The  fertility  of  the  soil  corresponds  with  the  benignity 
of  the  climate,  and  is  wondei  fully  accommodated  to  Eu- 
ropean productions.  The  most  'valuable  of  these  are 
corn,  wine,  and  oil.  The  'northern  provinces  produce 
the  >ugar-cane,  the  sweet  potato,  and  other  tropical  plants. 
Maize  is  common  and  abundant.  The  lar^e  white  - 
berry  of  Chili  is  now  known  in  English  gardens.  Many  of 
the  plants  are  valuable  as  dvt->,  and  others  ai  medicines. 
The  gentian  is  peculiar  to  Chili.  The  beautiful  flowers 
and  shrubs  are  almost  infinite.  The  trunk  of  the  puvi 
supplies  excellent  cork.  Of  97  kinds  of  trees,  which  di- 
versify the  forests,  only  13  lose  their  leaves  in  winter. 

Bees  abound  in  the  southern  provinces.  Reptiles  are 
rare.  The  sea  supplies  various  kinds  of  excellent  fish. 
Ostriches  are  numerous  in  the  vallies  of  the  Andes.  The 
ce§s>  of  which  the  female  lays  from  40  to  GO  in  the  sand, 


190  UNITED    PROVINCES    OF    SOUTH    AMERICA. 

yield,  each  of  them,  about  two  pounds  of  good  food  ;  and 
the  feathers  are  used  for  plumes,  parasols,  and  fans.  The 
condor  is  also  known  in  tins  country.  Most  of  the  Eu- 
ropean animals  have  improved  in  this  delicious  climate. 
The  celebrated  Spanish  sheep  have  not  loss  any  of  their 
distinguishing  qualities  ;  the  horned  cattle  are  larger  than 
those  of  Spain;  and  the  breed  of  horses  surpasses,  both 
in  beauty  and  spirit,  the  famous  Andalusian  race,  from 
which  they  spring. 

Ol  all  the  metals,  gold  is  the  most  9abundant  in  Chili. 
There  is  hardly  a  mountain  or  a  hill  but  produces  more 
or  less  of  it.  It  is  found  in  the  soil  of  the  plains  and  in 
the  sum!  of  all  the  rivers. 

St.  Jago  is^'the  capital.  It  is  situated  on  a  delightful 
plain,  90  miles  from  the  ocean.  Near  the  middle  of  the 
city  is  the  grand  quadrangular  piazza  or  public  square, 
450  feet  on  each  side,  with  a  beautiful  fountain  of  bronze 
in  the  centre.  Here  are  11  convents,  7  nunneries,  4 
parochial  churches,  3  hospitals,  and  a  royal  university. 
The  number  of  inhabitants  is  about  46,000. 

Fa/jjaraizo,  containing  7,000  inhabitants,  is  the  9port 
of  St.  Jago,  and  is  the  most  commercial  city  in  Chili. 
•  Conception  is  the  'second  city  of  Chili.  The  inhabitants 
are  about  15,000.  The  houses  are  only  one  story,  that 
they  may  be  able  more  effectually  to  resist  the  shocks  of 
earthquakes,  which  occur  here  almost  every  year. 

Tv\o  roads  lead  from  Chili  to  Peru  ;  one  by  the  sea- 
coast,  which  is  destitute  of  water  and  provisions,  and  the 
other  by  the  mountains.  There  are  eight  or  nine  roads 
which  cross  the  Andes,  which  cannot  be  passed  in  less 
than  eight  days.  These  roads  in  many  places  are  so 
steep  and  narrow,  that  travellers  are  obliged  to  quit  their 
mules,  (the  only  animal,  that  can  be  employed,)  and  go 
on  foot. 

UNITED  PROVINCES  OF  SOUTH  AiMERICA. 

The  Vice-royalty  of  Buenos  Ayres,  on  proclaimingitself 
independent,  in  1816,  took  the  name  of  The  United  Prov- 
inces of  South  America.  It  is  mostly  a  level  country, 
^abounding  with  plains,  by  the  Spaniards  called  PAMPAS, 
some  of  which  are  many  hundred  miles  in  extent,  for  the 
most  part  uninhabited,  and  destitute  ot  trees,  or  any  object 
to  interrupt  the  sight,  covered  in  their  natural  state,  with 
high  grass,  which  waves  and  tosses  in  the  wind  like  a  sea. 


UNITKD    PROVINCES    OF   SOUTH    AMERICA.  191 

These  plains  are  'infested  with  wild  Indians,  which  ren- 
ders travelling  in  many  places  dang-  1'hey  are 
also  the  resort  of  innumerable  herds  of  wild  cattle',  and 

B,  which  feed  on  gi 

The  'climate  is  remarkably  salubrious.      In  the  summer 
the  air  is  serene  ;  but   in  the  winter,   which  hen*  com- 
mences in  June,  storms  often  occur,  attended  with   rain 
and  dreadful  thunder  and  lightning.      At  this  sea-on,  like- 
the   vehement   west  winds,    which    blow   from   the 
is  or  plai;  ry  troublesome  to  the  inhabitants. 

, \iiid,  pa--  a  plain  of  8  or  900  miles  in  ex- 

.uid  not  mee  in.;-  with  any  thing  in  its  course,  to 
check  its  impetuosity,  acquires  additional  strength  ;  till, 
by  running  straight  along  the  channel  of  the  1 1\  er  La 
Plata,  it  blows  with  such  fury  that  ships,  in  order  to 
withstand  it,  are  obliged  to  throw  out  all  their  am  hors, 
and  to  strengthen  their  cables  with  strong  chains  of  iron. 
The  approach  of  this  wind  is  indicated  by  violent  thun- 
der and  lightning. 

The  'productions  are  maize,   potatoes,  cotton,   sugar, 

indigo,    pimento,    ipecacuanha,  and,  above   all,   the  herb 

illed.      It  is  the  leaf  of  a  middle  -i'/.ed  tree, 

an  infusion  of  which  is  drank  for  tea,  almost  every  where 

icularly  in  Peru  and  Chili. 

Immense  quantities  of  wild  cattle  are  killed  lure  every 
year  solely  for  their  hides,  which  constitute  a  principal 
article  of  trade  in  this  country.  About  20  hunters  pro- 
ceed on  horseback,  where  these  animals  ai  •  known  to 
herd,  having  in  their  hands  a  long  stick  shod 'with  iron, 
and  very  sharp,  with  \\hich  th^y  strike  the  ox  they  pur- 
sue on  one  of  the  hind  legs  ;  and  they  make  the  Mow  so 
adroitly,  that  they  almost  always  cut  the  sine\\  s  above 
the  joint.  The  animal  soon  afterwards  falls,  and  cannot 
tgain.  The  hunters,  instead  of  stopping,  p'u>ue  on 
alter  the  herd  at  full  gallop,  with  the  reins  loo-.e,  striking 
in  the  same  manner  a. I  the\  ;  and  tin: 

men  will  with  i-a-e  fell  7  or  800  cattle  in  an  hour.  When 
they  are  tired  of  t  *e,  thay  dismount  to  rest,  and 

afterwards  knock  on  the  head  those  they  have  wounded. 
After  taking  the  skin,  and  sometimes  the  tongue  and 
suet,  they  leave  the  rest  lor  bird*  of  prey. 

Great  numbers  of  wild  dogs,  which  descended  from  the 
domestic  kind,  infest  the  pampas,  particularly  in  the 
country  near  the  city  Buenos  Ayres.  They  live  under 
ground  in  holes,  which  may  be  easily  discovered  by  the 
quantity  of  bones  heaped  round  them. 


192  BRAZIL. 

The  horses  of  this  province  are  excellent.  They  pos- 
sess all  the  spirit  of  the  Spanish  horses,  from  which  they 
have  descended,  and  they  travel  with  great  rapidity. 
The  inhabitants  make  no  provision  either  of  hay  or  straw 
for  the  support  of  these  animals,  the  mildness  of  the  cli- 
mate allowing  them  to  graze  in  the  fields  all  the  year. 

Serpents  are  numerous,  some  of  which  are  of  enor- 
mous size.  The  jacumama  is  from  30  to  50  feet  in 
length.  It  'conquers  its  prey  by  crushing  it  to  death  in 
its  folds. 

Buenos  dym,  so  called  from  the  salubrity  of  its  cli- 
mate, situated  on  the  river  La  Plata,  is  'the  capital.  The 
river  here  is  30  miles  wide,  but  of  difficult  navigation. 
The  publick  buildings  are  mostly  elegant,  being  built  of 
beautiful  white  stone.  The  houses  are  of  brick,  and 
about  6,000  in  number.  The  city  carries  on  a  very  ex- 
tensive commerce.  Its  population  is  62,000. 

Monte  Video  has  a  good  harbour,  and  is  well  fortified. 
The  population  is  diminished  to  about  10,000. 

Potosi  is  in  the  vicinity  of  the  celebrated  silver  mines 
of  that  name.  The  churches  are  remarkably  magnificent, 
and  profusely  decorated  with  utensils  and  ornaments  of 
gold  and  silver.  The  houses  are  generally  well  built, 
and  sumptuously  furnished.  The  number  of  inhabitants 
is  supposed  to  be  100,000.  The  adjacent  country  is  re- 
markably barren. 

JMendoza  carries  on  a  considerable  trade.  Population, 
21,000. 

There  i?  an  uninterrupted  post  road  across  the  conti- 
nent, from  the  city  Buenos  Ayres  to  Peru.  The  'mode 
of  travelling  is  in  covered  carts  or  caravans,  drawn  by 
oxen.  A  communication  is  kept  up  in  the  same  way  with 
Chili.  In  crossing  these  extensive  pampas  or  plains,  how- 
ever, great  danger  is  incurred  from  the  savage  Indians, 
which  inhabit  them.  It  is  necessary  that  sentries  be  set 
every  night,  and  that  the  utmost  precautions  be  taken  to 
prevent  being  surprised  by  them  ;  in  which  case  only,  or 
when  greatly  superior  in  numbers,  their  attacks  prove 
successful. 

BRAZIL. 

Brazil  is  mostly  a  level  country,  in  some  parts  covered 
with  impenetrable  forests,  and  in  others  frequently  flood- 
ed by  the  annual  inundations  of  its  principal  rivers.  In 
the  'northern  parts  the  climate  is  hot  and  insalubrious. 


BRAZfL.  193 

proceeding  towards    the  south,    it  is  more  agreeable  ; 
south  9of  the  tropic  of  Capricorn,  it  is  temperate,  pleas- 
iiul  healthful. 

-  country  generally  possesses  the   most   luxuriant 

fertili  nost  important  'vegetable  productions  are 

.  tobacco,  and  indigo.      Great  quantities  of  sugar  are 

produced  and  exported.      The  tobacco  is   excellent.      Its 

vegetable  productions  are  Indian  corn,  wheat,  rice, 

,u>,    pepper,    cactus,   on  which  is 

nsect  fumis-hing  cochineal,  and  the  red  or  Bra- 

lich  so   much   is   imported   into  different 

for  the  purpose  of  dvri;;-.  and  from  which  the 

countrv  <1>  na:ne.     Various   species  of  melons 

likewise  thrive  here  ;  also   the  plantain,  the   banana,  the 

palm,  the  \  :d  tumeric.     The 'principal  fruits 

are  the  pine  apple,  mango,  tamarind,  oranges,'  limes  and 

.-•.I  medicinal  plants  of  high  estimation  grow 

.  and  in  great  abundance,  such  as  con- 

trayerva,  Indian  pink,  jalap,  and  guaiacum. 

i    wood,  this  country  'furnishes   log- 
in wood. 

ire  small,  and  incapable  of  much 

labour;  in  the  run  wild  in  vast  droves,  and 

merely   caught  to    per- 

or  the  journey  is   over, 

i  wild  cat- 

!i  America,  are  hunted   for   their 
hid' 

'il  breeds  a  variety  of  serpents  and  venomous  rep- 
Irich  are  the  Indian  Salamander,  with  four 
1  to  be  fatal  ;  the  ibiboboca,  a  spe- 
;t  seven  yards  long  ;  the  rattle  snake, 
:  and  the    liboya,   or  roe-buck   - 
lid  to  extend  to  the  length  of  between  20   and 
30  feet,  and  to  be  two  yard-  in  circumferenc  ••.  and  wMPi 
-onie  authors  have  reported,  of  swallowing 
a  roe-buck  \v' 

Ura/.il  i-  «1   for  its  gold  and   diamond 

mines.  The  latter  are  near  Ville  Nova  de  Principe, 
about  17  degrees  south  latitude.  The  diamonds  of  Brazil 
are  not  so  fine  as  those  of  Hindostan.  Thes-  n  e  the  only 
countries  yet  known  to  afford  the  diamond.  One  of  the 
largest  yet  discovered  was  sent  from  Brazil  to  the  king 
of  Portugal.  It 'weighed  12|  ounces,  and  has  been  valued 
at56,787,500/.  or  252,388,886  dollars.  The  most  minute 
R 


194  BRAZIL. 

precautions  are  taken  in  Brazil  to  prevent  the  conceal- 
ment of  diamonds,  by  persons  of  every  description  com- 
ing from  the  mines  ;  they  are  not  only  stripped  naked, 
and  minutely  searched,  but  even  their  horses  and  mules 
are  purged. 

The  commerce  of  Brazil  is  of  great  importance,  and  is 
continually  increasing.  The  ^exports  consist  chiefly  of 
the  produce  of  .the  mines,  sugar,  tobacco,  hides,  indigo, 
various  drugs  and  materials  for  dyeing.  The  ^imports 
are  grain,  wine  and  several  other  European  productions, 
with  almost  all  the  various  articles  of  European  manufac- 
ture. .The  Brazilians,  however,  have  begun  to  manufac- 
ture several  of  the  most  necessary  articles  for  home  con- 
sumption. 

Rio  Janeiro,  or  St.  Sebastian,  is  the  'capital  of  Brazil. 
It  is  situated  about  4  miles  within  the  entrance  of  a  bay 
of  the  same  name.  The  entrance  is  less  than  a  mile  wide, 
and  crossed  in  every  direction  by  heavy  batteries,  being 
commanded  on  each  side  by  high  rocks,  on  one  of  which 
is  the  castle  of  Santa  Cruz.  The  streets  are  in  general 
straight ^nd  well  paved.  The  squares  are  adorned  with 
fountains  supplying  water  from  a  magnificent  cistern. 
Many  of  the  houses  are  well  built  of  hewn  stone.  All  is 
bustle  and  activity  in  this  city,  in  the  various  pursuits  of 
business,  devotion,  and  pleasure.  Every  hour  in  the  day 
bells  and  other  signals  announce  some  religious  ceremo- 
ny 5  after  sunset,  the  streets  are  crowded  with  proces- 
sions ;  and  at  every  corner  is  stuck  up  in  a  glass  case,  the 
image  of  the  Virgin  Mary,  which  receives  a  regular  hom- 
age from  passengers.  The  population  is  estimated  at 
150,000,  of  whom  nearly  four  fifths  are  black,  or  mixed. 

The  other  chief  cities  are  St.  Salvador,  and  Pernambuco. 
The  latter  is  not  of  any  considerable  magnitude  ;  but  the 
former  is  but  little  inferior  to  Rio  Janeiro.  It  stands  in  a 
lofty  situation  on  the  coast,  and  has  an  excellent  harbour. 
Till  the  middle  of  the  last  century,  it  was  the  chief  city 
of  Brazil,  and  the  seat  of  the  Viceroy. 

Luxury,  ostentation,  and  indolence,  are  the  'general 
characteristics  of  the  Portuguese  in  Brazil.  AH  'labour  is 
chiefly  performed  by  slaves,  of  whom  20,000  are  import- 
ed from  Africa  annually.  In  some  of  the  towns  the  num- 
ber of  the  blacks  exceeds  that  of  the  whites  in  a  ten-fold 
proportion.  The  condition  of  the  slaves,  however,  not 
only  in  Portuguese,  but  also  in  Spanish  America,  is  great- 


ENGLISH,   DUTCH,   AKD    FRENCH  GUIANA.  195 

1  y  preferable  to  what  it  is  on  the  West  India  Islands,  or 
int  (1    States.      The    negroes   here  are  a  sort    of 

tenants,  or  undertakers  of  work.      In  the  I)  i-iip--s  of  col- 
lecting ur<»ld   and   jewels,    the  master  supplies  his    slave 
i  tain  quantities  of  provisions  and  tools,  and  the 
\e  is  obliged  to  return  a  certain  quantity  of  gold  and 
jewels.     All  that  remains  over  this  fixed  ratio,  how  zi 

due,    is  the  property   of  the   slave. 

negro   who  may  happen  to    be 

mdertakings.  may  sometimes  acquire  a 

•perty.     The  rich  pearl  li-'u-rk-.s   of 

1  other  parts,  are   in  the  same  manner  in  the 

hands,  as   it  were,  of  negro  tenants.      The  slaves  in  the 

towns  are  allowed   to   hire  themselves   out  to    different 

kind',  of  employment,  on  condition  of  paying  to  their  m 

a  certain  proportion  of  their  wages.  Alter  a  slave 
has,  by  any  of  these  means,  acquired  property,  and  wish- 
es to  purchase  his  freedom,  if  the  master's  demands  be 
exorbitant,  the  laws  enable  him  to  have  the  price  lixed 
by  sworn  appraisers,  appointed  by  the  magistrate.  On 
all  occiiMons  in  case  of  ill  treatment,  the  slave  can,  on 

^istrate,    procure    immediate 
;ico  of  these  regulations,   the  slaves 
re  numerous, 
in<! 

ment.     The  <>f  the  arti.'  negroes, 

and  of  this  c:  en  some  of  tin-  i  Spanish 

and  Portuguese  America  are  com])'. 

The  Roman  Catholic  is  the  universal  religion  in  Brazil. 

liLISII,  DUTCH,  AND  FRENCH  GUIANA. 

ish,  Dutch,  and  French  Guiana  extends  on  the  coast 
fron  :>>o  to  the  Owyapoke,  son  m, 

'face   of  this  ext<  untry   is  ll  it  to    u    great 

distance  into  the  interior,  and  'subject  to   inundations.      It 

is  the  Es- 
tiith. 

Tli  three  quarters  of  a  mile    in 

width.      No  country  p«rhajjs   on   the  globe  has  a    richer 
soil,  or  -\  MI.      Al<>n_r   the 

coast  the  air  is  damp  and  sultry,  and  the  waters  arc  brackish 
'  unwholesome.     The  sea    breeze  from  the  north-east, 
however,  contributes  to   refresh  the    atmosphere.     Sugar, 
coffee,  cocoa,  indigo,  ginger,  rice,  maize,  and  tobacco,  are 


196       ENGLISH,  DUTCH,  AND  TRENCH  GUIANA. 

the  articles  ^chiefly  cultivated.  All  the  tropical  plants 
and  fruits  thrive  here,  except  such  as  require  a  dry  and 
sandy  soil. 

Among  its  forest  'trees  may  be  reckoned  the  red  man- 
grove tree,  which  sends  forth  from  its  branches  and  trunk 
avast  number  of  filaments,  like  a  ship's  ropes,  which  fall 
into  the  ground,  take  root  and  rise  again  ;  the  guaiacum, 
40  feet  high  ;  the  cassia  fistula,  between  40  and  50  feet 
high,  bearing  brown,  cylindi'ic  pods,  18  inches  in  length  ; 
and  the  camphor  tree.  The  silk-cotton  tree,  which 
grows  to  the  height  of  100  feet,  is  free  from  branches 
about  70  feet.  It  yields  triennial  crops  of  silky  cotton, 
and  is  the  favourite  tree  for  the  Indian  canoes.  The  cab- 
bage tree  grows  to  the  height  of  120  feet  with  the  cab- 
bage on  the  top  of  the  trunk.  It  has  the  taste  of  an  al- 
mond, and  is  boiled  or  eaten  raw. 

A  plant  of  this  country,  called  troolies,  is  a  very  sin- 
gular production.  Its  leaves  lie  on  the  ground,  and 
sometimes  attain  the  almost  incredible  dimensions  of  30 
feet  in  length  and  3  in  breadth.  These  leaves  are  9used 
as  a  covering  for  houses,  and  will  last  several  years  with- 
out any  repair. 

Among  vegetable  productions  may  likewise  be  reckon- 
ed a  variety  of  drugs  of  great    potency  in    medicine,  as 
qi:3fesiii,  t-he  uui'or  uil-bean, ipecacuanha, and  uJ.s.v.,1  copai- 
va  5  likewise  somettf  the  most  mortal  poisons,  both  ot  the 
slow  and  rapid  kind,  but  equally  fatal  in  their  operation 
Ebony,  fustic,  and  Spanish  cedar,  abound   near  the  riv 
ers,  as  well  as  many  other  kinds  of  valuable  timber. 

Tigers  infest  the  woods,  and  alligators  the  rivers. 
Serpents  are  exceedingly  numerous  some  of  which  are 
of  enormous  size,  and  others  extremely  venomous. 

Paramaribo,  the  capital  of  Dutch,  and  the  largest  town 
irrall  Guiana,  is  'situated  on  the  river  Surinam,  15  miles 
from  its  mouth.  The  streets  are  all  paved,  and  planted 
with  orange,  lemon  and  tamarind  trees.  The  population 
is  estimated  at  20,000,  of  whom  3,000  are  Jews.  The 
town  is  defended  by  a  fort,  called  New-  Amsterdam,  near 
the  mouth  of  the  river. 

Cayenne,  the  'capital  of  French  Guiana,  is  situated  on 
a  marshy  and  unhealthy  island",  about  30  miles  in  circum- 
ference. The  town  is  small,  and  the  houses  badly  con- 
structed with  wood.  The  number  of  white  inhabitants, 
exclusive  of  the  garrison,  is  about  1,200.  This  dreary- 
spot  was  the  place  of  exile  to  which  many  of  the  French 
royalists  were  expelled  in  the  time  of  the  revolution. 


UNCONQUERED    COUNTRIES....  ISLANDS.  197 

The  white  inhabitants  of  Surinam  are  mostly  English 
and  Dutch  ;  those  of  Cayenne  are  chielly  French.  The 
morals  of  all  are  wretchedly  depraved.  All  'labour  is 
i  med  by  slaves.  Their  vtreatment  in  the  Dutch 
colony  is  excessively  severe,  so  that  bands  of  negroes, 
impelled  bv  despair  to  revolt,  have  retired  into  the  interi- 
or parts  of  the  province,  and,  under  leadei 
own,  have  formed  themselves  into  a  distinct  community. 
They  are  called  Maroons,  and  having  increased  in  num- 
'•rti«»ns  from  the  settlement,  have 
now  bet-  idable  to  their  former  masters. 

UNCONQUERED  COUNTRIES. 

The  Independent  Indian  Nations  'inhabit  principally 
all  the  central  part  of  South  America,  particularly  Ama- 
and  Patagonia  ;  which  are  unconquered  countries 
entirely  in  their  possession. 

Spanish  and  Portuguese  America  have  likewise  a  nu- 
merous Indian  population.  The  same  may  be  said  of 
French  and  Dutch  Guiana,  of  which  a  small  part  only  is 
subdued  and  colonized. 

ISLANDS. 

The  islands  contiguous  to  South  America,  are — TRINI- 
DAD, 2  included  among  t  lately 
ceded  to  Great  Britain  by  Spain.  It  is  represented  a« 
fertile,  and  well  ''adapted  to  the  cultivation  of  coll'ee.  It 
.arkably  free  from  those  hurricanes  which  so  often 
ion  in  the  West  India  Islands.  This  isl- 
and i- 'noted  for  a  remarkable  lake  of  Petroleum,  or  fossil 
oil,  which  atlords  a  valuable  object  of  exportation,  as 
being  the  best  preservative  of  the  bottoms  of  ships  from  the 
worms,  which  are  so  destructive  to  them  in  the  West  In- 
dies, and  the  warm  climates  of  America, — The  FALKLAND 
Islands,  near  the  southern  extremity  of  South  America. 
•ids  belong  to  Spain.  They  are  situated  in  a 
very  inclement  climate,  with  a  barren  'soil. 

TERRA  DF.L  FUECJO,  separateil  from  the  southern  ex- 
tremity of  South  America  by  the  strait  of  Magellan,  is 
wholly  in  'possession  of  the  natives,  a  wretched  and 
squalid  race,  shivering  with  perpetual  cold,  and  support- 
ing life  on  a  scanty  supply  of  shell  fish,  or  whatever  else, 
capable  of  being  eaten,  the  ocean  may  throw  on  their 
shores.  On  this  island  there  is  a  very  celebrated  volcano. 
R  2 


198  EUROPE. 

The  island  CHILOE,  off  the  coast  of  Chili,  is  'settled 
tyy  the  Spaniards,  and  is  remarkably  fertile.  More  re- 
mote from  the  coast  is  the  small  island  JUAN  FERNANDEZ, 
uninhabited,  but  'noted  for  the  refreshment  which  it  has 
afforded  to  navigators  from  its  wi!d  goats  and  vegetables. 
A  sailor  by  the  name  of  Alexander  Selkirk,  being  left  on 
this  island  by  his  captain,  lived  here  a  number  of  years  in 
solitude,  which  gave  rise  to  the  celebrated  romance  of 
Robinson  Crusoe. 

The  GALLAPAGOS  are  a  group  of  uninhabited  isles. 
They  'abound  with  turtle,  on  which  account  they  are 
sometimes  visited  by  ships. 


F, 


EUROPE. 

I 

Europe,  though  the  least  extensive  quarter  of  the 
lobe,  yet,  in  many  respects,  is  that  which  most  particu- 
arly  deserves  our  attention. 

Here  it  is  the  human  mind  has  made  the  greatest  pro- 
gress towards  improvement ;  and  here  the  arts,  whether 
of  utility  or  ornament,  the  sciences,  both  military  and 
civil,  have  been  carried  to  the  greatest  perfection.  If  we 
except  the  earliest  ages  of  the  world,  it  is  in  Europe  we 
find  the  greatest  variety  of  character,  government,  and 
manners,  and  from  hence  we  draw  the  greatest  number  of 
facts  and  materials  for  our  entertainment  and  instruction. 

Europe  possesses  natural  'advantages  for  commerce, 
superior  to  those  of  any  other  quarter  of  the  globe, 
scarcely  any  place  on  the  continent  being  more  than  400 
miles  from  some  navigable  water  or  sea.  The  highest 
mountains  are  towards  the  south,  nearly  opposite  to  the 
centre  of  the  Mediterranean,  where  they  constitute  the 
Alps  of  Savoy  and  Switzerland.  The  'eastern  side,  for 
the  most  part,  consists  of  one  vast  plain  extending  from 
the  Black  sea  to  the  Frozen  ocean. 

Within  such  a  range  of  latitude,  great  diversities  of 
climate  must  necessarily  exist  j  but  the  'prevalent  char- 
acter of  Europe  is  that  of  moderate  temperature.  Of  the 
two  extremes  that  of  cold  alone  is  felt  5  the  heat  in  no 
part  can  be  compared  with  that  of  the  torrid  regions. 

The  productions  of  the  European  continent  are  rather 
useful  than  splendid.  Gold,  silver,  and  precious  stones 
are  indeed  found  in  some  countries,  but  by  no  means  in 


ENGLAND.  199 

such  quant  -upplv  tin-  demand  even  in  the  coun- 

tries when-  '  found,  much  tpaci- 

ty  of  their  neighbours  to  invade  them  on  tint  account. 
All  the  countries  of  Europe,  howe\  er,  ''abound  wilh  the 
necessaries  of  life,  though  in  none  of  them  .  to  be 

had  without  a  considerable  decree  of  labour  on  the  part 
of  the  inhabitant'  ;  the  «  nee  of  which  i-,  and  al- 

ways has  been,  a  derive    of  activity  superior  to   th 

-.    \!;i.  ins,   or  perhaps  Americans  :    \vho,  by 
sive  plenty,  are  prompted  to  trust  to  ii  -neous 

prod  u  the   soil,  neglecting  agriculture  and   the 

rte. 

in  religion  prevails  throughout  Europe, 
except  in  some  parts  of  Turkey.  Wherever  the  Christian 
faith  has  penetrated,  knowledge,  industry,  and  civiliza- 
tion, have  followed. 

The  language-  'ern  parts  retain  a  consider- 

able resemblance  to  the  Greek  and  Latin  ;  the  inhabitants 
of  modern  Greece  to  this    day    use  the  same    alphabet 
with  their   ancestors.      The   Turks   retain    the   language 
.Jit  with    them   from  Asia.      The  Ian  MI  iges   of 
ire  dri  i\ed  from  the  Lat- 
ie  other  of  the   nations   who 
overrun  the  western  part  of  the  Roman  empire. 

ENGLAND. 

imate  of  England  i  ,'iMied  for 

its  moUture,  and  for  sudden  and  frequent  in  the 

weather.      In   no  country   is   the   atmosphere    more  fre- 
,  cloud*..      Tii  indis- 

tinctly marked.  FIOM  v  nights  are  not  uncommon  in  June, 
and  the  month  of  1)  is  not  UD frequently  tinctured 

with  the  mildne->  of  May.      Thi-  !8    of  heat    and 

cold  are    les.-,  than   any  other    country    in  the    same    lati- 
tude.     The  cold  in  3  not  sue  i 
tation,  nor  the  heat  in  summer  »u  .    bring    Indian 
corn 

The  lien  commences   in    February,   sometimes 

not  till  April.      Darley  and  oat-,  are   frequently   ''-own   in 

March,    and  reaped   in  September  or  October.      The'pro- 

.•ion  in   England  is   much  slower  than   in 

the  United  States. 

Face  of  the  Country.     The  'face  of  the  country  in  gene- 
ral is  variegated  and   beautiful.     Such  regard  has  been 


200  ENGLAND. 

paid  to  agriculture,  that  no  country  in  the  world  equals 
the  cultivated  parts  of  England  in  beautiful  scenes.  The 
mutual  communication  of  the  different  parts  is  promoted 
by  turnpike  roads  in  every  direction,  and  by  inland  navi- 
gation. 

Soil  and  Productions.  Of  soil,  there  is  almost  every 
variety.  Stiff  clay  and  loam  predominate  in  some  of  the 
counties  most  noted  for  fertility.  Sand  prevails  in  some 
tracts,  chalk  and  calcareous  earth  in  others.  The  pro- 
portion of  waste  land,  which,  from  the  unpromising  quali- 
ties of  its  soil,  is  left  uncultivated,  is  also  considerable. 

In  no  countrv  is  agriculture  more  thoroughly  under- 
stood, or  pursued  in  a  grander  style  ;  and  it  is  to  this  cir- 
cumstance, perhaps,  more  than  to  the  natural  fertility  of 
its  soil,  that  England  owes  much  of  its  abundance. 

Wheat  is  extensively  cultivated,  but  the  quantity  of 
rye  produced  is  inconsiderable.  Oats  grow  in  great  quan- 
tities, and  constitute  almost  the  only  'bread  of  the  lower 
classes  in  many  parts.  Barley  is  extensively  Cultivated 
for  the  breweries,  beer  being  the  'common  drink  of  the  in- 
habitants. Beans  are  raised  in  very  considerable  quanti- 
fies, principally  for  horses  ;  turnips  for  cattle  and  sheep. 
The  produce  of  grain,  however,  in  late  years,  owing  to 
the  increase  of  population  and  other  incidental  causes,  is 
insufficient  for  the  supply  of  the  inhabitants  without  con- 
siderable importations. 

Apples  for  cider,  in  Hertfordshire  and  Devonshire,  are 
both  plentiful  and  excellent.  Rapeseed,  hops,  hemp,  and 
flax,  are  also  successfully  cultivated. 

England,  from  the  nature  of  its  climate,  is  peculiarly 
'adapted  to  pasturage,  and  there  is  no  point  of  rural  econ- 
omy in  which  the  British  nation  more  excels  than  in  the 
breeding  of  domestic  animals,  such  as  horses,  cattle  and 
eheep,  every  species  of  which  has  been  brought  to  a  de- 
gree of  excellence  scarcely  to  be  met  with  in  any  other 
country. 

Of  savage  animals,  the  most  ^fierce  and  destructive  is 
the  wild-cat, — bears  and  wolves  having  been  totally  de- 
stroyed. The  'largest  bird  in  England  is  the  bustard, 
some  of  which  weigh  25  pounds  5  the  only  'venomous  ser- 
pent is  the  viper. 

The  oak,  chestnut,  beech,  birch,  maple,  ash,  sycamore, 
box,  pine,  and  yew,  are  the  'most  usual  trees  of  the  for- 
est. Pit  coal  is  the  'common  fuel  of  the  country. 


ENGLAND.  201 

Minerals.      Among  the  mineral^,  the  tin  mines  of  Corn- 
wall are  the  9most  noted.    Thev  \\  ere  known  to  the  Greeks 
and  Phoenicians  before  the  Christian  era,  and  are  suppos- 
ed to  be  the  richest  in  kind  in  the  world.      The  'number 
Mush  inin  1  to  amount    to  100,000.      Iron  i* 

extensively  diffused  ;  lead,  copper,  /.inc,  and   rock 

ind  in  certain  parts.  Pit  coal  is  exceeding y  abund- 
ant. The  mines  of  Northumberland,  it  is  said,  furnish 
London  annually  with  600,000  chaldrons,  the  transporta- 
tion of  which 'employs  1500  vessels.  These  min< 

,'ilar  curioMtv.  Those  in  the  vicinity  of  White- 
haven,  particularly,  are  sunk  to  the  depth  of  800  feet, 
and  have  been  extended  to  the  distance  of  a  mile  and  a 
half  under  the  sea,  where  the  water  above  them  is  of 
sufficient  depth  to  Hoat  the  largest  ships. 

rs.  The  hot  wells  of  Bath,  Bristol,  Bux- 
ton,  and  the  mineral  waters  of  Tunbridge,  Harrowgate 
and  Kp~o;n,  are  the  ymost  celebrated. 

_r<  -v.     The  bridges  in  this  country  are   worthy  the 
superiority  of  the  roads.      Some  of  them  are  of  cast  iron, 
an  invention  unknown  to  all  other  nations.     One  of  these 
ie  harbour  at  Sunderland,    is   at  the  height  of  100 
feet.      '1'h  hen    \iewed  from  below,   appear 

as  if  pacing  among  the  clouds. 

'Canals.  Canals  are  numerous,  many  of  which  have 
been  executed  with  amazing  labour  and  expense.  The 
Grand  Trunk,  so  called,  connecting  Liverpool  with  Hull, 
is  99  miles  in  length  ;  it  is  carried  over  the  river  Dove,  by 
an  aqueduct  resting  on  23  arches,  and  through  the  hill  of 
Harecastle  by  a  subterraneous  passage,  a  mile  and  three 
quarters  in  Length,  and  more  than  £00  feet  below  the 
surfac-  .round.  Works  of  a  similar  nature  are  to 

be  met  with  in  various  parts  of  the  kingdom. 

funs.  One  of  the  'principal  sources  of  the 
wealth  of  Great  Britain  coiisUt*  in  her  manufactures, 
which  have  been  recently  estimated  at  the  annual  value 
of  £63,600,000,  and  supposed  to  employ  1,58.), (.00  per- 
;  that  of  cotton  alone  employs  more  than  half  a  mil- 
lion ;  to  supply  which,  70  million  pounds  of  cotton  are  im- 
ported annually.  The  woollen  manufacture  attords  the 
'greatest  net  profit,  and  is  considered  the  most  important 
to  the  kingdom.  The  next  is  that  of  leather  ;  after  which 
are  those  of  tin,  iron,  and  lead.  Indeed  there  is  hardly 
a  manufacture  can  be  mentioned,  which  is  not  here 
brought  to  the  highest  degree  of  perfection. 


202  ENGLAND. 

s Commerce.  The  commerce  of  Great  Britain  is  im- 
mense, and  has  never  been  equalled  by  that  of  any  other 
nation,  ancient  or  modern.  The  number  of  vessels  em- 
ployed in  trade,  in  1813,  was  23,676,  manned  by  165,657 
men.  This  immense  commerce  is  principally  'supported 
by  her  numerous  manufactures. 

Principal  Cities.  London,  the  capital,  though  not  the 
most  magnificent  and  populous,  is  undoubtedly  the  most 
commercial  and  the  richest  city  in  the  world.  It  is  'situ- 
ated about  60  miles  from  the  sea,  on  the  river  Thames, 
which  is  here  one 'quarter  of  a  mile  wide.  Its  circumfer- 
ence is  about  16  miles.  The  streets  are  paved  and  well 
lighted,  and  the  houses  generally  of  brick.  The  most  're- 
markable  buildings  are  St.  Paul's,  34Q  feet  in  height  to 
the  top  of  the  cross  ;  Westminster  Abbey,  where  the  Brit- 
ish kings  and  other  illustrious  personages  are  interred  5 
the  two  houses  in  Parliament,  and  Westminster-Hall,  a 
vast  room,  230  feet  long  and  70  wide,  supposed  to  be  the 
largest  in  the  world  whose  roof  is  not  supported  by  pillars; 
the  Tower,  'remarkable  for  the  curiosities  it  contains  5 
the  Monument,  a  pillar  93  feet  in  height,  'erected  in  com- 
memoration of  the  great  fire  in  1666.  London  is  also  the 
seat  of  numerous  manufactures  ;  that  of  porter  is  carried 
on  upon  a  most  extensive  scale.  In  one  of  the  breweries 
is  a  vat  or  tub,  70  feet  in  diameter  and  30  feet  deep.  It 
holds  20,000  barrels.  Many  of  the  hoops  weigh  3  tons, 
and  cost  ^300  each. 

The  'number  of  inhabitants  is  1,225,000,  which  is 
about  twice  the  number  of  inhabitants  in  the  whole 
State  of  Massachusetts.  To  supply  so  vast  a  population, 
it  is  computed  that  no  less  than  10,000  'acres  of  ground 
are  cultivated  in  the  vicinity  for  vegetables,  and  4,000 
acres  for  fruit.  The  environs  of  London  are  inexpressi- 
bly beautiful,  all  the  streets  and  every  avenue  leading  in- 
to the  city  being  bordered  with  villas  and  elegant  houses, 
to  the  distance  of  many  miles  into  the  country. 

Liverpool  'ranks  next  to  London  in  trade  and  popula- 
tion, though  only  a  village  at  the  commencement  of  the  last 
century.  The  West  Indies,  United  States,  and  Irish 
trades,  are  the  'principal  branches  of  its  commerce.  Popu- 
lation 119,000.  Bristolis  a  large,  flourishing,  commercial 
city,  although  much  of  its  commerce  with  the  West-Indies 
and  America  has  passed  to  Liverpool.  Hull  on  the  Hum- 
ber,is  a  port  of  great  commerce,  principally  with  the  Baltic, 
in  the  centre  of  the  great  coal  mines. 


ENGLAND.  203 

This  town  exhibits  the  novel   view  of  large  carts  loaded 
\vith  i  ;  acted  a-  :  rom  the  mines 

to  the  port  on  inclined  planes,  and  aficr  bcin^  unloaded, 
return  a^ain,  without  t 

Jhith  is   'celebrated  for  its   waters.      It   is   the  seat  of 

lid  fashion,  and   the  great  resort  (if  ; 
ml  fortune,  both  for  pleasure  and  health.      1'ork  is 
13  the   capital  of  the   north  of  En-land,   being; 
the  winter  residence  of  a  great  number  of  the  gen: 
the^e  pa. 

,  its.    The  English  appear  to  possess  a  mien  be- 
Gerinan,  and  the  liveliness  of  the 
lid  and  ]  natu- 

ral inclination  I  With  9respect  to  learn- 

ing and   literary  character,  England  stands   conspicuous 
and  unrivalled  among  surrounding  nations.     The  <yprin- 

of  Oxford  and  Cambrit' 
-tablished  religion  is   that  called  the 
Church  of  !  ipal  Protestantism  ;  but  all 

other  relL  olerated. 

\-  of  Great  Britain  consists  of  more 

which  arc  of  the  line. 
The    U'lvernmen!    is    a    limited    mon- 
ror^e  t\'.  who  \vas  pro- 

am'iquities  <  1  are   British, 

:isli.      Tl.  i  arc.  those 

NN'iltshire,  and  Stonehenge,  supposed 

to  ha\  -  of  worship  in  the  time  of  the  Druids. 

The  Roman   antiquities   uon^i.-i  chiefly   of  altars,  monu- 

.1  inscriptions,  and  military  ways.     The  Saxon  are 

chiefly  ecclesiastical  ediii  <-s  and  f- 

the  'most  important, 

about  -,  in    lenL  iely  pure, 

and  the  soil  remarkably  fertile,  particularly  ii 

Guernsey  and   Jersey   are  next  in  importance.     The 

le,  but  the  ai. 

lubrlu  .  tile,  and  i>  'noted  for  its 

butter  aii<  i  4,000  h<» 

cider  are  produced   In  The 

inhabitant  ther  with  Stark  and  Al- 

derney,  t1  t  about  40,000. 

Their  lan^uai:  ir9principal  manufacture 

and  staple  commodity  U  knit  stockings. 


204  WALES.... SCOTLAND. 

The  Isle  of  Man,  in  the  Irish  sea,  is  about  SO  miles  in 
length.  It  is  ?well  stored  with  cattle  and  sheep.  The 
inhabitants  are  about  30,000.  They 'export  wool,  hides, 
and  tallow. 

Jlnglesea,  a  little  south  of  the  Isle  of  Man,  is  'remark- 
able for  its  fertility.  It  also  contains  a  rich  copper  mine. 
Packet-boats  proceed  daily  from  this  island  to  Ireland. 
The  passage  requires  about  12  hours. 

The  Scilly  hies  are  little  else  than  a  cluster  of  danger- 
ous rocks,  to  the  number  of  about  140,  some  of  which 
are  inhabited,  and  contain  about  1400  inhabitants. 

WALES. 

Wales  is  a  mountainous  country.  Snowdon,  the  most 
?elevated  summit  is  3,456  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 
The  inhabitants  are  called  Welch.  They  are  choleric, 
but  honest,  brave  and  hospitable.  Wales,  in  general, 
carries  on  a  great  trade  in  coals,  and  has  several  woollen 
manufactories,  arid  iron  foundries.  It?aboundsin  cattle 
and  goats.  This  country  was  united  to  England  under 
Edward  I.  whose  eldest  son  was  declared  Prince  of  Wales. 
The  number  of  inhabitants  is  above  700,000. 

SCOTLAND. 

Face  of  the  Country,  fyc.  The  'face  of  the  country  is 
extremely  diversified.  The  mountainous  part,  called  the 
Highlands,  is  bleak  and  generally  barren,  except  the  val- 
lies,  which  every  where  intersect  the  mountains  ;  the 
Lowlands  are  a  champaign  rather  than  a  flat  country,  in 
general  fertile,  and  bearing  a  strong  resemblance  to  Eng- 
land. One  'striking  feature  of  Scotland  is  the  almost  to- 
tal absence  of  wood,  which  gives  the  country  a  kind  of 
forlorn  aspect. 

^Climate.  The  atmosphere  in  the  eastern  partis  drier 
than  that  of  England,  as  the  mountains  on  the  west  arrest 
the  vapours  from  the  Atlantic.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
western  counties  are  drenched  with  long  continued  rains, 
an  insuperable  obstacle  to  the  advancement  of  agriculture. 

q  Productions.  In  the  Lowlands  the  productions  are 
nearly  the  same  as  in  England  ;  and  in  some  places  the 
crops  of  every  kind  of  grain  are  abundant.  A  very  con- 
siderable part  of  Scotland,  however,  displays  but  little 
improvement,  and  the  husbandman  barely  lives  on  the 


SCOTLAND.  205 

scanty  produce  of  his  farm.      In  those  places,    the  cattle 
t!l,  the   houses   exceedingly   mean,  and 
the  ['the  country  exhibits  the  most  deplora- 

ble marks  of  p»i\  city. 

v.   Edinburgh,  the 'capital  of  Scotland,  is  situated 
inds  on  an  eminence,  and  mak< 

•  I  appearance.      The  castle  is  built  on  a  solid  rock  of 
Xeat  hei.  look-  down  upon  the  city,  command'; 

Mid    beautiful  view.      That  part   cai 

the  New  Town  i-  "j;ant  and    well   laid   out.      At 

Kdinburgh  t'  niversity  and  several  other  publick 

buil  •  including  Keith,  its   seaport,  con- 

tains 138,000  inhabitants. 

itcd  on  the  Civile,  is  now  the  'first   city 
•ipulatioM,  commerce,  and  manufactures; 
and,  coiiM'tcrm::  is  perhaps  one  of  the  first  in  Eu- 

rope for  its   elegance   and  regularity.      It  is   also   distin- 
guished   for  its  literary  institutions.     Here  are  consider- 

•  manufacture-*  of   cotton,  glass,  earthen  ware,  stock- 

;ind    c.ord,i_  -.     T..e  university  is    spacious, 
built.     '1  a  few  fine  publick  buildings. 

number  of  inhabitant*  is  147,000. 

is  the  'third  city  for  trade,  extent  and  beauty. 
hi-  .  Population  45,000. 

Inhuhltn.  The  inhabitants  are  called   SCOTCH, 

and  th'-ir  hi;.  ISK,  which  is  much  the  same  as  that 

ch  are  temperato,  industrious,  hardy  and  val- 
iant, and  are  ^reat  lover-  of  learnin  land  has  pro- 
dih  •  characters.  In  no  country  in  Ku 

•11  taught,  as  in  Scotland, 
i  inerly  two    kingdoms, 

but  .  when  James 

the    VI.  of  Scotland,  IM-C ..  d  in 

•ider  ([ueeii  Anne, 
-lands  are    the    J! 

\V»  and    the  Shetland  islands. 

•luce  c;r  cue    grain. 

The  in!,  subsist,  mostly  by 

fishing  and  t  In  the  months  of  June  and  July,  the 

twilight  is  sufficient  to  enable  them  to  see  to  read  at  mid- 
night ;  but  during  the  grea'c-t  part  of  the  year,  thev  are 
literallv  involved  in  fogs  and  darkness. 
S 


206  IRELAND. 

IRELAND. 

Face  of  the  Country.  The 'face  of  the  country  in  gen- 
eral, is  level,  its  hills,  or  mountains,  if  they  can  aspire  to 
that  name,  being  only  in  short  detached  ridges.  One  of 
its  9most  striking  features  is  the  quantity  of  bog  by  which 
its  surface  is  deformed,  and  which  are  a  great  obstruction 
both  to  travelling  and  agriculture. 

Climate.  In  climate,  Ireland  'differs  from  England 
only  in  being  more  directly  exposed  to  the  influence  of  the 
Atlantic  ocean,  and  its  prevailing  winds:  Hence  it  still 
more  abounds  with  moisture,  and  its  atmosphere  is  more 
enveloped  in  clouds  and  fogs  ;  at  the  same  time,  it  is  pro- 
portionably  less  subject  to  the  severity  of  frost. 

Soil  and  Productions.  The9soil  is  stony;  but  in  natural 
fertility  it  exceeds  that  of  England,  and  only  requires  the 
hand  of  industry  to  render  its  superiority  every  where 
visible.  Agriculture,  however,  has  laboured  under  many 
disadvantages  from  various  circumstances  of  internal  reg- 
ulation. Tillage  is  little  understood,  and  the  turnip  ami 
clover  husbandry  is  almost  wholly  unknown.  The  wet- 
ness of  the  climate  renders  the  growth  of  grain  somewhat 
precarious  ;  and  it  is  fortunate  that  its  place  is  so  well  sup- 
plied by  the  abundance  of  potatoes,  which  were  first  intro- 
duced hither  from  America,  and  became  a  common  arti- 
cle of  food  when  they  were  little  known  in  any  other  Eu- 
ropean country.  This  root  and  oats  'constitute  the  chief 
farinaceous  food  of  the  poor.  The  soil  and  the  climate 
are  particularly  ''favourable  to  the  breeding  and  feeding  of 
cattle;  hence  the  lower  classes  are  usually  well  supplied 
with  milk;  and  butter,  salted  provisions,  and  live  cattle, 
are  exported  in  large  quantities.  Much  wool  is  also  pro- 
duced from  the  numerous  flocks  of  sheep  kept  in  certain 
districts.  Flax  is  a  common  crop  in  the  soil  suited  to 
it.  Ireland  is  quite  destitute  of  forests;  turf  is  the 'com- 
mon fuel  of  the  country. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce.  The  'staple  manufac- 
ture of  Ireland  is  that  of  white  linens.  These  are  made 
in  quantities  sufficient  for  a  large  exportation,  chiefly  to 
England  and  America.  A  very  considerable  portion  of 
the  'commerce  of  Ireland  arises  from  the  abundance  of 
cattle,  the  moisture  of  the  climate  being  so  exceedingly 
favourable  to  pasturage. 

Chief  Cities.  Dublin,  the  capital,  is  'reckoned  the  sec- 
ond city  in  the  British  dominions.  The  number  of  in- 
habitants is  227,300.  It  contains  a  university,  the  only 


LAPI.  207 

one  in  Ireland.  The  barracks  here  are  said  to  be  the  larg- 
est and  most  complete  in  Europe.  The  houses  are  ot 
brick  ;  many  of  the  streets  are  not  inferior  in  elegance 

!  London. 

4,  the  second  city  of  Ireland  for  magnitude,  wealth, 

Miimero-,  is   the  chief 'port   in  the  kingdom  for  the 

exportation  of  beef,  butter,  and  tallow.      It  is  -uppo-ed  to 

contain    about   90,000   inhabitants.       The   haven    ranks 

among  the  most  capacious  and  safe  in  Europe.      Limerick 

is  next  to  Cork  in  importance.       It  is  well  built,  is  a  com- 

il    city,    and    contains    about  66,000    inhabitants. 

the  next  claim  to  attention.     Its  'exports, 

like  those  of  Cork  and   Limerick,  consist   principally   of 

-alted  provisions.      Population  -26.000. 

Inhabitant*.      The  7pre»ent  inhabitants  of  Ireland  con- 
M.-t  of  three  distinct   elates   of  people;    descendants  of 
i,  who  inhabit   Dublin,  Cork,  and   Waterford, 
and  are  the  wealthiest  part  of  the  nation  ;    Scottish  emi- 
-,  established  principally  in  the  northern  districts; 
and  the  posterity  of  the  ancient  Irish,  poor,  ignorant,  and 
sod,  who*  barely  exist  in   the  interior  and  western, 
provinces.     The  higherorders  of  people  differ  but  little 
in  language,  dress  and  customs,  from  those  of  Great  Brit- 
ain J  b  .  the  Irish  language,  and 
ant  ;  they  'live  in   mean  cabins,  built 
of  cla                         and  preserve  the  old  customs  of  con- 
vivial mee                Sunday  afternoon,  hideous  bowlings  at 
.  !>,  and  other  barbarous  ceremonies. 

.  The  Church  of  England  is  the  establish- 
?d  religion,  but  two  thirds  of  the  people  are  supposed  to 
be  Roman  Catholics.  Ireland  was  united  with  Great 
Britain  into  one  kingdom  in  1801. 

LAPLAND. 

A  great  part  of  Lapland,  the  whole^  of  Norway,  and 
Sweden  Proper,  are  now  under  the  government  of  Sweden. 
In  this  and  all  the  northern  countries  round  the  Pole,  the 
sun  remains  hidden  in  the  winter  for  several  weeks  to- 
gether, and  never  rises  above  the  horizon  ;  but  the  reflec- 
tion of  light  from  the  snow,  together  with  the  aurora 
borealis,  or  northern  lights,  in  a  ^reat  measure  'compen- 
sate for  the  long  absence  of  day  light.  No  sooner  are  the 
short  days  closed,  than  fires  of  a  thousand  figures  light 
up  the  sky. 


208  LAPLAND. 

Face,  of  the  Country.  La  plant!  is  'divided  into  two  dis- 
tricts, the  mountainous  and  the  woody.  The  mountainous 
part  of  the  country  is  at  best  barren  and  bleak,  exces- 
sively cold,  and  uninhabited  during  the  winter.  The 
wood  v  part  is  still  more  desolate  and  hideous.  The  whole 
face  of  nature  here  presents  a  frightful  scene  of  trees  with- 
out fruit,  and  fields  without  verdure.  This  part  of  the 
country,  moreover,  in  the  summer,  is  so  infested  with 
swarms  of  gnats  and  flies,  that  like  clouds -they  obscure 
the  light  of  the  sun,  and  darken  the  sky. 

Inhabitants,  fyc.  The  'Laplanders  are  a  diminutive  race, 
generally  about  four  feet  high,  with  short  black  hair,  nar- 
row dark  eyes,  large  heads,  high  cheek  bones,  a  wide 
mouth,  thick  lips,  and  of  a  swarthy  complexion.  They 
live  in  huts  scarcely  six  feet  high.  Their  tire  is  made 
upon  stones  in  the  middle,  around  which  they  sit  upon 
their  heels.  When  they  are  inclined  to  eat,  a  carpet  of 
skins  is  spread  down,  and  the  food  placed  thereon,  around 
which  both  men  and  women  sit  close  to  the  ground. 

These  people  in  general  are  'divided  into  two  classes, 
the  fishers  and  the  mountaineers.  The  former  are  settled 
in  villages  near  the  sea  or  lakes,  and  are  chiefly  occupied 
in  fishing.  The  latter  reside  on  the  mountains  in  the  sum- 
mer, where  they  keep  vast  herds  of  rain-deer,  which, 
'constitute  their  principal  uealth.  Without-  this  most 
wonderful  animal,  the  Laplander  would  find  it  extremely 
difficult  to  subsist.  Its  milk  and  flesh  afford  a  very  whole- 
some food  -y  its  skin  is  converted  into  clothes  ;  and  being 
harnessed  to  a  kind  of  sledge,  it  serves  the  purpose  of  a 
horse  in  conveying  him  and  his  goods,  with  almost  incred- 
ible velocity  over  the  frozen  snow,  to  the  fairs  held  at 
distant  towns  during  the  winter. 

Thomson  has  given  a  beautiful  description  of  this  ani- 
mal in  his  Seasons. 

The  rain-deer  form  their  riches.     These  their  tents, 
Their  robes,  their  beds,  and  all  their  homely   wealth, 
Supply  their  wholesome  fare,  and  cheerful  cups. 
Obsequious  at  their  call,  the  docile  tribe 
Yield  to  the  sled  their  necks,  and  whirl  them  swift 
O'er  hill  and  dale,  heap'd  into  one  expanse 
Of  marbled  snow,  as  far  as  eye  can  sweep, 
"With  a  blue  crust  of  ice  unbounded  glaz'd. 

In  the  summer  these  animals 'feed  on  grass  and  leaves, 
and  in  the  winter  on  a  kind  of  moss  which  they  find  out 
with  wonderful  sagacity,  and  get  at  it  by  scraping  away 
the  snow  with  their  feet.  Population  60,000. 


SOU  WAT.  200 

NOHWAY. 

Norwav,  till  lately  a  province  of  Denmark,  is  now 
•inited  to  Sweden,  by  the  treaty  of  Keil,  1814,  and  enjoys 
a  distinct  administration.  It  is  a  vast  mass  of  mountain.- 
irregularly  crowded  together.  The  'principal  range  is 
the  Dofrateld,  between  Norway  and  Sweden.  These  are 
passable  in  certain  places,  but  not  without  great  danger 
in  the  winter  from  the  severity  of  the  cold,  a  remarkable 
instance  of  which  happened  in  1719,  when  an  army  of 
7000  Swedes  perished  in  these  mountains  in  attempting 
to  cross  over  to  attack  Drontheim.  To  prevent  accidents 
of  this  nature,  government  is  at  the  expense  of  providing 
houses,  or,  as  they  are  called,  mountain  stoves,  at  suitu- 
ble  distances,  where  travellers  may  be  accommodated 
with  lire,  lodging,  and  kitchen  furniture. 

The  'roads  in  this  country,  in  general,  are  the  most  dan- 
gerous  in  the  world.  In  some  places  they  are  sustained 
along  the  sides  of  steep  and  craggy  mountains,  by  iron 
bolts  driven  into  the  rocks  below, or  suspended  from  above, 
without  any  railings  on  the  side,  it  being  impossible  to  fix 
any.  The  rivers  and  cataracts  which  roar  among  these 
mountains,  make  the  scene  still  more  awful,  and  the  slight 
tottering  bridges  thrown  over  them,  render  travelling 
very  terrible  as  well  as  dangerous. 

The  sea-coast  is  singularly  broken  and  torn,  through  its 
whole  extent,  into  numberless  creeks  and  islands,  gener- 
ally faced  with  high  rocky  dirts,  having  deep  water  at  their 
ba-i>.  Few  of  the  inlets  are  lit  for  the  purpose  of  navi- 
gation, and  the  streams  which  run  into  them  are  mountain 
mpeded  by  frequent  shallows  arid  cataracts. 

'Lakes  are  numerous,  particularly  in  the  southern  part. 
•  if  them  contain  floating  islands,    which  having 
been  formed  by  the  cohesion  of  numerous  roots,  are  clothed 
with  trees  and  herbage,      hi  the  vear  1702,  a  noble  fami- 
-  -at  in  the  vicinity  of  FrederickMadt  was  swallowed  up 
with  all  its  towers  and  battlements  ;  and  its  site  instantly 
converted  into  a  lake,  nearly  two  miles  long,  and  about  a 
mile  broad.     Tins  dreadful  accident,  by  winch  14  persons, 
and  200  head  of  cattle  perishe  to  have  been  oc- 

casioned by  the  subterraneous  v  er. 

At  Bergen^  tl.  •  day  con  hout  19  hours, 

and   li.e  i,f  aljjut  live.      In   summer  the  inhab- 

itants can  read  and  write  at  midnight  by  the  light  of  the 
sky  5  and  in  the  more  northerly  parts,  about  mid-summer, 
! 


210  NORWAY. 

the  sun  is  continually  in  view  ;  but  in  the  depth  of  win- 
ter, in  these  parts,  there  is 'only  a  faint  glimmering  of 
light  at  noon,  for  about  an  hour  and  a  half;  yet  in  the 
midst  of  their  darkness,  the  sky  is  so  serene,  anil  the  moon 
and  the  aurora  borealis  so  bright,  that  they  can  carry  on 
their  fishery,  and  work  at  their  several  trades,  in  the  open 
sky.  The  air  is  generally  salubrious,  and  the  inhabitants 
in  some  of  the  interior  parts,  it  is  said,  live  till  weary  of 
life. 

Soil  and  Productions.  The  'character  of  this  region,  in 
general,  is  that  of  a  rude  and  steril  land  ;  yet  its  south- 
ern portion  has  a  large  admixture  of  pleasant  and  fertile 
country.  The  'harvests  are  precarious,  and  the  quantity 
of  grain  produced  is  far  from  being  adequate  to  the  con- 
sumption. In  the  9hilly  parts  the  rearing  of  cattle  is  pur- 
sued with  considerable  advantage.  But  the  most  Valua- 
ble production  of  Norway  is  that  of  its  forests,  consisting 
of  different  species  of  pines  and  firs.  Tar  and  pitch  are 
valuable  articles  of  exportation. 

q  Animals  i  <^c.  Wild  animals  are  found  in  great  abund- 
ance, particularly  bears,  wolves,  lynxes,  elks,  rain-deer, 
gluttons, beavers,  foxes,  ermines,  and  martins  ;  fowls,  both 
of  the  land  and  aquatic  kind,  are  almost  innumerable. 
There  are  persons  who  subsist  by  catching  them.  These 
people  display  the  most  astonishing  dexterity  in  ascend- 
ing the  cliffs  of  the  rocks,  where  the  eagle  and  other  large 
birds  deposite  their  eggs. 

The  sea  coast  of  Norway  is  frequented  by  shoals  offish 
of  various  species,  which  greatly  contribute  to  the  suste- 
nance of  the  inhabitants,  and  afford  employment  to  a  num- 
ber of  hardy  mariners.  The  rocky  shores  are  particular- 
ly 'favourable  to  the  breeding  of  shell  fish  :  large  quanti- 
ties of  fine  lobsters  are  exported  to  supply  the  luxury  of 
the  English  metropolis. 

Minerals.  Norway  is  rich  in  minerals.  Gold  has  been 
discovered,  but  not  to  any  considerable  amount.  The  sil- 
ver mines  ol  Konigsburg  were  formerly  reckoned  the  rich- 
est of  that  metal  in  Europe,  and  employed  4000  men;  but 
now  it  is  supposed  they  barely  defray  the  expense  of  work- 
ing. Copper  is  yielded  in  large  quantities  by  mines  in 
the  district  of  Drontheim  ;  but  of  all  the  Norwegian  mines, 
those  of  iron  are  esteemed  the  ?rnost  profitable.  Norway 
also  produces  magnets,  and  the  asbestos,  which  may  be 
woven  into  cloth  that  will  resist  the  action  of  fire. 

Chief  Towns.  Btrgen  is  the  'capital,  defended  on  the 
land  side  by  high  mountains,  constantly  overhung  with 


DENMARK.  211 

clouds  which  descend  upon  the  town  in.  frequent  rains. 
All  the  churches  and  public  edifices,  as  well  as  many  of 
the  private  houses  are  built  of  stone.  This  city  carries 
on  a  large  trade  in  all  kinds  offish,  tish-oil,  tallosv,  hides, 
tar  and  timber.  The  population  is  computed  at  about 
18,000.  The  harbour  is  one  of  the  best  in  Europe. 

nV/Hw/,  situated  in  a  fertile  and  most  delightful 
country,  contains  about  1 1,000  inhabitants,  and  is  un- 
questionably the  most  beautiful  city  of  Norway.  The 
view  from  The  hills  above  the  town  is  described  as  the 
most  beautiful  that  can  be  conceived.  This  city  being 
situated  almost  in  the  centre  of  the  iron  and  copper 
mines,  the  export  of  metals  is  considerable  ;  but  tar, 
planks,  and  boards,  are  its 'staple  commodities* 

Dronlheim,  the  mo-t  northern  town  of  any  note  in  the 
world,  except  Torneo  and  Archangel,  was  the   residence 
of  the  ancient  kings  of  N.n-way.    It  contains  two  churches, 
•iiunher  of  other  public  buildings.     The  number 
of  inhabitants  is  computed   at  about  9000.      Its  exports 
and  imports  occupy  from   4    to  5000  ships  annually.      In 
the  month  of  July,  1685,  the  king  of  Denmark,  Christian 
i  few  davs    in   this    place,  and  supped  at   mid- 
night without  candle-lights,  the  twilight  being  suflicient- 
ly  lumin 

In/i'  },  in  general,  are  strong, 

robust,  and  brave,  but  quick  in  their  resentments.  Their 
usual  dress  olour  with  red  button-holes,  and 

white  metal  buttons.   Their  'bread  con-ists  of  Hat  cakes, 
of  oatmeal,  and  in  times  of  great  scarcity  it  is  mingled  with 
the  white,  inner  bark  of  tie-s.      They  have  but  few  fields, 
-   to  cultivate,  and  for   their  living  are    obliged 
much   of   their  time    in   hunting   and    fishing. 
They  are  justly  ''famed  for  honesty  and  industry,    an J  re- 
tain their  §1  0  lon^thata  Norwegian  i->  not  supposed 
incapable  of  labour,  till  lie  is  upwards  of  100  years  old. 

DENMARK. 

Soil  and  Face  of  the  Country.     The  'soil  in  general  is 
rathei  clearance  of  the  country  low  and 

flat,  except  the   eastern  part,    which  is   somewhat   hilly. 
The  roads  in  general  are  not  very  -mul.      All  the  streams 
-mall;   th ••    E  i-    tlse  most  'considerable,   river. 

In  the  norti.ern    part  ti.-  •  creek  of  th 

called  Ly m ford,  which  is  navigable,  and  of  more  than 
70  miles  extent  into  the  land.  The  country  is  by  no 
means  remarkable  for  its  fertility.  The 'least  productive 


212  DENMARK. 

tracts  are  in  the  northern  parts  of  Jutland.  The  islands 
of  Zealand  and  Funen  are  represented  as  fertile  and  pleas- 
ant, consisting  of  fields  separated  by  mud  walls,  and  in- 
terspersed with  cottages  of  brick,  and  finely  diversified 
with  vales  and  gently  swelling  hills,  interspersed  with 
woods  of  beach  and  oak.  The  isle  of  Funen,  in  particu- 
lar, is  well  cultivated.  Holstein,  which  is  that  part  of 
Denmark  situated  between  the  river  Eyderand  the.  Elbe, 
'abounds  in  rich  marshes,  on  which  are  fatted  great  num- 
bers of  cattle. 

Climate.  The  'climate  of  Denmark  Proper  is  variable 
and  moist,  but  rather  temperate  on  account  of  the  vapour 
of  the  surrounding  sea.  In  the  northern  parts,  however, 
the  winter  is  often  very  severe,  and  the  entrance  of  the 
Baltic  through  the  Sound  has  been  at  times  so  completely 
frozen  over  as  to  be  crossed  by  heavy  loaded  carriages. 
Spring  and  autumn  are  seasons  scarcely  known  in  Den- 
mark, on  account  of  the  sudden  transitions  from  cold  to 
heat,  and  from  heat  to  cold.  The  country  being  flat  and 
abounding  in  bogs  and  morasses,  it  is  extremely  'subject 
to  fogs  and  damp  air. 

qProductions.  Wheat,  rye,  barley,  and  oats,  are  pro- 
duced in  such  abundance  as  to  supply  Norway,  and  fre- 
quently to  export  to  other  countries  in  considerable  quan- 
tities. Hops  are  cultivated  in  Funen  ;  tobacco  in  Jut- 
land, Zealand,  and  Falster  ;  rape-seed  in  Sleswick  and 
Holstein.  Madder  thrives  very  well  near  Copenhagen. 
But  the  Danish  farmers  are  'chiefly  known  as  excellent 
graziers.  The  horses,  especially  those  of  the  Holstein 
breed,  are  large  and  fine.  The  king  is  said  to  have 
above  2000,  among  which  is  a  breed  remarkable  for  be- 
ing of  a  milk  white  colour.  The  horned  cattle  are  alsp 
large  and  numerous. 

Manufactures.  The  most  'extensive  manufactures  in 
Denmark  are  those  of  leather,  calicoes,  cotton  and  worst- 
ed stockings.  The  Danes  also  manufacture  woollen  and 
linen  cloths,  but  not  in  sufficient  quantities  for  home  con- 
sumption ;  likewise  all  sorts  of  silks,  chiefly  ribands,  lace, 
earthen  and  China  ware,  paper,  muskets,  and  gunpowder. 

Commerce.  Denmark  has  an  extensive  sea  coast,  which 
affords  uncommon  conveniences  for  trade.  Her  principal 
'exports  are  grain  to  Norway  and  other  countries  ;  horses 
to  Germany,  France,  Russia  and  Sweden  ;  oxen  to 
Holland  and  Germany  5  live  hogs  and  bacon  to  Norway 
and  the  Baltic.  The  *i  in  ports  are  chiefly  wine,  brandy, 
oil,  tobacco,  salt,  sugar,  spices,  silk  and  woollen  cloths. 


DKNMUIK.  220 

Chief  V<  <  pital,  is  beautifully 

tnd.  and    mak  v  mag- 

nificent a;  -mbeUiahed    with  several  pal- 

!  roval  juris    or  < 
It    contains  IS 

which  are  t'u.  ni-iied  \\ith  canals;  a  harbour  capable  of 
containing  50  .  and  a  naval  arsenal,  pronounced 

super  •  of    Venice.      The  public  place>  are  tilled 

with  officers  either  in  the  land  or  sea  service  :  the  police  is 
extremely  regular:  and  the  road  for.  shipping,  \\hich  be- 

the    ton  iu  is  delendt  d  by  90 
regularly   fortified,  and 
coin  inliabitai. 

A  small  ;-  led  Amack,  joined  to  Copenhagen  bjf 

a  bridge,  supplies  this  city  twice  a  \\eek  with  all  s 

-  >  with  milk,  butter,  and  cheese.      It  ife 
ed  by  the  descendants  of  a    colony    from  the  north 
le    particular    privileges,  and 
retain  ti,. 

About  V2()   mi  the  met:  iruls    the 

e  and  splendid 
build;  consumed  by  fne  in   I71J4. 

•other  p!  .   of   notice  are  Klsineur 

and   (  Altona  on  the 

from  Ha  ..|    '1'onin- 

its  mouth  in  \ 

q Inhabit i :  .il  tall,  and  well 

made;  t!u  .  jilar,  their  complexions  ilor- 

id,  and  their  hair  inclinini;  to  yellow  and  red.  In  gener- 
al, th.  »us  without  beinn  superstitious,  and 
their  i  ,;(on  the  whole,  tolerably  pure.  The  7pre- 
-  of  the  lower  classes  are  la/.iness,  gluttony, 
and  a  .e  fondues.-,  for  spirituous  liquors  ;  that  of 
the  higher  orders,  the  love  of  show  and  pleasure.  All 
rank. -•  are  equally  attentive  to  .  aliiy  and 
afVability  9cUaracieriy.e  all  < 

The 'favourite  di\  I  the   Danes  arc  the  theatre, 

card-,   IIIUMC  ;  and  in    winter,    drivin.  :i    the 

snow.      French    dn  v    adopted   by  both 

sexea  in  summer,  but  the  severity  of  winter  obliges  them 
to  wrap  themselves  up  in  wool  and  fur  like  their'neigh- 
bours, 

Languages*  $c.  Their  language  is  Teutonic;  but 
French  and  High  Dutch  are  spoken  by  the  nobility,  and 
English  is  publickly  taught  at  Copenhagen,  as  an  essential 


214  DENMARK. 

part  of  a  superior  education.  The  established  religion 
is  Lutheranism,  but  other  sectaries  are  tolerated. 

Literature.  The  arts  and  sciences  flourish  to  a  consid- 
erable degree  in  Denmark,  although  their  introduction 
cannot  aspire  to  much  antiquity,  having  followed  as  usual 
the  introduction  of  Christianity,  which  was  not  establish- 
ed till  the  .1 1th  century.  There  is  a  university  at  Copen- 
hagen, and  another  at  Kiel  ;  two  or  three  schools  are  pro- 
vided in  each  parish,  where  children  are  taught  reading, 
writing,  and  the  common  principles  of  Arithmetic.  A 
number  of  Latin  schools  are  also  maintained  at  the  royal 
expense. 

Foreign  Possessions.  These  are  Greenland,  Iceland, 
and  the  Feroe  Islands. 

ICELAND.  This  island  is  about  260  miles  in  length, 
and  about  £00  in  breadth;  but  its  inhabitants  are  supposed 
not  to  exceed  50,000.  Ridges  of  lofty  mountains  traverse 
the  country,  and  give  it  a  most  desolate  appearance. 
Many  of  them  are.  volcanic,  the  most  'famous  of  which  is 
Mount  Hecla,  about  one  mile  high,  whose  summit  is  cov- 
ered with  perpetual  snow,  except  where  it  is  melted  by 
the  subterraneous  heat.  Its  craters  are  numerous,  al- 
though the  eruptions  are  not  frequent,  none  having  hap- 
pened from  1693  to  1766,  when  it  emitted  flames  accom- 
panied with  a  torrent  of  lava.  The  most  dreadful  erup- 
tion, of  which  we  have  a  particular  account,  was  in  1783, 
which,  however,  appears  not  to  have  proceeded  from  any 
mountain.  The  lava  broke  out  from  the  earth  in  three 
different  places,  and  is  said  to  have  covered  an  extent  of 
3,600  square  miles,  in  some  places  to  the  depth  of  100 
feet  The  whole  country  was  filled  with  smoke,  great 
numbers  of  cattle  were  destroyed,  and  240  persons  lost 
their  lives. 

In  this  island  are  many  hot  and  ''boiling  springs,  which 
spout  up  their  water  to  an  almost  incredible  height.  One 
of  these  called  GEYSER,  makes  a  noise  like  the  roaring  of 
a  cataract.  The  aperture  from  which  the  water  issues  is 
19  feet  in  diameter.  Through  this  aperture  the  water 
spouts  up  with  great  violence  several  times  a  day,  it  is 
said,  to  the  height  of  90  feet. 

The  'climate  of  Iceland  is  stormy  5  but  the  cold,  being 
mitigated  by  the  vapours  of  the  sea,  is  less  intense  than 
might  be  expected  from  its  situation.  Grain  cannot  be 
cultivated  to  any  advantage.  There  are  some  tolerable 
pastures  5  but  the  cattle  are  of  diminutive  size,  and  the 


DENMARK.  215 

horses,  in  particular,  are  remarkably  small.  Sheep  are 
numerous,  so  that  a  single  person  son  three 

or  four  hundred.      Wood    doe-  not  thrive,  and    very    tew 

ofanv  kind  are  to  be  seen  on  the  island,  though  the 
quantities  found    in   many  places  under  ground  indicate 
-    onre   much  more   abundant.      The  'common 
fuel  of  th  is  turf. 

The  Icelanders  are  of  a  middle  size,  and  well  made,  but 

notvc;  Their  living  is  poor,  ?cons  milk, 

.  uith  some  meat,  but  very  lilt le  bread. 

Their    ma-  uplc    and   inoffensive  :     they    are 

:lv  attached  to  their  country,  and  never  think  of 
or  travelling.  They  9manufacture  woollen 
stockings  and  some  coarse  woollen  cloths,  which  they  sell 
to  the  Danes  for  bread,  shoes,  brandy,  wine,  iron,  and 
tobacco.  Their  other 'exports  are  dried  fish,  salted  mut- 
ton, beef,  butter,  train-oil,  feather  and  quills.  Iceland 
has  inof.»  than  once  been  exposed  to  all  the  horrors  of 
famine.  These  calamities  have  been  caused  from  the 
immense  quantities  of  ice  drifting;  on  its  shores  from 

•.'and;  which  s<  -  remaining  untha  wed  during 

many  months  or  even  the  whole  summer,  not  only  pre- 
vent all  supplies  from  abroad,  by  rendering  the  coast  of 
difficult  and  d  ,  it  put  an  entire  stop  to 

the  li-  time  generate   a  cold  - 

cessive  a->  to  destroy  all  vegetation,  and  prove  fatal  to 
animal  life.  The  numerous  white  bears  which  arrive 
with  the  \tremely  destructive  to  cattle. 

The  FKI.I  DS  have  the.  appearance  of  mountains 

or  hills  bold!  v  emerufmji;  from  the  sea,  separated  from  one 
.iiels  swept  by  rapid  currents.     About 
17of  '  ds  are  habitable.    Their  shallow, but  fruit- 

ful soil,  'yields  lut ',  ood  pasturage  !(>r  >heep,  with 

which  und.      Tiie   rocky  cliff*  are  the  resort  of 

great    flock-  ;  f'o\\l,    which    tempt   the   inhabitants 

to  extraordinary  exertions  for  the  sake  of  their  eirgs,  Hesh, 
and  ft  intry  is  the  hazardous  business  of 

fowling  conducted  with  more  skill  and  intrepidity;  and  the 
most  tremendous  precipices  are  either  scaled  from  below, 
by  men  rai-ed  by  tin-  polo  of  their  companions,  or  are 
reached  from  above  bv  those  who  are  let  down  by  means 
of  ropes  fa-trued  about  their  The  delicate  EIDER 

DOWN,  produced  from  what  is  called  the  eider  duck,  is  one 
of  the  most  'valuable  articles  of  these  island*. 


216  SWEDEN. 

SWEDEN. 

qFace  of  the  Country.  Sweden  is,  in  general,  a  moun- 
tainous country.  Its  surface  is  greatly  diversified  with 
numerous  lakes,  clear  rivers,  rushing  cataracts,  gloomy 
forests,  rugged  rocks,  verdant  vales,  and  well  cultivated 
fields.  A  'striking  characteristic  of  the  country  in  many 
parts,  is  the  frequency  of  detached  masses  of  rock,  start- 
ing out  of  the  ground,  and  imparting  a  singularly  wild 
and  rugged  appearance  to  the  landscape. 

^Climate.  Sweden  enjoys  a  much  milder  temperature 
than  those  countries  of  Asia  and  America,  which  have  the 
same  latitude.  It  is,  however,  a  cold  country  ;  and  the 
winter,  particularly  in  the  northern  part,  is  long,  and  ex- 
tremely severe.  The  gulf  of  Bothnia  becomes  a  vast 
field  of  ice,  and  is  crossed  by  travellers  in  sledges. 

Spring  and  autumn  are  seasons  hardly  known  in  this 
country  ;  summer  bursts  suddenly  from  winter,  and  vege- 
tation is  quick  and  rapid.  The  labours  of  agriculture  are 
crowded-into  the  short  7space  of  ab.ut  three  months,  and 
in  this  season  *ne  inhabitants  both  sow  and  reap.  But 
the  summer,  though  short,  is  rendered  hot  by  the  length 
of  the  days,  and  the  reliections  of  the  sunbeams  from  the 
numerous  hills  and  mountains. 

Soil  and  Productions.  The  soil  is  not  the  most  propi- 
tious. Incredible  pains,  however,  have  been  taken  by  the 
Swedes  of  late  to  correct  its  natural  sterility  ;  and  the  in- 
stitution of  agricultural  societies  has  be^n  'attended  with 
such  success,  that  Some  of  the  vallies  have  become  ex- 
tremely fertile.  It  is  supposed,  that  in  the  south  of  Swe- 
den, by  draining,  and  other  improvements,  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  wheat  might  be  raised  to  supply  the  whole 
kingdom.  The  ^produce  of  grain,  however,  is  not  suffi- 
cient for  the  supply  of  the  inhabitants.  Hemp  and  flax 
are  considerable  products,  and  in  the  vicinity  of  Stock- 
holm, tobacco. 

Sweden  ^abounds  in  forests,  principally  of  pine  and  fir. 
These  afford  an  inexhaustible  supply  of  masts  for  ship- 
ping, and  planks  for  various  uses  ;  while  the  tar,  turpen- 
tine, and  pitch,  extracted  from  the  trees,  are  almost  of 
equal  value  wiih  the  timber.  Wild  cherry  and  plum  trees 
grow  up  to  the  60th  degree  of  latitude.  Strawberries  and 
whortle-berries  are  in  plenty  over  the  whole  country,  and 
currants  are  found  even  in  Lapland.  The  rivers  of  Swe- 
den are  rapid, and  supply  abundance  of  fish;  but  the  nurne- 


SWEDEN.  217 

rous  rocks  and  shoals  which  are  found  in  them,   render 
most  of  them  unlit  for  the  purpose  of  navigation, 

t.    The  principal  'sources  of  wealth  in  Sweden 

are  her  mines,  chiefly  of  copper  and  iron.     Only  one  gold 

mine  has  yet  been  discovered,  and  that  very  inconsidera- 

inine  of  silver  is  more  profitable,  its  annual  produce 

valued  at  20,000  crowns.      A  Coppermine  near  the 

»f  Falun  is   supposed  to    have  been   worked    nearly 

1000  The   mouth   of  this   mine   presents 

chaMiu  nearly  three  quarters  of  a  mile  in  circumference, 

of  which   the  perpendicular  depth   is  about    1,0-20   feet. 

Some  of  the  mountains  consist  of  almost  one*  entire  mass 

of  iron  ore.     Nearly  500  forces  are  said  to  be  employed 

in  the  manufiLUire  of  this -metal.     The  whole  number  of 

miners  in  S  wed  (Mi  is  computed  at  25,000. 

The  hiii'h  Voads  in   Sweden  are  remarka- 
bly good,  being  made  of  stone  and  gravel,    and  are   not 
turnpikes  in  our  own  country,  although  no 
toll  is  exacted  from  the  traveller. 

There  are  many  seats  scattered  over  the  face  of  the 
count:  *lemen  reside  on  their  estates  in  rural 

plenty  K-ing   an  assemblage  of   wooden 

buildings  painted  red,  make  a  neat  appearance,  and  con- 
tribute f  the  country. 

lish  manufacture.-*  are  not  nu- 
merous.    Those  of  iron  and  the  most 'consider- 
able.     The    manufactures   of  copper  and  brass,  and  the 
buiidirigof  ships  likewise,  emplov  a  great  number  of  hands. 
-omealso  of  cloth,  hats,  watches,  and  sail  cloth. 
In    lr«5  it  was  supposed  that  14,000   persons   were    em- 
ployed in  the  manufactures  of  wool,  silk,  and  cotton. 
Coin.               The  commerc                  Sen  is  far  from  be- 
}iortani.      Ii  'consists  chietly  in  the  cxpoii-,  of  her 
productions,  iron,    timber,  pitch,   tar,   hemp,  and 
copper.     I               have  long  formed  a  considerable  arti- 
cle, but  the   li.-hery  has  much  declined.      The   'principal 
import                -.in  of  various   kinds,  particularly  rye,  to- 
bac<                .  coifee,  drugs,  silk,  and  wi 

Chief  Town*.  Stockholm,  the  capital,  contains  76,000 
inhabitant-.  It  is  'situated  at  the  junction  of  lake  Malar 
with  the  Baltic,  on  7  small  islands,  united  by  bridges. 
The  harbour,  though  de«  ..-what  difficult  of  access, 

and  during  four  months  in  the  year  is  blocked   up  with 
ice.     The  buildings  are  mostly  of  stone,  or  of  brick  stuc- 
coed, and  stained  of  a  white  or  yellowish  colour.     At 
T 


218  SWEDEN. 

the  extremity  of  the  harbour,  the  streets  rise  one  above 
another  in  the  form  of  an  amphitheatre,  and  the  palace,  a 
magnificent  building,  crowns  the  summit.  There  are  Hwo 
superb  statues  is  this  city,  one  of  Gustavus  Adolphus, 
and  another  of  the  late  Gustavus  III.  in  bronze,  erected 
by  the  citizens,  at  an  expense  of  144,000  dollars.  Its  ar- 
senal is  famous,  and  contains  a  long  line  of  the  effigies  of 
the  kings  of  Sweden,  in  the  armour  which  they  actually 
wore,  all  arranged  in  chronological  order  ;  here  also  are 
to  be  seen  the  very  clothes  which  the  famous  Charles  XII. 
had  on  when,  he  was  killed  at  Frederickstadt. 

Upsal  is  ^famous  for  its  university.  Most  of  the 
houses,  except  the  colleges,  are  of  wood,  painted  red,  with 
high  grass  growing  on  the  tops,  a  tiling  very  common  in 
Sweden.  The  cathedral  is  a  vast  pile  of  brick,  with  two 
square  towers.  The  interior  is  handsome,  and  is  adorn- 
ed with  a  most  magnificent  organ.  Population,  4,500. 

Gottenburg  is  the  5second  city  for  trade  and  population. 
It  is  the  seat  of  the  Swedish  East  India  Company,  and 
carries  on  a  great  trade  in  iron,  and  a  very  extensive  her- 
ring fishery.  A  water  communication  between  this  place 
and  the  capital  has  been  opened.  Population,  22,000. 
Carlscrona  is  9noted  as  being  the  station  of  the  royal 
navy  ;  its  docks,  hewn  in  the  rock,  are  works  of 
vast  magnitude.  Flax,  iron,  and  linen  cloth,  are  its 
chief  ^exports.  Tornea  has  a  good  harbour.  Here  the 
Laplanders,  Norwegians,  and  Russians,  resort  to  barter 
their  furs  for  other  articles. 

Inhabitants,  Manners,  and  Customs.  The  Swedes,  in 
general,  are  well  formed,  and  of  a  graceful  appearance. 
They  are  cheerful,  healthy,  and  courageous,  and  particu- 
larly hospitable  and  kind  to  strangers.  Thefts,  murders, 
and  atrocious  crimes  are  very  uncommon  among  them. 
Disputes  are  rare  in  country  places,  and  generally  finish- 
ed without  the  aid  of  lawyers.  The  only  vice  which 
may  in  some  degree  be  called  national,  is  an  intemperate 
use  of  spirituous  liquors,  which  is  common  with  most 
northern  nations. 

Fondness  for  convivial  pleasure,  music,  and  dancing,  is 
a  'leading  feature  in  the  Swedish  character.  Two  days 
in  the  year,  the  first  of  May  and  midsummer,  are  in  Swe- 
den particularly  consecrated  to  publick  mirth  and  joy. 

The  peasants  are  frugal  and  industrious,  and  live  in  the 
plainest  manner.  They  are  well  clad  in  strong  cloth  of 
their  own  making.  Their  cottages,  though  built  of  wood, 
and  only  one  story  high,  are  comfortable  and  commodious. 


RUSSIA.  219 

The  nobility  and  gentry  of  both  sexes  are  for  the  most 
part  well  educated  and  highly  accomplished,  many  of 
them  speaking  Kny;li»h,  French,  and  German,  with  fluen- 
cy. Thev  luivc  very  much  the  manners  of  the  French, 
and  are  addicted  to  luxury. 

Education.  Schools  are  provided  in  alim»t  every  par- 
ish.  Nearly  all  the  Suedes  can  read,  arid  the  greater 
part  can  write.  The  universities  are  three.  There  are 
•  literary  academies,  most  of  which  publish  me- 
moirs of  their  transact!' 

RUSSIA. 

Mountains.     The   'principal  mountains  are  the  great 
Tralian  Chain,  about  1400  miles  in  length,  of  moderate 
;on,  forming  a  marked  boundary  between  Europe 
an«l  Asia.     The-e  mountains  are  rich  in  metals,  chiefly  of 
:ul  iron,  and  are  adorned  with  woods  most- 
ly of  pine,  fir,  birch,  cedar,  and  larch. 

'?  of  the  Country.     Russia  is  mostly  a  level  country. 
That  part  west  of  the  Uralian  mountains  is,  in  general,  a 
lain,  elevated  towards  (lie  centre,  and  thence  gently 
descendi:  da  the  north  and  w> 

-,v.  Of  these,  the  'principal  is  the  Volga,  comput- 
ed at  1700  miles  in  length,  and  navigable  nearly  to  its 
source.  The  Don,  by  the  ancients  called  (he  Tanais,  is  a 

tor  its  violent  inundations. 
Awards  the  east,  it  approaches  so  near  the 
VuLa,  that  Peter  the  Great  had  undertaken  to  form  a 
communication  between  them  by  means  of  a  canal,  which 
was  reported  to  be  in  contemplation  under  the  late  em- 
peror Alexander.  The  Dnieper*  another  large  river  of 
Kunij.  igable  from  timoltnxk  near  its  source,  to 

where  there  is  a  bridge  of  boats,  1638  feet  in  length. 
Below  this  phu  nm*  distance  is  im- 

peded by  <  ,ich  it  is   airain    navigable    to 

:th.     Ti.  ..ir  Southern  l)\\ina,  as  it  i§  some- 

whole  extent.      Its 

width   at  Riga^is   about  9<  Here  a  bridge  of 

pontoons  is  thrown  nually  in  April,  and 

taken  away  a^ain  in  e  Northern  Dwina 

e  course  of  about  500  miles.  The  Neva 
is  that  river  through  which  the  Ladoga  lake  discharges 
its  waters  into  the  gult  of  Finland,  and  on  which  Peters- 
burg is  situated.  It  is  about  40  miles  in  length,  of  con- 
siderable width  and  depth,  and  'subject  to  great  floods. 


220  RUSSIA. 

Climate.  Russia,  extending  from  the  Frozen  Ocean  to 
the  Black  Sea,  necessarily  exhibits  a  great  diversity  of 
climate.  In  all  the  ^northern  parts,  the  cold  in  winter  is 
very  terrible.  Birds,  in  the  act  of  flying,  have  sometimes 
been  known  to  drop  down  dead  from  the  atmosphere  in  con- 
sequence of  it.  The  peasants,  who  usually  wear  their 
beards  in  Russia,  have  them  hanging  to  their  chins  like  sol- 
id lumps  of  ice ;  drivers  of  carriages  are  frequently  frozen 
to  death  upon  their  seats  without  being  able  to  change 
their  position  ;  and  boiling  water,  thrown  up  with  an  en- 
gine, so  as  to  spread,  has  been  known  to  freeze  before  it 
fell  to  the  ground.  At  Petersburg  only  two  months  in  the 
year  are  entirely  free  from  snow.  Violent  storms  are  fre- 
quent, and  when  these  come  from  the  south-west,  they 
cause  great  inundations  by  the  overflowing  of  the  Neva. 
At  Moscow  the  winter  sets  in  about  the  middle  of  Novem- 
ber, and  lasts  till  the  middle  of  March,  attended  with  co- 
pious falls  of  snow.  Even  in  the  southern  parts,  the  win- 
ters, though  short,  are  somewhat  severe.  From  some  de- 
grees to  the  south  of  Moscow,  all  northern  Russia  has  only 
two  seasons,  the  transition  from  winter  to  summer,  and 
again  from  summer  to  winter,  being  so  sudden,  that  spring 
arid  autumn  are  unknown.  Russia  in  general  has  a  dry 
^atmosphere,  and  the  ?air  is  pure  and  salubrious. 

Soil.  The  soil  in  this  extensive  empire  is  as  various 
as  the  climate.  All  the  'northern. coast  to  a  great  extent 
inland,  is  an  immense  swamp,  wholly  grown  over  with 
moss,  destitute  of  wood,  and  almost  perpetually  frozen, 
being  thawed  in  summer  only  to  a  very  small  depth. 
The  'middle  provinces  have  a  much  better  soil,  while  the 
southern  parts  display  the  greatest  fertility.  Between 
the  Don,  and  the  Volga,  from  Voronelz  to  Simbruk,  the  soil 
consists  of  a  black  mould,  strongly  impregnated  with  salt- 
petre, and  is  extremely  fertile,  producing  the  most  luxu- 
riant vegetation.  This  is  generally  esteemed  the  ?best 
portion  of  Russia. 

Productions.  Grain  and  pasturage  are  the  ^general 
features  of  Russian  fanning.  In  the  northern  parts,  so  far 
as  the  latitude  of  Petersburg,  rye  is  cultivated  5  in  the 
middle  and  southern  regions,  wheat.  Taurida,  which  is 
the  most  southern  province,  comprehending  the  penin- 
sula of  Crimea,  produces  some  Indian  corn  ,•  the  culture 
of  the  vine  and  the  olive  also  succeeds  here.  Barley  is 
a  general  product.  Hemp  and  flax  constitute  an  import- 
ant object  of  Russian  agriculture.  Tobacco  has  lately 


RUSSIA.  221 

been  cultivated  ;    potatoes  bear  the  cold  of  Archangel, 

and  yield  from  thirty  to  fifty   fold.       Rhubarb,  madder, 

/and  honey,  are  also  considerable  products.     In  the 

•idle  and  southern  parts  are  large  orchards.  Apples 
and  pears  are  found  as  far  north  as  <-es  ;  cherries 

and  plums  as  far  as  55°.  Agriculture,  however,  as  yet 
is  but  little  understood  in  this  country. 

Throughout  the  whole  empire,  much  excellent  pasture 
is  found,  and  horses,  cattle,  and  sheep,  are  in  tolerable 
plenty.  Goats  and  swine  every  where  abound.  Of  the 
;  \\ild  animals,  particularly  valuable  for  their  furs,  are  the 
black  fox,  the  sable,  the  martin,  and  the  ermine. 

The  'principal  mines  of  Russia  are  in  Sibe- 
ria. These  are  a  great  source  of  wealth  to  the  nation. 
The  Uralian  mountains  and  their  vicinity  are  the  centre 
of  the  mining  country.  Gold,  some  silver,  copper  and 
iron,  are  the  metals  chiefly  extracted  there  ;  and  the 
foundries  for  the  two  latter  are  very  numerous. 

Canals.  The  canals  of  this  empire  are  of  great  impor- 
tance. By  means  of  that  of  Vttni  Volotchok,  goods  may 
be  conveyed  up  the  Volga  from  Astrachan  to  Petersburg, 
a  distance  of  1434  miles.  The  navigation  requires  for  its 
performance  a  fortnight,  three  weeks,  or  a  month,  accord- 
ing to  the  season  of  the  year,  and  nearly  4UOO  vessels  are 
supposed  annually  to  pass  this  way.  A  canal  also  leads 
from  Moscow  to  the  Don,  opening  a  communication  with 
the  Hlack  sea.  There  is  likewise  a  water  communication 
by  means  of  rivers  from  the  frontiers  of  China  to  Peters- 
burg, with  the  interruption  of  only  about  60  miles. 

Man  it  possesses  a  variety  of  manufac- 

tures. That  of  izinglass,  which  is  a  preparation  of  the 
sounds  or  air  bladder  of  the  sturgeon,  'flourishes  on  the 
^  "1-a.  nufactures  of  oil,  soap,  and  candles  at 

Petersburg,  are  very  considerable,  and  contribute  in  no 
small  degree  to  its  exports.  There  are  also  in  various 
parts  manufactures  of  salt-petre,  paper  and  tobacco.  Lin- 
en is  manufactured  in  abundance  ;  the  best  comes  from 
the  government  of  Art  hansel.  Cotton  is  little  wrought; 
but  the  manufactures  of  silk  are  numerous.  Coarse 
cloths,  carpets,  hats,  porcelain  and  earthen  ware,  are 
made  in  .nd  leather  has  long  been  a  staple  com- 

modity. Russia  produces  vast  quantities  of  wax  :  iron 
foundries  abound  every  where  :  cannon  are  cast  at  Pe- 
tersburg ;  at  Tula  there  is  a  va>t  manufactory  of  tire  and 
side  arms,  which  employs  upwards  of  4000  workmen. 


222  RUSSIA. 

Commerce.  Russia  has  an  extensive  commerce.  That 
with  Europe  and  America  is  carried  on  principally  through 
the  BcUtic^tM  the  White  Seas,by  way  of  Petersburg,  Riga, 
and  Archangel.  The  'articles  exported  are  chiefly  hemp, 
flax,  different  kinds  of  grain,  tallow,  hides,  sail-cloth,  tim- 
ber, tar,  iron,  anniseed,  train-oil,  hemp-oil,  linens,  wax, 
and  fur.  In  return  for  which,  they  'import  woollen  cloths, 
silk,  cotton,  brandy,  sugar,  wine  and  coffee. 

The  commerce  of  Russia  with  Persia  and  China,  'carried 
on  by  the  way  of  Astrachan  through  the  Caspian  Sea,  is 
also  very  considerable,  as  is  likewise  that  with  Turkey 
through  the  Black  Sea.  Russia  likewise  carries  on  a  com- 
merce over  land,  by  caravans,  to  China,  chiefly  in  furs  ; 
and  they  bring  back  from  thence,  tea,  silk, cotton  and  gold. 

The  various  productions  of  this  vast  empire,  in  order 
to  get  to  market,  are  first  brought  from  different  places 
to  fairs  established  in  different  parts  of  the  country,  where 
the  merchants  buy  them  up,  and  forward  them  to  differ- 
ent ports  or  other  trading  towns  for  exportation.  • 

Cities.  St.  Petersburg,  the  capital,  is  a  beautiful  and 
extensive  city,  'founded  by  Peter  the  Great  in  1703,  upon 
an  island  in  the  middle  of  the  Neva,  between  the  gulf  of 
Finland  and  the  lake  of  Ladoga.  It  contains  a  university, 
a  military  academy,  a  convent  for  the  education  of  young 
ladies,  a  foundling  hospital,  five  palaces,  thirty-five  hand- 
some churches,besides  many  other  magnificent  structures. 
The  houses  are  mostly  'four  stories  high,  built  of  brick, 
stuccoed  ;  the  streets  are  long  and  broad.  In  this  city 
there  is  a  famous  statue  in  bronze  of  Peter  the  Great. 
The  rock  which  serves  for  its  pedestal  weighs,  by  calcu- 
lation, 1,428  tons,  and  was  transported  to  Petersburg,  9 
miles,  partly  by  land  and  partly  by  water.  The  number 
of  inhabitants  is  285,000. 

Petersburg  is  frequented  by  a  great  number  of  trading 
vessels  from  other  nations,  especially  from  Great  Britain. 
Large  ships,  however, cannot  get  over  the  bar  of  the  Neva, 
but  remain  at  Cronstadt,  a  port  oa  an  island  in  the  gulf,  20 
miles  below,  which  is  also  the  'station  of  the  men-of-war. 

Moscow,  the  ancient  capital,  situated  on  a  river  of  the 
same  name,  is  26  miles  in  circumference.  On  approach- 
ing the  city,  its  gilded  domes  and  glittering  spires  make 
a  most  striking  and  splendid  appearance.  It  is  the  centre 
of  trade  for  all  the  interior  of  Russia.  About  three  fourths 
of  this  city  was  burnt  in  1812,  when  the  French  invaded 
Russia,  since  which  time  it  has  been. rebuilt.  In  this  city 


RUSSIA.  223 

there  is  a  famous  bell,  the  largest  in  the  world.  It  is  19 
feet  in  height,  and  21  yards  in  circumference  at  the  bot- 
tom. Its  greatest  thickness  is  21  inches,  and  it  weighs 
432,000  pounds.  The  beam  on  which  it  hung,  being 
burnt,  it  fell,  and  a  large  piece  was  broken  out  of  it,  so 
that  it  now  lies  in  a  manner  useless.  The  ^climate  of 
Moscow  is  extremely  salubrious.  The  number  of  its  in- 
habitants is  about  250,000. 

Odessa  is  a  new  city,  situated  on  the  Black  Sea,  and  is 
the  'second  in  point  ot"  commerce  in  the  empire. 

,  the  y third*  town,  in  a  commercial  view,  is  much 
•nti'd    bv    toicM-u    merchants,  who  export  from  it 
quantities  of  naval  stores,  grain  and  other  products 
of  the  country.     Its  population  is  estimated  at  36,000. 

Archangel,  notwithstanding  the  short  period  of  th-. 
in  which  it  is  accessible,  carries  on  a  considerable  trade 
in  the  exports  and  imports  of  that  part  of  the  Russian  do- 
minions. Very  large  ships  built  of  fir  and  larch  at  a  great 
distance  up  the  Duina,  are  among  its  exported  articles. 
100  miles  N.  E.  of  St.  Petersburg,  and  contains 
7,200  inhabitants. 

Tula  contains  30,000  inhabitants.  Cherson,  on  the 
Black  Sea,  has  greatly  declined.  Caffa,  in  the  Crimea, 
is  a  free  port,  and  a  principal  commercial  town. 

Inhabitants,  $-c.  Russia  includes  a  variety  of  nations, 
although  subject  to  one  government,  whose  language, 
manners  and  habits  of  life  are  totally  distinct,  and  many 
of  which  are  yet  in  a  state  of  extreme  barbarism. 

The 'Slavonic  Russians,  of  which  the  great  mass  of  the 
population  consists,  are  a  hardy  and  vigorous  people,  well 
Featured,  of  a  jrood  stature,  cheerful,  patient  of  fatigue, 
and  implicitly  submissive  to  discipline.  The  ladies  have 
fine  complr  iturally,  which  however  they  ruin  by 

paint.  The  higher  classes  an-  'distinguished  by  their 
magnilicei  ibility,  and  hospitaJity.  A  strong  pro- 

pensity for  keeping  numerous  retinues  and  brilliant  equi- 
pages is  e\  nt;  and  splendid  entertain- 
ment-. 'inMi^,  are  much  in  fashion. 

The  peasants,  or  boors,  as  they  are  called  in  this  coun- 
try, in  winter,  wrap  themselves  in  sheep-skins,  with 
the  wool  turned  in.  The  lower  classes  have  no  beds,  but 
sleep  on  the  floor,  or  on  a  platform  of  boards  :  and  in 
summer  very  often  in  the  open  air.  Intoxication  is  a 
common  vice. 


224  RUSSIA. 

The  Russians  are  extremely  fond  of  vocal  music.  No 
where  is  the  song  more  jovial  or  more  universal.  Next 
to  singing,  dancing  is  the  most  general  amusement.  The 
ringing  of  bells  is  also  a  recreation  in  which  they  take 
great  delight.  Of  all  the  Russian  customs,  none  merits 
greater  attention  than  the  universal  use  of  the  hot  vapour 
bath,  which  they  consider  as  a  remedy  or  preventive  of 
almost  every  disease. 

Religion.  The  established  religion  is  the  Greek 
church,  little  differing  from  Popery  $  but  all  others  are 
permitted  and  protected. 

Literature.  The  literature  of  Russia  is  yet  in  its  infan- 
cy 5  it  is,  however,  advancing  in  improvement,  and  much 
attention  is  paid  to  popular  instruction. 

Government.  This  extensive  country  is  under  the  gov- 
ernment of  one  monarch,  called  the  emperor  of  all  Rus- 
sia. Alexander,  the  late  emperor,  who  died  in  Nov. 
1825,  was  born  in  1777.  Under  his  efficient  and  mild 
reign,  Russia  extended  her  dominions,  rapidly  rose  to  mil- 
itary greatness,  and  increased  in  improvements,  popula- 
tion, and  national  importance.  His  brother  Nicholas  is 
his  successor.  Russia  in  1808,  conquered  Finland  from 
Sweden,  and  incorporated  it  with  her»empire. 

Jirmy.  The  whole  amount  of  the  Russian  army,  in 
1819,  was  778,000.  About  150,000,  it  is  supposed,  are 
necessary  in  the  garrisons  scattered  over  this  vast  empire. 

Navy.  The  Russian  navy  in  1820,  besides  small 
ships  and  gallies,  consisted  of  30  ships  of  the  line,  and 
20  frigates.  It  is  now  rapidly  increasing. 

Curiosities.  Among  the  natural  curiosities  of  Russia, 
Jmost  deserving  of  notice,  are  the  mountains  of  ice  which 
float  in  the  Frozen  Ocean.  Some  of  these  are  many  miles 
in  extent  and  of  an  astonishing  height,  being  formed  by 
the  aggregation  of  vast  fields  of  ice  forcing  one  under 
another,  and  thus  raising  the  immense  mass  higher  out  of 
the  water,  where  it  receives  an  additional  increase  from 
the  successive  falls  of  snow.  Some  of  these  floating 
mountains  are  10  or  1200  feet  in  height,  resembling  vast 
cathedrals,  adorned  with  pinnacles,  presenting  a  thousand 
fantastic  shapes,  and  reflecting  a  thousand  colours  from 
the  rays  of  the  sun,  or  the  aurora  borealis. 

In  1740,  the  empress  Anne  built  a  palace  of  ice  on  the 
banks  of  the  Neva,  which,  when  illuminated,  had  a  sur- 
prising eifect. 


POLAND....  PRUSSIA.  225 

POLAND, 

PUIXCIPALLY    BELONGING  TO    RUSSIA. 

Poland  was  once  a  formidable  kingdom.  In  1773  sev- 
eral of  its  provinces  were  dismembered  from  it  by  the 
empress  of  Russia,  the  emperor  of  Germany,  and  the  king 
of  Prussia.  A  similar  act  of  violence  again  took  place  in 
1793.  Jn  1795,  the  unfortunate  sovereign,  Stanislaus 
Augustus,  was  cruelly  deposed,  his  kingdom  annihilated, 
and  the  whole  country  incorporated  into  Russia.,  Austria, 
and  Prussia.  By  the  treaty  of  1815  Poland  now  enjoys 
her  otm  laws  under  the  crown  of  Russia. 

Poland  is  generally  a  level  country,  productive  in  grain 
and  in  grass. 

ll'tii'xawi  the  capital,  is  a  large  city,  surrounded  by  a 
moat  and  a  double  wall.  It  has  a  melancholy  appearance, 
exhibiting  the  strong  contrast  of  wealth  and  poverty, 
luxury  and  distress,  which  pervade  every  part  of  this  un- 
happy country.  Population  66,000. 

Cracow,  an  independent  city,  now  contains  many  spa- 
cious and  handsome  streets,  but  almost  every  building 
bears  the  marks  of  ruined  grandeur.  Here  most  of  the 
sovereigns  of  Poland  were  both  crowned  and  interred. 
Population  25,000. 

The  ''Poles  are  fair  in  their  complexion,  well  propor- 
tioned and  handsome  ;  active,  brave,  honest,  hospitable, 
and  enterprising;  but  rash  and  unsteady.  There  are 
many  Jews  in  Poland. 

Near  Cracow  are  'the  famous  mines  of  rock  salt,  said 
to  be  the  most  extensive  of  the  kind  in  Europe.  They 
are  wrought  under  ground  to  a  vast  depth  and  compass, 
pre.M  !i 'in^  spacious  chamber.-,  lon^  galleries  massy 
pillars  and  even  whole  edifices  hewn  in  the  -olid  rock, 
which,  when  illuminated  by  lamps,  alVord  scenes  of  ex- 
traordinary splendour. 

PRUSSIA. 

The  kingdom  of  Prussia,  which  commenced  with  the 
eighteenth  century,  by  gradual  accessions  became  so  ex- 
tensive, as  deservedly  to  rank  among  the  first  powers 
of  Europe.  But  in  1807,  this  kingdom  was  greatly 
reduced,  the  king,  Frederick  William  IV.  having  been 
compelled  to  surrender,  in  obedience  to  the  dictates  of 


226 


PRUSSIA. 


France,  nearly  half  of  his  possessions,  and  about  the  same 
proportion  of  his  subjects. 

In  the  great  struggle,  however,  against  the  power  of 
France,  for  the  independence  of  Europe,  Prussia  acted 
a  very  distinguished  part.  Her  arms,  together  with  those 
of  the  Allies,  having  been  crowned  with  the  most  perfect 
success,  the  late  treaty  at  Vienna,  which  settles  the  state 
of  Europe,  restores  to  Prussia  most  of  her  lost,  together 
with  other  territories,  by  which  she  has  regained  her  for- 
mer consequence  among  the  nations  of  Europe. 

9Face  of  the  Country.  Prussia  displays  no  grand  fea- 
tures of  nature,  nor  any  great  variety  of  aspect.  The 
whole  country,  except  a  part  of  Silesia,  is  generally  level, 
and  in  many  places  covered  with  thick  forests. 

Climate.  The  ^climate  of  all  the  countries  bordering  on 
the  Baltic,  is  in  general  cold  and  moist.  Prussia  Proper, 
is  deluged  with  rain  in  the  autumn,  and  has  about  eight 
months  of  winter.  Pomerama-and  Brandenburg  are  some- 
what more  free  from  humidity.  Silesia  excels  all  the 
other  Prussian  provinces  in  the  purity  and  wholesomeness 
of  its  air,  but  the  western  and  southern  parts,  which  lie 
near  the  mountains,  are  exposed  even  in  summer  to  sharp 
freezing  winds. 

Soil.  The  'soil  of  the  Prussian  provinces  varies  between 
the  two  extremes  of  barrenness  and  fertility.  Branden* 
burg  is  a  sandy,  barren  country  ;  Prussia  Proper  is  also 
sandy,  but  more  fertile.  The  northern  extremity  of  Sile- 
sia partakes  of  the  sandy  soil  of  Brandenburg;  but  the 
greatest  part  of  the  province  displays  a  remarkable  fer- 
tility. Silesia  is,  on  the  whole,  the  9most  fertile  and 
healthful,  as  well  as  the  most  diversified  and  agreeable 
province  of  the  Prussian  dominions. 

Productions.  The  'vegetable  productions  of  the  Prus- 
sian dominions  consist  chiefly  of  grain  and-  pasturage. 
Vines  are  produced  in  Silesia,  and  some  wine  is  made,  but 
of  an  inferior  quality. 

The  most  distinguished  mineral  production  of  Prussia 
is  amber,  found  on  the  coasts  of  the  Baltic.  Coal  is  found 
in  various  parts  of  Silesia. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce.  The  Prussian  manufac- 
tures produce  a  variety  of  articles  for  home  consumption, 
such  as  glass,  iron,  paper,  woollen  cloth,  and  some  silk. 
There  is  also  a  china  manufacture  at  Berlin.  But  the 
most  'important  of  all  the  Prussian  manufactures  are  the 
linens  of  Silesia,  of  which  a  considerable  quantity  is  ex- 
ported. The  'chief  commerce  of  Prussia  is  in  grain* 


NETHERLANDS.  227 

Chief  Towns.  Berlin,  the  capital,  is  a  beautiful  and 
magnificent  city,  'situated  on  the  river  Spree,  containing 
about  188,000  inhabitants.  It  has  a  free  communication 
by  canals  with  the  Oder  and  the  Elbe.  The  streets  are 
spacious  and  well  paved,  although  the  country  for  30  miles 
scarcely  produces  a  single  stone.  Its  numerous  gardens 
and  plantations  of  trees  give  it  a  rural  appearance.  The 
houses  are  generally  large  and  well  built  of  brick  stuccoed. 
The  royal  palace  is  an  enormous  square  pile  of  stones. 

Konigsburg,  on  the  river  Pregel,  contains  59,000  inhab- 
itants. It  is  well  fortified,  and  carries  on  a  considerable 
trade,  lireslaw,  in  Silesia,  is  a  beautiful  city, and  has  sev- 
eral manufactures,  especially  of  linen,  and  a  university. 
Its  population  is  about  76,000.  Elbing*  situated  on  an  arm 
of  the  river  Vistula,  called  the  river  Elbing,  contains  a- 
bout  19,000  inhabitants  and  carries  on  an  extensive  com- 
merce. Vessels  of  100  tons  come  up  to  the  town.  It  is 
also  the  seat  of  several  manufactures.  Stettin  carries  on 
an  extensive  commerce.  Its  population  is  about  22,000. 
Potsdam,  about  6  miles  from  Berlin,  is  a  recent  city.  It 
contains  the  royal  palace  of  Sans  Souci,  a  most  noble 
structure,  and  was  lately  the  favourite  residence  of  the 
PrusMun  monarchs.  No  expense  has  been  spared  in  its 
decorations.  Its  population  is  about  23,000.  hranden- 
burgj  on  the  IKivel,  has  several  manufactures,  of  cloth,  fus- 
tian, and  canvass,  and  contains  about  13,000  inhabitants. 

Daiitzic  is  the  'principal  port  for  the  exportation  of  the 
grain  and  other  products  of  Poland,  and  contains  a  popu- 
lation of  about  49,000. 

Inhabitants.  Military  bravery  is  the  most  distinguish- 
ing feature  of  the  national  character. 

juage.  The  language  of  Prussia  is  the  German  ; 
but  French  is  universally  spoken  bv  the  nobility  and  gen- 
try. 

Religion.  The  predominant  religion  of  Prussia  is  the 
Protestant  ,*  but  almost  all  other  sects  are  tolerated. 

Education,  <$*c.  There  are  several  universities  and 
schools  ;  but  popular  education  is  generally  neglected  in 
Prus>i  .-11  us  in  most  other  countries  of  Europe. 

The  government  is  an  absolute  hereditary  monarchy. 

NETHERLANDS, 

Face  of  the  Country,  The  7face  of  the  country  is  re- 
markably level  and  low.  In  the  northern  provinces,  or 


228  NETHERLANDS. 

Holland,  it  has  the  ^appearance  of  a  large  marsh  that  has 
been  drained,  its  surface  in  many  places  being  lower  than 
the  level  of  the  ocean,  from  the  inundations  of  which  it  is 
secured  by  dykes  or  dams,  raised  at  vast  labour  and  ex- 
pense, some  of  which  are  15  feet  in  height,  and  wide 
enough  on  the  top  for  two  carriages  to  go  abreast. 

Climate.  The  ^climate  of  this  country  is  cold  and  hu- 
mid, and  the  air  foggy  and  unwholesome,  except  when  it 
is  purified  by  the  frost,  which  in  winter  blocks  up  the  har- 
bours and  canals  for  about  4  months.  The  moisture  of  the 
atmosphere  causes  metals  to  rust,  and  various  other  sub- 
stances to  mould,  more  than  in  any  other  country  of  Eu- 
rope. 

Productions.  The  'northern  or  Dutch  provinces  afford 
rich  pastures,  and  are  distinguished  for  their  numbers  of 
large  and  fat  cattle,  and  the  abundance  and  excellence  of 
their  butter  and  cheese.  The  southern  or  Belgic  provin- 
ces are  'noted  for  the  production  of  grain,  and  the  im- 
proved state  of  their  agriculture.  Flax,  hemp,  madder, 
and  tobacco  are  general  products.  Here  are  no  forests  $ 
turf  is  the  ^common  fuel  of  the  country;  all  the  timber, 
particularly  in  the  northern  provinces,  is  imported. 

Canal.  Canals  are  almost  as  numerous  here  as  roads 
are  in  other  countries,  and  they  serve  for  the  same  pur- 
poses ;  but  in  the  summer  their  waters  become  putrid,  and 
emit  offensive  and  unwholesome  vapours,  very  prejudicial 
to  the  health  of  the  inhabitants.  The  ^general  method  of 
passing  from  one  town  to  another  is  by  water.  The  pas- 
sengers embark  in  a  kind  of  covered  boat  drawn  by  horses, 
which  proceed  at  a  slow  and  uniform  trot.  As  the  canals 
communicate  with  the  Rhine  and  other  large  rivers,  all 
the  commodities  of  the  world  are  thus  conveyed  at  a  tri- 
fling expense,  into  Germany  and  France.  In  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  the  capital,  the  canals  are  lined  for  miles  to- 
gether with  elegant  country  houses,  seated  in  the  midst  of 
gardens  and  pleasure  grounds,  adorned  to  the  very  edge 
of  the  water  with  temples  and  statues. 

Commerce  and  Manufactures*  With  respect  to  com- 
merce, these  provinces  at  a  former  period  were  aptly 
styled  "the  grand  magazine  of  Europe,"  as  scarcely  a 
manufacture  could  be  mentioned,  which  was  not  here 
established,  or  a  nation  pointed  out  upon  the  globe,  with 
which  the  inhabitants  had  no  connexion.  Tnieir  numer- 
ous population,  the  cheapness  of  labour,  and  the  inland 
navigation,  together  with  the  important  fisheries,  publick 


111EKI.ANDS.  229 

trading  companies,  various  exports,and  an  East  India  fleet, 
which  annually  brought  them  a  rich  car«j;.>  of  »;old,  dia- 
monds pearls,  ivory,  and  spices,  combined  to  elevate 
these  people  to  a  hi^h  rank  in  the  commercial  world. 
But  since  the  revolution,  much  of  their  foreign  commerce 
ha-,  been  cut  oft".  Their  inland  trade  with  France  and 
Germany,  by  means  of  the  Rhine  and  canals,  is  still  con- 
siderable. One  of  the  most  profitable  articles  of  this 
trade  consists  in  the  vast  floats  of  timber,  which  arrive  at 
Dort  from  Andenac,  and  other  places  on  the  Rhine,  and 
from  the  German  forests.  The  length  of  these  rafts  is 
from  700  to  1000  feet,  and  the  breadth  from  50  to  90  feet 
About  500  'labourers  are  employed  in  navigating  one  of 
these  floats,  the  top  of  which  is  covered  with  a  little  vil- 
lage of  timber  huts  for  their  accommodation. 

The  'chief  manufactures  are  those  of  linen,  pottery, 
painted  tiles,  leather,  wax,  starch  and  paper;  also  some 
articles  of  woollen,  cotton,  and  silk. 

Citiev.  Amsterdam,  the  capital,  is  an  elegant,  rich  and 
highly  commercial  city,  containing  about  220,000  inhab- 
itants. The  ground  on  which  it  is  situated  is  entirely  a 
morass,  and  the  whole  city  is  9buiU  on  piles  of  wood, 
which  consist  of  the  trunks  of  huge  trees,  driven  down 
endways,  by  the  force  of  engines,  into  the  boggy  soil. 
The  stadthouse,  one  of  the  principal  ornaments  of  this 
city,  is  ''supported  on  14,000  of  these  wooden  piles.  The 
great  disadvantages  of  this  city  are  the  want  of  whole- 
some water  and  of  good  air. 

JJrusscls,  the  largest  city  in  the  Belgic  provinces,  and 
one  of  the  most  splendid  in  Europe,  is  'celebrated  for  its 
lace,  camblets,  and  carpets.  Population  80,000. 

Rotterdam  ranks  next  in  trade  and  opulence,  though 
not  in  extent  and  population.  It  is  situated  on  the  Maese, 
and  is  the  birth-place  of  the  famous  Erasmus.  Its  popu- 
lation is  56,000. 

Middleburg^  on  the  island  Walcheren,  is  a  commercial 
town,  containing  a  population  of  about  17, 000  inhabitants. 

The  though  considered  only  a  village,  was  long 

the  seat  of  government,  and  the  residence  of  all  the  for- 
eign ambassadors  and  strangers  of  distinction.  It  has  no 
commerce  5  but  is  'celebrated  for  the  magnificence  and 
beauty  of  its  buildings,  and  the  politeness  of  its  inhabit- 
ants, who  are  computed  at  about  43,000. 

Ley  den  and    Utrecht  are   fine  cities,  'famous  for  their 
universities.     Haerlem  is  'remarkable  (or  the  beauty  of 
U 


230  FRANCE. 

its  flowers,  in  which  it  carries  on  a  great  trade  ;  for  its 
bleacheries  of  linen  ;  and  for  the  stupendous  sounds  of 
the  great  organ  in  one  of  its  churches,  supposed  to  be 
the  largest  in  the  world. 

Inhabitants,  fyc.  The  Dutch  are  somewhat  low  of  stat- 
ure and  of  a  heavy  make.  The  complexion  of  both  sexes 
is  almost  invariably  fair.  Their  ruling  passion  is  the  love 
of  money.  They  are  remarkably  neat  in  their  furniture 
and  houses,  and  are  particularly  noted  for  their  industry 
and  frugality.  Skating  is  their 'favourite  amusement,  in 
which  they  are  uncommonly  expert,  and  the  canals  in 
winter  are  covered  with  all  ranks,  and  of  both  sexes. 

Their  language  is  Low  Dutch,  which  is  a  corrupt  dia- 
lect of  the  German  ;  but  the  people  of  fashion  speak  Eng- 
lish and  French.  The  established  religion  is  Calvinism, 
but  other  sects  are  tolerated.  Among  their  ^learned 
men,  Erasmus,  Grotius,  and  Boerhave  are  particularly 
celebrated.  Their  universities  are  those  of  Leyden, 
Utrecht,  Groningen,  Harderwich,  and  Franker.  Their 
navy,  once  so  powerful,  is  now  greatly  reduced. 

FRANCE. 

9 Face  of  the  Country.  France  is  mostly  an  open  cham- 
paign country,  very  little  encumbered  with  mountains  or 
marshes,  but  beautifully  diversified  with  hill  and  dale, 
wood  and  enclosure,  streams,  lakes,  and  scattered  farms, 
mingled  into  a  thousand  delightful  landscapes. 

Mountains.  The  Cevenncs  are  an  extensive  chain  of 
mountains  in  the  'interior  of  the  country,  'remarkable  for 
the  artificial  fertility  conferred  upon  some  of  their  barren 
sides  by  the  industry  of  the  inhabitants.  This  is  'effected 
by  walls  of  loose  stones  built  up,  first  at  the  foot  of  the 
mountain,  against  which  the  loose  soil  brought  down  by 
the  rains  being  deposited,  gradually  forms  behind  them  a 
level  and  fertile  space.  By  a  succession  of  similar  opera- 
tions, other  platforms  are  produced,  and  thus  the  moun- 
tains, which  formerly  presented  to  view  a  scene  of  deso- 
lation, are  made  to  exhibit  amphitheatres  of  vegetable 
ground  capable  of  the  richest  cultivation,  almost  to  their 
very  summits. 

These  mountains  in  winter  are  exposed  to  dreadful  hur- 
ricanes and  falls  of  snow,  which  in  a  few  hours  reduce  the 
ravines  and  precipices  to  a  level,  and  descending  to  the 
villages,  confine  the  inhabitants  to  their  houses,  which  are 


FKANOK.  231 

sometimes  so  completely  buried,  that  a  communication  is 
obliged  to  be  opened  in  the  form  of  an  arch,  under  the 
enormou^  mass  of  snow.  In  summer,  thunder  storms  are 
frequent  and  terrible,  being  accompanied  with  torrents  of 
hail  stones  of  an  enormous  size,  which  not  only  destroy 
the  fruits,  but  do  great  damage  to  the  Hocks,  which  for 
six  mouths  pasture  on  the  mountains. 

These  mountains  rise  on  the  west  of  the  Itb'tne,  and  ex- 
tend in  a  direction  nearly  from  north  to  south.  The 
most  elevated  summit  is  that  of  the  Puy  de  Sansi,  which 
rise-  t'.-et  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

''(Tumiir  and  Suil.  The  air  in  France  is  mild  and  salu- 
brious and  the  weather  much  more  clear  and  settled  than 
in  Great  Britain.  The  ?soil  in  general  is  excellent,  pro- 
ducing the  necessaries,  and  especially  the  luxuries  of  life 
in  great  abundance.  In  some  places,  however,  the 
ground  is  subject  to  be  burnt  and  parched  up  by  the  sum- 
mer drou 

If  France  be  divided  from  east  to  west  into  four  nearly 
equal  parts,  the  most  northern  will  bear  a  strong  resem- 
blance to  the  south  of  England.  The  principal  difference 
observable  in  the  second  division  consists  in  the  display  of 
a  few  vineyards  thinly  scattered.  The  third  is  Distin- 
guished by  the  first  appearance  of  maize  or  Indian  corn  ; 
and  in  the  southernmost,  groves  of  olive  trees  are  inter- 
mixed amnnu;  cornfield-,  and  luxuriant  vineyards. 

^Productions.     Grain  i  for  exportation  in   con- 

siderable quantities.  Wine  and  brandy  are  also  great 
products  ;  five  millions  of  acres  being  supposed  to  be  cov- 
ered with  vines.  Silk  is  likewise  one  of  its  valuable  pro- 
ductions. Lemons,  oranges,  figs,  olives,  madder,  saffron, 
hop-,  and  tobacco,  are  also  successfully  cultivated,  and  at- 
recently  been  made  to  introduce  the  culture 
of  indigo  and  cotton.  But  the  agriculture  of  this  coun- 
try, ill  improvement  is  considera- 
bly behind  that  of  Kn^land. 

France  is  'deficient  in  cattle,  botli  as  to  their  number 
and  size.  Sheep  are  still  less  improv  d,  and  worse  man- 
aged. There  is  consequently  a  scarcity  of  animal  food, 
and  the  poor  live  chiefly  on  bread.  Forests  are  numer- 
ous, and  wood  is  the'common  fuel  of  the  country.  Cider 
is  produced  in  certain  parts.  The  most  remarkable  fe- 
rocious animals  are  the  wolf  and  wild  boar.  The  hunt- 
ing of  the  latter  has  long  been  a  favourite  diversion. 

Iron,  antimony,  quicksilver,  manganese,  and  pit-coal, 
&re  found  in  Franco  in  great  abundance  ;  several  kinds  of 


232  FRANCE. 

earth,  used  in  manufactures,  and  all  kinds  of  stony  sub- 
stances, from  the  massy  rock  that  forms  the  stately  col- 
umn, to  the  gem  that  sparkles  on  the  neck  of  beauty. 

Roads.  The  'roads  of  France  are  generally  spacious, 
straight,  well  paved,  planted  on  both  sides  with  chestnut 
or  other  trees.  There  are  28  principal  roads  from  Paris 
to  the  boundaries  of  France. 

Canals.  The  internal  communication  and  commerce 
of  France  is  greatly  augmented  by  navigable  canals,  the 
most  'considerable  of  which  is  that  of  Languedoc.  The 
grand  canal  extends  from  the  bay  of  Languedoc  to  the 
city  of  Toulouse,  where  it  enters  the  Garonne.  It  is  180 
miles  in  length,  144  feet  in  width,  and  6  feet  deep. 

Cities.  Paris,  the  capital,  exceeds  London  in  magnifi- 
cence and  splendour,  but  falls  short  of  it  in  cleanliness, 
convenience,  and  in  the  extent  of  its  population,  which  is 
715,000.  Paris  has  long  been  the  seat  of  voluptuousness 
and  dissipation,  and  although  one  of  the  dirtiest,  certainly 
one  of  the  gayest,  noisiest,  most  splendid,  and  luxurious 
cities  in  the  world.  It  is  'situated  on  each  side  of  the 
river  Seine,  and  abounds  in  grand  public  institutions  and 
sumptuous  edifices.  The  houses  are  mostly  five  or  six 
'stories  high,  built  of  free-stone,  taken  from  quarries 
which  run  in  various  directions  under  the  city,  so  that 
many  of  the  streets  are  completely  undermined.  A  vio- 
lent shock  of  an  earthquake,  it  is  thought,  would  be  pe- 
culiarly destructive,  and  might  sink  a  considerable  part  of 
the  city  into  those  immense  subterraneous  caverns  from 
which  it  has  arisen.  The  staircase  and  the  walls  of  their 
houses,  are  also  of  stone,  without  any  wainscotting,  and 
the  floors  of  brick ;  hence  the  city  is  very  secure  from 
the  calamity  of  fire. 

Zi/on5,accounted  the  'second  city  in  France, 'celebrated 
for  i'ts  rich  silk,  and  gold  and  silver  stuffs,  suffered  great- 
ly in  the  revolution,  nor  has  it  yet  recovered  its  former 
prosperity.  Population  nearly  120,000. 

The  ?chief  commercial  ports  of  France  are  Bourdeaux 
and  Marseilles;  the  former  containing  92,000  inhabitants, 
is  the  centre  of  the  West  India  trade,  and  is  the  'princi- 
pal place  for  the  exportation  of  wine  j  thes  latter,  with  a 
population  of  110,000,  is  in 'possession  of  most  of  the 
trade  of  the  Mediterranean. 

The  other  most  considerable  cities  are  Nantes,  'famous 
for  its  fine  brandy,  and  Rouen  for  its  woollen  and  linen 
manufactures.  Atonlpelier  is  a  place  much  visited  by  in- 


FKANCH. 


233 


valid*  on   account  of  the  salubrity  of  its  air.     The  *prin 

cipal  >f  the  navy  ai  >n  and  1> 

/rtures  and  Commti-n:     France  has  extensive 
nianul  particularly   of   silk,    woollen   and    linen 

cloths,  lawn,  cambrics,    muslins,   and  thread  lace.      Her 
.pal  exports  are  manufactured  silks, woollens, linens, 
wines  and  brandy  ;  her 'imports  are  chieily  wool,    hemp, 
.  raw  s'lk. "tallow,  tobacco,  sugar,  tea,  and  coffee. 
Inhabitant**  ^'C.      The  French  are  in    general  lo-. 
stature  than  the    Knglish,    but  active,  well  proportioned, 
and  free  from  bodily  delects.      In  their  'dispositions  they 
are  lively,  polite,  witty,  amiable  and  brave;  but  vai 
rious,  inconstant,  volatile,  and  easily  discouraged.     The 
ladies,  though  not  remarkable  for  their  beauty,  are  much 
'celebrated  for  their  sprightliness  and  wit.      The  common 
people   in   ^eneral  are  very  ordinary.      Personal  and  do- 
mestic cleanli:  irded  in  France  than    in 
England.      Paris  has  long  afforded  models  of   dress  to  all 
,d  the    fantastic  fashions  of  that    brilliant  me- 
tropolis have  not   yet  lost  their   s\\ay,  although  London 
now  boasts  a  rivalship  in  fixing  the  m<> 

The  French  are  observed   to   bear  a-ainst  the   vicissi- 
•  f  fortune  with  a  better  y;rare  than  most  other  peo- 
ple, it  iai  >pri^htly  vivacity  so 
chara                    ("the  nation.      K\en   du:  ing  the  horrors  of 
the  revolution,  Paris  continued  to   be  the  centre  of  dissi- 
pation :  and  while  in  one  part  of  (he  cil.y  the  revolution- 
nolating  its  numerous  victims,  in  another, 
the  theatres  were  crowded,  and  every  thing  wore  the  as- 
pect of  joyous  : 

.     The  Roman  Catholic  religion  is   the  estab- 

:   but  other  sects  are  tolerated. 
n.   The  publick  education  has  lately  been  pro- 
vided for  by  the  establishment  of  an  Imperial    ' 
at  Paris,  which  charged  with  the  publick  in- 

struction, and  coot  i  school  and  seminary  of  edu- 

cation in    the  empire.      It  yet   remains    to  be    seen   what 
may  be  tin-  this  institution.      At  present,  but  few 

of  the  lov.  .,  of  people  can  either  read  or  write. 

Lint  French  language    is   now   the  most 

universal  of  all  living  languages  ;  it  is  chiefly  composed 
of  words  radically  I  .an  derivatives. 

Army.     The  French  army,  in  :  3  stated  by  the 

minister  of  the  interior  to  have  amounted  to  800,000  men. 
It  has  since  been  greatly  reduced. 
U2 


234  GERMANY. 

Navy.  The  French  navy  has  been  much  reduced  since 
the  commencement  of  the  revolution  ;  but  active  exertions 
have  been  making  to  increase  the  number  of  her  ships, 
which  at  present  amounts  to  about  40  ships  of  the  line, 
and  40  frigates.  By  the  late  war  France  lost  43  ships  of 
the  line,  82  frigates,  and  76  corvettes. 

Government.  The  former  government  was  that  of  an 
absolute  monarchy.  In  August,  1792,  a  dreadful  massa- 
cre took  place  at  Paris.  Louis  XVI.  was  dethroned,  and, 
contrary  to  every  principle  of  humanity  or  justice,  in  Jan- 
uary, 1793,  was  beheaded.  The  chief  nobility  were  in- 
humanly slaughtered;  then  the  new  rulers  themselves  were 
chiefly  intent  on  each  other's  ruin,  till  at  length  Bonaparte 
contrived  to  get  himself  elected  First  Consul,  and  soon 
Emperor,  with  unlimited  powers.  Having  under  his  con- 
trol immense  armies  and  a  mighty  population,  he  had  near- 
ly subjugated  the  whole  European  continent,  Russia  ex- 
cepted.  It  was  here  his  proud  course  was  stayed  ;  for, 
having  advanced  into  Russia  in  1812,  with  a  mighty  army 
so  far  as  Moscow,  which  was  pillaged  and  burnt,  he  was 
driven  back  to  his  own  capital  with  disgrace.  He  was 
compelled  twice  to  abdicate  the  throne.  In  1815,  he 
surrendered  himself  to  the  English,  and  was  sent  a  pris- 
oner of  the  allied  powers  of  Europe,  to  St.  Helena,  where 
he  died  May  5th,  1821. 

Louis  XVIII.  died  in  1824.  Charles  X.  now  fills  the 
throne  of  France  ;  the  government  is  a  limited  monarchy. 

GERMANY. 

Face  of  the  Country.  The  'northern  parts  of  Germany 
present  a  continuity  of  sandy  plains.  ?The  southern  parts 
may  be  regarded  as  rather  mountainous.  Most  of  the  prov- 
inces in  the  neighbourhood,  and  to  the  south  of  the  Mayn, 
which  is  a  river  emptying  into  the  Rhine,  are  finely  diver- 
sified. Many  parts  of  Germany  pr  esent  extensive  forests. 

Climate.  The  7climatc  is  in  general  temperate,  yet  it 
is  considerably  milder  in  the  southern  than  in  the  northern 
parts  where  the  water  is  sometimes  extremely  severe, 
and  of  long  duration.  The  9air,  however,  is  every  where 
serene  and  healthy,  except  in  a  few  low  marshy  places 
towards  the  North  Sea.  The  vine  'thrives  well  on  the 
banks  of  the  Mayn,  and  in  most  of  the  countries  to  the 
south  of  that  river. 

9  Soil.  There  is  perhaps  no  country  in  Europe,  in  which 
the  soil  varies  more  than  in  Germany.  Sandy  plains  and 


GEHMANV.  235 

barren  heaths  predominate  in  the  north-east,  and  swamps 
and  marshes  in  the  north-west;  but  some  of  the  interior 
and  south- western  parts  have  an  uncommonly  good  soil, 
and  -jreat  attention  is  generally  paid  to  its  improvement. 

9 'Productions.  Germany  yields  all  the  various  kinds  of 
grain  in  great  abundance  ;  likewise  flax  of  an  excellent 
quality,  hemp,  hops,  tobacco,  madder,  saffron,  rape 
rnubarb,  excellent  garden  vegetables,  orchard  fruits, -and 
wine  in  most  of  the  southern  provinces.  The  famous 
vine  called  Old  Hock,  U  produced  in  a  district  scarcely 
a  mile  in  id  half  a  mile  in  breadth.  In  some 

years  this  spot  affords  :'()')  ln>_-!i' 

In  the  ''rearing  of  cattle  and  sheep,  Germany  is,  how- 
ever, greatly  deficient.  The  number  of  oxen  is  not 
sufficient  either  for  agricultural  purposes  or  consump- 
tion. The  breed  of  horses,  in  most  parts,  is  indifferent; 
that  of  hoiis  is  much  neglected.  Goats,  asses,  and  mules 
are  reared  in  the  mountainous  parts. 

The  forests  are  stocked  with  wild  boars,  stags,  deer, 
and  hares.  Poultry  is  abundant.  Salted  and  smoked 
geese,  and  goo-e  quills,  are  exported  from  Mecklenburg 
and  Pomei  -  .me  parts  of  Germany  are  remarkable 

for  fine  larks  and  thrushes  of  a  delicious  flavour.  Others 
abound  with  sinking  birds,  particularly  Canary  birds  and 
goldfinches,  which  arc  exported  to  almost  every  country 
pf  Europe.  .Silk  worm-  d  \\ith  peculiar  care  in 

some  of  the  southern  and  even  northern  districts. 

qMiini'uls.  The  tin  mines  afford  a  supply  of  that  metal 
for  home  consumption.  Iron  of  a  very  good  quality; 
lead,  quicksilver,  cobalt,  arsenic,  and  y/inc,  are  in  great 
abundance,  (iermany  has  large  quarries  of  curious  mar- 
ble, and  capital  mill  and  burr  stones.  Coal,  fuller's 
earth,  and  line  porcelain  clay,  are  also  plentiful. 

The  manufactures  of  Germany  are  nu- 
merous, and  'Many  of  them  carried  to  a  ::!  eat  extent  and  a 
hij>;h  degree  of  perfection.  The 'principal  are  those  of 
linen  and  woollen  cloth,  cotton  thread-lace,  China,  hard 
ware.  none  but  tin-  Kn-IU!^  glass, 

,  and  silk,  but  not  equal  to  the  French. 

i. m\  has  enjoyed,  till  lately,  a  most  ex- 
tensh  •  ;ce.  The 'principal  article-  of  exportation, 

are  timber,  grain,  fruit,  wine, tobacco,  madder, potash,  cop- 
per, brass,  mirrors,  quicksilver,  great  quantities  of  linen 
cloth,  thread  lace,  hard-ware,  toys  and  trinkets.  Germa- 
ny 'imports  oxen  and  horses  chiefly  from  Hungary,  Po- 


236  GERMANY. 

land  and  Denmark  ;  hogs  from  Hungary  ;  butter  from 
Ireland  and  Holland  5  and  an  immense  quantity  of  raw 
cotton  from  Turkey,  which  is  distributed  all  over  the 
north  of  Europe,  Germany  and  Switzerland. 

Towns.  Dresden,  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  Saxo- 
ny is  the  most  beautiful  city  of  Germany,  sfamous  for  its 
mirrors,  its  foundries  of  bells  and  cannon,  for  its  gallery 
of  pictures,  its  various  collections  of  the  fine  arts,  and  for 
its  porcelain  manufacture.  It  is  also  the  seat  of  a  univer- 
sity, and  contains  a  population  of  56,000  inhabitants. 
Leipsic  and  Frankfort  are  'celebrated  for  their  furs. 

Munich  is  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  Bavaria.  It 
ranks  next  to  Dresden,  which  it  equals  in  magnificence, 
if  not  in  neatness  and  elegance.  Its  population  is  esti- 
mated at  60,000.  Here  are  manufactures  of  velvet,  silk, 
wool  and  tapestry. 

Stutgard}  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  Wirtemburg, 
contains  manufactures  of  stuffs, silk  stockings  and  ribands, 
and  24,000  inhabitants. 

Magdeburg  is  a  large,  beautiful,  wealthy  and  strongly 
fortified  city,  having  an  extensive  trade  and  numerous 
manufactures.  Its  population  is  about  33,000. 

Hanover  is  the  capital  of  a  lately  erected  kingdom  of 
the  same  name,  of  which  his  Britannic  Majesty  takes  the 
title  of  king.  It  contains  25,000  inhabitants. 

Hamburg  and  Frankfort  are  free  cities  ;  the  former, 
till  lately,  was  one  of  the  chief  commercial  cities  of  Eu- 
rope. In  1799',  no  fewer  than  2423  vessels  entered  this 
port.  The  Elbe  here  is  one  mile  wide. 

Inhabitants,  fyc.  The  Germans  are  frank,  grave,  hon- 
est, hospitable,  and  generally  very  fair  in  their  dealings, 
excellent  both  in  arts  and  in  war,  and  have  an  extensive 
genius  for  mechanical  learning.  Industry,  application, 
and  perseverance,  are  their  'characteristics  ;  though  they 
are  generally  thought  by  some  to  want  animation.  The 
peasantry,  though  sometimes  oppressed  by  the  grandees, 
are  in  general  more  comfortable  than  many  of  their 
neighbours. 

The  Germans  have  greatly  distinguished  themselves 
in  various  branches  of  learning  and  science,  particularly 
in  musick,  in  which  they  excel  all  other  nations.  They 
have  30  universities,  a  great  number  of  free  grammar 
schools,  besides  numerous  literary  societies,  publick  li- 
braries, reading  clubs,  critical  journals,  and  other  means 
of  diffusing  useful  information. 


AUSTRIAN    DOMINIONS. 


237 


Language,  fyc.     The  German  is  an  original  language, 

and  is 'the  basts  of  the  Swedish,  the  Danish,  and  the  Eng- 
lish. Among  the  people  ot'fushioii,  however,  it  is  almost 
superseded  by  the  French,  which  is  universally  used  by 
the  nobility  and  gentry  throughout  Germany.  Their 
religion  seems  nearly  equally  divided  between  secta- 
ries of  all  kinds,  Protestants,  Papists  and  Jews. 

German  Confederation.  This  Confederation  consists  of 
the  sovereign  princes  and  free  towns  of  Germany,  togeth- 
er with  the  Emperor  of  Austria,  and  thekines  oi  Prussia, 
Great  Britain,  Denmark  and  Netherlands,  for  their  pos- 
sessions in  Germany.  The  concerns  of  the  Confedera- 
tion are  confided  to  a  Federative  Diet,  consisting  of 
plenipotentiaries  from  the  various  States  or  members  of 
the  Confederation.  The  States  may  not  make  war  upon 
each  other,  and  are  bound  to  submit  their  differences  to 
their  Diet. 

STRIAN  DOMINIONS. 

Face  of  the  Country.  The  *face  of  the  country  is  rather 
mountainous  than  level,  although  it  presents  many  exten- 
sive plains,  particularly  in  the  central  parts  of  Hungary, 
where  a  person  may  travel  some  days  without  perceiving 
the  smallest  elevation. 

/ate.  The  9climate  throughout  the  Austrian  do- 
minions is  tolerably  mild,  and  in  general  healthful,  if  we 
except  II  In  that  kingdom,  many  parts  of  the 

great  central  plain,  being  through  want  of  cultivation  and 
drainage,  converted  into  stagnant  morasses,  the  air  is  ia 
some  places  very  unwholesome. 

Soil.     The  'soil  of  so  extensive  an  empire  must  neces- 
sarily be  various  ;  but,  excepting  the  mountainous  tracts, 
•ry  where  exliemely  fertile.      Austria  Prop- 
er is  well  cultivated,  contains  a  happv  peasantry,  and  has 
t    a  flourishing  provitu  -mia  is 

greatly  favoured  by  nature  in  iv^ard  to  its  soil,  which,  as 
well  as  its  cli'i  '.ellen':  and  all  th' 

life  are  exceed  land    cheap.      Hungary,  howev- 

er, excels  all  the  other  '  of  the  AuMrian  empire, 

in  fertility.  Hut  from  the  imperfect  state  of  agriculture, 
many  parts  of  that  rich  country  present  only  extensive 
morasses  and  v.  The  great  central  plain  of  Hunga- 

ry, extend  miles  in   every  direction,    presents  in 

most  parts,  an  extremely  rich,  but  uncultivated  soil. 

Productions.  The ''vegetable  productions  of  the  Aus- 
trian dominions  are,  in  general,  similar  to  those  of  other 


238  AUSTRIAN    DOMINIONS. 

countries  in  the  same  latitudes.  Grain  and  pasturage 
are  extremely  plentiful  and  good.  Bohemia  is  'famous 
for  hops,  as  well  as  for  barley  and  wheat.  Austrian  Prop- 
er displays  numerous  vineyards  and  fields  of  saft'ron. 
Hungary  is 'famous  for  the  richness  of  its  wines,  particu- 
larly that  of  Tokay.  Timber  is  also  abundant.  Austri- 
an Italy  is  'celebrated  for  the  highly  improved  state  of  its 
agriculture. 

The  domestic  animals  are  in  general  excellent,  partic- 
ularly the  horned  cattle,  which  are  mostly  of  a  peculiar 
colour,  a  slaty  blue.  Horses  run  wild.  The  sheep  have 
spiral  horns  standing  erect.  The  bison,  chamois,  and 
marmot,  are  found  on  the  mountains,  some  of  which  are 
also  infested  with  wolves  and  bears. 

Minerals.  The  Austrian  empire  far  excels  all  the  oth- 
er countries  of  Europe  in  the  variety  and  importance  of 
its  mines.  Silver,  lead,  copper,  quicksilver,  and  especial- 
ly tin,  are  found  in  Bohemia ;  gold,  silver,  quicksilver, 
lead  and  iron,  in  Austria  Proper.  The  quicksilver  mines 
of  Idria,  25  miles  north  of  Trieste,  are  computed  to  yield 
annually  300,000  pounds  weight  of  mercury.  These 
mines  are  of  a  vast  depth,  and  extremely  pernicious  to 
health.  The  labours  there  carried  on  are  sometimes  al- 
lotted as  a  punishment  to  criminals. 

Hungary  is  still  richer  in  its  minerals.  The  gold  mines 
of  Cremnitz,  and  the  silver  mines  at  Shemnitz,  have  giv- 
en birth  to  these  two  cities,  which  are  therefore  called 
mining  towns.  Hungary  likewise  contains  antimony,  and 
a  celebrated  mine  of  opal,  a  gem  preferred  before  all  oth- 
ers by  the  Oriental  nations. 

Manufactures  and  Trade.  Bohemia  has  longbeen 'cel- 
ebrated for  its  manufactures  of  paper  and  glass  ;  those  of 
linen  are  also  considerable.  Seven  great  manufactures 
of  cotton  in  Austria  Proper,  employ  140,000  persons,  and 
30,000  are  said  to  be  employed  in  the  woollen  manufac- 
ture at  Lintz. 

The  Austrian  empire  is  disadvantageous^  situated  in 
regard  to  foreign  trade,  being  wholly  inland,  and  having 
no  other  port  than  Trieste. 

Chief  Towns.  Vienna,  the  capital,  is  embellished  with 
two  imperial  palaces,  a  university,  and  many  other  noble 
edifices.  The  houses  are  generally  of  brick,  five  or  six 
'stories  high,  with  three  or  four  deep  cellars  one  under 
another.  Provisions  are  very  plentiful  and  cheap  ;  livers 
of  geese  are  here  estimated  a  great  delicacy,  and  even 


AUSTRIAN    DOMINIONS.  239 

frogs  and  snails  find  a  ready  market.     Bull-baiting  is  a  fa- 
vourite  diversion  of  the    populace.     The  population  is 

264,000. 

Prague  is  the  'second  city  of  the  Austrian  empire.     It 
.tided  by  a  wall,  and  contains  80,000  inhabitant 
•  ntainsa  population  of  30,000.     The  people,  like 

se  of  Vienna,  delight  in  bull-fights,  and  in  the  exhibi- 
tion of  wild  beasts.  Presburgi  is  a  well  built  town,  on 
the  Danube,  which  is  here  ?750  yards  \\ide,  and  exceed- 
in  ijlv  rapid.  The  population  is  estimated  at  30,000.  Her- 

ifttidt  in  Transylvania  is  fortified  with  a  double  wall, 
and  contains  16,000  inhabitants.  Temesirar  is  situated  in 
a  morass.  Its  population  is  10,000.  Saltzburg  is  an  an- 
cient and  populous  city,  near  which  are  productive  salt- 
woiks.  Trieste'^  a  place  of  considerable  trade;  its 'chief 
exports  are  various  metals,  particularly  quicksilver, 
wines  and  other  native  productions.  Population,  36,000. 
n  contains  manufactures  of  silk,  linen,  stockings, 
gold  and  silver  lace,  and  a  population  of  150,000.  The 
cathedral  is  a  vast  structure,  500  feet  long,  and  300  broad, 
built  wholly  of  white  marble.  About  two  miles  from  the 
citv  is  an  artificial  echo,  which  n  ill  repeat  the  report  of 
a  pistol  above  (>0  times. 

!  a  powerful  republic,  is  situated 

on  72  small  islands.   Within  th«  400  canals  cross- 

ed by  a  LTc-at  number  of  brid^r*.  1 1  ore  are  excellent 
manufacture-  I  and  silk  -lockings.  The  number 

of  inhabitants  is  1 10,000. 

Inhabitants,  fyc.     The  Austrian  empire  being  an  i 
gat'  ins  and  states,  a  considerable  differ- 

ence of  manners  and  customs  prevails  among  tiie  various 
nations  of  u Inch  its  inhabitant*  are  rompo-cd.  In  Austria 
Proper  the  peasantry  live  in  that  comfortable  style,  which 
results  from  the  fertility  of  the  soil,  and  the  enjoymentof 
freedom.  The  lower  orders  arc  little  addicted  to  vice, 
and  punishments  are  rare.  The  II  ral- 

ly imloli-nt,  but  a  brave,  magnanimous  people  :  remarka- 
bly handsome  and  well  shaped.  Their  appearance  is  im- 
proved by  their  dress.  ;\\\\  :liar.  and  verv  becom- 
ing. The  lower  ly  in  their  clothes,  the 
use  of  beds  being  little  known.  numbers  of 
gypsies  stroll  about  the  country.  There  are  also  many 
Jews  in  the  principal  t. 

The  predominant  religion  is  Roman  Catholic  :  but    all 
sects  are  tolerated. 

The  government  is  nearly  that  of  an  absolute  monarchy. 


240  SWITZERLAND. 

SWITZERLAND. 

Switzerland,  being  situated  on  and  about  the  Alps,  is 
reckoned  the  most  mountainous  country  in  the  world. 
The  Alps  are  an  assemblage  of  mountains  piled  upon 
mountains,  whose  most  elevated  summits  pierce  the 
clouds,  and  are  covered  with  everlasting  snow. 

Glaciers.  The  depth  and  spaces  between  the  summits 
and  ridges  of  these  mountains  are  filled  with  immense 
bodies  or  fields  of  ice,  called  qglaciers,  which  never  melt, 
resembling  so  many  frozen  lakes,  from  50  to  500  feet  in 
thickness,  and  extending  in  some  instances  £0  and  even  30 
miles,  and  finally  terminating  in  cultivated  vallies  below, 
so  that  it  is  said  there  are  places  where  a  man  may  stand 
and  at  the  same  time  gather  snow  in  one  hand,  and  flow- 
ers in  the  other. 

Face  of  the  Country.  Nature  appears  in  Switzerland 
in  some  of  its  most  awful  and  majestic  forms.  The  stu- 
pendous summits  of  the  Alps,  clothed  in  eternal  snow,  the 
glaciers,  or  seas  of  ice,  intersected  with  numerous  fissures, 
the  tremendous  precipices,  the  descending  torrents,  and 
dashing  cataracts,  are  objects  singularly  terrific  and  sub- 
lime. Sometimes  masses  of  snow  jand  ice  loosened  from 
these  mountains  are  suddenly  precipitated  into  the  vallies 
below,  sweeping  away  flocks  and  villages  in  their  course  ; 
and  even  the  mountains  themselves  sometimes  burst  asun- 
der, and  overwhelm  thousands  of  people  by  their  fall. 

"  From  steep  to  steep,  loud  thund'ring  down  they  come, 

A  wintry  waste,  in  dire  commotion  all ; 

And  herds,  and  flocks,  and  travellers,  and  swains, 

And  sometimes  whole  brigades  of  marching  troops, 

Or  hamlets  sleeping  in  the  dead  of  night, 

Are  deep  beneath  the  smoth'ring  ruin  whelm'd. 

The  advantageous  effects  of  unremitting  industry  are 
every  where  conspicuous  in  Switzerland.  Here  rocks 
that  were  formerly  barren  are  clothed  with  luxuriant  pas- 
tures, or  planted  with  vines  ;  the  traces  of  the  plough  are 
visible  on  the  sides  of  precipices  apparently  inaccessible; 
the  stupendous  mountains  are  elegantly  chequered  with 
corn-fields,  meads,  and  vineyards  ;  and  various  spots, 
which  nature  seems  to  have  doomed  to  eternal  sterility, 
are  crowned  with  the  variegated  beauties  of  luxuriant 
vegetation. 

Climate.  The  ^climate  has  always  been  celebrated  as 
delightful  and  salubrious  ;  but  the  winter  is  in  many  parts 


SWITZERLAND.  241 

severe,  and  the  summer  heats  in  the  tleep  vallies  are  op- 
pressive. The  goitre,  a  disease  peculiar  to  the  inhabit- 
ants of  mountainous  countries,  is  prevalent  in  many  parts 
of  the  Alpine  districts. 

Soil  and  Productions.  The  soil  varies  greatly  accord- 
in^  to  its  Situation,  insomuch  that  the  husbandmen  are  oft- 
en sowing  on  one  side  of  the  hills,  while  they  are  reaping 
on  the  other.  In  the  wannest  situations  and  in  the  val- 
lies are  numerous  vineyards  and  lemon  and  orange  trees. 
The  lower  declivities  of  the  hills  are  diversified  with 
cornfields  and  meadows.  Above  these  on  the  still  rising 
sides  of  the  mountains,  appear  small  woods  of  larch,  pine, 
and  fir,  but  nothing  that  can  be  denominated  a  forest. 
These  upper  woodlands  afford  rich  meadows  and  fertile 
pastures,  luxuriant  in  grass  and  clover,  and  embellished 
with  an  endless  variety  of  mountain  plants.  Rising  still 
higher  towards  the  summits,  extensive  ranges  of  pasture 
grounds  occur,  to  which  the  cattle  are  brought  to  graze 
during  two  or  three  weeks  before  arid  after  midsummer. 
The  l.i-t  >tay;e  of  vegetation  is  a  zone  of  rocky  pasturage, 
below  the  edge  of  the  snow,  covered  with  a  short  kind  of 
turf.  This  is  the  native  domain  of  the  bounding  cha- 
mois ;  but  during  a  few  weeks  in  the  middle  of  summer, 
it  afford-  .port  to  the  sheep. 

In  a  country  like  Switzerland,  tillage  cannot  be  carried 
on  to  a  great  extent.  Most  kinds  of  grain,  however,  are 
cultivated  ;  but  the  crops  are  far  from  being  productive, 
and  publick  granaries  have  been  found  necessary  to  supply 
any  casual  deficiency.  Pasturage  is  the  most  'important 
part  of  the  system  of  Swiss  fanning.  Their  cattle  are 
their  'principal  support,  and  various  preparations  of  milk 
constitute  a  considerable  part  of  the  food,  and  even  of  the 
luxuries  of  the  peasantry. 

Rock  crystal,  a  great  article  of  trade,  is  found  among 
some  of  the  mountains  in  pieces  which  weigh  700  weight. 
fitres  and  Commerce.  In  general  the  'manu- 
factures of  Switzerland  are  unimportant.  The'most  con- 
siderable are  those  of  linen  cloths,  watches,  printed  cot- 
tons, and  a  few  silks.  Commerce  has  never  flourished  to 
any  great  extent  in  this  inland  country.  Cattle  are  nu- 
merous, and  cheese  is  one  of  the  'principal  exports. 

Towns.     Basil  is  the  'most  populous  town,  containing 

about  15,000  inhabitants,  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Rhine 

which  is  here  broad,  deep  and  rapid.     Its  university  has 

produced  many  celebrated  men.     Here  the  art  of  making; 

W 


SWITZERLAND. 


paper  is  said  have  been  invented.  Berne,  containing 
about  13,000  inhabitants,  is  next  to  Basil  in  population, 
and  excels  it  in  elegance,  being  the  handsomest  town  in 
Switzerland.  The  houses  are  of  free  stone,  resting  on  ar- 
cades ;  and  in  the  principal  streets  are  all  of  a  uniform 
height.  Zurich  enjoys  a  charming  situation  on  the  lake  of 
the  same  name,  and  is  'famous  for  its  manufactures  of 
'crape:  Lausanne,  about  one  mile  from  the  lake  of  Gene- 
va, has  acquired  a  character  for  politeness  and  the  charms 
of  society,  which  has  rendered  it  the  favourite  resort  of 
men  of  leisure  and  taste.  Inhabitants  10,000. 

Inhabitants,  Manners  and  Customs.  The  Swiss  are  a 
remarkably  strong  arid  robust  people,  ?famed  for  their  in- 
dustry, temperance,  truth  and  honesty.  A  taste  for  liter- 
ature and  genuine  good  breeding  are  conspicuous  in  the 
manners  of  the  gentry,  and  the  common  people  are  far 
more  intelligent  than  men  of  the  same  rank  in  most  other 
countries.  In  short,  thete  is  not  a  people  in  Europe  whose 
national  character  is  superior.  They  are  remarkably 
clean  in  their  cottages  antl  in  their  persons,  and  their 
countenances  are  expressive  of  satisfaction  and  content. 

Language.  The  Swiss  is  a  dialect  of  the  German  ; 
but  the  French  is  the  fashionable  language,  and  is  gener- 
ally spoken  amongst  the  gentry  ;  it  is  also  much  diffused 
throughout  the  country. 

Religion.  Roman  fcatholic  and  Protestant  ;  the  for- 
mer sect  are  the  most  numerous. 

Education.  Switzerland  lias  produced  a  number  of 
learned  men.  There  are  several  respectable  universities. 
The  peasantry  in  general  are  well  ififormed;  but  the  im- 
portant business  of  popular  instruction  is  less  neglected 
than  in  most  of  the  countries  of  Europ-*. 

Government,  fyc.  The  allied  powers,  by  treaty,  have 
acknowledged  the  independence  of  Switzerland,  and  each 
Canton  isa  Republic,  under  its  own  laws.  The,  22  Can- 
tons have  formed  a  confederacy,  under  a  general  Diet.  . 
The  'ancient  inhabitants  of  this  country  were  called  Hel- 
vetic ;  they  were  subdued  by  Julius  Cesar,  and  afterwards 
by  the  Germans,  till  the  year  1307,  when  Grisler  their 
Governor,  having  excited  the  publick  indignation  by  his 
wanton  cruelties,  fell  a  sacrifice  to  the  just  resentment  of 
William  Tell,  an  illustrious  Swiss  patriot,  who,  as  it  is 
said,  had  been  compelled  to  shoot  at  an  apple  placed  on 
the  head  of  his  own  son  as  a  punishment  for  refusing  to 
pay  any  respect  to  a  hat  which  Grisler  in  the  plenitude 
of  tyranny,  had  set  up,  on  a  pole,  as  an  object  of  publick 


SPAIN. 


243 


veneration.  Tell's  resentment  was  nobly  espoused  by 
the  people,  and  the  States  were  declared  independent ; 
a  republican  form  of  government  was  immediately  estab- 
lished, and  soon  after  confirmed  by  treaty  with  the  other 
powers  of  Ku rope. 

SPAIN. 

Face  of  the  Country.  The  'face  of  the  country  is  in. 
general  delightful,  being  greatly  diversified  with  hills  and 
daleft,  elevated  mountains  and  extensive  plains,  exhibiting 
u  variety  of  magnificent  and  extensive  prospects. 

Mountains.  The  most  'remaikable  mountains  are  the 
Pyrenees,  between  France  and  Spain.  Mount  Perdu,  the 
greatest  elevation  in  this  range,  is  estimated  at  11, 000 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  The  Cantabrian  moun- 
tains are  a  kind  of  continuation  of  the  Pyrenees,  along 
the  bay  of  Biscay. 

Montserrat  is  a  solitary  mountain  of  a  singular  form, 
situated  in  a  vast  plain,  about  30  miles  north-west  from 
Barcelona,  and  is  inhabited  by  monks  and  hermits,  who 
have  a  famous  convent,  which  is  sometimes  visited  on  par- 
ticular festivals,  by  6  or  7000  persons.  Thin  mountain  is 
fourteen  miles  in  circumference,  and  about  11,000  feet  in 
height,  from  the  top  of  which  may  be  seen  the  islands 
ca  and  Minorca,  at  the  distance  of  150  miles. 

Climate.  The  climate  of  Spain  is  various.  The  interi- 
or being  for  the  most  part  an  elevated  country,  the  winters 
are  sharp  and  stormy,  although  the  summers  are  in  gen- 
eral very  warm.  In  the  southern  provinces  the  heat  is 
frequently  excessive,  and  the  air  insalubrious;  malignant 
n  carry  oft' great  numbers  of  the  inhabitants. 
The  Salano,  or  south  wind  from  Africa,  produces  the 
most  inflammatory  and  irritating  oil'ects.  The  ^climate, 
however,  in  some  parts  of  the  kingdom  is  celebrated  as 
equal  if  not  superior  to  that  of  any  other  part  of  Europe. 

noil  and  .  l^i'iru/lure.  The  'soil  is  generally  light,  and 
rests  on  a  substratum  of  gypsum  or  plaster  of  Paris.  The 
middle  are  the  least  fertile  parts.  There  are  some  sandy 
deserts  in  the  south,  and  many  barren  mountains  in  the 
north  ;  yet  in  a  greater  part  of  the  country,  particularly 
in  the  vallies  and  plains,  the  soil  is  good,  producing  in 
same  places  two  crops  in  a  year.  But  Spanish  agricul- 
ture, although  of  la||Liif  many  places  greatly  improved, 
is,  in  general,  in  a  vffy  imperfect  state. 

s Productions.  Spain  produces  almost  every  where  ex- 
cellent wine.  In  the  province  of  Malaga  alone,  the  num- 


544  SPAIN. 

ber  of  wine  presses  is  estimated  at  14,000  5  also  a  con- 
siderable quantity  of  oil,  and  a   great  variety  of  choice 
fruits,  such  as  oranges,  lemons,  prunes,  citrons,  almonds, 
raisins,  dates,  figs,  filberts,  pomegranates,  and  chestnuts^ 
but  not  a  sufficiency  of  grain,  which  is'  chiefly  owing  to 
neglect  of  tillage.     Saffron,  honey,  and  silk  are  also  great 
products  of  Spain  ;  cotton,  rice,  and  the  sugar  cane,  have 
been  successfully   cultivated  in  the   southern  provinces. 
The  herb  kali,  from  which  soda  is  manufactured,  used  in 
the  manufactory  of  glass,   grows   in  great  plenty  on  the 
sea-shore  along  the  Mediterranean.       Spain  has  mines  of 
all  the  precious  metals  ;  those  of  iron  are  very  abundant 
and  of  the  first  quality,  as  are   also  those  of  quicksilver, 
the  greatest  part  of  which  is  exported  to  South  America 
and  to  Mexico,  where  it  is  used  in  refining  the  gold  and 
silver  produced  from  the  mines.     Mules  are  very  common 
in  this  country?  some  of  their   horses   are   much    cele- 
brated ;  the   number  of  horned  cattle  is  inconsiderable. 
But  what  has  'most   distinguished   Spain  from  all  other 
countries,  is  her  breed  of  sheep  called  Merino,  numbers 
of  which  have  been  imported  into  the  United  States.  The 
number  of  these  sheep  in  Spain  has  been   stated  at  5  mil- 
lions 5  and  that  of  the  shepherds  who  attend  upon  them  at 
40,000.     They  are  driven  'every  summer,   from  south  to 
north,  along  the  mountains,  which  yield  a  great  variety  of 
sweet  herbs,  and  back  again  towards  winter. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce.  There  are  several  re- 
spectable woollen  manufactures  ;  some  of  cotton — but  the 
2most  important  are  those  of  silk.  At  Carthagena  and 
Ferrol  there  are  considerable  linen  and  sail-cloth  manufac- 
tories. Leather,  paper,  china,  saltpetre,  gunpowder,  and 
salt,  are  also  manufactured  in  considerable  quantitiesr 

The  foreign  trade  of  Spain  is  mostly  carried  on  by  other 
nations.  The  'chief  imports  are  hard-ware,  grain,  but- 
ter, cheese,  fish,  furniture,  timber,  linen,  sail-cloth,  hemp, 
flax,  sugar,  and  spices.  The  ^exports  are  wool,  to  the 
amount  nearly  of  one  million  pounds  sterling  annually  ; 
raw  and  manufactured  silks,  wine,  raisins,  brandy,  figs, 
lemons,  salt,  barilla,  cork,  and  saffron. 

Inhabitants,  Manners,  tyc.  The  Spaniards  in  general 
are  tall  and  thin  ;  their  hair  and  complexion  are  dark, 
their  eyes  sparkling,  and  their  countenances  expres- 
sive. The  men  are  ^celebrated  f<£  their  secrecy,  loyal- 
ty, fidelity,  temperance,  and  patience  under  adversity ; 
and  the  ladies  have  been  often  'admired  for  their  wit  and 


SPAIN.  245 

vivacity  ;  but  the  former  are  at  the  same  time  indolent, 
proud,  jealous  and  revengeful  ;  and  the  latter,  by  their 
indiscriminate  use  of  paint,  may  be  said  to  render  them- 
selves objects  of  compassion  rather  than  of  love. 

The  temperance  of  the  Spaniards  in  eating  and  drinkin» 
is  very  remarkable.  They  frequently  breakfast  as  well 
as  sup  in  bed  ;  their  breakfast  is  usually  chocolate,  tea  be- 
ing very  seldom  drunken.  They  live  much  upon  garlic, 
sallad  and  radishes.  The  men  drink  very  little  wine,  and 
the  women  use  water  or  chocolate.  Serenades  are  very 
frequent,  and  dancing  is  so  universally  admired,  that  a 
grandmother,  mother  and  daughter  frequently  join  in  the 
same  contra  dance. 

The  Spanish  nobility  and  gentry  have  a  great  aversion 
to  agriculture  and  trade.  They  seldom  go  from  home,  or 
apply  themselves  to  any  kind  of  business.  The  inferior 
orders,  even  in  the  great  cities,  are  miserably  lodged. 
Many  of  the  poorer  sort,  both  men  and  women,  wear 
neither  shoes  nor  stockings.  Coarse  bread  steeped  in  oil, 
and  occasionally  seasoned  with  vinegar,  is  the  common 
food  of  the  country  people  through  several  provinces.  In 
Spain  a  traveller  ought  to  carry  his  provisions  and  bedding 
with  him;  and  even  when  lie  meets  with  the  appearance 
of  an  inn,  he  most  often  cook  his  victuals,  it  being  beneath 
the  dignity  of  a  Spaniard  to  perform  these  offices  for  a 
stranujeiT  Of  late,  however,  some  tolerable  inns  have 
been  opened  by  Irishmen  and  Frenchmen,  in  cities  and 
upon  the  high  roads.  In  some  parts  of  Spain,  the  forests 
are  infested  with  smu^lers  ami  banditti,  a  circumstance 
which  renders  travelling  sometimes  dangerous. 

The  bull-lights  are  a  ''favourite  national  amusement. 
These  take  place  in  amphitheatres,  prepared  for  the  pur- 
pose. The  animal  is  first  attacked  by  horsemen,  armed 
with  lances  ;  then  by  men  <.n  foot,  who  carry  a  kind  of 
arrow  terminated  like  a  fish-hook.  These  give  tin- 
animal  exquisite  pain,  and  redouble  his  fury.  When  the 
bull  issufli  9ted,  a  man,  called  the  MATADOR. 

advances  with  a  long  knife,  and  usually  with  a  single  blow 
terminate  i;s. 

Chitf  Towns.  Madrid^  the  capital,  situated  on  the 
banks  of  the  Man/.anares,  a  small  stream,  almost  dry  i 
summer,  in  a  barren  plain,  surrounded  bv  mountains, 
has  been  changed  from  a  dirty  village  to  a  splendid  city, 
encompassed  by  a  wall  with  15  gates,  all  of  which  are  el- 
egant. It  contains  about  180,000  inhabitants.  The  streets 
W  2 


246  SPAIN. 

are  mostly  straight,  wide,  clean,  and  well  paved.  The 
houses  are  of  brick,  and  lofty,  'fhe  palace  is  extremely 
magnificent,  presenting  four  fronts  of  470  feet  in  length, 
and  100  in  height.  The  Plaza  Mayor  is  a  square,  1536 
feet  in  circuit,  in  which  the  bull-fights  and  publick  execu- 
tions are  exhibited.  It  is  enclosed  by  136  houses  of  five 
stories  high,  richly  ornamented.  The  Prado  is  a  delight- 
ful publick  walk,  a  mile  and  a  half  in  length,  planted  with 
regular  rows  of  trees,  and  watered  with  a  great  nsmber 
of  fountains,  where  the  nobility  and  gentry  take  the  air 
on  horseback,  or  in  their  coaches,  and  the  common  peo- 
ple on  foot,  «or  divert  themselves  with  a  variety  of  sports 
and  exercises. 

The  Escurial,  a  royal  palace,  situated  about  15  miles 
from  Madrid,  is  a  most  superb  structure,  640  feet  in  length 
and  580  in  breadth.  The  apartments  are  decorated  with 
an  astonishing  variety  of  paintings,  sculpture,  tapestry, 
ornaments  of  gold  and  silver,  marble,  jaspers,  gems,  and 
other  precious  stones,  surpassing  all  imagination. 

Cadiz.,  the  'most  commercial  city  in  Spain,  is  situated 
on  an  island,  connected  to  the  main  land  by  a  fortified 
bridge.  On  the  south  side,  the  city  is  inaccessible  by  sea 
on  account  of  the  banks  which  lie  before  it;  and  on  the 
north  there  is  a  sand  bank  which  renders  any  attempt  that 
way  very  dangerous.  It  has  an  extensive  commerce,  the 
houses  are  lofty,  but  the  streets  are  dirty  and  iU  paved. 
The  number  of  inhabitants  is  70,000.  Barcelona,  next 
to  Cadiz,  the  most  considerable  city  in  point  of  commerce, 
is  particularly  'celebrated  for  the  industry  of  its  inhabi- 
tants, and  for  its  flourishing  manufactures  of  wool,  cotton, 
and  silk.  Its  population  has  been  estimated  at  111,410. 
Valencia  contains  105,000  inhabitants.  Its  silk  manufac- 
tures are  some  of  the  most  extensive  in  Europe.  About 
40@0  silk  looms  give  employment  to  more  than  20,000  of 
the  inhabitants,  and  consume  yearly  627,000  pounds  of 
raw  silk.  Seville  is  an  extensive  city  on  the  Guadalquiv- 
er,  which  is  navigable  to  this  place.  It  contains  100,000 
inhabitants,  and  is  the  seat  of  a  tobacco  manufactory,  ac- 
counted the  largest  in  the  world.  Malaga,  a  place  of  con- 
siderable commerce,  is  particularly  'celebrated  for  its  ex- 
cellent wines,  and  contains  52,000  inhabitants.  Ferrol 
and  Carthagena  are  strongly  fortified  places,  and  are  the 
'chief  stations  of  the  royal  navy. 

Gibraltar, containing  12,000  inhabitants,  is  a  very  strong 
fort,  built  upon  a  rock,  the  summit  of  which  is  computed 


PORTUGAL. 

at  153T  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  It  has  been  in 
the  possession  of  the  English  for  more  than  a  century,  and 
is  considered  impregnable. 

j-jwi,  Language,  and  Literature.  The  religion  of 
Spain  is  the  Roman  Catholic,  no  other  being  tolerated. 
The  Inquisition,  that  disgrace  to  human  nature,  was  here 
in  force  three  centuries. 

The  Spanish  1  is  one  of  the  dialects  formed  up- 

on a  Latin  basis,  but  has  a  considerable  admixture  of  Moor- 
ish or  Arabic  words.  Spain  boasts  of  more  than  twenty 
universities  of  which  that  of  Salamanca  is  the  most  cel- 
ebrated. The  education  of  the  lower  classes,  however, 
is  very  much  neglected. 

Government,  ilrnuj.  and  Xary.     The  governmeii 
limited  monarchy.   In  I  BOG  the  army  amounted  to  153,840 
men  ;  and  the  navy,  in  1815,  consisted  of  112  vessels  of 
war. 

PORTUGAL, 

Climate.     The 'climate  of  Portugal  is  hot,  dry,  and  in 
general  very  healthy.      At  Lisbon  the  Mays  of  fair  weath- 
er, throughout  the  year,  are  computed  at  300  on  an  aver- 
;d  the  mean  heat  at  about  sixty  decrees.      Consump- 
tive people   and    invalids    from  Great   Britain  and   other 
northern  countries,  frequently  resort  to  this  place  to  spend 
the  winter  and  spring  on  account  of  the  salubrity  of  it-  air. 
Face  of  the  Country,  Soil  and  Productions.    Portugal  very 
much    resembles    Spain    with    which  it   is  so   intimately 
united  by  nature.     Its  7soil   is  light  and   shallow,  and  in 
general  not  so  fertile  as  that  of  Spain,  especially  in  grain, 
of  which  there  is  a  great  deficiency.      Its  fruits  are  not  so 
flavoured,  but  its  oil  is  generally  e>!«-euved  better. 

The  vim-yards  are  the  'most  important  feature  of  Por- 
tuguese husbandry,  and  their  culture  supports  a  very 
considerable  part  of  the  population.  AVhat  ir>  called  PORT 
-  name  from  the  city  Oporto.  The  tract 
of  land  which  produces  this  wine  is  said  to  be  but  little 
more  than  four  geographical  miles  in  length,  by  three  in 
breadth.  The  annual  produce  is  reckoned  at  90,000  pipes. 
None  of  these  wines  are  exported  till  after  having  re- 
mained three  years  in  the  ware-houses,  at  Oporto.  Of 
all  the  trees  none  are  so  common  as  cork-trees,  which 
form  woods  of  considerable  extent.  'Agriculture  in  this 
country,  if  we  except  the  northern  provinces,  is  in  a  very 
wretched  state,  owing  not  so  much  to  the  want  of  in- 
dustry among  the  peasants,  as  to  the  want  of  skill. 


248  PORTUGAL. 

Instead  of  threshing  they  tread  put  their  grain  by  oxen, 
the  whole  quantity  of  which  is  not  commonly  sufficient  for 
more  than  three  months'  consumption.  Portugal  produces 
but  little  grass,  owing  to  the  dryness  of  the  soil.  Cows 
are  rare,  and  butter  is  scarce,  for  which  oil  is  used  as  a 
^substitute.  Mules  are  common,  .and  are  used  in  prefer- 
ence to  horses  for  carriage  or  draught. 

Inhabitants,  Manners,  and  Customs.  In  regard  to  their 
persons,  there  exists  a  striking  difference  between  the 
Portuguese  and  Spaniards,  for  which,  as  they  inhabit  the 
same  latitudes,  qmd  are  originally  the  same  people,  it  is 
impossible  to  account.  The  Portuguese  are  generally 
somewhat  low  in  stature,  square  made,  and  inclined  to 
corpulency  ;  their  features  are  mostly  irregular,  with  the 
nose  turned  up,  and  projecting  lips.  The  Spaniards,  on 
the  contrary,  are  generally  tall  and  meagre,  their  lips  thin, 
and  their  noses  frequently  aquiline.  Both  nations  agree 
in  their  swarthy  complexions,  black,  expressive  eyes,  and' 
long,  black,  and  extremely  strong  hair.  Both  the  higher 
and  lower  classes  of  the  Portuguese  are  fond  of  a  profu- 
sion of  compliments.  Among  the  peasants,  even  in  the 
lowest  ranks  of  society,  it  is  common  on  meeting,  to  take 
off  their  hats,  bow  very  low,  and  hold  each  other  by  the 
hand,  making  mutual  inquiries  after  their  health,  and  that 
of  their  families — after  all  this,  usually  adding,  "I  am  at 
your  commands,  and  your  humble  servant."  They  are 
generally  talkative  ;  their  language,  even  in  the  mouths 
of  the  common  people,  is  elegant,  and  they  scarcely  ever 
use  oaths  and  execrations  like  the  Spaniards,  English,  and 
many  other  nations.  The  ?most  distinguishing  trait  in  the 
Portuguese  character,  is  an  ahnost  universal  want  of  at- 
tention to*  cleanliness  in  their  houses  and  persons.  In 
every  respect  the  Portuguese  peasantry  are  superior  to 
those  of  Spain  in  politeness,  attention  to  strangers,  and 
in*  industry*  But  they  are  miserably  oppressed  by  the 
great.  The  only  foreign  luxury  which  they  know  is  to- 
bacco, and  sometimes  a  Newfoundland  dried  cod-fish;  but 
this  is  a  luxury  to  which  they  seldom  \Jare  aspire.  A. 
piece  of  bread  made  of  Indian  corn,  and  a  sal  ted.  pilchard, 
with  a  head  of  garlic  to  give  the  bread  a  flavour,  compose 
their  standing  dish. 

Chief  Towns.  Lisbon,  the  capital,  is  nobly 'situated 
near  the  mouth  of  the  Tagus,  which  affords  it  a  safe  and 
capacious  harbour.  It  1755  it  was  almost  entirely  de- 
stroyed by  an  earthquake,  in  which  above  24,000  persons 


ITALY.  249 

are  said  to  have  perished.  It  has  been  almost  entirely  re- 
built since  that  time.  The  new  city  is  much  more  com- 
modious than  the  old,  being  planned  out  in  a  very  regular 
form,  the  streets  straight  and  spacious,  with  many  elegant 
squares.  The  houses  are  lofty  and  well  built,  of  a  kind 
of  white  stone,  which  makes  an  elegant  appearance  at  a 
distance.  The  population  is  estimated  at  about  -240,000. 

Oporto  is  'next  to  Lisbon  in  magnitude,  wealth  and 
commercial  importance.  It  is  chiefly 'noted  for  the  wine 
trade,  and  contains  about  70,000  inhabitants. 

Manufactures  and  Cormmrce.  The  9inanufacturcs  of 
Portugal  are  few  and  unimportant.  Her  commerce  is 
more  important,  but  is  managed  chiefly  by  foreign  mer- 
chants, particularly  British,  settled  at  Lisbon  and  Oporto. 
The  'principal  exports  are  wine,  salt,  wool,  and  fruits. 
The  'imports  are  grain,  flour  from  the  United  States, 
fish,  and  British  manufactures  of  almost  every  kind. 

Religion,  Language,  fyc.  The  established  religion  of 
Portugal,  is  the  Roman  Catholic,  in  its  strictest  forms. 
The  Portuguese  language  strongly  resembles  the  Span- 
ish ;  both  are  derived  chiefly  from  the  Latin.  The  liter- 
ature of  Portugal  is  extremely  defective,  and  the  few 
learned  men  in  that  country,  are  like  stars  twinkling  in 
the  dark  gloom  of  night.  The  arts  and  sciences  are  al- 
most entirely  neglected,  except  by  a  few  among  the  cler- 
who  are  very  numerous.  The  government  is  an 
ereditary  monarchy. 

ITALY. 

Face  of  the  Country,  and  Mountains.  Italy  presents 
every  variety  »f  *urface.  The  Alps  on  the  north  give  a 
mountainous  character  to  these  districts.  Mount  Blanc 
is  the  most 'elevated  summit,  being  15,304  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  sea,  and  is  accounted  the  highest  mountain 
in  Europe.  IN  top  N  covered  with  perpetual  snow.  The 
Apennines,  bf^innir:^  from  a  branch  of  the  Alps.  v\in<i 
round  the  jjulf  of  Genoa,  and  then  run  the  whole  length 
ofclta!\.  \\--uvius,  a  solitary  mountain  about  six  miles 
from  Naples,  is,  by  reason  of  its  tremendous  volcano,  a 
grand  feature  of  natun  \  -  height  is  only  about  £600 
feet  ;  but  its  tremendous  eruptions  with  the  subterraneous 
thunders,  the  immense  columns  of  smoke,  intermixed 
with  ruddy  flames,  the  showers  of  stones  ejected  to  a 
prodigious  height,  amidst  the  coruscation  of  continual 


250  ITALY. 

lightning,  and  the  lava,  descending  in  copious  streams  of 
destruction,  form  a  sublime  assemblage  of  terrific  objects, 
far  surpassing  the  powers  of  description.  The  first  erup- 
tion on  record  is  that  of  the  year  79,  when  two  cities, 
Pompeii  and  Herculaneum,  were  completely  buried  by 
the  lava.  The  ^circumference  of  Vesuvius  is  30  miles  ; 
that  of  its  crater  is  about  half  a  mile. 

Climate.  The  'climate  is  various,  but  generally  tem- 
perate and  warm.  9Snow  sometimes  falls  at  Rome,  but 
rarely  lies  on  the  ground  more  than  one  night. 

In  the  central  parts  there  a^e  several  marshes  and  stag- 
nant waters,  which  render  the  country  in  their  immediate 
vicinity  unhealthy.  The  provinces  south  of  the  Apen- 
nines are  warm,  sultry,  and  liable  to  torrents  of  rain. 
The  heat  at  Naples,  being  moderated  by  breezes  from  the 
mountains  and  the  sea,  is  not  so  intense  as  might  be  ex- 
pected ;  but  the  sirocco,  or  south-east  wind,  proceeding 
from  the  deserts  of  Africa,  sometimes  blows  for  several 
days  together,  and  produces  the  most  debilitating  effects, 
causing  an  universal  lang-uor  of  body  and  mind. 

Soil  and  Productions.  Italy,  in  general,  is  extremely 
fertile,  abounding  in  wine,  oil,  fruits,  and  silk,  which  are 
its  'staple  commodities.  There  is,  however,  no  want  of 
pasturage,  and  the  quantity  of  grain  produced  is  gener- 
ally sufficient  for  home  consumption,  and  a  surplus  for 
exportation  might  be  had,  if  other  productions  were  not 
more  beneficial. 

The  cattle  in  general  are  large  ;  the  Parmesan  cheese 
is  much  noted,  and  constitutes  a  considerable  article  of 
commerce.  Asses  and  mules  are  much  used  in  travelling; 
the  Italian  horses  are  not  greatly  esteemed.  Birds  do  not 
abound  in  Itaty  as  in  many  other  countries. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce.  The  'chief  manufactures 
are  of  silk,  woollen  cloth,  velvets,  laces,  crapes,  straw 
hats,  looking  glasses,  leather,  bottles,  toys,  perfumes  and 
confectionary.  The  sexports  consist  of  wine,  olive  oil, 
wool,  raw  silk,  almonds,  figs,  oranges,  cheese,  saffron  and 
various  manufactures.  The  trade  is  'carried  on  chiefly 
by  foreigners.  The  'principal  ports  are  Genoa,  Leghofa, 
Venice  and  Naples,  with  Messina  and  Palermo  in  Sicily. 

Cities.  Rome,  Situated  on  the  Tiber,  15  miles  from  the 
sea,  is  one  of  the  most  celebrated  cities  both  of  ancient  and 
modern  times.  It  is  13  miles  in  circumference,  surround- 
ed by  a  wall.  The  streets  and  squares  are  numerous, 
many  of  which  are  adorned  with  fountains  and  statues. 


ITALY.  251 

Rome  contains  at  present  300  churches,  filled  with  all  that 
is  rare  in  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture.  The 
cathedral  of  St.  Peter  is  730  feet  in  length,  52<»  in  breadth, 
and  4."5()  in  height  to  the  top  of  the  cross,  bein^  a-  i>  sup- 

-••d  by  some,  the  most  astonishing,  bold  and  regular 
fabric  that  ever  existed,  ^ome  contains  many  remains  of 
^ntiquitv,  particularly  an  amphitheatre,  on  which  12,000 
capti\e  Jews  were  employed  in  the  reign  of  Vespasian  ; 
the  Pantheon,  converted  into  a  modern  church  ;  the  pil- 
lars of  Trajan  and  Antonius  ;  and  the  triumphal  arches  of 
Titus  and  others.  The  population  is  about  131,000. 

>a,  once  the  seat  of  a  famous  republic,  is  one  of 
the  most  splendid  cities  of  Italy.  Population  76,000.  Its 
manufactures  of  silk  and  velvet  are  still  considerable. 

FlurtHcc  U  :<Uo  a  very  beautiful  city,  and  contains  man- 
ufactures of  .silk  and  sa'tin,  which  are  excellent.  It  con- 
tains 75,000  inhabitant-. 

;t'd  for  the  industry  and  commer- 
cial enterprise  of  its  inhabitants.  The  town  is  intersected 
by  several  canals,  and  carries  on  a  considerable  trade  h¥ 
silks,  f-  v/me,  oil,  and  straw  hats.  The  number  of 

inhabita:, 

-  a  line  city  situated  upon  one  of  the  most  beau- 
tiful bays  in  the  world, enjoying  a  luxuriant  climate.  Most 
of  the  houses  are  five  and  six  7sti»rie.-  high,  with  flat  roofs, 
on  which  are  placed  numbers  of  ilower  vases,  or  fruit 
trees  in  boxes  of  earth.  The  population  is  330,468. 

Inhabitants.  The  Italians  are  in  general  well  propor- 
tioned, affable,  polite,  profuse  in  their  compliments,  and 
nice  in  all  punctilios  of  civility,  observing,  it  is  said,  a  due 
medium  between  the  levity  of  the  French,  and  the  gravity 
of  the  Spaniards.  In  the  fine  arts  they  have  hitherto  ''ex- 
celled all  the  other  nations  of  Europe  :  and  their  archi- 
tepts,  painter-,  Miilptors,  .musicians,  are  unrivalled  in 
numbers  as  well  as  excellence.  Popular  education,  how- 
eve!  much  neglected. 

Jldig'wn.  Their  religion  is  the  Roman  Catholic  ;  but 
persons  of  all  religion*  live  here  unmolested,  provided  no 
gross  insult  is  offered  to  their  worship. 

Language.  The  Italian  is  a  mixture  of  Latin  and  Goth- 
ic, composing  a  language,  tlou  t  and  harmonious. 

Antiquities.  The  y  relics  of  antiquity  in  Italy  are  exceed- 
ingly numerous,  such  as  ruins  of  baths,  temples,  amphi- 
theatres, triumphal  arches,  together  with  a  rich  pro- 
fusion of  medals,  statues,  and  paintings,  and  above  all,  the 


252  ITALY. 

subterraneous  cities  Herculaneura  and  Pompeii,  which 
were  'overwhelmed  by  an  eruption  of  Vesuvius  in  the 
year  79,  and  in  1713  were  accidentally  ^discovered  by 
some  labourers  in  digging  a  well,  the  former  at  the  depth 
of  80  feet  below  the  present  surface  of  the  earth.  A 
considerable  part  of  Herculaneum  has  since  been  explor- 
ed, arid  a  vast  collection  of  busts, statues,  paintings,  altars,* 
utensils,  furniture,  and  manuscripts,  have,  been  dug  out  of 
its  ruins,  an  account  of  which,  published  by  order  of  the 
king  of  Naples,  fills  six  folio  volumes.  It  appears  that 
the  overwhelming  torrent  was  not  so  sudden,  but  the  in- 
habitants were  able  to  make  their  escape,  nor  so  hot  as 
to  conflagrate  the  city. 

Sicily.  The  Island  Sicily  is  'separated  from  Italy  by 
the  strait  of  Messina,  which  in  its  narrowest  part  is  only 
3  miles  wide.  Its  'grand  feature  is  the  famous  volcanic 
mountain  JEtna,  situated  near  the  middle  of  the  eastern 
coast.  From  a  base  180  miles  in  circuit,  this  mountain 
rises  majestically  to  the  height  of  11,000  feet  above  the 
sea.  All  the  upper  part  is  a  region  of  snow  and  ice  ;  a 
girdle  of  thick  forests  surrounds  its  middle  ;  while  the 
lower  slope  consists  of  cultivated  fields  and  vineyards,  en- 
riched by  the  saline  and  carbonic  qualities  of  the  soil,  and 
interspersed  with  77  cities,  towns,  and  villages.  The 
crater  at  the  top  of  the  mountain  is  about  three  miles  in 
circuit ;  but  the  eruptions  frequently  burst  out  some  way 
below  the  summit,  and  the  streams  of  lava  have  sometimes 
been  so  copious  as  to  extend  to  the  distance  of  30  miles. 
Earthquakes  caused  by  the  same  intestine  commotions 
that  produce  the  eruptions,  have  frequently  agitated  the 
surrounding  country.  By  one  of  these  in  1693,  the  fine 
city  Catania  was  totally  destroyed,  and  about  18,000 
persons  perished  in  its  ruins. 

Sicily  is  exceedingly  fertile,  not  only  in  wine,  oil,  silk, 
and  the  tropical  fruits,  such  as  oranges,  lemons,  almonds 
and  figs,  but  especially  in  grain.  It  also  affords  a  plenty 
of  sustenance  for  the  herds  of  cattle  with  which  it  abounds. 
Its  productions,  however,  would  be  still  more  abundant,  if 
greater  attention  were  paid  to  agriculture.  The  weather 
is  so  warm  here  even  in  January,  that  the  shade  is  found 
refreshing.  Grain  is  the  ^staple  commodity,  and  vast 
quantities  are  exported.  Silk  is  the  'second  source  of 
riches.  Wines  are  made  in  every  part  of  the  country. 

Palermo,  the  ^capital,  carries  on  an  extensive  commerce. 
Its  silk  manufactures,  it  is  said,  employ  900  looms.  The 
population  is  about  130,000.  Messina  also  has  an  exten- 


TURKEY    IN  EUROPE.  253 

sivc  commerce  and  a  population  of  36,000.  Many  of  the 
inhabitants  have  no  occupations.  Syracuse  is  'famous  as 
being  the  scene  of  the  exertions  of  Archimedes,  who,  by 
his  mirrors,  set  fire  to  the  Roman  fleet,  ami  with  his  en- 
gines lifted  their  vessels  out  of  the  water  and  dashed 
them  against  the  rocks.  Population  17,000. 

The  Lipari  hies  are  annexed  to  the  government  of 
Sicily.  They  contain  18,000  inhabitants. 

SARDINIA.  Sardinia  is  reckoned  an  unhealthy  country, 
for  which  reason  the  Romans  fixed  upon  it  as  their  piace 
of  banishment.  The  'soil  when  cultivated  is  fruitful, 
yielding  y;rain,  wine,  oil  plenteously,  with  citrons,  oran- 
ges, and  pears.  Cu^liari,  the  'capital  town*  contains 
35,000  inhabitants.  Its  commerce  is  considerable.  The 
language  is  the  Spanish. 

CORSICA.  Cuftica  is  subject  to  France.  The  face  of  the 
country  is  hilly  and  woody,  and  the 'soil  for  the  most  part 
stony,  but  generally  fertile.  The  air  in  several  places  is 
bad  owing  to  the  many  stagnated  waters  and  marshes, 
which  however  are  now  in  a  train  of  being  drained.  The; 
olive  tree  thrives  well  over  the  island,  and  is  one  of 
its  greatest  riches.  Oil  'supplies  the  place  of  butter,  afc 
in  all  hot  countries.  Honey  is  plentiful.  The  island 
abounds  in  minerals,  silver,  copper,  lead,  antimony,  and 
iron.  The  number  of  inhabitants  is  about  175,000. 

MALTA.  Mult:  ed  to  be  the  ancient  Melita,  where 

St.  Paul  \va*  shipwrecked,  is  mostly  a  rock,  covered  with 
a  thin  soil  6  or  8  inches  in  depth,  which  when  sufficiently 
watered  is  abundantly  fertile.  Cotton  is  its 'staple  ;  the 
sugar  cane  is  cultivated.  Its  oranges  are  among  the  finest 
in  the  world.  This  island  is  now  a  colony  of  Great 
Britain.  It  is  particularly  'celebrated  for  the  strength  of 
its  fortifications.  The  population  is  about  74,500. 

TUIKEY  IN  EUROPE. 

Face  of  the  Country.  The  northern  parts  of  this  coun- 
try along  the  rivers  Saw  -nth,  and  Dniester, 
consist  chiefly  of  exteu-i  .  On  the  north-west  of 
Constantinople  is  a  level  country  of  great  extent.  But 
generally,  south  of  the  h  :ie  country  is  mountain- 
ous, being  either  en >  ridges  in  various  dircc- 
tions,or  thickly  sprinkled  with  scattered  hills. 

9Climate.  In  general  the  air  is  salubrious,  and  the  cli- 
mate delightful.  All  over  the  country,  also,  the  water  is 

-A. 


254  TURKEY  IN   EUROPE. 

pure  and  wholesome  ;  notwithstanding,  Turkey  has  been 
repeatedly  visited  with  the  plague. 

9 Soil.  In  the  level  provinces  of  the  north,  the  soil  is 
rich  and  fertile ;  in  the  southern  parts  it  is  frequently  of 
a  lighter  nature.  Fertility  however  may  be  considered 
as  its  general  characteristic. 

Productions.  The  ^productions  are  much  the  same  as 
those  of  Italy,  Spain  and  Portugal.  '  The  northern  prov- 
inces towards  the  Danube  afford  excellent  grain  and  pas- 
turage ;  the  middle  and  southern  parts  wine  and  olives. 
Fruits  of  every  kind,  such  as  lemons,  oranges,  figs  and 
almond?,  arrive  at  the  utmost  perfection,  particularly 
grapes,  which  have  an  uncommon  degree  of  sweetness. 
Various  drugs,  not  common  in  other  parts,  are  also  pro- 
duced here.  But  Turkish  despotism  operates  as  a  per- 
petual check  to  agriculture  and  every  kind  of  improve- 
ment ;  and  its  baneful  influence  has  changed  some  of  the 
most  fertile  spots  on  the  globe  into  barren  deserts. 

The  Turkish  horses  are  excellent  for  beauty  and  ser- 
vice. The  cattle  are  large,  especially  in  Greece.  Goats 
are  in  high  estimation  among  the  inhabitants,  both  for 
their  milk  and  their  flesh. 

Turkey  in  Europe  contains  a  variety  of  all  sorts  of 
mines,  and  its  marbles  are  esteemed  the  finest  in  the  world. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce.  The  'chief  manufactures 
of  Turkey  are  carpets,  of  most  distinguished  beauty  ; 
printed  muslins,  crapes,  and  gauzes  $  brass  cannon,  mus- 
kets, and  pistol  barrels,  which  are  much  admired  :  moroc- 
co leather  in  large  quantities  and  of  the  best  quality. 

The  commerce  of  Turkey  is  chiefly  in  the  hands  of 
foreigners.  The 'chief  exports  are  currants,  figs,  silk, 
cotton,  carpets,  coffee  and  drugs.  The  'imports  are  cloth 
and  various  articles  of  European  manufacture.  The 
French  possess  the  greatest  share  of  the  Turkey  trade. 
It  is  carried  on  chiefly  from  the  port  of  Marseilles. 

Chief  Towns.  Constantinople,  anciently  called  Byzan- 
tium, is  the  "capital  of  the  Turkish  empire,  pleasantly  sit- 
uated on  the  European  side  of  the  Bosphorus.  Its  appear- 
ance from  the  harbour  is  incomparably  beautiful.  Rising 
like  an  amphitheatre  from  the  shores  of  the  Propontis 
and  Bosphorus,  and  crowning  the  summits  of  seven  gent- 
ly swelling  hills,  the  buildings  appear  in  stages  one  above 
another  ;  and  the  whole  city  with  its  splendid  mosques, 
minerets,  and  especially  the  magnificent  dome  of  Sancta- 
Sophia,  presents  itself  at  once  to  the  view.  But  a  stran- 


TURKEY  IK  EUROPE.  255 

ger  is  disappointed  on- entering  the  city,  and  disgusted 
with  the  narrowness  of  the  streets,  and  the  wretched  ap- 
pearance of  the  houses  belonging  to  the  poorer  inhab- 
Some  of  the  caravanseras,  baths,  and  palace?, 
however,  are  very  superb,  and  the  chief  mosque  is  said 
to  be  one  of  the  finest  temples  in  the  world.  The  city, 
which  is  supposed  to  contain  400,000  inhabitants,  is  sur- 
rounded .by  a  wall  twelve  miles  in  circumference;  and  is 
frequently  called  the  PORTE,  as  being  one  of  the  surest 
and  mort  commodious  harbours  in  Europe. 

Jidriitnuiilti  formerly  the  capital,  is  now  the  'second 
city  of  European  Turkey.  It  contains  about  100,000  in- 
habitants, and  has  an  extensive  commerce. 

Xafu/tichi  contains   70, QUO  inhabitants,  and   is  'distin- 
guished for  its  commerce.      St.  Paul  addressed  two  of  his 
'he  ancient  inhabitants  of  this  place. 

place  of  great  resort  for  merchants  from 
different  nations.      The  population  is  about  25,000. 

3 Inhabitants.  The  Turks  were  originally  from  Scythia 
or  Tartary.  In  their  persons  they  are  in  general  of  a  good 
stature,  of  2:1  athletic  form,  and  robust  constitution. 
Their  dress  is  the  turban,  or  red  bonnet,  wrapped  round 
with  numerous  folds  of  white  muslin.  The  shirt  is  of 
calico,  and  a  muslin  or  silk  sash  is  always  worn  round  the 
waist.  The  breeches  are  large,  full,  fastened  at  the  knee, 
and  hanging  down  in  a  fold  nearly  to  the  middle  of  the  leg. 

Marriage  in  Turkey  is  merely  a  civil  contract.  The 
parties  rarelv  see  each  other  before  its  celebration.  Every 
Mussulman  is  permitted  by  law  to  have  four  wives.  The 
apartments  of  the  women  arc  separate  from  the  rest  of 
the  house,  and  are  never  entered  by  any  male  except  the 
master  of  the  family.  In  writing  they  trace  their  lines 
from  right  to  left. 

The  morals  of  the  Turks  are  loose  in  the  extreme. 
Both  sexes  are  'distinguished  for  cleanliness,  and  bathing 
is  one  of  their  stated  amusements.  They  have  little  incli- 
nation to  active  diversions  ;  to  enjoy  the  shade,  to  recline 
on  a  sofa,  to  smoke  tobacco,  and  to  intoxicate  themselves 
with  opium,  are  their  'chief  amusements. 

Religion.  The  Mahometan  is  the  established  religion 
of  Turkey.  It  prohibits  the  use  of  wine,  and  enjoins 
prayer  at  five  stated  seasons  of  the  day,  with  the  face 
turned  towards  Mecca. 

Language.  The  Turkish  language  is  a  dialect  of  the 
Tartarian.  The  Greeks  speak  a  modernized  Greek,  and 
the  Asiatic  provinces,  the  Arabic. 


256  ASIA. 

Government.  The  government  is  despotick.  Theein- 
peror,  who  is  also  called  Sultan,  or  Grand  Seignior,  is 
master  of  the  lives  and  property  of  his  subjects.  Some  of 
the  emperors  have  exhibited  all  that  is  shocking-  and  un- 
natural in  arbitrary  power. 

The  GREEKS  after  nobly  struggling  5  years  with  the 
oppressive  Turks  have  gained  their  independence;  many 
sympathetic  friends  in  Christian  countries  sent  provisions 
and  clothing  to  these  brave  and  suffering  people. 

Curiosities.  Almost  every  spot  of  ground,  every  river, 
and  every  fountain  in  Greece,  presents  the  traveller  with 
the  remains  of  a  celebrated  antiquity.  On  the  isthmus  of 
Corinth,  the  ruins  of  Neptune's  temple,  and  the  theatre 
where  the  Isthmian  games  were  celebrated,  are  still  visi- 
ble. Athens  abounds  with  them  ;  such  as  the  remains  of 
the  temple  of  Minerva,  and  of  the  emperor  Adrian's  pal- 
ace; the  temple  of  Theseus;  the  lantern  of  Demosthenes, 
(a  small  round  edifice  of  white  marble;)  the  temple  of 
the  winds  ;  the  remains  of  the  theatre  of  Bacchus;  the 
magnificent  aqueduct  of  Adrian  ;  and  the  temples  of  Ju- 
piter Olympus,  and  Augustas.  At  Ba?tri,  on  the-  soutli 
side  of  Mount  Parnassus,  the  remains  of  the  temple  of 
the  oracle  of  Apollo,  and  the  marble  steps  that  descend 
to  what  is  supposed  to  be  the  renowned  Castilian  spring, 
are  still  visible. 

Islands.  Some  of  the  most  noted  islands  belonging  to 
Turkey  are  Negropont*  the  ancient  Eubcea,  fertile  ingrain, 
wine,  and  fruits;  (Jamlia,  or  Crete,  in  which  is  the  famous 
Mount  Ida,  and  the  river  Lethe  :  the  wheat  is  of  the  finest 
sort,  and  the  wines  are  exquisite;  Rhodes^  in  which  stood 
the  celebrated  colossus  of  brass  ;  Cyprus,  in  whit  his  the 
city  Paphos,  famous  for  its  temple  of  Venus  ;  Patmos, 
where  St.  John  wrote  the  Apocalypse  ;  Paros,  famous 
for  its  marble  ;  and  Lemnos  for  its  mineral  earth. 


ASIA. 

ASIA  is  particularly  entitled  to  our  admiration,  not  mere- 
ly on  account  of  the  fertility  of  its  soil,  the  deliciousness 
of  its  fruits,  the  fragrancy  of  its  plants,  spices,  and  gums, 
the  beauty  and  the  variety  of  its  gems,  the  richness  of  its 
metais,  and  the  fineness  of  its  cottons  and  silks,  in  all  which 
it  greatly  exceeds  Europe;  but  also  as  being  the  immediate 
scene  of  man's  creation,  and  a  country  which  the  adorable 
Messiah  vouchsafed  to  honour  with  his  birth,  residence, 


TURKEY    IN    ASIA.  257 

and  expiatory  sufferings.  It  was  in  Asia,  according  to  the 
sacred  records,  the  all-wise  Creator  planted  the  garden  of 
Eden,  and  formed  our  first  parents  out  of  the  dust  of  the 
ground  ;  here,  subsequent  to  the  destroying  delude,  he 
accepted  the  grateful  sacrifice  of  Noah  ;  and  by  confound- 
ing the  languages  at  Babel,  facilitated  the  planting  of  na- 
tions. It  was  in  Asia,  God  established  his  once  beloved 
people  the  Jews,  and  gave  them  the  lively  oracles  of  truth; 
here  Jesus  Christ  performed  the  wondrous  work  of  our 
redemption  ;  and  here  the  Christian  faith  was  miraculously 
propagated,  and  sealed  with  the  blood  of  unnumbered 
martyrs.  Edifices  also  were  reared,  empires  were  found- 
ed, and  the  worship  of  the  Most  High  was  celebrated  in 
this  division  of  the  globe,  white  Europe,  Africa,  and 
America,  were  uninhabited  and  unexplored. 

Asia  contains  an  immense  population,  not  less,  it  has 
been  supposed,  than  400  millions  of  inhabitants,  a  number 
greater  than  that  of  all  the  rest  of  the  world.  The  'rich- 
est and  best  inhabited  parts  are  within  the  torrid  and  the 
southern  part  of  the  temperate  zones  ;  for  the  middle  belt 
of  this  continent,  which  runs  parallel  to  the  finest  coun- 
tries of  Europe,  is  mostly  an  immense  desert;  and  all 
that  lies  to  the  north  of  this  is  a  region  of  intense  cold 
during  a  great  part  of  the  year. 

Asia,  in  former  ages,  was  successively  governed  by  the 
Assyrians,  the  Medes,  the  Persians,  and  theOreeks ;  but 
the  extensive  regions  of  India  and  China  wen  ctlv 

known  to  the  conquerors  of  the  ancient  world.  Upon  the 
annihilation  of  these  empires,  Asia  was  reduced  by  the  Ro- 
mans, who  carried  their  victorious  arms  even  beyond  the 
Ganges  ;  and  the  disciples  of  Mahomet,  called  Saracr: 
afterwards  ^pread  their  devastations  over  this  continent, 
and  transformed  the  most  populous  and  luxuriant  spots, 
into  wild  and  uncultiv  :  ts. 

irRki;\   IN  ASIA. 

*Face  of  the  Country.  No  country  is  more  beautifully 
diversified  with  mountains,  vallio,  and  fertile  plains. 

Climate.     The  7clima:  llent,  being  equally 

favourable    to  health  and  vegetation.       Heat  in  general 
^predominates  ;  but  th>  .i'tness  and  seren- 

ity in  the  air  perceivable  in  a  few  countries  on  the  Euro- 
pean side  of  the  Archipelago. 

Soil.     The  'soil,  though  rocky  in  many  parts,  is  in  gen- 
eral fertile,  and  well  adapted  to  agriculture. 
A.  x, 


258  TURKEY    IN   ASIA. 

Productions.  The  Asiatic  countries  were  the  first  in  the 
world  which  enjoyed  the  ad  vantages  of  cultivation.  They 
have  been  ?famed  from  remotest  antiquity  for  their  abun- 
dant harvests,  and  their  plentiful  vintage,  their  pomegran- 
ates, their  olives,  and  other  excellent  fruits.  At  present, 
agriculture  is  deplorably  neglected.  In  Asia  Minor,  and 
in  Syria,  wheat  and  barley  are  chiefly  cultivated.  In  the 
latter  country,  a  considerable  quantity  of  tobacco  also, 
and  some  cotton,  are  produced.  The  vine  grows  sponta- 
neously, and  wine  is  made  by  boiling  the  liquor  immedi- 
ately after  its  expression  from  the  grape.  Mulberry  trees 
are  in  abundance,  so  that  any  quantity  of  silk  might  be 
produced.  A  variety  of  'drugs  used  in  dyeing  and  in 
medicine,  -such  as  mackler,  jalap,  opium,  and  scarnmony, 
may  also  be  reckoned  among  the  productions  of  these 
countries. 

Animals.  The  domestick  quadrupeds  principally  'em- 
ployed for  carriage,  are  the  ass,  the  mule,  and  the  camel. 
The  finest  horses  are  of  the  Arabian  breed,  and  are  re- 
served for  persons  of  rank.  Beef  is  neither  plentiful  nor 
good  ;  but  the  mutton  in  many  parts  is  excellent.  The 
ibex  haunts  the  summits  of  Caucasus.  The  wild  boar  and 
various  kinds  of  deer  are  common  in  the  forests.  The 
lion  is  frequently  seen  on  the  banks  of  the  Tigris,  but 
seldom  appears  to  the  west  of  the  Euphrates.  The  hyena 
is  common  towards  the  south,  and  troops  of  jackals  haunt 
the  neighbourhood  of  towns,  which  they  disturb  by  their 
nightly  howlings.  The  cities  and  villages  here,  as  well 
as  in  Egypt  and  European  Turkey,  swarm  with  dogs 
which  wander  at  large  without  any  owners. 

Towns.  Aleppo  is  the'principal  city  in  Asiatic  Turkey. 
It  is  the  centre  of  Syrian  commerce.  Three  or  four 
caravans  proceed  annually  through  Asia  Minor,  from 
Aleppo  to  Constantinople.  "Large  caravans  also  frequent- 
ly arrive  from  Bagdad  and  Bassora,  with  coffee  from  Ara- 
bia. It  contains  manufactures  of  cotton  and  silk,  and 
about  250,000  inhabitants. 

Damctsci's  is  5next  in  importance,  being  supposed  to 
contain  about  200,000  inhabitants.  It  is  the  seat  of  a 
considerable  trade,  and  was  once  famous  for  its  manufac- 
ture of  sword  blades,  which  could  not  be  broken,  though 
bent  in  the  most  violent  manner. 

JBagdad  is  a  large  and  populous  city.  .The  houses  are 
generally  of  brick,  with  flat  roofs,  on  which  the  inhabi- 
tants sleep.  The  streets  are  narrow  and  dirty,  and  swarm 


TURKEY  IN  ASIA.  £59 

with  scorpions  and  tarantulas,  and  other  noxious  insects, 
of  which  the  stings  are  dangerous,  and  often  prove  fatal. 

Bassora  is  a  place  of  great  commercial  resort,  being 
frequented  by  numerous  vessels  from  Europe  and  India. 
It  is  also  the  'great  emporium  of  trade  between  Asiatic 
Turkey  and  the  more  eastern  countries. 

Jerusalem  is  now  an  inconsiderable  place.  The  inhab- 
itants are  about  30,000,  who  subsist  chiefly  by  the  char- 
ity of  pious  pilgrims. 

Tyre,  once  a  famous  city,  is  now  totally  abandoned,  ex- 
cept by  a  few  fishermen,  who  sometimes  visit  it  to  fish  in 
the  surrounding  waters,  and  on  its  rocks  dry  their  nets. 

Smyrna  is  the  'principal  city  of  Asia  Minor,  and  the 
third  in  Asiatic  Turkey.  It  is  the  'chief  mart  of  the  Le- 
vant trade,  and  contains  about  140,000  inhabitants. 
Prussa  is  a  beautiful  city,  in  a  romantic  situation  at  the 
foot  of  Mount  Olympus.  Diarbekir  is  a  large  and  popu- 
lous city,  built  of  hewn  stone.  All  religious  sects  are 
here  equally  tolerated.  Erzcnnu  and  Sinope,  the  for- 
mer the  capital  of  Armenia,  and  the  latter  of  Pontus,  are 
now  places  of  little  consequence. 

Palmyra  is  'celebrated  in  modern  times  only  for  its  ru- 
ins. These  are  described  as  suddenly  bursting  upon  the 
traveller's  eye  as  he  comes  round  an  eminence  in  the  wil- 
derness, and  disclosing  long  rows  of  columns  decorated 
with  architectural  ornaments,  gigantic  portals,  and  roofless 
temples.  lialbec,  the  ancient  Heliopolis,  on  the  coast  of 
Syria,  ft  'famed  lor  a  single  magnificent  ruin,  that  of  the 
temple  of  the  Sun,  equally  conspicuous  for  the  vastness 
of  its  dimensions,  and  the  noble  style  of  its  architecture. 

Inhabitants.  The  inhabitants  of  these  countries  are  of 
various  origin.  The  Turks,  as  the  rulers,  possess  the 
principal  power  and  property,  and  are  the  'chief  inhabit- 
ants of  the  cities;  their  habits  and  religion  are  the  pre- 
dominant (»nes.  The  Christians  are  mostly  of  the  Greek 
church,  and  use  the  modern  (ireek  language.  The  Ar- 
menians constitute  a  particular  sect  of  Christians,  charac- 
tasts.  and  abundance  of  ritual  observ- 
ances. They  are  much  addicted  to  commerce,  which 
they  pursue  through  almost  all  the  countries  of  the  East, 
where  forming  a  distinct  people,  and  strictly  adher- 
ing to  their  manners  and  religion.  They  are  frugal,  po- 
•itl  wary,  and  understand  all  the  mysteries  of  traffic. 


260  RUSSIA  itt  ASIA. 

RUSSIA  IN  ASIA. 

Face  of  the  Country.  Asiatic  Russia,  formerly  known 
by  the  name  of  Siberia,  displays  less  variation  of  surface 
than  perhaps  any  other  part  of  the  globe  of  equal  extent. 
Although  not  wholly  destitute  of  mountains,  its  ^principal 
character  is  that  of  an  immense  plain.  It  also  contains 
some  elevated  and  extensive  steeps,  abounding  in  salt 
lakes,  a  feature  almost  peculiar  to  Asia.  The  northern 
and  eastern  parts  consist  chiefly  ot  vast  marshy  plains, 
covered  with  almost  perpetual  snow,  and  pervaded  with 
large  rivers  which  pursue,  under  masses  of  ice,  their 
dreary  course  to  the  Frozen  Ocean. 

Climate^  Soil,  and  Productions.  In  the  south-western 
part  is  a  district,  extending  from  the  Volga  to  theUralian 
mountains,  which  enjoys  a  delightful  climate  and  a  fertile 
soil.  Its  forests  present  the  cedar,  the  cypress,  the  ju- 
niper, the  beech,  and  the  oak  ;  and  its  orchards  produce 
the  almond,  the  fig,  the  peach,  and  all  the  other  fruits 
of  the  temperate  regions.  But  in  the  greatest  part  of  the 
wide  expanse  of  Siberia,  none  but  the  hardiest  vegetables 
are  found.  The  middle  region,  however,  presents  im- 
mense forests  of  birch,  alder,  and  the  various  species  of 
pines  and  firs.  Many  districts  of  Siberia  are  productive 
of  grain.  Some  parts  near  the  Ob  yield  plentiful  crops  for 
20  years  successively.  Several  districts  are  also  well 
adapted  to  pasturage  ;  but  in  advancing  towards  the  north, 
the  forests  gradually  disappear,  and  mosses  of  different 
kinds  are  the  last  traces  of  expiring  vegetation. 

In  the  northern  parts  of  Siberia,  the  rain -deer  is  an 
useful  substitute  for  the  horse,  the  cow  and  the  sheep. 
In  Kamschatka,  dogs  are  used  for  drawing  carriages. 
The  south  is  favoured  with  that  noble  animal,  the  horse, 
which  as  well  as  the  ass,  is  there  found  in  its  wild  state. 
In  this  part  also  the  camel  is  not  unfrequent.  Asiatic 
Russia  also  abounds  in  various  animals  highly  Valuable 
for  their  furs,  which  are  an  important  article  of  com- 
merce, such  as  the  black  fox,  sable,  ermine,  beaver, 
martin,  and  the  marmotte. 

Towns.  Jlstrachan  is  the  ^principal  city  in  Asiatic  Rus- 
sia, and,  next  to  Petersburgand  Moscow,  the  mostimpor- 
tant  in  the  whole  empire.  •  It  carries  on  a  great  traffic, 
especially  in  the  fisheries  of  the  Volga  and  the  Caspian 
sea.  Its  leather  manufactories  and  salt-  works  are  also 
considerable.  Its  population,  which  consists  of  a 


INDEP.    TART  ART....  PERSIA.  261 

singular  assemblage  of  different  nations,  is  estimated  at 
70,000. 

Tobolsk,  the  capital  of  a  government  of  the  same  name, 
;  ly  the  capital  of  Siberia.     It  contains  about 
r,000  inhabitants.      Its    commerce    is  now   nourishing. 
rkutsk  is  the  'chief  mart  of  the  commerce  between  Rus- 
sia and  China.      Ochotsk  is   the  port  whence  the  commu- 
nication with  (Camschatka  is  carried  on. 

INDEPENDENT   TARTARY. 

The  name  of  Tartary  has  been  generally  applied  to  all 
rthfin  region  of  Asia,  comprehending  Independent 
Tartar  y,  Chinese  Tartary,  Tibetand  Siberia,  and  was  for- 
merly known  by  the  name  of  Scythia,  once  a  powerful 
empii'  •>{'  this  country  is  now  in  a  state  of  loose 

subjection  to  th>-  Ru>sian  and  Chinese  empires.  Apart, 
however,  remains  independent';  but  being  little  known, 
will  require  but  a  brief  description. 

The  northern  pans 'consist  chiefly  in  barren  and  sandy 

plains,  inhabited  by  the  Kerguses,  who  lead  a  wandering 

i'.tC,  anu  clweii  in  tents  of  fell,  which  they  carry  about  with 

them  in  their  migrations.      They  have  horses,  camels,  cat- 

ts.     Their  'cliief  food  is  mutton. 

Great  Buehana,  by  far  the  *most  important  part  of  In- 
dependent Tartary,  is  described  as  one  of  the  most  inter- 
esting and  agreeable  countries  in  the  world,  being  but 
little  encumbered  with  mountains,  but  charmingly  diver* 
sitied  with  hills  and  vallies,  and  blessed  with  a  fruitful 
soil  and  delightful  climate. 

The  'chief  city  is  Samarcand,  once  the  principal  resi- 
dence of  that  terrible  conqueror,  Timur,  or  Tamerlane, 
and  the  metropolis  of  an  empire  more  extensive  than  that 
of  Rome.  But  little  is  known  of  its  present  state. 

PERSIA. 

Face  of  the  Country.  The  general  'face  of  the  country 
is  mountainous.  One  of  its  most 'remarkable  features  is 
the  want  of  rivers  and  wood,  of  which  no  country,  except 
Arabia,  is  more  destitute.  Extensive  sandy  deserts  like- 
wise frequently  occur  in  various  parts,  although  some  dis- 
tricts display  the  nflist  luxuriant  vegetation. 

Climate.  The  climate  is  exceedingly  various.  In  the 
southern  parts,  the  heat  during  at  least  four  months  in  the 


PERSIA. 

summer,  is  almost  insupportable  ;  arid  the  hot  wind  call- 
ed Samiel,  which  reigns  from  the  mouth  of  the  Indus  to 
Arabia,  and  ascends  towards  the  north  beyond  Bagdad, 
is  often  as  instantaneously  fatal  to  the  traveller  as  a  musket 
shot,  those  who  are  struck  with  the  sudden  blast,  immedi- 
ately dropping  down  dead.  The  camels  readily  perceive 
its  approach,  and  are  said  to  give  warning  of  the  danger, 
by  making  an  unusual  noise,  and  thrusting  their  noses  in- 
to the  sand.  When  its  coming  can  be  perceived,  the  on- 
ly 'means  of  escape  is  to  fall  flat  on  the  ground  until  it  is 
over,  which  is  generally  in  two  or  three  minutes. 

The  eastern  provinces,  from  the  north  of  the  Indus  to 
the  borders  of  Tartary,  are  also  subject  to  extreme  heats, 
but  are  not  so  insalubrious  as  the  southern  coasts.  In  all 
these  parts,  the  air  is  perfectly  serene  ;  it  seldom  rains, 
and  a  cloud  is  rarely  seen. 

Soil.  The 'soil  in  general  is  unfertile,  being  mostly 
sandy  and  dry.  The  rivers  of  Central  Persia  are  fre- 
quently lost,  and  wholly  disappear  in  the  sandy  deserts 
of  the  interior.  The  chief  industry  of  the  farmer  is  em- 
ployed in  watering  liis  lands.  These  remarks  £p?-J; 
however,  only  to  the  central  and  southern  provinces* 
Those  in  the  north  are  sufficiently  moist  and  fertile. 

Productions.  "Wheat  and  rice  are  the  kinds  of  grain 
most 'generally  cultivated,  both  of  which  are  excellent; 
but  the  latter  is  generally  preferred  for  food.  Barley 
and  millet  are  also  produced  in  considerable  quantities. 
The  'other  principal  productions  are  cotton,  silk,  fruit  of 
most  all  kinds  in  the  highest  perfection  ;  also  abundance 
of  drugs,  among  which  is  the  assafcetida. 

The  Persian  horses  are  much  esteemed.  Mules  are 
chiefly  used  for  servile  purposes  ;  the  camel  is  the  'prin- 
cipal beast  of  burden.  The  horned  cattle  are  small  and 
lean.  Sheep  are  common,  but  hogs  are  no  where  kept, 
except  near  the  Caspian.  Pigeons  are  more  numerous 
here,  than  in  any  part  of  the  world. 

On  the  western  coast  of  the  Caspian  sea  are  copious 
springs  of  naphtha,  or  fossil  oil.  The  earth,  when  dug  to 
the  depth  of  two  or  three  inches,  easily  takes  fire. 

Manufactures  and  Trade.  The  principal  manufactures 
are  of  silk,  woollen,  mohair,  carpets,  and  leather.  The 
Persian  trade  has  always  been  chiefly  in  the  hands  of  for- 
eigners ;  at  present  it  is  very  inconsiderable.  The  natives 
are  adverse  to  the  sea,  and  never  possess  any  naval  power. 
Towns,  Ispalian  is  said  to  contain  400,000  inhabitants, 
and  is  thought  to  be  one  of  the  finest  cities  of  the  East* 


ARABIA.  263 

Its  palaces,  mosques,  caravanseras,  and  baths,  arc  ex- 
tremely magnificent.  Shiras,  the  second  city  in  Persia, 
is  situated  in  a  fertile  plain,  encompassed  on  all  sides  with 
lofty  mountains.  The  trees  in  the  publick  gardens  are 
said  to  be  some  of  the  largest  in  the  world,  and  the  wines 
arc  reckoned,  the  best  throughout  the  East.  Herat  car- 
ries on  a  considerable  trade.  Meschid  contains  the  tomb 
of  Musa,  one  of  the  twelve  great  Irmans  of  Persia.  Tiflis 
is  the  capital  of  the  province  of  Georgia.  It  is  populous, 
but  meanly  built.  Its  chief  trade  is  in  furs. 

Inhabit  ant  a.  The  Persians  are  generally  handsome,  but 
their  complexions  towards  the  south  are  somewhat  swar- 
thy. They  shave  the  head,  but  the  beard  is  held  sacred, 
and  managed  with  great  care.  They  7are  noted  for  their 
vivacity,  gay  dressing,  humanity,  and  hospitality.  Their 
dress  is  simple,  but  the  materials  of  their  cloths  are  com- 
monly very  expensive,  consisting  of  valuable  stuffs,  richly 
embroidered  with  gold  and  silver.  They  wear  at  all 
times  a  dagger  in  their  sash,  and  linen  trousers. 

Religion,  $c.  The  religion  is  Mahometanism.  The  Per- 
sian 1  -  accounted  the  sweetest  and  most  elegant 
of  all  the  Oriental  languages,   and  its  prevalence  in  the 
!>e  compared  to  that  of  the  French  in  Europe. 

i  nment  is  despotic,  and   frequently  rigorous 
and  tyrannical. 

Curiosities.  The  remains  of  the  ancient  capital  of  this 
empire,  the  famous  Persepolis,  are  still  visible,  and  pre- 
sent a  magnificent  display  of  massy  portals,  spacious  halls, 
and  broken  columns.  The  tombs  of  the  Persian  kings, 
cut  out  of  a  rock,  and  the  modern  pillar  at  Ispahan,  of  the 
skulls  of  beasts,  arc  aUo  iireat  curiosities. 

The  Afghans*  of  I  -ia,  a  fierce  and  warlike  peo- 

ple, have  com;  -tern  provinces  of  Hindustan 

-iiutherii  part  of  Tartary,  and  formed  a  modern  king- 
dom, called  CABULISTAN,  or  AFGHANISTAN.  Cabul,  its 
capital,  contains  about  500,000  inhabitants. 

t'ashmn-t,  (formerly  belonging  to  Hindustan,)  the  capi- 
tal of  a  delightful  province  of  the  same  name,  is  now  an 
uppcndagi-  nistan.  It  is  still  'famous  fur  the  man- 

ufacture of  its  unrivalled  shawls. 

ARABIA. 

Face  of  (he  Country.  Arabia  'consists  chiefly  of  dry 
sandy  deserts,  utterly  unfit  for  the  residence  of  man, being 
either  wholly  destitute  of  water,  and  cunsequently  of  veg- 


264  ARABIA. 

etation,  or  furnishing  only  scanty  springs  of  that  which  is 
brackish,  and  a  few  scattered  fertile  spots,  called  oases, 
which  appear  like  islands  in  immense  oceans  of  sand. 
Such  particularly  are  the  north-eastern  and  central  parts, 
called  Deserta,  or  the  Desert,  Arabia  Petrea,  or  that 
part  bordering  on  Egypt  and  Syria,  presents  a  rugged  sur- 
face of  granitic  stones.  Arabia  Felix,  which  is  the  south- 
ern angle,  bordering  on  the  Red  Sea,  and  Indian  Ocean, 
called  also  by  the  inhabitants  Yemen,  is  agreeably  diver- 
sified, and  generally  of  a  fertile  appearance. 

Climate  and  Soil.  The  air  in  Arabia  is  excessively  hot 
and  dry,  and  the  country  subject  to  hot  poisonous  winds, 
particularly  the  SAMIEL,  already  described  in  treating  of 
Persia,  of  which  a  single  inhalation  is  death.  The  soil  in 
some  parts  is  nothing  more  than  immense  sands,  which, 
when  agitated  by  the  winds,  roll  like  the  troubled  ocean, 
and  sometimes  bury  whole  caravans  in  their  fury.  The 
southern,  and  those  parts  bordering  on  the  seas,  are  gen- 
erally fertile. 

s 'Productions.  The  coffee  of  Arabia  is  esteemed  the 
best  in  the  world.  Wheat,  maize,  barley,  and  lintels  are 
also  cultivated  ;  likewise  tobacco,  the  sugar  cane,  and 
some  cotton  ;  dates,  pomegranates,  oranges,  and  Indian 
figs;  my nh,  aloes,  and  frankincense. 

Among  the  domestic  animals,  the  first  place  must  be 
assigned  to  the  horse,  of  which  Arabia  claims  the  noblest 
breed  in  the  world.  Camels  are  also  found  here  in  abun- 
dance. These  animals  are  amazingly  fitted  by  Providence 
for  traversing  the  dry  and  parched  deserts  of  this  country, 
as  they  can  subsist  six  or  eight  days  without  water,  and 
will  carry  800  pounds  weight  upon  their  backs,  which  is 
not  taken  otf  during  their  journey,  for  they  kneel  down  to 
rest,  and  in  due  time  rise  with  their  load.  It  is  by  means 
of  caravans  of  these  animals,  that  goods  and  passengers 
are  conveyed  from  the  shores  of  the  Red  Sea  to  the  Per- 
sian Gulf,  and  the  cities  of  Syria,  which  would  otherwise 
b«  destitute  of  all  mutual  communication. 

Cities.  Mecca  and  Medina  are  the  ?most  celebrated* 
cities  ;  but  being  holy  ground  which  no  infidel  is  permit- 
ted to  approach,  little  is  known  of  these  places  with  cer- 
tainty. Mecca  is  situated  on  a  barren  spot  in  a  valley. 
What  chiefly  supports  it  is,  the  annual  resort  of  many 
thousand  pilgrims.  It  was  the  birth-place  of  Mahomet. 
Medina  is  the  place  where  he  was  buried.  Here  is  a 
stately  mosque,  supported  by  400  pillars,  and  furnished 


ARABIA. 


265 


with  300  silver  lamps  which  are  continually  burning. 
His  coffin  is  covered  with  cloth  of  gold,  under  a  canopy 
of  silver  tissue. 

/<i  is  the  'seaport  of  Mecca.  Here  the  commerce 
bet  \\een  Arabia  and  Kurope  meets,  and  is  interchanged. 
Sana  is  reputed  the  most  'considerable  city  in  Arabia.  It 
contains  several  caravanscras  for  merchants  and  travel- 
lers. Alocha  is  a  port  considerably  frequented  by  English 
ships  from  Hindustan.  It  u,ives  name  to  the  finest  coffee, 
of  which  it  is  the  'chief  place  of  export.  Kesem  is  the 
residence  of  a  sovereign  prince,  to  whom  belongs  the 
island  of  Socotra,  'famous  for  its  aloes.  Muscat  is  a  place 
of  considerable  commerce,  and  a  'mart  of  the  trade  be- 
tween Arabia,  Persia,  and  the  Indies.  Suez,  anciently 
called  Heruicc,  is  situated  on  the  isthmus  of  the  same 
n.tnif,  in  a  bandv  country  without  water  ;  where  plants 
and  tiees  arc  entirely  unknown,  and  destitute  of  all  the 
necessaries  of  life  except  fi-h. 

*  Inhabitants.  The  Arabians  are  of  a  middle  stature, 
thin,  and  of  a  swarthy  complexion.  They  are  exceeding- 
ly ab-tiMhiou«,  meat  being  little  used  even  by  the  rich, 
and  their  only  drink  being  water  or  coffee.  They  are  ol 
two  classes,  those  of  the  cities,  and  those  of  the  desert. 
The  former  are  civilized,  hospitable,  and  polite;  the  lattei 
are  robber-  by  pro!'  |  supposed,  the  pos 

terity  of  Ishmacl,  the  son  of  Abraham,  of  whom  it  was 
foretold,  they  should  be  invincible,  and  that  iheir  hands 
should  be  against  every  man,  and  every  man's  hanc 
against  them.  These  robbers,  headed  by  a  captain,  trav- 
erse the  country  in  troops,  on  horseback,  and  assault  and 
plunder  the  caravans,  unless  strongly  guarded  by  soldiers. 

Religion.  Their  religion  is  Mahometanism,  introduced 
by  that  famous  arch  impostor,  Mahomet,  who  died  in  629. 

Language,  $-c.  The  Arabic  language  is  celebrated  as 
being  exceedingly  copious  and  expressive.  In  former 
ages  the  Arabians  wore  famous  for  their  learning,  and 
skill  in  the  liberal  art*. '  At  present  there  are  few  nations 
where  the  people  are  more  universally  ignorant,  although 
they  are  not  wholly  destitute  of  colleges,  academies,  and 
schools. 

Government.  The  inland  country  is  under  the  govern- 
ment of  many  petty  princes,  styled  shieks.  They  have 
no  other  laws  than  those  found  in  the  Koran,  and  the 
comments  upon  it  The  northern  Arabs  owe  subjectioi. 
to  the  Turks. 

Y 


266  HINDOSTAN. 

HINDOSTAN. 


INDIA    WITHIN   THE    GANGES. 


Face,  of  the,  Country.  Hindostan  consists  chiefly  of 
extensive  plains,  fertilized  by  numerous  rivers  and 
streams,  and  interspersed  with  a  few  ranges  of  moun- 
tains, none  of  which  are  of  any  remarkable  elevation. 

Rivers.  The  'principal  rivers  of  India  are  the  Gan- 
ges, the  Burrampooter,  and  the  Indus,  all  of  them  mighty 
streams,  and  held  in  the  highest  veneration  by  the  super- 
stitious Hindoos,  who  suppose  their  waters  have  the  pow- 
er of  washing  away  sirfs. 

The  Ganges  is  more  than  2,000  'miles  in  length.  It 
flows  through  the  plains  of  Hindostan,  a  distance  of  1,350 
miles,  with  a  smooth  navigable  stream,  from  half  a  mile,  to 
three  'miles  wide,  and  after  receiving  the  Burrampooter, 
a  river  from  four  to  five  'miles  wide,  discharges  itself  by 
numerous  mouths  into  the  Bay  of  Bengal.  The  Delta  or 
island  formed  by  the  Ganges,  in  that  part  bordering  on 
the  sea,  is  180  miles  in  width,  composed  of  a  multitude 
of  creeks  and  rivers,  forming  an  intricate  labyrinth,  call- 
ed the  SUNDERBUNDS,  and  is  so  completely  involved  in  the 
woods,  and  is  so  much  infested  with  tigers,  that  every 
attempt  to  clear  it  has  hitherto  miscarried. 

The  Indus,  by  the  natives 'called  Sinde,  is  a  fine,  deep, 
navigable  river  ;  its  entrance,  however,  is  much  choked 
with  sand.  All  these  rivers,  swelled  by  the  periodical 
rains,  overflow  their  banks.  The  inundation  in  the  lower 
parts  of  Bengal,  contiguous  to  the  Ganges  and  Burrampoo- 
ter, about  the  end  of  July,  is  more  than  100  miles  in  width. 

9  Climate,  Soil,  and  Productions.  Hindostan  towards  the 
north  is  pretty  temperate,  but  hot  towards  the  south,  and 
it  rains  almost  constantly  for  three  months  in  the  year. 
No  part  of  the  surfaoe  of  the  globe  presents  a  more  fertile 
'soil  than  the  well  watered  tracts  of  this  prolific  region. 
Double  harvests,  and  two  crops  of  fruit  from  many  of  the 
trees,  have  from  time  immemorial  been  the  support  of  a 
numerous  population.  Rice  is  the  grain  that  is  'chiefly 
cultivated,  and  constitutes  the  'principal  food  of  the  Hin- 
doos. The  cultivation  of  cotton  is  widely  diffused.  Mil- 
let, oranges,  lemons,  figs,  and  pomegranates,  are  produc- 
ed in  abundance.  The  sugar  cane  succeeds  well  ;  like- 
wise opium,  indigo,  and  tobacco. 

The  forests  present  a  wonderful  luxuriance  of  vegeta- 
tion, and  the  number  of  creeping  plants,  of  prodigious 


HINDOSTAN.  267 

size  and  length,  extending  from  tree  to  tree,  connect  the 
whole  into  one  mass  of  verdure. 

Horses  and  wild  cattle  are  numerous.  The  sbeep  in 
all  the  southern  parts  are  covered  with  hair  instead  of 
wood.  Camels  are  not  uncommon  as  beasts  of  burden. 
Elephants  are  frequent,  both  wild  and  tamed. 

Almost  all  the  species  of  ferocious  animals  are  found 
here  except  the  lion.  That  most  'dreaded  both  by  man 
and  beast,  is  the  royal  tiger  of  Bengal,  at  once  the  most 
beautiful,  and  the  most  terrible  of  carnivorous  animals. 

Minerals.  Mineral  ores  are  very  little  known  ;  but 
the  diamond  mines  of  Golconda  are  peculiarly  celebrated. 

Manufactures.  The  most  'considerable  manufactures 
are  those  of  cotton,  many  of  which  are  exquisitely  fine 
and  beautiful. 

Towns.  Calcutta,  the  chief  city  of  Bengal,  and  of  all 
the  British  possessions  in  India,  is  'situated  on  the  river 
Hoogly,  or  western  arm  of  the  Ganges,  and  contains,  as 
is  suppled,  about  650,000  inhabitants.  The  houses  are 
variously  built,  some  with  brick,  others  with  mud,  and  a 
great  number  with  bamboos  and  mats,  making  a  most 
motlev  appearance.  The  mixture  of  European  and 
Asiatic  manners  here  is  wonderful.  Coaches,  palan- 
keens, car;  iwn  by  bullocks,  and  the  passing  cer- 
emonies of  the  Hindoo-,  form  a  diversified  and  curious 
scene.  Its  commerce  is  very  extensive. 

The  western  part  of  Calcutta,  called  Chouringhee,  is 
worthy  of  particular  notice.  It  is  inhabited  by  the  Com- 
panv".-  Civil  and  Militarv  Oflicers,  and  the  Europeans  of 
opulence  and  rank.  The  government  house  is  an  im- 
mense and  superb  palace,  situated  on  a  beautiful  plain, 
enclosed  \\ith  an  iron  railing.  Its  principal  avenues  are 
under  four  lofty  triumphal  arches.  The  site  of  this  mag- 
nificent edifice  is  called  Wellesley  Place.  The  private 
-  at  this  "Court  end  of  the  town,"  are  built  in  the 
Grecian  sty  If  of  architecture,  and  presenting  their  elegant 
porticoes,  and  extensive  collonades  of  pillars  in  front,  sur- 
mounted bv  attick  pediments,  appear  fit  residences  for 
prince.',  instead  of  the  quiet  scenes  of  domestic  life. 

The  college  at  Fort  William,  or  Wellesley  College,  is 
situated  in  Calcutta.  It  i>  an  establishment  honourable 
to  the  character  of  its  great  founder,  the  Marquis  Welles- 
ley,  late  Governor  General  of  Bengal.  The  junior  civil 
servants  of  the  Company  are  placed  in  this  college,  on 
their  arrival  in  India,  and  instructed  in  the  various  lau- 


268  HINDOSTAN. 

guages  of  the  country.  The  usual  term  of  residence  is 
three  years;  but  such  as  distinguish  themselves  by  indus- 
try, and  make  suitable  proficiency,  are  appointed  to  lucra- 
tive offices  at  an  earlier  period.  There  is  an  annual  Com- 
mencement, or  Visitation,  when,  after  due  examination, 
the  best  Oriental  scholars  receive  a  degree  of  honour,  ac- 
companied with  a  handsome  present  in  money  or  books. 
On  the  improvement  of  their  time  in  this  excellent  semi- 
nary, in  a  great  measure  depend  their  advancement  in 
life,  and  future  fortune. 

A  town  hall  is  erected  in  Calcutta,  which  is  to  serve  as 
an  exchange  for  merchants,  and  a  place  of  deposit  for  the 
statues,  pictures,  &c.  of  Lord  Cornwallis,  Mr.  Hast- 
ings, Marquis  Wellesley,  and  other  Governors-General, 
Judges,  &c.  This  magnificent  edifice  cost  upwards  of 
three  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  dollars. 

In  Calcutta  there  are  two  Episcopal  churches,  and  one 
chapel  for  the  Baptists.  The  services  in  the  former  are 
performed  by  the  East  India  Company's  chaplains  ;  in  the 
latter  by  the  Missionaries  on  the  Serampore  establish- 
ment, which  is  a  flourishing  and  successful  institution  for 
diffusing  the  gospel  in  India. 

Moorshedabad  is  a  large  but  ill  built  city,  at  present  in 
a  state  of  decline.  Patna  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade, 
particularly  in  saltpetre.  Benares  is  rich  and  populous. 
Several  Hindoo  temples  and  magnificent  buildings  embel- 
lish the  banks  of  the  river.  This  is  the  ancient  seat  of 
Braminical  learning1.  Jlgra,  once  a  most  famous  and  opu- 
lent city,  has  rapidly  declined  of  late.  The  Great  Mogul 
used  sometimes  to  reside  here.  His  palace  was  prodig- 
iously large,  and  the  seraglio  contained  about  1000  wom- 
en, with  numerous  palaces,  caravanseras,  baths,  mosques, 
and  mausoleums.  Delhi^  once  a  large,  rich  and  populous 
\:ity,  and  the  capital  of  the  Mogul  empire,  is  now,  for 
the  most  part,  in  ruins.  Lahore  is  the  capital  of  the 
Seiks,  a  new  power,  whose  name  was  scarcely  known  till 
they  rose  on  the  ruins  of  the  Mogul  empire. 

Madras  is  a  British  fort  and  town,  'next  in  importance 
to  Calcutta.  It  is  close  to  the  margin  of  the  sea,  from 
which  it  makes  a  beautiful  appearance.  Pondicherry  is 
a  French,  and  Tranquebar  a  noted  Dutch  settlement. 
Seringapatam,  lately  the  capital  of  Tippoo's  dominions,  is 
now  in  possession  of  the  British.  Goa  is  a  settlement  of 
the  Portuguese,  and  a  noted  seat  of  their  inquisition, 
which,  however,  is  now  abol  shed  Visiapour  is  a  con- 


HINDOSTAN.  269 

siderable  city.  The  celebrated  diamond  mines  are  in  its 
vicinity.  Bombay  is  a  well  known  British  settlement. 
The  inhabitants  are  of  several  nations,  and  very  numer- 
ous. Surat  contains  a  population,  it  is  said,  of  500,000  in- 
habitants. It  is  also  a  place  of  considerable  trade.  Cam- 
bay  is  a  handsome  city,  formerly  of  great  trade  in  spice, 
ivorv,  cotton  cloths,  and  silk,  which  is  now  chiefly  trans- 
ferred to  Surat.  Juggernaut  is  'noted  for  being  the  seat 
of  a  famous  idol  of  the  Hindoos.  Of  the  multitudes 
which  visit  this  place  at  the  annual  festival,  many  pi-rish 
on  their  journey,  and  the  ground  for  the  distance  of  50 
miles  is  strewed  with  human  bones  and  sculls. 

*  Inhabitant  a.  The  Hindoos  are  of  a  dark  complexion, 
with  long  black  hair.  Their  persons  are  straight,  their 
limbs  neat,  their  fingers  long  and  tapering,  and  their 
countenances  open  and  pleasant. 

They  are  'divided  into  four  different  tribes  or  casts  ; 
the  Brahmins,  or  priests  ;  the  soldiers  ;  the  labourers, 
including  fanners  and  tradesmen  ;  and  the  mechanics. 
These  different  casts  are  forbidden  to  intermarry,  to 
dwell,  to  eat,  or  drink  with  each  other. 

The  diet  of  the  Hindoos  is  simple,  'consisting  chiefly 
of  rice,  milk,  and  vegetables.  Animal  food  and  intox- 
icating liquors  are  utterly  prohibited,  particularly  among 
the  lower  casts. 

In  character  they  are  mild,  gentle,  timid,  and  submis- 
sive. They  are  permitted  a  plurality  of  wives  ;  but  one 
is  looked  upon  as  superior  to  the  rest.  The  shocking 
custom  of  women  burning  themselves  on  the  death  of 
their  husbands  is  becoming  less  frequent. 

The  Mahometans,  or  Moors,  as  they  are  called,  of 
whom  there  are  considerable  numbers  in  Hindostan,  are 
a  more  athletic  and  vigorous  race,  and  distinguished  from 
the  Hindoos  by  a  fairer  complexion.  They  are  much  less 
submissive  and  gentle  ;  and  though  equally  bigoted  to 
their  religion,  are  extremely  dissolute  in  their  manners. 

Religion.  The  religion  of  the  Hindoos  is  artfully  inter- 
woven with  all  the  common  offices  of  life.  They  wor- 
ship images  ;  and,  under  the  influence  of  their  wretched 
superstition,  will  frequently  devote  themselves  to  certain 
and  painful  death,  throwing  themselves  on  large  iron 
hooks  fastened  to  the  wheels  of  the  carriages  by  which 
their  images  are  drawn,  or  casting  themselves  on  the 
ground  for  the  wheels  to  pass  over  them  and  crush  them 
to  death. 

Y  2 


B1RMAN     EMPIRE. 

Government*  Hindostan  is  divided  into  many  govern- 
ments, the  forms  of  which  are  various. 

Islands.  Ceylon  is  a  remarkably  fine  island,  containing 
1,500,000  inhabitants.  Its  peculiar  and  most  ^valuable 
product  is  cinnamon,  the  best  in  the  world.  Pepper,  car- 
damon,  and  other  spices,  are  also  natives  here.  The  low 
lands  are  amazingly  fertile  in  rice.  Elephants  and  tigers 
abound  in  the  forests,  and  alligators  in  the  rivers.  Many 
other  wild  animals  and  tremendous  reptiles  might  also  be 
mentioned.  Gold,  iron,  plumbago,  and  various  precious 
stones, are  among  its  'mineral  products.  In  one  of  its  bays 
is  a  beautiful  pearl  fishery,  which  is  frequented  by  a  mul- 
titude of  divers  from  different  parts.  The  natives  are 
called  Cinglese,  and  are  of  Hindoo  origin.  Columbo,  the 
capital,  containing  50, 000  inhabitants,  and  Candy,  in  the 
interior,  are  the  'principal  towns.  The  English  captured 
the  Dutch  settlements  in  1796,  and  in  1815,  they  com- 
pleted the  conquest  of  the  island.  In  Columbo,  the  Bap- 
tist and  Wesleyan  Methodists  have  missionaries  and 
schools.  On  this  island,  in  the  district  of  Jaffna,  is  a  suc- 
cessful missionary  station,  established  by  the  American 
Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign  Missions. 

The  Maldive  and  Laccadive  islands  are  uninteresting. 
The  inhabitants  speak  the  Cinglese  language.  Their 
trade  is  chiefly  in  cowerie*,  cocoa-nuts  and  fish.  Amber- 
gris is  frequently  collected  on  the  shores  of  the  islands  of 
these  seas. 

BIRMAN  EMPIRE. 

INDIA    BEYOND    THE     GANGES. 

The  Birman  empire  is  a  beautifully  diversified  and  fer- 
tile country,  producing  abundant  crops  of  rice,  wheat,  su- 
gar canes,  tobacco,  indigo,  cotton,  and  the  different  trop- 
ical fruits  in  perfection.  The  teak  tree  is  the  glory  of  its 
forests.  Some  of  the  finest  merchant  ships  ever  seen  in 
the  Thames,  have  been  built  at  Calcutta,  of  teak-wood, 
from  the  forests  of  Pegu. 

The  smineral  products  are  rich  5  gold  in  profusion  dec- 
orates their  temples  and  palaces,  and  the  inferior  rnetals 
are  found  in  abundance.  That  precious  gem,  the  true 
ruby,  is  almost  peculiar  to  Pegu  and  some  other  parts  of 
the  empire.  Amber  is  dug  in  large  quantities  near  the 
Irrawady. 

Manufactures  and  Trade.  The  Birmans  *excel  in  gilding, 
and  in  several  other  ornamental  manufactories.  The 
chief  trade  of  this  country  is  with  China  and  British  India. 


MALACCA.  271 

Towns.  Ummerapoorai  the  new  capital,  with  its  turrets 
and  spires,  seems  to  rise,  like  Venice,  out  of  the  waters, 
being  situated  between  a  lake  and  the  river  Irrawady. 
The  fort  is  an  exact  square,  with  publick  granaries  and 
store  rooms  ;  and  there  is  a  gilded  temple  at  each  corner, 
nearly  100  feet  in  height,  but  far  inferior  to  others  in  the 
vicinity.  Population,  IT 3. 000. 

Rangoon  is  the  'chief  port  of  the  Birman  empire.  It  is 
of  recent  foundation,  and  is  supposed  to  contain  above 
30,000  inhabitants.  The  American  Baptists  in  1813  es- 
tablished here  a  mis>ionary  station,  which,  at  the  close  of 
the  late  war  with  the  British,  was  removed  to  Maulmein. 
It  is  attended  with  success,  and  enjoys  the  protection 
of  the  English  government. 

Numerous  towns  and  villages  crowd  the  banks  of  the 
liver  Irrawady,  which  seems  to  be  the  centre  of  the  pop- 
ulation of  the  empire. 

*  Inhabitants.  The  Birmans  are  a  bold,  enterprising 
people.  In  war  they  display  the  ferocity  of  savages  ;  in 
peace  they  show  considerable  gentleness  and  civilization. 
No  female  is  permitted  to  leave  the  country,  lest  it  should 
injure  the  population.  Their  edifices  and  barges,  con- 
structed in  a  singular  style  of  oriental  elegance,  attest 
the  excellence  of  their  genius,  which  seems  to  want 
nothing  but  culture. 

Jh/iic'mn  am!  literature.  The  Birmans  profess  the  Hin- 
doo religion  :  but  their  prie>ts  are  reckoned  inferior  to 
the  Brahmins  of  Hindustan  in  learning.  They  have  many 
books,  which  are  kept  in  great  order  and  neatness. 

Government.  The  government  is  despotic,  and  the 
laws  in  some  instances  are  very  severe.  Desertions  or 
cowardice  in  a  soldier  is  punished  by  the  execution  of 
his  wife,  children  and  parents.  An  innocent  wife  or 
daughter  may  be  sei/.ed  and  sold  into  slavery,  to  dis- 
charge the  debt  of  her  husband. 

*  MALACCA. 

Malacca  is  a  large  peninsula,  about  150  miles  in  breadth. 
The  inland  parts  are  overgrown  with  forests,  which  are 
infested  with  elephants,  tigers,  and  wild  boars. 

Agriculture  is  chiefly  'employed  in  the  growth  of  rice  ; 
pepper  and  other  spices,  valuable  gums  and  wood,  are 
also  among  its  products.  Malacca  is  'noted  through  the 
East  for  its  tin  mines  ;  gold  is  said  to  be  found  in  the 
sand  of  the  streams. 


272  SIAM. 

The  inhabitants  are  'called  Malays.  They  are  below 
the  middle  size,  of  a  tawny  complexion,  with  long  black 
hair  ;  of  a  restless  disposition,  greatly  'addicted  to  navi- 
gation, war, plunder, emigration  and  desperate  enterprises^ 
insomuch,  that  they  are  universally  considered,  by  those 
with  whom  they  have  intercourse,  as  the  most  treacher- 
ous and  ferocious  people  on  the  globe.  Malay  barks,  not 
carrying  above  thirty  men,  have  been  known  to  attack  by 
surprise  European  vessels  of  thirty  or  forty  guns  ;  and  to 
obtain  possession  of  them,  by  suddenly  boarding  and  mas- 
sacreing  the  greater  part  of  the  crew  with  their  poinards. 
When  engaged  as  sailors  in  foreign  ships,  they  are  never 
to  be  trusted;  and  when  employed  as  domestics,  the  least 
affront  is  capable  of  exciting  them  to  the  most  desperate 
revenge. 

Their  religion  is  Mahometanism.  The  Malayan  lan- 
guage, which,  in  contrast  to  the  character  of  the  people, 
is  the  softest  and  most  melodious  dialect  of  the  East,  is 
widely  diffused  through  that  part  of  the  world,  and  serves 
the  purpose  of  general  communication. 

Malacca,  its  capital,  containing  about  12,000  inhabi- 
tants, was  taken  from  the  Dutch  by  the  English,  in  1795. 
The  London  Missionary  Society  have  established  here  a 
successful  missionary  station. 

Islands.  Opposite  to  the  coast  of  Malacca,  though  a4 
some  distance  from  it,  are  the  islands  Andaman  and  Ni- 
cobar.  The  greater  Andaman  is  about  140  miles  in  length. 
The  ?soil  is  a  black  rich  mould.  The  forests  produce 
ebony  and  other  valuable  woods.  The  only  quadrupeds 
are  wild  hogs,  monkies,  and  rats.  The  natives,  who  are 
about  2000  in  number,  are  woolly  headed  negroes,  resem- 
bling those  of  Africa.  A  British  settlement  has  lately 
been  formed  on  this  island,  and  some  convicts  sent  thith- 
er from  Bengal.  The  Nicobar  islands  are  three  in  num- 
ber. The  most  remarkable  production  is  a  kind  of  bread 
fruit,  said  to  weigh  from  20  to  30  pounds, 

SIAM. 

Siam  consists  of  an  extensive  vale  pervaded  by  a  large 
river,  and  enclosed  on  each  side  by  a  ridge  of  lofty  moun- 
tains. The  'soil  is  extremely  rich,  and  the  climate,  being 
hot,  greatly  promotes  fertility.  The  chief  'agricultural 
product  is  rice,  which  is  here  of  an  excellent  quality^ 

The  elephants  of  Siarn  are  'remarkable  for  their  sa- 
gacity and  beauty,  as  well  as  for  their  size. 


LAOS  AND  CAMBODIA....  COCHIN  CHINA,  &C.    273 

The  Siamese  are  of  a  dark  complexion,  with  features 
of  the  Tartarian  or  Chinese  cast.  The  men  are  extreme- 
ly indolent,  and  leave  the  most  laborious  occupations  to 
the  women. 

Literature  is  considerably  cultivated.  The  youth  are 
commonly  educated  in  the  convents  of  monk?,  where  they 
are  taught  to  read,  and  write,  and  cast  accounts.  Their 
religion  resembles  that  of  the  Hindoos,  one  of  its  leading 
doctrines  being  that  of  the  transmigration  of  souls.  The 
government  is  despotic,  and  the  sovereign  is  revered  with 
honours  almost  divine.  The  laws  are  extremely  severe, 
the  most  trifling  offences  being  punched  by  death  or  mu- 
tilation, such  as  the  cutting  of!' of  a  foot  or  a  hand. 

Siam,  or  Juthia,  situated  on  an  island  in  the  Meinam, 
is  the  capital. 

LAOS  AND  CAMBODIA. 

Beyond  the  rang;e  of  mountains  which  forms  the  east- 
ern boundary  of  Siam,  another  wide  plain  or  valley  ap- 
pears, pervaded  by  the  river  Japanese.  Of  this  tract, 
the  upper  or  northern  portion  is  the  kingdom  of  Laos, 
the  lower  or  southern  portion  is  Cambodia. 

Laos  'abounds  in  rice,  and  produces  excellent  benzoin 
and  musk,  gum-lac,  gold  and  ivory.  The  inhabitants 
resemble  the  southern  Chinese  ;  but  their  religion  and 
manners  are  similar  to  those  of  Siam.  Cambodia  is  also 
fertile  in  rice,  and  abundant  in  animal  food.  It  likewise 
affords  a  great  plenty  of  ivory,  and  several  valuable  kinds 
of  wood  ;  but  the  'peculiar  product  is  the  substance  call- 
ed Gamboge,  or  more  properly  Gamboge  gum,  which 
yields  a  line  yellow  tint,  and  is  also  a  powerful  medicine. 
The  country  is  thinly  peopled  ;  many  of  the  inhabitants 
are  Chinese,  Malays,  and  Japanese  settlers. 

COCHIN  CHINA  AND  TONQUIN. 

The  whole  remainder  of  India  beyond  the  Ganges  con- 
sists of  a  long  range  of  land,  forming  the  eastern  coast, 
and  bounded  internally  by  a  chain  of  mountains,  separat- 
ing it  from  Cambodia  and  Laos.  Of  this  tract,  the  south- 
ern anil  narrower  part  is  called  Cochin  China  ;  the  north- 
ern, which  spreads  into  a  greater  breadth,  is  Tonquin. 

Cochin  China  is  a  rich  and  fertile  district.  The  'chief 
agricultural  production  is  rice.  Sugar  is  also  cultivated 


274  CHINESE    EMPIRE. 

with  success,  and  purified  by  an  excellent  method.  The 
edible  birds'  nests,  formed  by  a  species  of  swallows  from 
some  unknown  viscous  substance,  and  esteemed  a  luxury 
in  China,  are  chiefly  found  in  this  country. 

The  inhabitants  are  said  to  be  large,  muscular,  and  well 
made.  They  are  of  Chinese  origin,  and  appear  to  have 
made  considerable  progress  in  civilization.  The  supe- 
rior ranks  are  clothed  in  silk.  The  houses  are  gener- 
ally constructed  of  bamboo,  thatched  with  rice  straw,  or 
rushes,  and  stand  in  groves  of  lime,  oranges,  and  cocoa- 
trees. 

Tonquirii  divided  from  Cochin  China  only  by  a  small 
river,  is  said  to  be  at  present  incorporated  with  it  by  con- 
quest. The  inhabitants  resemble  their  neighbours,  the 
Chinese,  from  whom  they,  in  all  probability,  descended, 
but  seem  to  have  made  less  progress  in  civilization.  The 
capital,  Kesho,  is  said  to  possess  a  population  of  40,000. 


CHINESE   EMPIRE. 

The  Chinese  Empire  unites  under  one  sceptre  a  greater 
number  of  human  beings,  than  any  other  single  dominion 
on  the  globe.  It  also  stands  more  apart  than  any  other 
from  the  rest  of  the  civilized  world  in  situation,  language, 
and  laws. 

Face  of  the  Country.  China  Proper  presents  many  low 
tracts,  watered  by  numerous  rivers,  and  cut  through  by 
canals  5  yet  ranges  of  mountains  are  frequent,  and  large 
spaces  are  occupied  by  dry  and  barren  deserts. 

Climate,  Soil,  and  Productions.  The  ^climate  is  various. 
The  southern  parts  about  Canton  are  hot  5  but  the  cold 
in  the  northern  parts  is  severe  during  the  winter  months. 
The  air,  however,  in  general,  is  serene,  and  appears  to 
be  salubrious. 

The  9soil  is  either  by  nature  or  art  fruitful  of  every 
thing  that  can  minister  to  the  necessities,  convenience^ 
or  luxuries  of  life.  The  culture  of  the  cotton  and  rice 
fields,  from  which  the  bulk  of  the  inhabitants  are  clothed 
and  fed,  is  ingenious  almost  beyond  description.  The 
tallow-tree  produces  a  fruit  having  all  the  qualities  of  our 
tallow,  and  when  manufactured  with  oil,  serves  the  na- 
tives as  candles. 

But  the  most  'celebrated  vegetable  product  of  China  is 
TEA,  which  is  exported  in  vast  quantities  to  England  and 


CHINESE     EMPIRE.  275 

the  United  States.     It  is  the  leaf  of  a  shrub,  planted  in 
rows  on  hilly  land. 

Agriculture  is  held  in  high  estimation  in  this  country  5 
and  once  every  year,  at  the  vernal  equinox,  the  Chinese 
monarch,  after  a  solemn  offering  to  the  God  of  heaven 
and  earth,  performs  the  ceremony  of  holding  the  plough, 
an  example  in  which  he  is  followed  by  all  the  great  offi- 
cers in  every  part  of  the  empire. 

Uncommon  Attention  is  paid  to  the  collecting  of  manure, 
and  <;reat  labour  is  bestowed  in  watering  and  working  the 
lands,  which  for  the  most  part  is  done  with  the  spade, 
without  the  aid  of  oxen  or  horses.  The  emperor  is  sole 
proprietor  of  the  soil,  and  receives  one  tenth  of  the  pro- 
duce. From  the  scarcity  of  cattle,  the  Chinese  have  but 
little  milk,  and  seem  unacquainted  with  butter  and  cheese. 

Canals.  The 'inland  navigation  of  China,  is  unparallel- 
ed on  the  face  of  the  globe.  The  imperial  canal  is  more 
than  600  miles  in  length.  It  is  50  feet  wide,  and  inter- 
sects China  from  north  to  south.  One  large  canal  gener- 
ally runs  through  every  province,  from  which  a  vast 
number  of  smaller  ones  branch  out  to  almost  every  town 
and  village. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce.  The  manufactures  are 
numerous.  The  most  'celebrated  is  that  of  porcelain,  call- 
ed China;  9next  in  importance  are  those  of  cotton  and  silk. 
The  Chinese  pay  but  little  regard  to  foreign  commerce. 
The  merchant  here  is  considered  far  below  the  husband- 
man ;  but  the  internal  trade  is  immense. 

Towns.  Pekin,  'the  capital,  is  14  miles  in  circumfer- 
ence, and  is  supposed  to  contain  3,000,000  inhabitants. 
It  is  surrounded  by  a  wall  from  25  to  30  feet  in  height, 
with  nine  gates,  which  are  lofty  and  well  arched.  The 
houses  are  seldom  more  than  one  story  high,  with  the 
windows  from  the  street.  The  emperor's  palace  pre- 
sents a  prodigious  assemblage  of  vast  buildings  and  mag- 
nificent gardens.  The  streets  are  straight,  most  of  them 
three  miles  in  length  and  120  feet  wide,  with  shops  on 
each  side.  All  the  great  streets  are  guarded  by  soldiers, 
who  patrol  night  and  day,  with  swords  by  their  sides  and 
whips  in  their  hands,  to  preserve  peace  and  good  order. 

Nankin,  formerly  the  capital,  and  the  most  extensive 
city  in  the  empire,  is  now  on  the  decline.  The  'chief 
edifice  is  a  celebrated  tower  covered  with  porcelain,  200 
feet  in  height. 

Canton  is  a  large,  populous,  and  wealthy  city,  contain- 
ing, as  is  supposed,  1,500, 000  inhabitants,  many  of  whom 


276  CHINESE    EMPIRE. 

live  in  barks  on  the  water  j  they  touch  one  another,  and 
are  so  arranged  as  to  form  streets,  constituting  a  kind  of 
floating  city.  This  is  the  only  port  to  which  European 
and  American  vessels  are  admitted.  The  chief  9export 
is  tea. 

The  other  large  cities  of  China  are  very  numerous, 
and  many  of  the  villages  are  of  a  surprising  size. 

8 Inhabitants.  The  Chinese  are  middle  sized,  with  broad 
faces,  small  black  eyes,  blunt  noses, high  cheekbones,  and 
large  lips.  They  shave  their  heads,  except  a  lock  on  the 
crown.  Their  dress  is  long,  with  large  sleeves,  and  a 
flowing  girdle  of  silk.  They  eat  almost  every  kind  of 
animal.  Polygamy  is  permitted.  The  women  are  held 
in  the  greatest  state  of  subjection.  A  singular  custom  is 
that  of  swathing  their  feet  in  bandages  from  infancy,  so 
as  to  prevent  their  growth,  to  any  proportionable  size. 
The  parties  in  marriage  never  see  each  other  till  the  bar- 
gain is  concluded  by  their  parents.  Female  children, 
which  they  are  unable  to  support,  they  are  allowed  to  cast 
into  the  river.  White  is  the  9colour  of  mourning.  Their 
amusements  are  dramatick  exhibitions,  feats  of  dexterity, 
and  fire  works,  in  which  they  excel  all  other  nations. 

Religion.  There  is  no  State  religion  in  China.  None 
is  paid,  preferred,  or  encouraged.  The  Chinese  have  no 
Sunday,  nor  even  such  a  division  as  a  week  ;  the  temples 
however,  are  open  every  clay  for  the  visits  of  devotees. 
Christian  missionaries  have  been  sent  into  some  parts  of 
these  vast  dominions,  and  the  Holy  Scriptures  are  now  in 
a  course  of  translation  into  the  Chinese  language. 

Language  and  Education.  The  Chinese  language  is 
the  most  singular  of  any  in  the  world.  It  consists  not  of 
letters,  but  of  characters,  each  of  which  has  the  same  sig- 
nification as  a  word  in  other  languages.  Education,  to  a 
certain  degree,  is  much  attended  to,  and  men  of  letters 
are  singularly  respected.  Books  are  printed  from  blocks, 
after  the  manner  of  wooden  cuts. 

Government.  The  government  is  patriarchal  and  des- 
potic. The  emperor  is  considered  as  standing  in  the 
same  relation  of  absolute  and  revered  master  to  the  whole 
nation,  that  the  head  of  a  family  does  to  all  the  members 
of  it. 

Antiquity.  The  most  'remarkable  antiquity  of  China  is 
its  Great  Wall,  erected  as  a  barrier  against  the  northern 
Tartars.  It  is  a  most  stupendous  work,  of  the  computed 
length  of  1500  miles,  traversing  mountains  and  vallies, 
and  crowned  with  towers  at  short  intervals. 


St.  Peter's.. ..Page  251. 


•'-  all  in  China. ...Page  276. 


EMPIRE  OF  JAPAN.  277 

CHINESE  TARTARY. 

Chinese  Tartary  is  a  vast  elevated  plain, 'consisting  chief- 
ly of  dry  sandy  deserts,  but  frequently  interrupted  by  fer- 
tile tracks  in  the  courses  of  rivers,  and  crossed  in  various 
parts  by  mountainous  ridges.  The  true  rhubarb  is  pro- 
duced in  this  country,  and  also  a  drug  of  high  esteem  in 
China,  the  GINSENG,  regarded  almost  as  an  universal  medi- 
cine. The  inhabitants  are  Moguls,  a  wandering  people, 
and  theMandshuivs,  who  dwell  mostly  in  fixed  habitations. 

TIBET. 

Tibet  is  an  elevated  country,  encumbered  with  high 
mountains,  the  tops  of  which  are  covered  with  perpetual 
snow.  The  Himaleh  mountains,  between  Tibet  and  Cash- 
mere, are  about  26,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
st«a,  the  hi'Ju'^t  elevation  yet  known  on  the  globe.  The 
''soil  pre-i-nts  a  genera!  a->>rct  of  sterility.  The  9climate 
even  in  the  27th  degree  of  latitude,  is  intensely  cold. 
Wheat,  pea*,  and  barley  are  the  chief  objects  of  agricul- 
tural industry.  Sheep  and  goats  are  numerous.  The  lat- 
ter are  'celebrated  for  their  tine  hair,  which  is  manufac- 
tured into  shawl>  at  Ca^him-re. 

In  Tibet  exists  the  most  extraordinary  religion  and  gov- 
ernment in  the  world.  Some  healthy  peasant  is  purchas- 
ed while  young,  who  is  privately  tutored  for  the  purpose. 
He  resides  in  a  pagoda,  upon  the  mountain  Fatal i,  where 
he  sits  in  a  ci  d  posture,  without  speaking  or 

moving,  otherwise  than  by  lifting  his  hand  in  approbation 
of  some  favourite  \vorshipper  ;  and  the  neighbouring  peo- 
ple flock  in  numbers,  with  rich  presents,  to  pay  their  ad- 
orations. He  is  called  the  Grand  Lama,  and  they  pre- 
tend he  is  always  young  and  immortal.  When  he  begins 
to  grow  old  they  privately  despatch  him,  and  set  up 
another  in  his  stead.  La  >  mile*  north  by  east  of 

Calcutta,  is  the  capital. 

EMPIRE  OF  JAPAN. 

The  isles  of  Japan  in  A-ia,  like  those  of  Britain  in  Eu- 
rope, constitute  a  populous  and  mighty  empire. 

Face  of  the  Country.  The  face  of  the  country,  in  gen- 
eral, is  much  diversified.  The  sea  coasts  are  almost  eve- 
ry where  precipitous,  and  rocky,  and  surrounded  by  a 
turbulent  sea.  In  all  the  islands  the  hind  rises  into 
mountains  towards  the  interior. 
Z 


278  EMPIRE  OF  JAPAN. 

9 'Climate.  In  summer  the  heat  is  violent,  and  in  winter 
the  cold  is  severe.  The  rainy  season  commences  about 
midsummer.  Thunder  is  not  unfrequeiit ;  tempests,  hurri- 
canes and  earthquakes  are  very  common. 

Soil  and  Productions.  The  5soil,  though  naturally  stony 
and  barren,  is  rendered  fertile  by  the  industry  of  the  inhab- 
itants, and  the  frequent  rains  that  moisten  its  surface.  In 
no  country  is  agriculture  practised  with  equal  attention. 
Not  the  least  particle  of  what  may  serve  for  manure  is 
suffered  to  be  wasted.  The  land  is  every  where  tilled 
like  a  garden.  Even  the  sides  of  hills  are  cultivated  by 
means  of  stone  walls,  supporting  level  plats  sown  with 
rice  or  esculent  r.oots.  Thousands  of  these  beds  adorn, 
most  of  their  mountains,  and  give  them  an  appearance, 
which  excites  the  greatest  astonishment  in  the  minds  of 
spectators. 

Rice  is  the  9chief  grain.  The  sweet  potato  is  also  abun- 
dant. Tea  grows  in  every  part  of  the  country.  Cotton, 
indigo,  ginger,  oranges,  and  the  sugar-cane,  are  also  suc- 
cessfully cultivated.  A  variety  of  valuable  trees  and 
shrubs  grow  wild  in  the  mountainous  parts,  among  which 
are  the  Indian  laurel,  the  camphor  tree,  and  the  varnish 
tree,  from  the  bark  of  which  exudes  a  gum  resin,  suppo- 
sed to  be  the  basis  of  the  exquisitely  beautiful  arid  inimi- 
table black  varnish,  which  ^distinguishes  the  Japanese 
cabinet  ware. 

Neither  sheep  nor  goats  are  seen  in  the  whole  empire  ; 
horses  are  rare,  and  cattle  still  more  so._  The  latter  are 
only  employed  for  labour.  The  Japanese  use  neither 
their  flesh  nor  their  milk. 

Gold  is  found  in  abundance;  likewise  silver  in  consid- 
erable quantities  :  copper  is  quite  common  ;  iron  is 
scarcer  than  most  other  metals  in  this  country. 

Manufactures.  The  Japanese  are  excellent  workmen 
in  iron  and  copper  ;  their  swords  display  incomparable 
skill.  In  manufactures  of  silk  and  cotton  they  yield  to 
none  of  the  eastern  nations  ;  while  in  varnishing  wood,  it 
is  well  known,  they  have  no  equals.  Glass  is  common  ; 
they  also  make  telescopes.  Their  porcelain  is  deemed 
superior  to  that  of  China.  Paper  is  prepared  from  the 
bark  of  a  species  of  mulberry  tree. 

Commerce.  The  'foreign  trade  of  Japan  is  with  the 
Chinese  and  the  Dutch,  totheentirje  exclusion  of  all  oth- 
er nations.  The  internal  commerce,  being  free  from 
imposts,  is  very  considerable.  The  harbours  are  crowd- 


EMPIRE    OF    JAPAN.  279 

ed  with  large  anil  small  md  the  high  roads  with 

passengers  and  goods.     The  shops  are  well  stocked,  and 

in  dill'erent  p 

/o,  the  'capital,  in  the  island  Niphon,  is 

a  great  commercial  city.     It  is  said  to  be  7  miles  long,  and 

ircumference,  and  to  contain  1,000,000  inhabitants. 

The  imperial  palace  occupies  a  vast  extent,  and  is  indeed 

-ideruble  town  of  itself.     '1'he  houses  never  exceed 

•'inumeiv  towards  the  street.     No 

walls  or  fortifications  enclose  the  Japanese  cities. 

iritual  capital,  near  the  centre  of  the  same 

island.  •  MiiMMTi-.il  city,  and  the  seat  of  litera- 

..erous  manufactures.  Population  500,000. 

is  the  'port  allotted  for  foreign  commerce. 

ie  only    one  into  which    foreign  ships  are 

site  to   it  is  the   small   island 

Dutch  have  their  factory. 

8  middle  si/.e,  with 

yellov  MS.    Lad,  inction,  whoseldom 

white. 

;he   Chine=e,    they  are    ch;  inguishable    by 

The    men 

'    the   nape,  but  the 

hair  on  tip  :p,  and    fastened   at   the 

crowi:.  _       Their  food,  con- 

•il  in  a 

of  bread  ;  and 

i-  made  of  ri( ••  .  common  drink. 

iluous  li<|  Mown  ;  but   the  use 

of  tea   is    univ  d    that  of 

'.  painted  \vlu  ;iblance  of 

•is,  but  sit 

irks. 

n.     Their  lan- 
>(1    by  no  other  na- 
tion.     'I'ln  among   them  ; 
and  t'                                            .is    for   i  Arithmetic, 
.onoiuy.      Some    of  their  schools 
'o    contain  .3  •                 .-choiars.     The 
uovernine;                    solute  monarchv. 

N'iphon   lies   the  large  island 

called  inhabited  by  an  uncivilised,  harmless 

people,  tributary  to  the  Japanese,  some  of  whom  reside 
on  the  island.  Although  pleasant  and  fertile,  it  is  little 
cultivated.  Matsmai,  the  capital,  contains  5.0,000  in- 
habitants. 


280  ASIATIC    ISLANDS. 

ASIATIC    ISLANDS. 

Among  the  Asiatic  islands,  other  than  those  already 
mentioned,  are  reckoned  the"  isles  of  Sunda,  Borneo,  the 
Manillas  or  Philippine  islands  ;  the  Celebes;  and  the 
Moluccas,  or  Spice  Islands. 

ISLES    OF    SUNDA. 

The  Isles  of  Sunda,  or  the  Sumatrian  Chain,  as  they 
are  sometimes  called,  Comprise  Sumatra,  Java,  Timor, 
and  the  several  intermediate  islands. 

Sumatra  is  950  'miles  in  length.  A  chain  of  mountains 
runs  through  the  whole  island.  Mount  Ophir,  exactly 
under  the  equator,  rises  to  the  height  of  13,842  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  pea,  being  only  1,500  feet  lower 
than  Mount  Blanc.  The  most  Valuable  and  abundant  pro- 
duction is  PEPPER.  It  grows  on  a  climbing  plant  resem- 
bling a  vine.  Other  ^articles  are  camphor,  gum-benzoin, 
cassia,  cotton,  and  coffee.  The  gold  mines  found  here, 
being  of  an  inferior  quality,  are  much  neglected  ;  but  tin 
forms  an  abundant  article  of  exportation. 

The  inhabitants  on  the  coasts  are  Malays  ;  in  the  inte- 
rior are  different  tribes  of  natives.  The  English  have 
formed  a  settlement  at  Bencoolan.  Their  5chief  object  is 
the  pepper  trade.  Among  the  small  islands  that  encom- 
pass Sumatra,  that  of  Banca  is  'famous  for  its  tin.  The 
Dutch  have  long  exported  vast  quantities  ;  and  the  mines 
are  thought  to  be  inexhaustible. 

Java  derives  its  ?chief  importance  from  its  capital  city, 
flalavia,  which  is  the  principal  settlement  of  the  Dutch 
in  the  East  Indies,  and  the  centre  of  their  commerce. 
The  city  is  large  and  elegant,  and  the  houses  splendid 
and  richly  furnished  ;  but  the  'situation  is  extremely  un- 
healthy. Three-fourths  of  those  who  arrive  here  from 
Europe,  usually  die  within  the  first  year.  The  streets 
are  spacious,  and  most  of  them  have  canals  of  stagnant 
water  pervading  their  whole  length.  Population  47,000. 

The  ^products  resemble  those  of  Sumatra.  This  island 
was  captured  by  the  British,  August,  1811,  but  was  re- 
stored in  1816.  The  English  Baptists  established  a  mis- 
sionary here  in  1815. 

The  other  islands  of  the  Sumatrian  Chain  are  of  but 
little  importance,  except  Timor,  which  is  regarded  by 
the  Dutch  as  a  kind  of  barrier  to  the  Spice  Islands, 


NDS.  281 

BOHNEO. 

e  largest  island  in  the  world,  except  Nevv- 
Hollaml.  Of  this  great  tract  of  Sand,  however,  little  is 
known  beyond  the  -  ts.  These,  for  the  must  part, 

con-i-t  of  muddv  Hats,  on  which  account  the  hou*- 
commonly  built  on  posts  fixed   in  rafis  which  are  moored 
to  tlie  shore,  and  ri-r  ami  fall  with  the  tide.      Many  of  the 
vilia-'i-s  are  constructed  in  this  manner,   and   mov. 
place  to  pi  -nits  theconveniencyof  the  inhabitants. 

The  reductions  are  pepper,  camphor,  tin- 

called  dragon's  blood,  and  sandal  wood.  Edible  birds' 
djundant.  Gold  is  found  in  the  interior;  also 
diamonds  of  an  inferior  quality.  Timers  are  numerous 
and  destructive.  The  Europeans  (except  the  Dutch) 
have  no  settlement  on  this  island.  The  chief  trade  is 
with  the  Chin 

Til!!     MANILLA-,     OR     PH I L 1 ITIXL     ISHXDS. 

-the  most  important  of  Ihese  inlands,  computed 

•it  .)()<)  mile*  in  length.      I;  tile  soil,  and  far 

rich  in  its  products.      The    finest  cotton  known  in  trade 

i  the  cocoa  tree,  are  al- 
so cu  with  suci  •  'd,  copper,  and  iron  are 

called  Ta- 

i.      The.  <Tson- 

able  i  mild  di-po-ition.  dwelling  in  huts  of  bam- 

boo .  upon  pol. 

Spaniards  h  .  in  these 

islands.     Their  'principal  East  Indian  settlement  is  at 
A\  built,   and    strongly  fortified 
.    like   other  Spani- 

commerce 

across   the 

•  o  in   Mexico, 

iume- 

rous  here  till  tin  .  n  the 

Spani  ;  'iial  indu-- 

triou- 

•'ie   Piiilippine 

islands,  on  which  t  i  have  but  few  settlements. 

The  true  cinnamon  tree  is  said  to  grow  here  ;  gold  i- 
among  its  product.-.      Horses  and  bulfaloes  are  amazingly- 
numerous. 


282  ASIATIC    ISLANDS. 

Of  the  other  Philippine  islands,  some  are  of  consider- 
able magnitude,  and  all  afford  a  variety  of  useful  vegeta- 
bles and  wild  animals.  Many  display  volcanic  appear- 
ances, abounding  in  lavas  and'vitrifications,  sulphur,  and 
hot  springs. 

THE    CELEBES. 

The  chief  island  of  this  group  is  Celebes^  sometimes 
called  Macassar,  much  'celebrated  for  its  sublime  and 
beautiful  scenery.  ••  It  produces  rice,  maize,  sago,  sugar- 
cane, and  pepper,  besides  an  abundance  of  poisonous 
plants.  The  natives  are  Malays.  They  are  much  'ad- 
dicted to  piracy,  and  often  attack  vessels  with  the  most 
amazing  and  desperate  resolution. 

Macassar,  the  principal  city,  is  held  by  the  Dutch,  who 
have  garrisons  in  several  of  the  small  circumjacent  isl- 
ands, and  claim  the  sovereignty  of  the  whole  group. 

THE    MOLUCCAS  \      OR,     SPICE    ISLANDS. 

Gilolo,  the  largest  of  these  islands,  'produces  sago  and 
the  bread  fruit  in  great  abundance.  It  is  also  plentifully 
furnished  with  wild  and  domestick  animals.  The  natives 
are  industrious,  and  are  much  employed  in  weaving  cot- 
ton. Ossa  is  a  convenient  port  town. 

Ceram  is  the  next  in  size.  It  'produces  cloves  and  sago; 
the  latter  constitutes  one  of  its  'principal  articles  of  export. 

JBanda  and  Amboyna,  now  in  possession  of  the  Dutch, 
are  the  most  'distinguished  of  the  Spice  Islands. 

Banda  is  the  chief  of  a  group,  which  comprises  six  or 
seven  other  islands.  All  these  are  very  small,  being  'cel- 
ebrated solely  for  the  production  of  the  nutmeg.  This 
tree,  unknown  in  other  parts  of  the  globe,  grows  to  the 
size  of  a  pear  tree,  with  leaves  resembling  laurel.  The 
nutmeg,  when  ripe,  is  almost  of  the  size  and  colour  of  aa 
apricot,  and  in  shape  nearly  resembles  a  pear  5  the  mace 
is  a  rind  which  encloses  the  shell  of  the  nutmeg.  The 
Dutch  are  very  jealous  of  its  growth  in  other  islands, 
and  have  frequently  caused  its  destruction  when  produced 
elsewhere  by  nature. 

Amboyna  is  'celebrated  for  the  production  of  cloves. 
Its  situation  is  north  from  the  Banda  isles,  near  Ceram. 
The  clove  tree  grows  to  the  height  of  forty  or  fifty  feet, 
with  spreading  branches  and  long  pointed  leaves.  Some 
of  the  trees  produce  an  annual  crop  of  thirty  pounds 


AUS1KALVSIA.  283 

weight.     The  town  of  Amboyna,  situated  near  the  south- 
"f  ilie  i>land,  is  the  second  in  rank  of 
the   Dutch   East-India  settlements.       It  is  neatly  built, 
and  contains  a  considerable  population. 

AUSTRALASIA. 

Australasia  'comprehends  the  extensive  central  island, 
New-Holland,   with  all   the  islands  within  20  decrees  to 
the  we-i.  and  within  2:>  or  SO  decrees  to  the  east  of  it. 
NK-.  -in    length   from  east  to 

and  about  l,9G()  miles  in  breadth.      This  immense 
.  is  but  little  known  to  Europeans.      Capt.  Cook  vis- 
.:id  explored  the  eastern  coast  in  177".  .fid  took  pos- 
session of  it  in  the  name  of  the  king  of  Great  Britain,  and 
gave  it  the  nai  ••'//<  //H//.V.      An  English  set- 

ice  been  formed  at  Port  Jackson,  for  the 
Mortatioii  of  convicts  from  England. 
The  native  inhabitants-are  said  to  approach  more  near- 
ly to  the  brutal  state  than  any  u  _e  race  yet  dis- 
d.      The]                tly  black,  partly  of  a  copper  hue, 
with  Ionic  hair,  thick  eyebrows  and  lips,  flat  noses,  sunken 
eves,  and  very  wide  mouths;  of  low  siature  and  ill  made, 
with  re  ma                  -ruler  limbs.      Their  arts  are  extreme- 

•1  filthy  ;    their  nat- 
culture  of  the  land, 
but  feed  on  li-h  and  such  animals  as  fail  in  their  way. 

i>  little  known  as  New -Hol- 
land.     The    coasts  in  general  are   lofty  ;     and   its  moun- 

-,  richly  clothed  with  woods, 
hich  lias  impressed   ev- 
Muropean  settlement  has 
i  nd. 

.:e  black,  with  the  woolly  hair  of  tiie 
•oil  stature  and 

'but  theii  .  extremely 

i  hide- 

.ih   the  Pa- 

istiuments  and 

.  birds 

-.  which  the  na- 
ctll. 

.  situ- 
ated rather  to  pua,  have  been  little  ex- 
plored. In  New  Britain  the  nutmeg  is  said  to  be  found 


284  POLYNESIA. 

in  abundance,  and  the  country  is  supposed  to  be  popu- 
lous. New  Ireland  'produces  the  bread  fruit  and  cocoa 
tree.  The  inhabitants  are  muscular  and  strong,  and  of  a 
dark  brown  complexion.  Their  houses  are  neatly  built 
in  the  form  of  a  bee-hive,  but  h.ave  no  outlet  for  the 
smoke.  Their  food  consists  chiefly  of  fruit. 

New  Caledonia  and  the  New  Hebrides  were  discovered 
by  Capt.  Cook  in  1774.  The  former  is  represented  as 
rocky  and  barren  ;  in  the  latter  are  found  plantains, 
sugar-canes,  yams,  and  several  kinds  of  fruit  trees.  The 
natives  resemble  those  of  New  Holland,  and  are  dexter- 
ous in  the  use  of  the  spear. 

New  Zealand  was  first  visited  by  Tasinan,  a  Dutch  nav- 
igator, in  1642,  when  seven  of  his  men  going  ashore  un- 
armed, were  cruelly  slaughtered  by  the  natives.  The 
highest  mountain  hitherto  observed,  is  that  of  Egmont, 
supposed  to  be  14,000  feet  in  height,  the  top  of  which  is 
covered  with  perpetual  snow.  Among  the  few  produc- 
tions which  have  been  examined,  that  of  a  particular  spe- 
cies of  flax  has  'excited  the  greatest  attention,  being  of  a 
beautiful  silky  appearance,  and  the  plant  remarkably  tall. 
Its  culture  has  been  attempted  both  in  England  and 
France,  but  without  success.  Rats  and  dogs  are  the  only 
quadrupeds  which  have  yet  been  discovered. 

The  natives  are  among  the  most  ferocious  of  the  human 
race.  They  equal  the  tallest  Europeans  in  stature.  Their 
complexion  is  a  dark  brown.  In  combat  they  distort  their 
features  like  daemons.  The  captives  taken  in  war  are  al- 
ways eaten  by  the  victors;  and  the  bodies  of  the  slain 
are  immediately  cut  in  pieces,  broiled  and  devoured  with 
the  greatest  satisfaction.  Christian  missionaries  have 
lately  established  themselves  here. 

Van  Dieman's  Land  is  the  last  great  division  yet  discov- 
ered of  the  wide  expanse  of  Australasia.  The  productions 
and  the  inhabitants  seem  to  resemble  those  of  New  Hol- 
land, from  whence  it  is  separated  by  a  strait,  about  nine- 
ty miles  wide,  interspersed  with  small  islands. 

POLYNESIA. 

The  Pelew  islands  'produce  ebony,  cocoa,  the  bread- 
fruit, sugar-cane  and  bamboo.  The  'natives  are  a  gentle 
and  amiable  people,  stout  and  well  made.  The  men  go 
entirely  naked,  while  the  women  only  wear  two  little 
aprons,  or  rather  fringes,  made  of  the  husks  of  the  cocoa 
nut.  Both  sexes  are  tattowed,  and  the  teeth  are  dyed 
black. 


POLYNESIA.  285 

Ladrones  are  twelve  or  fourteen  in  number,  but 
lot  above  three  or  lour  of  them  are  inhibited.  They 
'prodi;  •-.*,  limes,  cocoa-nuts,  and  that  celebrated 

id  remarkable  tree  which  bears  the  bread  fruit. 

ut   thirty    in  number,    and  very 

>puloi;  which    are    uninhabited.      The 

itives  resemble  those  of  the  Philippines,  and  chieily  live 
m  fish  and  cocoa-nuts. 

The  Sandwich  hlnndx  were  discovered  by  Captain 
Cook  ;  and  the  island  Oir/ii/hcc,  the  largest  in  the  group, 
is  unfortunately  *d.  •(!  as  the  place  where  this 

illustrious  \\i\\  i  his  life,  bein^    killed   by  the  na- 

.  which    01  er   in  a   sort  of 

misunderstanding,  than  in  ferocity  of  disposition,  or  pre- 
meditate.; 

,i   mild    and  affectionate  people, 
to  have  made  some  pro- 
gress ir.    agriculture  and    manufactures.      The    principal 
article    fin  -mmerce  i-  sandal    wood.      These 

E  have   lati  unced  idolatry,  and    missionaries 

fiom  the  I'nited  States  liave  been  "very  affectionately 
recei\ 

AA/r  lands.     The  'natives  of  these  islands  are 

sa'nl  to    su  other    nations  in  r-vmmetry   of   shape 

and  r.  it  not  for  tattowing, 

which  !v    bv  numerous    punctures,    the 

complexion    would    be    only  \\hile   the  hair    is    of 

many  .    but  none    red.      Some  of   the    women  are 

nearl\  ,-iong  them  tattowing    is 

not  so  universal. 

No  quadrupeds    have  been 

iimon,  and    the  \\  <•  ii!led  with 

many  beautiful  bird*. 

attention  than 
-.-lerable  of 

them  is  Otaluitt^    on  v.hich    mon  n  written  than 

il  i^  iertile,  and 

'proiliu  es  in  pi.  plantain,  the 

yams,  and  othe:  •  people  of  Otaheite 

:ild  and    E  .   ;,ind    an,l 

ble,  ea-ily   mo\  -ing   from  one    emo- 

tion to  another.  are   cleanly  in  their  persons,  and 

polished  in  their  habits  of  life.  Their  rude  manufactures 
are  truly  wonderful,  and  evince  the  greatest  ingenuity. 
Both  sexes  wear  garlands  of  flowers  and  feathers,  and  the 
women  use  a  kind  of  bonnet  made  of  cocoa  leaves.  Idol 


286  AFRICA. 

worship  has  been  abolished  on  several  of  these  islands, 
and  the  inhabitants  have  embraced  the  Christian  faith. 

Friendly  and  Navigators  Islands.  The  Friendly  Islands, 
including  the  Isles  of  the  Navigators,  are  ^represented  as 
well  cultivated,  and  abounding  in  provisions.  Tongataboo 
particularly,  is  described  as  one  of  the  best  cultivated  spots 
on  the  globe.  The  inhabitants  of  the  Navigator's  Isles 
are  very  numerous,  of  great  strength  and  stature,  fero- 
cious, and  treacherous  to  strangers.  Their  language 
partakes  of  the  dialect  of  the  Malays,  from  whom  they 
seem  to  have  derived  their  dispositions. 


AFRICA. 

Our  knowledge  of  Africa  is  almost  wholly  confined  to 
its  coasts  ;  its  geography  is,  therefore,  very  incomplete. 

The  ?mode  of  travelling  and  carrying  on  trade  over  the 
immense  deserts  in  the  interior,  is  by  caravans,  or  troops 
of  merchants  and  traders  on  camels.  The  number  is 
various,  from  2,00  to  2,000.  Each  caravan  has  a  guard 
of  janizaries  or  other  forces,  for  its  defence  against  the 
roving  Arabs  of  the  desert,  who  make  robbery  a  profes- 
sion. Their  ^course  in  the  night  is  directed  by  the  stars. 

The  climate  of  Africa  has  at  all  times  been  'noted  for 
excess  of  heat,  to  which  quality  all  its  productions,  animal 
and  vegetable,  bear  testimony.  The  dark  hue  and  savage 
disposition  of  the  inhabitants,  and  the  peculiar  ferocity  of 
its  numerous  beasts  of  prey,  seem  in  unison  with  the  in- 
tense heat  of  the  sun,  and  the  wild  horror  of  the  deserts. 

BARBAR1T  STATES. 

The  'Barbary  States  are  Morocco,  Algiers,  Tunis,  and 
Tripoli.  Morocco  nearly  corresponds  to  the  ancient 
Mauritania,  and  Algiers  to  Numidia. 

Barca,  or,  as  it  is  called  by  the  Arabs,  the  land  of  whirl- 
winds, is  an  extensive  desert  country,  dependent  on  Trip- 
oli, situated  between  Tripoli  and  Egypt.  Here  once 
stood  the  renowned  temple  of  Jupiter  Am  mop. 

These  States  are  9noted  for  their  hostility  to  the  chris- 
tian  name,  and  for  their  piracies  .exercised  chiefly  in  the 
Mediterranean  sea,  against  all  those  Christian 'powers 


BARBARY    STATES.  287 

which  do  not  purchase  their  forbearance  by  a  disgraceful 

tribute.     Several   nations,    however,  now  refuse   to  pur- 

>earance,  and  have  successfully  defended 

their  commerce. 

circumstances  of  these  States  arc  so  nearly  similar 
all  that  will  here  be  necessary. 

of  the  Country.  The  country,  as  far  as  it  is  known, 
is  a  diversified  campaign.  The  Atlas  mountains,  fabled 
by  the  anr;  Mipportin^  the  heavens  appear  to  be 

a  chain    of  no  remarkable   elevation,    although    some  of 
their  pped  with  perpetual  snow. 

.     The  'climate  in  win- 
temperate,    but   in    summer   the  heat  is  excessive. 
-oil   partake^  of  the  general  character  of  Africa  be- 
inu;  liu;ht  and  sandv,  except  the  vallies  of  Mount  Atlas, 
ie  lands  b  on  the  rivulets,  which  present  in 

ma:,  •]),  rich  soil. 

:i  of  all  kinds  is  plentiful,  and  the  wheat  is  of  an  ex- 
cellent  <|';  1,  wine,  excellent  fruits,  sugar,  cotton, 

silk,  i  u-e  'produced  in  the  different  soils 

:ulustry,  and  better  agri- 
culture, tl  .r  more  productive. 

The  Mo-  !'ue  same  as  tho-e  of  Europe, 

\\ith  the  addition  of  the  camel.      The  breed  of  ho: 
small,  but  utiful,    and 

common    aiming   the   recesses    of  the 
.\iin-T;:U   abound    in  the  hilly  regions,  and 
some  min<  irticularly  of  copper. 

Com  tates  is  in 

the  hai  I'hat  of  Tunis  is  very  consid- 

erable.    T  ool  in  large  quantities,  grain, 

olive  oil,  cattle,  hi-'  o  ivory  ami  uo'ld  dust,    which 

ial  city  in 
•n  this  city 

and  T  -serts. 

1  tober,  and 

in  Ju;  arry  out  coarse 

woollen  cloth-.  .  watches,  and  hard 

In  reti.  ives,  ivory,  and  gold 

dust 

Chi  ),    containing   about    40,000  in- 

habitants, the  capital  of  th«-  of  the   * :\\\\ •*.  name, 

is   an  extensive  c'n  ill,  ce- 

mented  with   a    hard    and  durable  kind  of  mortar.     The 
principal  edifices  are  the  royal  palace,  and  the  mosques. 


288  BARBARY    STATES. 

Ff-z  is  a  large  city,  and  the  capital  of  a  kingdom  of  the 
same  name,  now  incorporated  with  Morocco.  The  houses 
are  lofty  and  spacious  ;  it  contains  700  mosques,  50  of 
which  are  highly  ornamented.  The  population  has  been 
estimated  at  380,000 ;  but  is  supposed  now  to  be  100,000. 

Algiers  is  reckoned  the  'chief  of  the  piratical  States. 
The  city  Algiers  is  situated  on  the  sea-coast,  gradually 
rising  from  the  shore,  so  as  to  afford  a  fine  prospect  of  all 
its  buildings.  It  is  of  no  great  compass,  and  meanly  for- 
tified on  the  land  side  ;  but  its  harbour  is  secured  by  a 
mole  and  other  works  of  considerable  strength.  The  city 
is  reckoned  to  contain  about  150,000  inhabitants,  who  are 
a  mixture  of  various  nations  and  religions.  The  Dey's 
palace,  the  mosques,  barracks,  and  publick  baths,  are  the 
most  conspicuous  buildings.  The  surrounding  territory 
is  very  fertile,  and  ornamented  with  gardens,  groves,  and 
country  seats  :  nor  is  any  thing  wanting,  but  a  better  peo- 
ple and  government,  to  render  Algiers  a  delightful  abode. 
This  place,  in  1816,  was  attacked  by  the  English  and 
Dutch  fleets,  under  Lord  Exmouth,  with  such  success, 
that  the  Dey  was  compelled  to  sign  a  treaty  by  which  he 
agrees  forever  to  abolish  Christian  slavery. 

Oran  is  a  well  fortified  town,  and  contains  about  15,000 
inhabitants. 

7Twms,  the  capital  of  a  kingdom  of  the  same  name, 
and  residence  of  the  Dey,  is  the  most  ^commercial  city  on 
the  African  coast.  The  inhabitants  are  reckoned  at 
about  120,000,  many  of  whom  are  employed  in  linen  and 
woollen  manufactures.  The  ruins  of  ancient  Carthage 
are  at  a  small  distance  from  this  city. 

Tripoli  is  a  large  town,  though  much  declined  from  its 
former  opulence  and  splendour.  It  is  meanly  built,  and 
labours  under  the  ^disadvantages  of  want  of  water,  and. a 
barren  circumjacent  district.  It  has  a  considerable  linen 
manufacture,  and  an  excellent  harbour,  which  is  much 
visited  by  corsairs.  Population  about  15,000. 

Derne  is  the  chief  town  of  Barca.  This  is  the  7place 
where  our  late  gallant  countryman,  General  Eaton,  so 
much  distinguished  himself,  in  1805.  At  the  head  of  a 
small  but  intrepid  band  of  troops  he  crossed  the  desert 
from  Egypt ;  and  after  encountering  excessive  hardship 
and  fatigue,  arrived  before  Derne,  which  he  took  by 
storm,  and  put  to  flight  the  army  of  Tripoli. 

Inhabitants.  Earbary  is  chiefly  inhabited  by  three 
7sorts  of  people ;  the  Moors,  who  are  the  aborigines  of 


i  i'T.  289 

the  country,  the  Arabs,  and  the  Turks.  The  Moors  are 
ignorant,  superstitious,  revengeful,  and  malicious.  Their 
condii  ret  and  miserable  in  the  (extreme,  being 

crushed  with  a  heavy  load  of  taxes,  and  treated  with  the 
utni"-  by  tlieir  insulting  masters. 

re  a  wandering  race,  who  roam  from  place 
to  place  witli  their  flocks  and  herds,  and  raise  grain  on 
the  most  fruitful  spots;  some  of  them,  however,  are  more 
addicted  to  plunder  than  to  the  exertions  of  industry.  They 
pay  a  tribute  to  the  emperor,  but  are  governed  by  their 
own  elect  i 

The  Turks  ''form  the  highest  rank  in  the  country,  and 
possess  all  the  chief  offices  of  State.  They  are  proud,  in- 
dolent, voluptuous,  and  revengeful  ;  but  at  the  same  time, 
faithful,  courageous,  and  tolerant. 

There  are  some  Jews  in  this  country,  but  they  are  de- 
(jssed.     The  number  of  Christian  and  negro 
slaves  iderable.      Slaves  of  any  colour,   who 

turn    .'•  their   freedom.      The   Jews  and 

Christians  who  do  this  are  called  ltr.\r.<;  \J>DKS,  and  may  be 
advanced  to  honourable  and  lucrative  employments. 

•  metan,  and  tho  aversion 
; Tied  to  a  greater  height  in  these 
that  in  any  <  i  States. 

pt  at  the  city  of  Tunis,  scarcely  so 
much  as  the  shadow  of  literature  or  the  arts,  can  be  said 
to  exist  in  any  of  the  States  of  Jiarbary. 

(lortniincnt.  In  all  these  States  the  government  is  des- 
potic. The  sovereign  of  Algiers  is  'styled  the  Dey.  He 
is  elected  from  the  army.  Every  bold  and  aspiring'soldier, 
however  obscure  his  origin,  may  be  considered  as  heir  ap- 
parent to  the  throne. 

.  PT. 

The  early  culture  and  population  of  Egypt  are  attested 
by  the  most  ancient  records  of  the  human  race.  But  like 
most  ol  ^  of  early  renown,  Egypt  has  lost  much  of 

importance:  many  of  its  former  cities,  over- 
whelmed by  despotism  and  ignorance,  are  laid  level  with 
the  dust,  and  tlieir  former  celebrity  is  now  chiefly  known 
by  their  magnificent^ruins. 

Face  of  the  Country.  Upper  Egypt,  commencing  at 
Sijcnc  and  terminating  at  Cairo,  is  a  narrow  vale,,  from 
nine  to  twenty-five  miles  wide,  bounded  on  each  side  by 
A  A 


290  EGYPT. 

precipitous  rocks  or  sandy  mountains.  Lower  Egypt, 
which  comprehends  the  whole  country  between  Cairo  and 
the  Mediterranean,  is  a  vast  plain,  with  the  Delta,  the 
most  fertile  and  important  portion  of  Egypt,  nearly  in  its 
centre. 

Nile.  The  Nile,  the  sole  river  of  Egypt,  and  its  'char- 
acteristick  feature,  flows  for  the  most  part  in  a  straight 
course  nearly  due  north.  Its  greatest  breadth  is  about  one 
third  of  a  mile,  and  its  depth,  when  free  from  inundation, 
not  more  than  twelve  feet.  Of  the  mouths  of  the  Nile 
mentioned  by  ancient  writers,  several  are  choked  up,  and 
those  of  Rosetta  and  Marietta  alone  remain  Considerable. 
The  whole  Delta  is  cut  by  communicating  channels,  partly 
natural,  and  partly  artificial,  many  of  which  are  dry  at  low 
water.  The  annual  inundation  of  the  Nile,  the  great  viv- 
ifying principle  of  Egypt,  is  the  consequence  of  the  peri- 
odical rains  in  the  Abyssinian  mountains.  It  'begins 
about  the  19th  of  June,  and  diffuses  a  muddy  deluge  over 
the  land  as  far  as  its  influence  extends;  but  it  is  an  error 
to  suppose  that  the  whole  of  Egypt  is  converted  into  a  sea, 
with  villages  and  trees  emerging  from  the  waves,  according 
to  some  poetical  descriptions.  This  is  indeed  true  of  the 
parts  of  the  Delta  nearest  to  the  sea  ;  but  to  other  districts 
the  water  is  lead  by  canals,  from  which  it  is  raised  by  ma- 
chines to  fertilize  the  fields.  The  river  subsides  to  its 
natural  level  in  October,  having  left  a  rich  manure  on  the 
surface  of  the  ground. 

Climate.  To  us  it  seems  astonishing  that  a  country 
should  subsist  at  all  without  rain  ;  yet  such  is  the  case  with 
most  parts  of  Egypt.  The  whole  'quantity  of  rain  that 
falls  in  a  year  at  Cairo  could  not  be  reckoned  equivalent 
to  a  shower  of  an  hour's  duration  ;  in  other  parts  it  is  still 
less,  or  rarely  known  at  all,  so  that  the  whole  dependence 
for  the  element  so  necessary  to  the  purposes  of  life,  is  upon 
the  river. 

The  'climate  from  March  to  November  is  excessively 
hot,  and  the  winds  from  the  surrounding  desert,  loaded 
with  particles  of  fine  dust,  and  saline  exhalations,  are  very 
troublesome,  and  particularly  noxious  to  the  eyes. 

Soil  The  ?soil  in  general  is  a  pure  black  mould  of  a 
tenacious  and  unctuous  nature,  free  from  stones,  and  when 
sufficiently  moistened,  astonishingly  fertile. 

Productions.  The  'productions  are  rice,  chiefly  culti- 
vated on  the  Delta,  wheat,  barley,  maize,  millet,  flax, 
hemp,  sugar-cane,  olives,  figs,  dates,  oranges,  onions, 


EGYPT.  291 

leeks,  senna,  and  several  other  medicinal  plants.  Wheat 
and  barley,  sown  in  October  and  November,  ripen  in  Feb- 
ruary and  March,  and  are  immediately  succeeded  by  gar- 
den herbs,  and  these  by  encumbers,  &,c.  for  where  the 
waters  of  the  river  can  be  procured,  the  ground,  which  is 
never  suffered  to  be  idle,  furnishes  three  crops  in  a  year. 

The  domestic  animals  are  the  same  as  those  of  Europe, 
with  the  addition  of  the  camel.  Chickens  are  hatched  in 
ovens  in  great  numbers,  by  means  of  artificial  heat,  so  that 
poultry  is  very  plenty. 

Crocodiles  are  numerous  on  the  banks  of  the  Nile  in 
Upper  Egypt.  The  ichneumon  destroys  their  eggs.  Cha- 
melions  are  frequent  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Cairo,  and 
lizards  and  vipers  of  various  sorts  abound  in  different  parts 
of  the  country. 

fin-re.  Egypt  is  well  situated  for  commerce.  The 
chief  'exports  are  rice,  wheat,  flax,  sugar,  sal-ammoniac, 
salt-petre,  dressed  leather,  and  linen. 

Tniriis.  The  ''principal  city  of  Egypt  is  Cairo,  'situated 
on  the  Nile,  just  above  its  division  into  the  branches 
which  form  the  Delta.  Cairo  had  once  an  extensive  com- 
merce, and  even  now  it  is  considered  as  the  9chief  mart 
of  Eastern  Africa.  Caravans  visit  it  from  the  countries  lying 
south  and  west,  which  bring  slaves,  gold  dust,  ivory,  gums, 
and  dnii:'-.  Ynnen  sends  it  coffee  and  frankincense.  It 
has  communications  with  Tunis  and  Tripoli,  with  Syria, 
and  Constantinople,  and  with  the  different  trading  coun- 
tries of  Kurope.  Various  manufactures  arc  also  carried 
on  within  its  walls.  Its  population  lias  been  estimated  at 
;5()(),<HM) ;  but  visitations  of  the  plague  frequently  thin  its 
numb  .-Irs  \\V11  is  a  '.Treat  curiosity.  It  is  070 

through  a  solid  rock,  with  circular  steps  to  the 
bottom. 

the  seat  of  learning,  and  of  royal  mag- 
ro  in  nni  lern  importance,  although 

as    are   seen    in  .  >atr;vs 

needles    is    stil,  :ch  a  single 

•  iih,  and  ~t    feet   square    at  the  base.      Pom- 

catacom!  ;ue  without 

the  walls.      Population  less  than  ^0,1)00. 

Ditui'n-ttd,,  IK  ite  of  the   ancient  Pelusium,  and 

Rosctta  are  large  commercial  towns. 

Inhabitants.  The  'inhabitants  are  Copts,  Arabs,  Turks, 
Mamelukes,  and  some  Jews.  The  Cops  are  the  descend- 


292  EAST    AFRICA. ...NUBIA 

ants  of  the  ancient  Egyptians,  of  a  very  swarthy  com- 
plexion, but  ingenious,  and  well  fitted  for  business.  The 
Arabs  are  of  two  classes,  those  settled  in  towns  and  villa- 
ges, and  the  rambling  Bedouins,  who  have  no  home  but 
the  deserts ;  no  possessions  but  their  flocks  and  herds  • 
and  who  are  robbers  by  profession.  The  Turks  are  set- 
tled chiefly  about  Cairo.  They  claim  to  be  the  'dominant 
nation,  but  have  no  influence.  The  'Mamelukes  are  mil- 
itary slaves,  children  of  Christian  parents,  and,  for  the  most 
part,  natives  of  Georgia,  Circassia,  and  Mingrelia,  coun- 
tries situated  at  the  foot  of  Mount  Caucasus.  They  are 
brought  up  to  the  use  of  arms,  and  possess  the  sole  publick 
force.  The  9Jews  devote  themselves  to  commerce  and 
manufactures. 

Religion.  The  Copts  profess  themselves  to  be  Christians 
of  the  Greek  church  ;  but  Mahometanism  is  the  prevail- 
ing religion  among  the  natives. 

Language.  The  ^general  language  of  Egypt  is  the 
Arabic  ;  the  Coptic  no  longer  existing  but  in  manuscripts. 

Education.  The  education  of  youth  extends  no  further 
than  the  Arabic  language, writing  and  accounts;  at  which 
some  of  them,  especially  the  Copts,  are  tolerably  expert. 

Government.  Egypt  is  nominally  subject  to  the  Grand 
Seignior,  who  sends  a  bashaw  to  collect  the  tribute  ;  but 
he  has  no  influence,  and  the  whole  government  is  vested 
in  the  hands  of  the  BEYS,  who  are  twenty-four  in  num- 
ber, and  are  elected  from  the  Mamelukes. 

Antiquities.  Egypt  every  where  abounds  with  the  most 
stupendous  monuments  of  antiquity.  Of  these,  the  most 
?noted  are  the  pyramids,  the  largest  of  which  is  500  feet 
in  perpendicular  height,  and  covers  ten  acres  of  ground. 


EAST    AFRICA. 

East  Africa  'includes  all  the  countries  on  the  eastern 
coast,  between  the  tropics,  comprehending  Nubia,  Abys- 
sinia, and  the  countries  south  of  Abyssinia. 

NUBIA. 

To  the  south  of  Egypt  is  an  extensive  tract  in  which 
the  ancients  chiefly  placed  ^their  Ethiopia,  while  the 
Arabian  geographers  have  termed  it  Nubia.  The  north- 


.  \. 

urn  »untry   is   an    iimn  .:itJ. 

Mr.  II.  11   from   <•  ;;e  only  in- 

teresting objects  he  remarked  vv.  Moving  pillars  of 

the  Simoom.     The   pillows  of  sand   follow  the 
course  ot  the  wind,  and  often  with  such   rapidity,  that  the 
.or.se    would   in    vain    attempt    to   escape    them. 
The  ,  or  poisonous  blast   from  the  desert,   has  the 

of  a   haze   at   a   distance,   in   colour  like  the 
purple  part  of  the   rain!'',1,.     The  only  'recourse   for  thy 
is  to   f:dl    Hat   upon  the   ground   with  his  face  to 
,  as  an  inhalation  of  the  fatal  atmosphere  it  brings, 

by  death. 

On  the  borders  of  the  Nile  arc  some   fertile   and   popu- 
lous districts,  which  compose  the   two  kingdoms  of  DON- 
i:,  the  capitals  of  which  are  of  the  same 
tar,  the  most  distinguished  of  the  two,  is  an 
tdcd  the  country  in  I  ">01,  and 

founded  fur   their  capital.        The 

os  are  of  but  one   story,  and   all   built  of  clay.     The 

»ps  fight   na- 

who  are   armed   with  coats  of 

mai!.  i  on  black    hursts.     The  'chief  food   of 

the  inhabitants  is  millet.      The  climate  is  neither  pleasant 

to    lv!()   degr< 

her   cheep,   cattle,   poultry,  dog  or   cat,   will    live   at 
and  it.     No  tree  but  the   lem- 
on flowers  near  the  i 


ABYSSINIA, 

-outh  of  Sennaar  commences  the  territories  of 
ancient  fame.     The  heat    of  this 
tropic  unuins  witli 

the  months  from  April  to  November. 

:>le     productions     : 
which    are    various    kinds  of   grain,  particularly    v 

\cellent.     Among  the  native  trees  and   shrubs 
may  I.  :  ;Ued  the   tamarind,   sycamore,  fig,  and  the 

trees  that  yield  myrrh  and   b  Mecca,     'i 

shrub  and  date  palm  are  also  cultivated. 

The  ''wild  animals  are  the  elephant,  rhinoceros,   lion, 
and  panther.     The  hyena  is  very  common,  and  so  auda- 
A  A 


294  COUNTRIES    SOUTH    OF   ABYSSINIA. 

cious  as  to  haunt  the  streets  by  night.  Wild  boars,  ante- 
lopes, and  monkies,  enliven  the  woods,  and  the  hippopota- 
mus and  crocodile  abound  in  the  rivers.  Of  domestick 
animals,  horned  cattle  are  numerous.  The  horses  are  of 
a  small  breed,  but  full  of  spirit. 

The  people  of  Abyssinia  are  supposed  anciently  to  have 
been  a  colony  from  the  opposite  coast  of  Arabia,  their 
features  being  of  the  same  cast,  but  their  complexions 
darker.  Although  they  have  long  lived  under  a  certain 
degree  of  civilization,  their  manners  are  rude,  and  their 
^dispositions  ferocious;  nor  has  the  Christian  religion,  which 
they  adopted  in  the  fourth  century  from  the  Greek  church, 
much  contributed  to  the  improvement  of  their  morals. 
They  retain  in  conjunction  with  it,  the  rite  of  circumcis- 
ion, and  practise  polygamy,  or  at  least,  a  free  and  open 
concubinage.  Great  licentiousness  prevails  in  the  inter- 
course between  the  sexes,  which  is  particularly  displayed 
at  their  banquets,  the  orgies  of  which  are  disgustingly 
brutal.  Among  other  savage  customs,  that  of  cutting 
slices  of  flesh  from  living  oxen  for  their  ravenous  repast,  is 
attested  by  Mr.  Bruce,  an  eye  witness,  and  confirmed  by 
Mr.  Salt. 

The  government  is  an  absolute  monarchy,  under  the 
neguz  or  king,  who  is  considered  as  the  sole  proprietor 
of  the  land.  Insurrections  are  frequent,  and  petty  wars 
are  continually  carrying  on  with  the  neighbouring  States, 
especially  with  the  Gallas,  a  numerous  and  savage  tribe  afc 
the  south  of  Abyssinia. 

Gondar  is  9the  capital,  and  is  said  to  contain  50,000  in- 
habitants. Axum,  the  former  capital,  is  distinguished  by 
extensive  ruins,  among  which  are  many  obelisks  of  granite 


COUNTRIES  SOUTH  OF  ABYSSINIA. 

The  long  range  of  sea-coast  from  Cape  Guardafui,  at 
the  entrance  of  the  Red  Sea,  to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope, 
is  possessed  by  a  number  of  separate  states  or  tribes,  of 
which  we  have  very  little  knowledge.  The  9first  Euro- 
peans who  visited  these  parts  were  the  Portuguese,  near 
the  close  of  the  15th  century.  At  that  time  there  were 
many  flourishing  and  well  built  towns  along  the  coast,  which 
had  been  originally  settled  by  the  Moors  or  Mahometans, 
from  the  shores  of  Arabia.  Some  of  these  were  great  marts 


C01  HI    OF    ABYSSINIA.  --'.),"> 

of  commerce,  and  held  a  correspondence  with  other  settle- 

:its  made  by  the  same  people  on  the  western  ci- 
Hindi'  he  inland  country  was  inhabited  by  th 

!    natives,  who    were  nearly  in  a  savage    state.      The 
:uese  by  their  superior  skill  and  valour  expelled  the 
Moors  fro:n  many   of  these   towns,  and  took  possession  of 
sucli  as  they  did  not  entirely  destroy.     These,  ho\ 
have  been  compelled  to    relinquish,  except    s< 

•  ii  the  coasts  of  Mozambique 
etch  is  all  that  the  scanty  materi- 
als of  our  knowledge  will  admit. 

1C  coast  to  the  south-east  of  Abys- 
sinia.      '/.i-Uu  is    the    -'principal    sea-port.       The    country 
abundance  of  wheat,  barley,  and  millet.     The  ''chief 
its  are  gold  dust,  frankincense,  ivory,  am; 

Its 
'productions  are  gums,  myrrh,  and   frankincense,  in  which 

ill  other  count: 

coast  of  of  sandy 

.uly  inha.  ian  tribes. 

i me  name, 

;-.iI  as 

.  i.-s  al- 
so the  cap i  .-tone,  sev- 

_h,  and  1,  ens  behind  th 

si  of  MOZAMBIQUE  succ<  as  subject 

inhabits:  Uck,  but 

j-ufsecit\  '''if/tic 

:.  about  two  miles  from  the  continent, 

.d  populoi,  g  and  mon- 

In    the   inter;  iibifjue,  is 

rful  and  •  he  in- 

habit;;! >untainous 

.••.boiind  in  ^«>ld.      '!  -:ation  near 

a  within  land,  where 
the  !  :iitities  of  that  metal  are  found. 

At  SOFALA  t  jid  a  fort. 

The  i  e  fertile,  and  to  contain  mines  of 

gold    of    considerable    value.       The   original  natives  are 


296        SOUTH  AFRICA. ...CAPE  OF  GOOD  HOPE. 

black ;  but  a  colony  of  Arabs  has  been  settled  on  the  coast, 
and  their  descendants  retain  the  Arabian  complexion,  with 
a  dialect  of  the  language. 


SOUTH  AFRICA. 

9South  Africa  includes  Caffraria  and  the  Colony  of  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

CAFFRARIA  is  sometimes  applied  to  all  that  part  of  South 
Africa  which  is  not  included  in  the  Cape  Colony,  embrac- 
ing many  native  tribes.  Our  chief  acquaintance  is  with 
the  Caffers,  who  are  a  people  of  a  shining  black  colour, 
tall,  well-made,  peaceable,  brave,  not  unacquainted  with 
the  arts  of  life,  and  much  inferior  in  appearance  to  the 
neighbouring  African  tribes. 


COLONY  OF  THE  CAPE  OF  GOOD  HOPE. 

The  Cape  of  Good  Hope  was  9first  discovered  by  the 
Portuguese  in  the  year  1487.  It  was  afterwards  colonized 
by  the  Dutch,  and  by  them  delivered  up  to  the  British  in 
1800,  in  whose  possession  it  still  remains.  It  is  consider- 
ed to  be  the  most  important  possession  of  the  English  in 
Africa,  containing  a  population  of  about  62,000  inhabi- 
tants. 

This  celebrated  colony,  which  occupies  the  whole  of 
the  southern  extremity  of  Africa,  is  almost  550  miles  in 
length,  from  east  to  west,  and  233  in  breadth,  [t  is  over- 
spread in  many  parts  by  ridges  of  mountains.  One  of  the 
most  'noted  is  Table  Mountain.  Large  tracts  are  unfit 
for  cultivation.  The  'staples  of  the  colony  are  wine  and 
brandy.  Twelve  sorts  of  wine  are  made  here;  that  called 
CONSTANTIA  is  particularly  celebrated.  The  'natives  of 
this  part  of  Africa  are  principally  comprehended  under  the 
name  of  Hottentots,  among  whom  are  many  Christian 
missionaries  labouring  with  much  success.  The  colony 
derives  its  7chief  importance  from  the  circumstance  of  its 
being  a  place  of  refreshment  to  the  East  India  fleets. 

Cape  Town,  'the  capital,  is  regular  and  handsome,  the 
streets  being  broad,  and  intersecting  each  other  at  right 
angles.  It  contains  about  6,000  whites  and  coloured  peo- 
ple, and  10,000  blacks. 


.\ruir.\... .COAST  or   <;IIM.\.  297 


\Vi:s.T   AI'UICA. 

I 

tl  tii-    Mill. 

degree  of  south  latitude,  that  a  country  commences,  which 
from  its  population    and    fertility,  has  obtained  distir. 
in  the   history  <  It   is  called  t. 

Congo,    and    'contains  the   k 

ountry    near    the  sea   is  low 
and    Hat,    with    a   clayey    or    marshy   soil,    void    of 

;deral>le    river.      Tin     productions 
are  those  u.sual  within  tl:  ;  millet,  mai/e,  ca  - 

with   cotton,    in  of  the  palm,  and    line  fruits 

of  various    kin.  lead  and  copper  are  worked 

in    the    upper    conn-  is   excessively  hot, 

and    in    many  dthy    to    foreigners, 

particularh  even    the   provisions  are 

iit  to  he  unwl,  ans. 

iie   'principal  for  extent 

and  p  i  nd   of  do- 

minion over  the    rest,  but  at  the  expense  of  frequent  and 
blood}  having  little  of 

•  :k  with  woolly  hair. 

The    I  •/•,  the 

'capital  city  not  far  from  ire,      Th< 

whom  ears  to   be 

entire!  influence,  and  the  whole  country  vir- 

tually under  their  dominion. 

:  habited    !• 
and  p" 

iiitry.    , 


COAST  OF 

•    •• 
i  of  the  equator,  the  African 

region,  well    known    by   the  name  of  (•  This  tract 

has  by  European  tr  :  -al  distinct 

coasts,  each  named  after  its  principal  commercial  product. 


298  COAST    OP    GUINEA. 

That  which  first  occurs  on  turning  westward,  is  denom- 
inated the  Slave  Coast,  being  resorted  to  for  little  other 
merchandise  than  that  of  human  beings;  although  this 
•iniquitous  traffic  is  by  no  means  peculiar  to  this  part  of 
Guinea,  but  has  been  carried  on  along  the  whole  coast 
from  Cape  Negro  to  the  river  Senegal.  It  is,  however, 
pleasant  to  remark,  that  the  SLAVE  TRADE,  having  been 
lately  abolished  in  the  dominions  of  England,  France,  Den- 
mark, and  the  United  States,  "is  now  nearly  restricted  to 
the  Spanish,  Portuguese,  and  Dutch  colonies — if  not 
wholly  extirpated,  it  is  exceedingly  curtailed;  and  no  doubt 
can  be  entertained  that  its  final  extinction  among  all  the 
nations  of  Europe,  is  no  distant  event. 

Benin  and  Dahomey  are  two  powerful  kingdoms  on  this 
coast.  The  2face  of  the  country  is  level,  the  5soil  fertile, 
and  entirely  free  from  stones.  The  'climate  is  hot,  and  ex- 
tremely unhealthy.  Maize,  millet,  yams,  potatoes,  or- 
anges, melons,  pine-apples,  plantains,  bananas,  the  sugar- 
cane, indigo,  cotton,  and  tobacco,  are  all  successfully  cul- 
tivated. 

BENIN  has  been  one  of  the  principal  marts  for  slaves. 
They  are  called  in  the  West  Indies,  EBOES.  The  people 
of  this  country  are  gentle  in  their  dispositions,  good  tem- 
pered, and  considerably  civilized  in  their  manners.  The 
capital  city,  called  also  Benin,  is  spacious  and  well  peo- 
pled, and  contains  thirty  streets;  but  the  houses  are  only 
low  hovels  built  of  clay. 

DAHOMEY  is  in  inland  kingdom.  Its  capital  town  is 
Abomcy,  containing  24,000  inhabitants.  The  government 
is  one  of  the  most  despotick  on  the  face  of  the  globe.  The 
Dahomians  have  several  useful  arts  and  manufactures,  and 
appear  to  be  in  a  higher  state  of  civilization  than  any  of 
the  other  negro  nations  with  which  the  Europeans  are  ac- 
quainted. 

The  Gold  Coast  succeeds,  ?so  named  from  the  quantity 
of  that  metal  brought  down  from  the  interior  country,  and 
employed  as  a  medium  of  commerce.  The  English  have 
a  number  of  forts  and  factories  here. 

The  Ivory  Coast  i$  less  known  than  the  former.  It  'de- 
rives its  name  from  the  great  quantity  of  elephants'  teeth 
brought  down  as  an  article  of  traffic.  The  slaves  from 
this,  and  the  Gold  Coasts,  are,  in  the  West  Indies,  called 
COROMANTYNS.  They  are  distinguished  from  all  the  other 
negroes  by  firmness,  both  of  body  and  mind  ;  by  activity, 


i.RIOR    OF    AFR1  299 

;  .->n  of  soul,  which  prompts  them  to  en- 

-es    of  difficulty    and    dang<  r,  an  -    them   to 

uce. 

>m   a 

specie.-  ised  to   be 

mcipal    commercial    product.     T  nation    of 

con- 
sumption of  this  aromatic,  so  that  the  coast  is  now  chiefly 

v.eeds,  has   been   called   the 

country  of  y  iguese 

to  a  chain  of  mountain*  mtn-i:  -aid,  with  lions. 

!,ed  principally  for  an  Kngli- 

•it  which  has  been  formed  in  the-i  1 .1  nut , 

with  the  benevolent  intention  of  civilizing  the  n 
for  the  purpose  of  cultivating  \Vot  Imiia  and  other  tropic- 
al productions  on  the  banks  of  the  river  Sierra  Leone,  from 
••outli   of  which,  at  the  of  six  miles,   stands 

i,  the  capital  of  the  colony. 

Th.  v  formed  a 

settler  '<>  miles  S  rra  Leone, 

the  principal  town. 
:ract   washed  by  the 
I 

uch  settle- 
~\\  set- 
mouth  of  the  Ciambia.  se  riv- 

ally   been   found   well  cultivat(;d   and   thickly  inhab- 

Nor-  ;  the  mouth  of  Senegal  the  coast  becomes 

barrc:  j  tribes  ot 

iipire  of  \ 
co,  which  >f  Africa. 

I'KIUOR   OI 

Its  7two 
irrand  divi  .  the  south,  and 

th. 

Soudan  c 

man\  d  of  which 

Africa,  and  the 
medium  of  commercial  inter  itli  the  northern  and 


300  AFRICAN    ISLANDS. 

eastern  countries.  The  *great  river  of  Central  Africa  is 
the  Niger.  Its  ^course  is  towards  the  east ;  but  its  mouth 
has  never  yet  been  explored.  The  largest  lakes  which 
have  been  discovered  are  Tehad  and  Moravi. 

AFRICAN    ISLANDS. 

Madagascar.  This  noble  island,  the  largest  in  the 
world  except  New  Holland  and  Borneo,  has  recently  been 
converted  to  Christianity  and  civilization,  by  the  Mission- 
aries of  the  London  Association.  It  is  900  miles  in  length, 
fertile  and  well  watered.  The  ?climate  is  healthy,  and 
the  heat  not  excessive.  There  are  scarcely  any  of  the 
tropical  vegetables  which  either  do  not  grow  here  sponta- 
neously, or  may  not  be  successfully  cultivated.  Horned 
cattle  and  sheep  are  abundant,  unmolested  by  formidable 
beasts  of  prey.  Rich  mines  are  met  with  in  the  hilly 
parts,  among  which  are  different  kinds  of  gold  ore,  pure 
rock  crystal,  and  various  precious  stones.  The  inhabit- 
ants are  friendly,  intelligent,  and  excellent  people.  Some 
are  of  a  deep  black,  and  have  woolly  hair,  others  are  taw- 
;iy,  and  others  copper-coloured  ;  but  most  are  of  an  olive 
complexion.  They  are  all  portly  in  their  persons,  and 
arise  above  the  middle  stature.  The  French  have  repeat- 
edly made  settlements  on  this  island;  but  in  1811  it  was 
surrendered  to  the  British. 

To  the  east  of  Madagascar  are  the  well  known  isles  of 
Bourbon,  and  Mauritius,  or  Isle  of  France,  the  former  be- 
longing to  France,  and  the  latter  to  Great  Britain.  These 
islands,  particularly  the  former,  are  'subject  to  tremen- 
dous hurricanes.  They  are  not  very  fertile.  The  Isle  of 
Bourbon  is  the  9best  cultivated,  and  ^produces  sugar  cane, 
cotton,  and  coffee.  An  attempt  has  been  made  to  intro- 
duce into  it  the  clove  and  nutmeg-trees ;  but  though  they 
have  thriven  in  some  measure,  their  product  is  inferior  in 
quality  to  that,  of  the  Dutch  Spice  Islands.  Both  of  these 
islands  show  marks  of  a  volcanic  origin  ;  and  that  of  Bour- 
bon has  an  existing  volcano,  of  which  the  eruptions  are 
almost  continual. 

Socotra  is  situated  about  120  miles  east  of  Cape  Guar- 
dafui.  It  is  ^celebrated  for  its  aloes,  the  best  in  the  world. 

The  Comoro  islands  are  four  in  ^number.  They  are  ex- 
tremely ?fertile  in  rice,  sugar,  cocoa,  oranges,  lemons,  &-c. 
The  inhabitants  are  Arabians,  tributary  to  the  Portuguese. 


AFRICAN    ISLANDS.  301 

St.  Helena  Ties  between  the  continents  of  Africa  and 
South  America,  1200  miles  west  of  the  former,  and  1800 
I*  the  latter,  and  is  20  ''miles  in  circumference.  It  is 
a  delightful  and  salubrious  island,  and  tolerably  fertile 
when  not  visited  by  long  droughts,  which  sometimes  occur. 
There  is  only  one  harbour,  which  is  of  difficult  access 
and  easy  defence.  The  English,  who  have  occupied  this 
island  nearly  two  centuries,  h'tve  here  about  300  families, 
and  keep  upon  it  a  small  garrison.  It  is  found  'useful  as 
a  place  of  call  and  rendezvous  of  the  East  India  ships, 
particularly  in  time  of  war,  when  advices  and  orders  are 
sent  hither  for  the  direction  of  homeward  bound  vessels. 
This  was  the  residence  of  the  late  Bonaparte,  while  a  pris- 
oner to  the  allied  sovereigns  of  Europe,  where  he  died 
May  r,,  |>^|. 

The  uninhabited  isle  .!.«•/ //>•/<;//,  situated  some  degrees 
to  the  northward  of  St.  Helena,  is  occasionally  'visited  by 
shipping  tor  the  refreshments  of  turtle  and  sea  fowl. 

Thr  f  1'irtl  inlands, containing  about40,000 inhab- 

itants, i(,  the  Portuguese,  and  are  14  in  number,  of 

which  the  ''principal  is  St.  Jago.  These  islands  are  reck- 
oned unhealthy  ;  and  the  'soilis  for  the  most  part  stony 
and  barren.  The  'product,  for  which  they  are  chiefly 
frequented  by  foreign  ships,  is  salt,  formed  naturally  by 
evaporation  from  the  sea  water,  and  requiring  no  other 
trouble  than  that  of  raking  it  from  the  ponds  in  which  it 
granulates. 

The  Cumin/,  or  Fortunate  l*/tinr/*,\:1  in  number,  'belong- 
ing to  Spain,  form  an  interesting  group.  Seven  of  these  are 
inhabited,  and  'afford  wheat  and  barley,  sugar,  wine,  fruits, 
and  silk.  The  'soil  is  excellent,  and  the  climate  pleasant 
and  salubrious.  The  most  'remarkable  of  them  is  Ten- 
eriffe,  'famous  for  its  lofty  mountain  or  peak,  which  ranks 
among  the  highest  measured  summits,  and  is  visible  to  a 
vast  distance  at  sea.  It  is  covered  with  snow  during  a  great 
part  of  the  year,  and  its  top  is  always  extremely  cold. 
This  island  and  that  of  Palma  'produce  the  celebrated 
Canary  wine.  The  capital  of  the  Canaries  is  the  town  of 
Palma,  in  the  island  properly  called  Canary.  The  whole 
number  of  inhabitants  is  estimated  at  160,000,  of  whom 
nearly  half  reside  in  Teneriffe. 

Madeira,  'belonging  to  Portugal,  is  a  fine  island,  about 
50  miles  in   length,  and  20  in  breadth.      Funchal  is  tht 
BB 


302  AFRICAN    ISLANDS. 

principal  town.  This  island  is  'remarkable  for  its  excel- 
lent wine,  called  Madeira,  of  which  it  is  computed  18,000 
pipes  are  exported  annually.  Its  principal  trade  is  with 
the  English  and  Americans.  The  population  is  estimated 
at  90,000. 

The  Azores,  or  Western  lslandst  may  be  mentioned  here 
in  connexion  with  the  foregoing,  although  far  remote  from 
either  Europe  or  Africa.  They  are  nine  in  number,  'sub- 
ject to  the  Portuguese,  containing  a  population  of  about 
160,000.  St.  Michael,  Fayal,  and  Tercera,  are  the  princi- 
pal ones.  Angra,  the  capal  of  Tercera,  is  the  seat  of 
government.  St.  Michael  is  noted  for  small  oranges  of 
remarkable  sweetness  and  flavour.  Its  capital  is  Ponta 
del  Gada.  One  of  them,  named  Pico,  has  a  peak  scarcely 
inferior  in  height  to  that  of  TenerirTe.  The  Azores  in  gen- 
eral are  mountainous,  and  'subject  to  earthquakes,  and 
tempestuous  winds  ;  but  the  'climate  is  fine  and  the  land 
in  many  parts  fertile,  yielding  the  'products  of  the  south- 
ern parts  of  the  temperate  zone,  such  as  grain,  wine  and 
fruits. 


BRIEF   SKETCH 


OF 


ANCIENT    GEOGRAPHY 


THE  knowledge  of  the  ancient  Greeks  and  Romans,  in 
geography,  was  very  limited.  Although  they  possessed 
navigation,  yet  the  magnetic  needle  had  not  been  invented. 
Without  this  wonderful  guide,  their  marines  could  not 
safely  venture  far  from  land ;  extensive  seas  were  never 
crossed  ;  distant  countries  were  never  explored. 

They  had  no  acquaintance  with  the  countries  north  of 
Germany.  The  peninsula  formed  by  the  Baltic  and  the 
White  Sea,  comprehending  Sweden,  Norway,  and  Lap- 
land, by  them  was  called  SCANDINAVIA,  and  was  supposed 
to  consist  of  a  number  of  islands.  East  of  Germany 
and  north  of  the  Black  Sea,  was  SAKMATIA,  now  Russia, 
equally  unknown  to  them.  In  Asia  they  knew  nothing 
north  of  the  Caspian,  but  comprehended  all  the  country 
under  the  general  name  of  SCVTIII A. 

India  they  knew  as  far  as  the  Ganges,  In  Africa  they 
knew  little  beyond  lat.  10°  N.  and  little  of  that  perfectly, 
beyond  the  immediate  coast  of  the  Mediterranean,  and 
the  banks  of  the  Nile.  America  was  entirely  unknown 
to  them. 

EUROPE. 

Principal  Seas. 
Ancient  Names.  Modern  Namee. 

Mare  Mediterraneum,  Mediterranean  Sea, 

Pontus  Euxinus,  Black  Sea, 

Codanus  Sinus,  Baltic  Sea, 

^Egeum  Mare,  Archipelago, 

Propontis,  Sea  of  Marmora, 

Palus  Mceotis,  Sea  of  Azof. 


304  ANCIENT    GEOGRAPHY. 

Principal  Straits. 
Ancient  Names.  Modern  Names. 

Fretum  Herculeum,  Strait  of  Gibraltar, 

Fretum  Gallicum,  Strait  of  Dover, 

Hellespont,  Dardanelles, 

Thracian  Bosphorus,  Strait  of  Constantinople, 

Cimmerian  Bosphorus,  Strait  of  Caffa,  or  Jenikale. 

Principal  Rivers. 


An.  Names.        Mod.  Names. 


later,  Danube, 

Hypanis,  Dniester, 

Borysthenes,  Dnieper, 

Tanais,  Don. 


An.  Names.        Mod.  Names. 


Rha,  Volga, 

Rhenus,  Rhine, 

Albis,  Elb, 

Padus,  Po. 


BRITAIN. 

Little  is  known  of  Great  Britain  before  the  invasion  of 
it  by  the  Romans  under  Julius  Cesar.  They  extended 
their  conquests  as  far  as  Scotland,  then  called  Caledonia, 
and  the  inhabitants  Picti,  or  Picts,  who  by  their  frequent 
incursions  greatly  harassed  the  Roman  Colony,  to  pre- 
vent which  the  Romans  built  a  famous  wall  extending 
from  New-Castle  to  Carlisle,  68  miles,  called  Hadrian's 
Wall. 

Londinum,now  London,  was  one  of  the  principal  towns. 

The  ancient  name  of  Ireland  was  Hibernia,  and  the  sea 
which  separates  it  from  Britain,  Mare  Hibernicum. 

SPAIN. 

The  ancient  name  of  Spain  was  Hispania;  it  was  also 
called  Iberia,  and  sometimes  Hesperia,  by  the  Greeks. 

Spain  was  divided  by  the  Romans  at  first  into  two  prov- 
inces, called  Hispania  Citerior,  or  Hither  Spain,  and  His- 
pania Ulterior,  or  Farther  Spain.  It  was  afterwards  divid- 
ed into  three  parts  :  Tarraconensis,  Boetica,  and  Lusitania. 
The  last  corresponded  nearly  to  the  country  now  called 
Portugal. 


ANCIENT    GEOGRAPHY. 


305 


Mount  Calpe,  now  the  Rock  of  Gibralter,  in  Spain,  and 
Mount  Abyla,  another  promontory,  18  miles  distant,  on 
the  opposite  shore  in  Africa,  were  supposed  by  the  an- 
cients to  have  been  united  until  rent  asunder  by  Hercules 
to  open  a  communication  between  the  Mediterranean  sea 
and  the  Atlantic  ocean  ;  hence  they  were  called  the  pil- 
lars of  Hercules. 


Principal  Rivers. 
An.  Names.      Mod.  Names. 


Iberus, 

Boetis, 

Anas, 

Tagus, 

Durius, 


Ebro, 

Guadalquiver, 

Ciuadiana, 

Tagus, 

Duero. 


Principal  Towns. 

An.  Names.  Mod.  Names. 

Toletum,  Toledo, 

Carthagonova,  Carthagena, 

Gades,  Cadiz, 

Hispalis,  Seville, 

Olisippo,  Lisbon. 


The  islands  Majorca  and  Minorca  were  called  by  the 
Romans,  Baleares  Irisulae,  and  by  the  Greeks,  Gymnesiae. 
Their  inhabitants  were  celebrated  for  their  skill  in  slinging. 

GAUL. 

Gaul,  by  the  Romans,  was  called  "  Gallia  Ulterior,  or 
Transalpina,"  Gaul  beyond  the  Alps,  to  distinguish  it 
from  "  Gallia  Citerior,  or  Cisalpina,"  which  lay  on  the 
same  side  of  the  Alps  with  KOIMO,  and  properly  forms  a 
part  of  Italy.  It  comprehended  not  only  modern  France, 
but  also  the  Netherlands,  Switzerland,  and  some  part  of 
Germany. 

Gaul  was  originally  divided  among  three  great  nations  ; 
the  Belgac,  Celtrc,  and  Aquitani.  It  was  divided  by  the 
Romans  into  four  provinces. 


1.  Gallia  Belgica, 

2.  Gallia  Lugdunensis, 


<|uitania, 
4.  Gallia  Narbonensis. 


I'rincipal  Bays,  Sfc. 
Ancient  Names.  Modern  Mames. 


Occanus  Aquitanicus, 
Oceanus  Brilannicus, 
Fretum  Gallicum, 
Gallicus  Sinus, 


Bay  of  Biscay, 
British  Channel, 
Strait  of  Dover, 
Gulf  of  Lyons. 


BB  2 


306 


ANCIENT    GEOGRAPHY. 


Principal  Rivers. 

Principal 

An.  Names.          Mod.  Names. 

An.  Names.          I 

Rhenus,              Rhine, 

Lugdunum, 

Scaldis,               Scheldt, 

Lutetia  Paris-  ) 

Sequana,             Seine, 

iorum,          | 

Liger,                  Loire, 

Burdigala, 

Garumna,            Garonne, 

Massilia, 

Rhodanus,           Rhone. 

Lugdunum  Ba- 

tavorum, 

Mod.  Names. 

Lyons, 
Paris, 

Bourdeaux, 
Marseilles, 

>  Leyden. 


GERMANY. 


Germany,  by  the  Romans  called  Germania,  extended 
from  the  Rhine  to  the  Vistula,  and  from  the  Baltic  to  the 
Danube. 

The  most  distinguished  of  the  German  nations  were 
the  Suevi,  contiguous  to  the  Baltic;  the  Hermiones,  ad- 
jacent to  the  Danube,  and  the  Istsevones,  adjacent  to  the 
Rhine. 

Hercynia  Sylv|a  was  an  immense  forest,  so  called,  of 
such  vast  extent  that  it  took  Caesar  nine  days  to  cross  it, 
and  it  had  been  travelled  longitudinally  sixty  days'  jour- 
ney without  coming  to  a  boundary. 


ITALY. 


Italy,  by  the  Ancients  called  Italia,  was  the  most  cele- 
brated country  in  Europe.  It  was  also  called,  at  different 
periods,  by  various  other  names,  as  Hesperia,  Ausonia, 
QEnotria,  Saturnia. 

Its  grand  divisions  were  Gallia  Cisalpina,  comprehend- 
ing all  the  northern  part,  and  Italia  Propria,  comprehend- 
ing the  remainder,  the  most  southern  part  of  which,  at  one 
time  was  called  Magna  Grsecia. 

A  comparative  view  of  the  ancient  and  modern  divisions  may  be 
en  in  the  following  Table. 


seen  in 


ANCIENT    GEOGRAPHY'. 


307 


Cisalpine  Gaul. 


Italy  Proper. 


I  Kingd 


om  of  Sardinia. 


Liguria, 

Taurini, 

Insubres, 

Cennomanni, 

Euganei, 

Veneti, 

Carni, 

Histria, 

Lingones, 
^Boii, 
'Etruria, 

Umbria, 

Picenum, 

Latium, 

Campania, 

Samnium, 

Apulia, 

Calabria, 

Lucania, 

Brutii, 


Meat.  The  principal  seas  were  Mare  Adriaticum,  Sire 
Superuni,  or  Upper  Sea,  now  the  Gulf  of  Venice  ;  Mare 
Tuscum,  Tyrrheuum,  Sive  Inferum,  or  Lower  Sea,  on 
the  west;  and  the  Mare  Ionium,  or  Ionian  Sea,  on  the 
south. 


Austrian  Italy. 


}  Modena,Parma,andpartof 
J  the  States  of  the  Church. 

Tuscany  and  Lucca. 


-Kingdom  of  Naples. 


Principal    Towns. 

An.  Names.        Mod.  Names. 


/'rineipal  Rivers. 
An.  Names.        Mod.  Names. 


Padus,  or 

Eridanus, 
Athesis, 
Mincius, 
Arnus, 
Tiber, 


Rome  was  founded  753  years  before  the  birth  of  Christ, 
by  Romulus.  It  was  built  on  seven  hills,  and  although, 
in  its  origin,  one  of  the  most  humble  of  cities,  was  des- 
tined to  become  the  capital  of  the  largest  empire  in  the 
ancient  world.  It  was  from  15  to  20  miles  in  circumfer- 
ence, surrounded  by  a  wall  on  which  were  644  watch 


Pn 

Rome, 

Rome, 

ro, 

Adige, 

Parthenope, 
or  Neapolis, 

J  Naples, 

Miucio, 

Florcntia, 

Florence, 

Arno, 

P  itiivium, 

Padua, 

Tiber. 

Mediolanum, 

Milan. 

308  ANCIENT    GEOGRAPHY. 

towers.  It  had  37  gates,  and  was  watered  by  seven  aque- 
ducts, carried  over  vallies  and  supported  by  arches  at  im- 
mense expense.  Some  of  these  aqueducts  still  remain. 

Roads.  The  principal  Roman  Roads  were  Via  Appia, 
from  Rome  to  Brundusium,  now  Brindisi,  at  which  place 
the  Romans  usually  embarked  for  Greece ;  Via  Flaminia, 
Via  Aurelia,  and  Via  Claudia. 


ITALIAN    ISLANDS. 


SICANIA,  called  also  Trinacria,  from  its  irregular  shape, 
(now  Sicily)  is  the  largest  of  the  Italian  islands,  and  was 
formerly  so  fertile  as  to  be  reckoned  one  of  the  granaries 
of  the  Roman  Empire. 

It  had  three  noted  promontories:  1,  Pelorum,  at  the 
east,  adjacent  to  Italy  :  2,  Pachynum,  at  the  south  :  3, 
Lilybceum,  at  the  west. 

The  ancients  fabled  that  the  giant  Typhoeus  was  buried 
under  Sicily  ;  Pelorum  and  Pachynum  being  placed  on  each 
arm,  Lilybo3iim  on  his  feet,  and  ^Etna  on  his  head,  and 
that  the  earthquakes  and  eruptions  of  ^Etna  were  caused 
by  his  attempting  to  move. 

Near  Messana  (now  Messina)  on.  the  Sicilian  shore,  was 
Chary  bd  is,  and  above  it  on  the  Italian  shore,  Scylla,  two 
well  known  objects  of  terror  to  ancient  mariners,  though 
now  much  less  formidable. 

Syracusa,  (now  Syracuse,)  and  Agrigentum  were  two  of 
the  most  celebrated  cities. 


Insulae  JEoliae,  were  said  to  be  the  residence  of 
the  supposed  god  of  the  winds.  Here  also  Vulcan  was  sup- 
posed to  have  his  forges,  hence  they  were  sometimes  called 
Vulcanse.  They  are  now  called  the  Lipari  Islands. 


GREECE. 


Greece  was  called  by  the  natives  Hellas,  and  the  people 
were  called  Hellenes.  By  the  poets  the  inhabitants  were 
called  Achsei,  Danai,  Pelasgi,  Argivi,  Achivi,  &,c. 


ANCIENT    GEOGRAPHY.  309 

Greece  anciently  was  divided  into  Peloponnessus,  Greece 
Proper,  Thessaly,  Epirus,  and  Macedonia. 

Peloponnessus  is  the  peninsula,  now  called  Morea,  con- 
nected with  the  rest  of  Greece  by  the  narrow  isthmus  of 
Corinth.  On  this  isthmus  the  Isthmian  games  were  cele- 
brated in  honour  of  Neptune. 


Principal  Bays  and  Straits. 

Ancient  Names.  Modern  Names. 

Corinthiacus  Sinus,  Gulf  of  Lepanto, 

Saronicus  Sinus,  Gulf  of  Engia, 

Argolicus  Sinus,  Gulf  of  Napoli, 

Thermiacus  Sinus,  Gulf  of  Salonichi. 

Athens,  now  Atini,  or  Setines,  was  the  most  celebrated 
city  of  all  Greece,  and  gave  birth  to  some  of  the  most  emi- 
nent philosophers  and  poets  of  antiquity. 

Sparta,  or  Lacedsemon,  was  the  chief  city  in  Pelopon- 
nessus, and  one  of  the  most  powerful  cities  in  Greece. 

ASIA  MINOR. 

Asia  Minor  is  that  country  situated  between  the  Euxine 
and  the  Mediterranean  Sea. 

It  is  divided  into  many  provinces.  Along  the  shore  of 
the  Euxine,  adjoining  the  Propontis,  is  Bithynia,  then 
Paphlagonia,  and  east  of  it  Pontus.  Along  the  JEgean 
shore  is  Mysia,  the  coast  of  which  is  called  Troas,  the 
celebrated  scene  of  the  Iliad  of  Homer.  Further  south 
is  Lydia,  the  coast  of  which  is  ^Eolia  and  Ionia,  and  below 
Lydia  is  Caria.  The  coasts  of  these  three  provinces  were 
chiefly  occupied  by  Grecian  colonies. 

East  of  Caria,  along  the  shore  of  the  Mediterranean, 
were  Lycia,  Pamphylia,  with  Pisidia  to  the  north,  and  Ci- 
licia.  In  the  centre  were  Phrygia  and  Cappadocia. 

The  seven  churches  of  Asia,  viz.  Ephesus,  Smyrna, 
Pergamus,  Thyatira,  Sardis,  Philadelphia,  and  Laodicea, 
recorded  by  SL  John  in  the  Revelation,  are  all  situated  in 
the  western  part  of  Asia  Minor. 


310  ANCIENT    GEOGRAPHY. 


SYRIA. 

Syria  is  that  country  situated  between  the  eastern  ex- 
tremity of  the  Mediterranean  and  the  river  Euphrates. 
That  part  of  Syria  which  occupied  the  coast  of  the  Med- 
iterranean, was  divided  into  Phoenicia  to  the  north,  and 
Palestina  to  the  south. 

PH03NICIA  is  most  justly  celebrated  for  having  made  the 
earliest  progress  in  civilization  and  the  arts. 

The  most  considerable  cities  were  Antioch,  where  the 
followers  of  Christ  were  first  called  Christians ;  Damascus, 
celebrated  in  both  sacred  and  profane  history :  Tyre,  dis- 
tinguished in  ancient  time  for  its  commerce ;  Heliopolis, 
now  Balbec,  and  Palmyra,  celebrated  for  their  extensive 
ruins. 

PALESTINA.  This  is  the  country  which  was  called  the 
Land  of  Canaan,  afterwards  the  Land  of  Promise,  the  Land 
of  Israel,  Judea,  Palestine,  and  the  Holy  Land. 

This  country  was  divided  by  the  Romans  into  three 
provinces,  viz. .Galilee,  Samaria  and  Judea. 

Jerusalem  was  the  capital  of  Judea,  and  the  chief  city 
of  all  Palestine.  It  was  built  on  several  hills,  the  largest 
of  which  was  Mount  Sion,  which  formed  the  southern  part 
of  the  city.  A  valley  towards  the  north  separated  this  from 
Acra,  the  second,  or  lower  city,  on  the  east  of  which,  was 
Mount  Moriah,  the  site  of  the  temple  of  Solomon.  Still 
north  was  Bethesda,  where  was  the  pool  at  which  the 
cripple  was  healed  by  our  Saviour.  Northeast  of  Mount 
Moriah  was  the  Mount  of  Olives,  lying  beyond  the  brook 
and  valley  of  Kedron.  On  the  south  was  the  valley  of 
Hinnom,  and  at  the  north  was  Mount  Calvary,  the  scene 
of  the  crucifixion  of  our  Lord.  Jerusalem  was  utterly  de- 
stroyed by  Titus,  according  to  the  prophecy  of  our  Saviour, 
A.  D.  70. 

AFRICA. 

Beginning  at  the  Straits  of  Gibralter,  and  proceeding 
along  the  Mediterranean  coast,  the  first  country  was 
Mauritania,  now  Morocco  and  Fez.  East  of  it  was  Nu- 
midia,  now  Algiers,  and  east  of  Numidia  was  Africa  Pro- 


ANCIENT    GEOGRAPHY.  311 

pria,  or  Africa,  properly  so  called,  now  Tunis,  lying  along 
that  part  of  the  coast  which  bends  from  north  to  south. 
The  bay  formed  by  the  southern  part  of  this  bend  was 
the  Syrtis  Minor,  a  dangerous  quicksand,  and  that  formed 
by  another  sweep  of  the  sea,  after  which  the  coast  again 
takes  a  northeasterly  direction,  was  the  Syrtis  Major;  be- 
tween the  two  Syrtis  was  Tripolis,  now  Tripoli.  East  of 
the  Syrtis  Major  was  Cyrenaica,  now  Barca,  and  east  of  it 
Marmarica,  and  still  east,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Nile,  wae 
Egyptus,  or  Egypt. 

Below  Numidia  was  Gaetulia,  now  Biledulgerid ;  below 
Cyrenaica  and  Marmarica  was  Libya,  properly  so  called, 
and  below  Egypt  was  /Ethiopia. 


THE  MARINER'S  COMPASS. 

The  Mariner's  Compass  is  the  representation  of  the  horizon  on  « 
cireu  ar  piece  of  paper  called  a  card,  which  c,ird  being  proS  Cd 
to  a  piece  of  steel,  called  the  Needle,  (touched  by  the  magnet  or  load 

SrofnT^^^T1  *"**•  "^^  and^laceTfo  a  ?o  turn 
freely  round  a  pin  that  supports  it,  will  show  the  position  of  the  merid 

°intS    3nd  C0nse  towards^hich  of  them  the" 


n  ,  >  >  ,  &c.  are  to  be  read- 

north  by  east,  north  north-east,  north-east  by  north,  &c. 


N.  B.  The  four  points  quartering  the  above  circle  are  called  car- 
dinal points,  and  are  named  east,  west,  north,  and  south  ;  the  east  and 
west  are  those  points  on  which  the  sun  rises  and  sets,  when  he  is  in 
the  equinoctial ;  and  the  north  and  south  points  are  those  which  coin- 
cide with  the  meridian  of  the  place,  and  are  directed  towards  the  north 
and  south  poles  of  the  world. 

Each  quarter  of  the  horizon  is  further  divided  into  eight  points, 
which  are  very  necessary  to  the  geographer  for  the  distinguishing 
the  limits  of  countries ;  but  the  use  of  these  divisions  is  much 
more  considerable  when  applied  to  the  mariner's  compass.  Before 
the  invention  of  this  excellent  and  most  useful  instrument,  it  waj 
usual  in  long  voyages,  to  sail  by  or  keep  along  the  coast,  or  at  least 
to  have  it  in  sight ;  as  is  evident  by  the  voyages  of  St.  Paul,  Acts  xx. 
13,  and  xxvii.  2,  which  made  voyages  long  and  very  dangerous. 


«MF  M&PS 


Plat, 


**-••*  ' 


<£on0tmction  of 

The  best  way  to  perfect  the  pupil  in  a  knowledge  of  the  geog- 
raphy of  any  country  or  portion  of  the  globe,  is  by  putting  him  to 
construct  a  well  projected  map  of  such  country.  Some  plain  rule?, 
therefore,  embracing  as  few  geometrical  problems  as  possible,  will 
here  be  offered  for  this  purpose. 

1.      To  draw  a  map  of  any  particular  cuunliy. 

When  only  small  portions  of  the  globe,  as  any  particular  COUD- 
try,  are  to  be  delineated  on  a  map,  the  degrees  of  longitude  and 
latitude  mny  be  repreM -nt< -d  by  straight  lines;  of  course  the  con- 
struction oi  s'lth  m;ips  is  extremely  simple  and  easy. 

'.-c  it   be  required  to  draw  a  map  of  Spain 
>rtu<ral,  which  lie  between  10°  VV.  and  40°  E.  longitude,  and 
between  36°  and  4^°  A.  latitude. 

v  the  lino  \  1>,  phite  I.  fig.  1,  for  a  meridian  parsing 
through  the  middle  of  the  country,  on  which  set  off  eight  equal 
parts,  abcdcfgB,  taken  at  pleasure,  or  from  any  convenient 
scale  for  degrees. 

On  the  point  \  erect  a  perpendicular,  and  draw  the  line  C  D; 
also  draw  K  F,  through  B,  parallel  to  C  I),  for  the  extreme  paral- 
lels of  latitude.  Then  to  complete  the  parallel?,  draw  lines 
through  abed  e//r,  parallel  to  the  lines  C  1)  and  E  F. 

To  draw  I  fie  mtiiduins  :  divide  a  degree,  as  the  distance  from 
\  to  a,  into  sixty  equal  parts,  if  it  be  lar»e  enough,  or  if  it  be 
very  small,  into  j;.r  «  q ml  parts,  fig.  3,*  each  of  which  parts  will 
contai:  i|  hie  al  miles  :  Then  because  the  length  of  a  de- 

cree i;  illel  of  latitude,  decreases  towards  the  pole,  look 

table  showing  tfie  number  of  miliy  contained  in  a  degree  of 
longitude  in  <nck  p.uuUtl  of  latitude,  and  find  the  contents  of  a  de- 
gree oi  Ion.  ,e  latitude  of  3U°,  viz.  48,54  miles.  From 
the  d<  _  a  !y  divided,  or  scale  of  equal  part?,  Figure  3, 
take  the  parts  4  h  will  be  Jive  of  those  divibions  very 
nearly.  ;i  the  distance  7  times,  each  way,  from  A  to- 
wards I)  and  C.  Again,  from  the  same  table,  finding  the  extent 
of  a  degree  in  the  latitude  of  46°,  viz.  41,68  miles,  set  it  off  both 
ways  from  B  towards  F  and  F:  Then  from  the  points  of  division 

*To  divide  any..  !o  any  proposed  number  of  equal  partt  ; 

suppose  the  line  3,  tn  be  divided  into  six  equal  parts, — 

from  A  drav.  !  irom   I,  draw    1)   I)  parallel  to  A  C.     On 

each  of  these  lin  ng  at  A  and  B,  set  off  as  many  equal 

parts  of  any  length  as  the  line  A  B  is  to  be  divided  into.  Join  the 
opposite  points  of  division  by  the  lines  A  C,  1  5,2  4,  &c.  and  thus 
will  the  line  A  B  be  divided  into  six  equal  parts. 

To  difidt  nearly  to  the  extent  of 

an  iric/i,  into  60  equal  parts  for  Ike  purpose  of  taking  the  parts  of  a 
degree  of  longitude  in  diff<.  rent  parallels  of  latitude  ;  form  a  diagonal 
•cale,  1  lie  given  line  A  B,  by  first  dividing  it  into  aix 

equal  parts,  as  before  directed,  after  which  erect  the  perpendicu- 
lars A  C  and  B  I)  ;  draw  ten  lines  al  equal  distances,  parallel  with 
the  line  A  B  ;  also  from  the  points  of  division  in  the  line  A  B,  draw 
parallel  lines  to  intersect  the  line  C  D  ;  draw  the  diagonal  lines 
B  10,  fee.  and  thus  you  will  have  a  scale  of  60  equal  parti  formed 
to  the  line  A  B. 

C  c 


314  CONSTRUCTION    OF    MAPS. 

in  the  line  E  F,  to  the  corresponding  points  in  the  line  C  D,  draw- 
so  many  right  lines  for  the  meridians.  Number  the  degrees  of 
latitude  up  both  sides  of  the  map,  and  the  degrees  of  longitude  at 
top  and  bottom.  Also  in  some  vacant  place,  make  a  scale  of 
miles,  by  dividing  a  degree  into  70  equal  parts  or  English  miles, 
to  serve  for  the  purpose  of  finding  the  distances  of  places  upon  the 
map.  This  is  the  only  kind  of  maps  to  which  a  scale  of  miles  can 
be  truly  adapted. 

Having  the  latitude  and  longitude  of  the  principal  places,  it 
will  be  easy  to  set  them  down  in  the  map  ;  for  any  town  must  be 
placed  where  the  circles  of  its  latitude  and  longitude  intersect ; 
for  instance,  Lisbon,  whose  latitude  is  38°  42'  N.  and  longitude 
9°  9'  W.  will  be  at  G  ;  and  Barcelona,  whose  latitude  is  41°  ^6'  N. 
and  longitude  2°  13'  E.  will  be  at  H. 

The  sea  coast  may  be  described  by  setting  down  the  capes  and 
principal  places  situated  upon  it,  and  then  drawing  a  continued 
line  through  them  all.  In  the  same  manner  rivers  are  delineated 
by  setting  down  the  towns,  &c.  by  which  they  pass. 

2.      To  draw  a  map  of  any  large  tract  of  country. 

When  a  large  tract  of  country  or  portion  of  the  globe  is  to  be 
delineated  on  a  map,  the  degrees  of  latitude  should  be  represented 
by  curved  lines. 

For  example  :  Suppose  it  be  required  to  draw  a  map  of  Europe 
situated  between  35°  and  70  N.  latitude,  and  between  25°  W.  aud, 
55°  E.  longitude,  and  that  the    parallels  arid  meridians  be  drawn 
to  every  5  degrees. 

Draw  the  line  A  B,  Fig.  2,  and  in  the  middle  raise  the  perpendic- 
ular e  c,  on  which  set  off  7  equal  parts  b  d  k  m  n  w  c,  each  oi  which 
is  to  be  considered  as  containing  5  degrees  of  latitude,  and  draw 
the  short  line  i  o  parallel  to  A  B.  Divide  e  6,  or  the  distance  be- 
tween the  parallels  into  six  equal  parts,  Fig.  4.  Or,  if  it  be  large 
enough,  into  60  equal  parts,  in  the  manner  as  exhibited  Fig.  6, 
and  explained  in  the  foregoing  note.  Then  in  the  table  for  de- 
creasing longitudes,  find  the  contents  of  a  degree  of  longitude,  in 
the  latitude  of  35o,  viz.  49,15  miles.  From  the  scale  of  equal 
parts,  Fig.  4,  take  the  parts  49,15  which  zrejive  of  the  divisions  in 
the  scale  vtry  nearly,  divide  the  distance  and  set  one  half  from  e, 
to  D,  and  the  other  half  from  t  to  C.  Find  then  the  extent  of  a 
degree  of  longitude,  in  the  latitude  of  70°,  viz.  20,52  miles  ;  and 
taking  that  distance  from  the  scale  of  equal  parts,  Fig.  4,  or  diag- 
onal scale  if  you  have  one,  divide  it  as  before,  laying  one  half  from 
c  to  i,  and  the  other  half  from  c  to  o.  Draw  straight  lines  between 
the  points  D  and  i,  and  C  and  o,  and  thus  D  Ci  o,  is  a  projection 
for  5  degrees  of  longitude,  and  35  degrees  of  latitude. 

To  draw  the  next  meridians  ;  take,  with  a  pair  of  compasses,  the 
distance  from  D  to  o,  or  from  C  to  i,  and  setting  one  foot  in  D,  and 
then  in  C,  describe  the  arches  i  r  and  o  u  ;  and  in  like  manner, 
with  the  eame  extent  in  your  compasses,  set  one  foot  first  in  i  and 
then  in  o,  and  describe  the  arches  a  a  and  s  j.  Then  take  the  dis- 
tance from  D  to  C,  and  set  it  from  D  to  H,  and  from  C  to  G. 
Take  likewise  the  distance  from  i  to  o,  and  set  it  from  i  to  r,  and 
from  o  to  u,  and  draw  lines  from  r  to  H,  and  from  u  to  G. 

After  the  same  manner  are  all  the  other  meridians  to  be  drawn 
to  complete  the  map. 


CONSTRUCTION    OF    MAPS.  515 

To  draw  the  parallels,  with  a  flexible  ruler,  if  the  map  be  large, 
draw  curved  lines  through  the  points,  II  1)  e  ( '  (J,  &c.  also  through 
the  points,  r  t c  o  M,  kc.  for  tin;  extreme  parallels  of  latitude.  Di- 
vide the  extreme  meridians  on  the  riijht  and  left  hand  sides  of 
your  map,  between  (lie  points  of  intersection  by  the  extreme  par- 
allels. £•  £  and  />  p  into  stren  equal  part*  corresponding  to  the  di- 
vision-,  h  d  k  m  n  w  r,  in  the  line  e.  c.  Through  these  three  cor- 
responding points,  in  the  linee  c,  and  in  the  extreme  meridians, 
with  a  flexible  ruler,  as  before  directed,  draw  curved  lines  for  the 
intermediate  parallels  of  latitude. 

If  the  map  he  *mall,  th-r-sp  curved  lines  may  be  drawn  with  com- 
passe??,  by  «o  adjusting  nne  foot  at  a  distance  on  the  line  t  c,  that 
the  other  shall  pass  through  Ihe  three  corresponding  points  in  the 
lino  r  c.  and  in  the  extreme  meridians. 

The  meridians  and  parallels  being  thus  drawn,  the  map  is  to  be 
completed  as  already  described  m  the  former  example. 

3.     Globular  projection  of  a  Sphere. 

In  projecting  a  sphere,  unless  it  be  on  a  very  small  scale,  it  will 
be  necessary  some  of  the  lines  should  be  protracted  to  a  very  con- 
siderable length.  The  first  precaution  therefore  is  to  be  provided 
with  cornpasse«  and  paper,  that  will  admit  these  lines  of  the  ne- 
cessary extent. 

here  2  inches  ip  diameter,  such  as  that,  Plate  II.  may  be 
projected  with  a  pair  of  common  compasses,  protracting  the  line 
which  passes  through  the  poles  to  15  inches,  and  that  in  the  di- 
rection of  Ihe  equator  to  1<2  inches. 

A  sphere  3  inches  in  diameter  will  require  the  line  passing 
throujrh  the  poles  to  be  <?5  inches  in  length,  and  that  of  the  equator 
17  inches.  The  compasses,  if  of  the  common  kind,  must  be  length- 
ened by  some  aitificial  means  to  strike  the  parallels  nearest  the 
equator. 

To  admit  these  lines,  two  or  more  sheets  of  paper  may  be  put 
together  with  waf-rs,  or  a  sheet  of  paper  may  be  fastened  with 
wafers  to  a  smoothly  planed  hoard,  which  will  answer  every  pur- 
pose. 

But  if  the  sphere  to  be  projected  be  more  than  two  inches  in  di- 
ameter, a  flexible  ruler,  or  an  even  piece  of  whale  bone,  is  much 
to  be  preferred  to  compares  or  any  other  method,  for  drawing  the 
parallel-  and  tli-  rm-ndians  nearest  to  theequatoi,  and  to  the  axis 
of  the  sphere.  Th  •  manner  of  using  it  is  in  conjunction  with  a 
stiff  ruler,  to  which  it  must  be  confined  at  the  ends,  ami  in  the 
middle,  forced  into  the  curve,  which  may  be  desired,  by  wedgei 
inserted  !>.-  twf  en  the  two. 

Having  made  the  u<  <  >  wary  preparations,  draw  the  line  A  B, 
Plate  II,  which  for  a  I]  hes  in  diimeter,  as  before  direct- 

ed, must  be  protracted  1:2  iuche-*  in  length  At  a  raise  a  perpen- 
dicular, and  draw  the  line  D  a  F,  which  must  be  extended  15 
inches  ;  that  is,  about  7  inches  without  the  circle  at  each  pole. 

Take  any  extent  in  your  compasses  proportionate  to  the  diame- 
ter of  the  sphere  you  would  project,  here  the  ninth  part  of  an  inch, 
and  with  one  foot  in  a,  set  off  this  distance,  (^  times  from  a  to  \ 


316  CONSTRUCTION    OF    MAPS. 

also  from  a  F,  from  a  I,  and  from   a  D,  and  mark    the   divisions, 
each  of  which  will  contain  10  degrees. 

Extend  the  compasses  from  a  to  A,  and  strike  the  circle  A  F  I 
D,  each  quadrant  or  quarter  of  which,  as  from  A  to  F,  must  now 
be  divided  into  9  equal  parts,  in  the  following  manner.  With  the 
same  extent  in  your  compasses,  with  which  you  struek  the  circle, 
and  which  is  called  the  radius  of  the  circle,  set  one  foot  iu  A,  and 
the  other  will  mark  the  division  at  d ;  and  also  set  one  foot  in  F,  and 
the  other  will  mark  the  divi?ion  at  6;  thus  the  quadrant  A  F  be- 
comes divided  into  three  equal  parts,  each  of  which,  as  A  6,  &c, 
must  be  carefully  divided  into  three  other  equal  parts.  The  same 
with  each  of  the  other  quarters  of  the  circle. 

The  circle  and  the  diameters  being  thus  divided  into  36  equal 
parts,  each  of  which  contains  JO  degrees,  it  only  re-mains  to  draw 
the  parallels  and  the  meridians,  and  these  divisions  are  the  points 
through  which  the  parallels  and  the  meridians  are  to  be  drawn. — 
What  remains  is  extremely  easy,  provided  these  divisions  have 
been  accurately  made. 

First,  to  draw  the  parallels  ;  begin  at  one  of  the  poles,  for  ex- 
ample, the  south  ;  there  are  the  three  points  e  c  •*,  through  which 
to  draw  the  arc  of  a  circle,  which  shall  be  the  parallel  of  80°  south 
latitude.  This  is  done  by  adjusting  one  foot  of  the  compasses  on 
the  line  D  a  F,  as  at  n,  so  that  the  other  shall  pass  directiy  through 
the  three  points,  c  e  t,  and  thus  describe  the  arc  c  e  »,  which  will 
be  the  parallel  of  80°  south  latitude.  This  done,  with  the  same 
opening  of  the  compasses,  draw  the  parallel  of  80°  north  lati- 
tude. In  the  same  manner  all  the  parallels  are  to  be  drawn,  In 
describing  the  next  parallel,  or  that  of  70°,  one  foot  of  the  com- 
passes will  fall  at  /,  while  the  other  passes  through  the  points 
g  mp. 

To  draw  the  meridians  :  As  all  the  meridians  pass  through  the 
poles,  consequently,  to  draw,  for  instance,  the  meridian  of  80°  W. 
longitude  from  London,  adjust  one  foot  of  the  compasses  on  the 
line  A  B,  as  at  /J,  so  that  the  other  shall  cut  the  equator  at  s,  (80° 
W.  longitude  from  London)  and  pass  directly  through  the  poles. 
Then  describe  the  arc  F  s  D,  which  will  be  the  meridian  of  80° 
W.  longitude  from  London. 

In  the  same  manner  all  the  meridians  are  to  be  drawn,  so  ad- 
justing one  foot  of  the  compasses  on  the  line  A  B,  that  the  other 
shall  cut  the  equator  at  the  proper  division  and  pass  through  the 
poles.  In  describing  the  next  meridian  west,  or  that  of  90<>,  the 
foot  of  the  compass  will  fall  at  k, 

The  centres  on  which  to  describe  these  arcs  may  be  found  geo- 
metrically as  follows  ;  for  the  parallel  of  60  N.  latitude,  with  one 
foot  of  the  compass  in  o,  and  the  other  extended  any  length 
more  than  half  the  distance  to  w,  describe  the  arc  2  1.  With  the 
same  extent  in  the  compasses,  set  one  foot  in  iv,  and  with  the  oth- 
er describe  the  arc  33.  Through  the  points  of  intersection  draw 
the  line  I  r,  and  where  this  line  cuts  the  diameter  or  axis,  extend- 
ed without  the  sphere,  viz.  at  a:,  will  be  the  centre  on  which  toi 
describe  the  arc  d  o  w,  which  will  be  the  parallel  of  60°  N.  lat-> 
itude.  In  the  same  way  may  any  or  all  the  centres  be  found. 


II,.,  II 


OF 


one  «' 


OF  THE  GLOBES. 


A  Globe  or  Sphere  is  a  round  body,  every  part  of  whose  surface 
is  equally  distant  from  its  centre. 

Artificial  globes  are  of  two  kinds,  viz.  the  terrestrial,  which  ex- 
hibit? t^tion  of  the  earth,  with  the  natural  form  and  situ- 
ation of  hind  and  water  ;  and  tin-  cfl'slial,  whirh  has  on  its  sur- 
face a  representation  of  all  thr  vis-iblc-  star?  in  the  heaven?,  and  the 
images  or  figures  of  all  the  various  constellations  into  which  thete 

Each  globe  consists  <  fjhe  following  parts,  viz. 

1.  'I  Poltt  (being  the  ends   of  the  axis  on  which  the 
globe    turn?)  which,    wlif-n    applied  to    the    heavens,    signify  the 
point  directly  over  (lit-  t.-rre-tri;tl  Poles.     That  whirh  is  visible  to 
us  is  r  i'ole  ;  and  its  opposite,  the  Ant- 
arctic, or  South  Pole. 

2.  The    Brazen  Meridian,   divided    into  4  quarters,  and  each 
quartf-r  into  !ji)  degrees.     This  circle  surrounds  the  globe,  and  is 
join*- 

3.  i  <h  surrounds  the   globe,  the  up- 
per part  of  whirh                       the  true  horizon,  and  has  several  cir- 
cles drawn  upon  it:   th°    innermost  is  marked    with  all  the  points 
of  the  mariner's  compa-  characters, 
and  fi.-Mrf-  of  the  twelve  s  /                                  «.  Hihdividrd  into  de- 

ihf  third  i-  a   calender  "f  months    a'  I'/   the 

last  two  is  i  signs  and  degrees  the  pun  i*  in  dunnir 

,  the  yrar. 

4.  ]  Circle  divided   into   twice  t  ial  twenty- 
four  hours,  fitted  to  the  h                                                    >rth  pole. 

5.  The  Quadrant  of  Alttlude,  which  is  a  thin  slip  of  brass   di- 
vided   into  90  degrees,  corresponding   with  those  on  the  equinoc- 
tial.    It  may   be   screwed    on  occasionally  to  the  top  of  the  brass 
meridian,  to  measure  the  distance  of  places. 

Th"  rirrl»-s  on  the  globe  are  divided  into  Great  and  Les*. 

(ii-eal  Circles  a-  <lobe  into  two  equal  parts, 

as  the  Kquator,  the  Ecliptic,  the  .Meridian?,  the  Horizon,  and  the 
Colure*  ;   the  Lest  circles  divide    the  globe  into  unequal  part0,  as 
the  two  Tropics  and  the  two  Polar  Circles. 
C< 


318  OF   THE    GLOBES. 


The  Equator  or  Equinoctial,  commonly  called  The  Lint  by 
manners,  is  a  great  circle,  divided  into  180  decrees  each  way 
from  the  first  or  chief  meridian  ;  making  altogether  360  degree* 
if  reckoned  quite  round  the  globe  to  the  point  from  whence  they 
begin.  This  circle  divides  the  globe  into  northern  and  southern 
hemispheres. 

The  Ecliptic  is  a  great  circle,  cutting  Ihe  equator  obliquely  in 
the  opposite  points  of  Aries  and  Libra,  and  is  designed  to  represent 
that  path  in  the  heavens  which  the  sun  seems  to  describe  by  the 
earth's  annual  revolution  round  it.  It  is  divided  into  twelve  equal 
parts,  called  signs,  which  correspond  with  the  twelve  months,  and 
each  sign  is  subdivided  into  thirty  parts,  called  degrees. 

The  names  and  characters  of  these  signs,  with  the  time  of  the 
sun's  entering  them,  are  as  follows  : 


>} 

':   > 

1  ) 


Names.  Signs.  Sun  enters. 

1.  Aries  f  the  Ram  ;  March  20th. 

2.  Taurus  0  the  Bull  ;  April  20th. 
3    Gemini  n  tue  Twins  ;  May  21st. 

4.  Cancer  35  the  Crab  ;  june  2lst. 

5.  Leo  ft  the  Lion  ;  juiy  23t  d. 

6.  Virgo  nj?  the  Virgin  ;  Aug>  23r(L 

7.  Libra  ^  the  Scales;  Sept>  23rd 

8.  Scorpio  "I    the  Scorpion  ;       Oct.  23rd. 

9.  Sagittarius    '    the  Archer;  NOV  22nd. 
:£)   10.  Capricornus  V?  the  Goat;  Dec.  22nd. 
2-  )  11.  Aquarius  ~    the  Waterman  ;    Jan.  50th. 
?  )  12.  Pisces  X  the  Fishes;  Feb.  19th. 

The  Zodiac,  so  called,  which  is  16  degrees  broad,  (8  degrees  on 
each  side  of  the  ecliptic)  contains  the  above  mentioned  signs  ;  from 
which  the  sun  never  departs,  and  within  the  bounds  of  which,  all 
the  planets  perform  their  revolutions. 

The  Meridians  are  those  circles  that  pass  from  pole  to  pole, 
and  divide  the  globe  into  the  eastern  and  western  hemispheres. 
There  are  commonly  marked  on  the  globes,  twenty-  four  meridians, 
one  through  every  15  degrees,  corresponding  to  the  twenty-four 
hours  of  the  day  and  night.  But  every  place,  though  ever  so  little 
to  the  east  or  west,  has  its  own  meridian. 

The  first  meridian,  with  English  Geographers,  is  drawn  through 
London. 

The  Horizon  is  that  circle  you  see  in  a  clear  day,  where  the 
sky  and  the  earth,  or  water  seem  to  meet;  this  is  called  the  visi- 
ble or  sensible  horizon,  and  is  of  greater  or  less  extent  according 
to  the  distance  of  the  eye  from  the  level  of  the  earth.  Thus  an 
eye  placed  at  the  height  of  five  feet  from  the  surface  of  the  earth 
or  sea  will  merely  have  a  prospect  of  two  miles  aud  a  quarter 
around,  supposing  the  earth  to  be  perfectly  level  :  but  at  the 
height  of  twenty-five  feet  it  will  receive  a  prospect  of  five  miles 
and  three  quarters.  That  called  the  rational  horizon  encompasses 


OF    THE    GLOBES.  3l9 

the  globe  exactly  in  the  middle,  and  is  represented  by  the  wooden 
frame  already  described. 

The  Colures  are  two  great  circles  supposed  to  intersect  each 
other  at  ri^ht  angles  in  the  pole?  ;  and  are  called,  one  the  solsti- 
tial, and  the  other  the  equinoctial  colure,  because  one  passes 
through  the  solstitial,  and  (he  other  through  the  equinoctial  points 
of  the  ecliptic.  The  first  determines  the  solstices  ;  and  the  second 
shows  the  equinoxes  ;  and  by  dividing  the  ecliptic  into  four  equal 
parts,  they  also  designate  the  four  seasons  of  the  year.  The  colures 
are  drawn  only  on  the  Celestial  Globe. 

Note.  For  the  Tropics,  Polar  Circles,  Zones,  Decrees,  Lati- 
tude, Longitude,  &c.  the  pupil  is  referred  to  the  u  Definitions," 
contained  in  the<fceginuing  of  this  book. 

PROBLEMS  ON  THE  TERRESTRIAL  GLOBE. 

PROBLEM  I. —  To  find  the  latitude  of  any  place. 

Turn  the  globe,  and  bring  the  place  to  the  graduated  edge  of 
the  brazen  meridian  ;  and  the  degree  on  the  meridian  is  the  lati- 
tude north  or  south,  as  it  may  be  on  the  north  or  south  side  of  the 
equator. 

Thus  the  latitude  of  London  is  5 If  north  ;  and  of  St.  Helena 
nearly  16  decrees  south. 

What  is  the  latitude  of  Cairo  in  Egypt  ? — Of  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope?— Of  Cape  Horn? — Of  Constantinople  ? — Of  Boston? — and 
of  Botany  Bay  ? 

PROBLF.M  II. — To  find  the  longitude  of  any  place. 

Bring  the  place  to  the  brazen  meridian,  and  the  degree  on  the 
equator  shows  the  longitude  from  London. 

Thus  the  longitude  of  the  island  Ceylon  is  81  degrees  east ;  of 
Lisbon  9  dcgr'-es  west. 

What  is  the  longitude  of  Archangel ? — Of  Babelmandel  ? — Of 
Gibralter?— Of  Jerusalem  ? 

PROBLEM  III. — The  longitude  and  latitude  of  any  place  being 
gtrcn,  to  find  t/iat  pltce. 

Look  for  the  longitude  on  the  equator,  and  bring  it  to  the  bra- 
zen meridian  ;  thon  under  the  given  degree  of  latitude  will  be 
the  place  required. 

Thu«  tho  pi. tee  whose  longitude  is  3j°30'  east,  and  latitude  30° 
40'  north  i«  ('tiro  ;  and  the  place  which  has  near  6°  west  longi- 
tude, and  16°  south  latitude,  is  St.  Helena. 

What  places  are  those  that  have  the  following  longitudes  and 
latitude?:  79°  50'  west  Ion.  and  33°  22'  north  lat.— 76°  50'  we«=t 
Ion.  and  33°  1">  south  lat.  and  8°  35'  east  Ion.  and  40°  53'  north  lat.  ? 
What  pla<"e  is  that  whose  longitude  is  nearly  78°  west,  but  which 
has  no  latitude  ? 

PROBLEM  IV.—  To  find  the  difference  of  latitude  of  any  two  places, 

If  the  places  are  in  the  same  hemisphere,  bring1  each  to  the 
meridian,  and  subtract  the  latitude  of  the  one  from  that  of  the 
other  ;  if  in  different  hemispheres,  add  the  latitude  of  the  one  to 
that  of  the  other* 


320  OF    THE    GLOBES. 

Thus  the  difference  of  latitude  between  London  and  Madras  is 
38°  28' ;  between  Paris  and  Cape  Horn  is  104°  49'. 

What  is  the  difference  of  latitude  between  Copenhagen  and  Gib- 
ralter? — between  London  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  ? — between 
Bengal  and  St.  Helena? — between  Madrid  and  Moscow? — between 
Leghorn  and  Liverpool  ? — between  Pekin  and  Philadelphia  ? 

PROBLEM  V. — To  find  the  difference  of  longitude,  of  any  two  places. 

Bring:  one  of  the  places  to  the  brazen  meridian,  and  mark  its 
longitude  ;  then  bring  the  other  place  to  the  meridian,  and  tke 
number  of  degrees  between  its  longitude  and  the  first  mark,  is  the 
difference  of  its  longitude. 

Thus  the  difference  of  longitude  between  London  and  Con- 
stantinople is  29  degrees  ;  between  Constantinople  and  Madras  is 
51«20'. 

What  is  the  difference  of  longitude  between  Brest  and  Cape 
Horn  ? — between  Charleston  in  America,  and  Cork  in  Ireland? — 
between  Rome  and  Cape  Finisterre  ? — between  Canton  and  the 
most  northerly  point  of  the  Orkney  Islands? — between  the  most 
northerly  of  Madagascar  and  Otaheite  ? — between  Mecca  and 
Calcutta  ? 

PROBLEM  VI. — To  find  the  distance  of  any  two  places  on  the  globe. 

Lay  the  graduated  edge  of  the  quadrant  of  altitude  over  both 
places,  and  the  degrees  between  them  multiplied  by  69^  will  give 
the  distance  in  English  miles. 

Thus  the  distance  between  Boston  and  the  Island  Bermuda  is 
11°  30'  or  799  miles;  between  London  and  Jamaica,  is  4,691 
miles. 

What  is  the  distance  between  Samarcand  in  Tartary  and  Pe- 
kin ? — between  North  Cape  and  Gibralter  I — between  Rio  Janeiro 
and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  ? — between  Madrid  and  Cairo  ? — be- 
tween Boston  and  Cayenne  ? 

PROBLEM  VII. —  The  hour  at  any  place  being  given,  to  find  what 
hour  it  is  at  any  other  place.* 

Bring  the  place  where  the  hour  is  given,  to  the  brazen  meridian, 
and  set  the  index  of  the  hour  circle  to  that  hour,  Ihen  turn  the 
globe  till  the  proposed  place  come  under  the  meridian,  and  the 
index  will  point  to  the  present  hour  at  that  place. 

*  When  the  distance  or  difference  of  longitude  between  two  places  is  known,  it  is  easy  to 
fttecrtain  their  difference  of  time  by  calculation.  It  is  noon  at  twelve  o'clock,  when  any 
place  on  the  globe  is  exactly  towards  the  sun,  and  the  succession  of  day  and  night,  of  morn- 
ing, noon,  and  evening,  may  be  beautifully  shewn  by  turning  the  terrestrial  glol«  in  the  sun- 
shine, or  in  the  light  of  a  fire  or  candle.  But  to  ascertain  exactly  the  number  of  hours  and 
minutes  in  which,  at  the  same  moment  of  time,  two  places  differ,  it  is  necessary  to  divide 
the  difference  of  longitude  by  IS,  because  every  15  degrees  is  equal  to  one  hour  of  time; 
and  consequently,  also  every  degree  is  equal  to  four  minutes  of  time.  For  example,  when  it 
is  noon  at  London,  it  will  be  four  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  at  all  places  which  have  sixty 
degrees  of  longitude  east  of  London,  and  eight  in  the  morning  to  all  places  which  are  sixty 
degrees  west  of  London.  At  all  places  which  have  180  degrees  difference  of  longitude,  it 
will  be  twelve  o'clock  at  night  when  it  is  noon  at  London.  And,  in  this  manner,  the  hour  in 
any  part  of  the  world  maybe  calculated,  by  adding  to  the  given  hour  when  the  place  is  cast,  and 
by  subtracting  when  it  is  west. 


OF    THE    GLOBKS.  321 

Thus  when  it  is  twelve  o'clock  at  noon  in  Boston,  it  Is  nearH 
half  past  four  in  the  afternoon  at  the  island  St.  Helena;  but  at 
Owhyhee  it  is  rinly  about  a  quarter  past  six  in  the  morning. 

When  it  is  ten  in  the  forenoon  at  London,  what  is  the  time  al 
Calcutta,  Canton,  lYlrw  Islands,  Barbadoes,  the  western  side  oJ 
Lake  Superior,  Owhyhee,  and  Eastern  Islands  ? 

I'K-MM.KM  VIII.     To  rectify  the  globe  for  the  latitude,  zenith,  and 
sun's  place. 

1.  For  the  latitude  :  Elevate  the  pole  above   the  horizon,  ac- 
cording to  the  latitude  of  the  place. 

2.  For  the  zenith  :  Screw  the  quadrant  of  altitude  on  the  merid- 
ian at  the  given  degree  of  latitude,  counting  from  the  equator  to- 
wards the  elevated  pole. 

3.  For  the   sun's  place  :  Find  the  sun'?  place   on   the   horizon, 
and  then  brine:  the  same  place  found  on  the  ecliptic  to  the  merid- 
ian, and  set  the  hour  index  at  twelve  at  noon. 

Thus  to  rectify  for  the  latitude  of  London  on  the  10th  day  ol 
May  ;  the  globe  must  be  so  placed  that  the  north  pole  shall  be 
;>!•£  degree  above  the  noith  side  of  the  horizon,  then  ol-»  will  bt 
found  on  the  zenith  of  the  meridian  on  which  the  quadrant  mus: 
be  screwed — On  the  horizon  the  10th  of  May  answers  to  the  SOU 
of  Taurus,  which  find  on  the  ecliptic,  and  bring  it  to  the  naeridi 
an,  and  set  the  index  to  twelve. 

Rectify  the  globe  for  London,  Petersburg,  Madras,  Pekin,  Que 
bcc,  and  Boston,  for  the  24th  of  February,  27th  of  June,  and  th< 
6th  of  August. 

I'K  >in. KM  IX. —  To  find  at   icfuil  hour  the   sun   rises  and  sets  «/n, 
day  in  the  year,  and  also  upon  what  point  of  the  compos*. 

Rectify  for  the  latitude  anil   sun's  place,  (Prob.  VIII.)  and  turn 
n's  plare  to  the  •  n,  and  the  index 

will  point  to  the  hour  Mi'-n  brin-  it  («>  the   w<->tern  edge 

of  the  horizon,  and  the  in  '•  :nr^. 

Thus  on  the  lu'ih  of  March  at  Boston,  ilie  ?  in  rises  a  little 
six,  and  sets  a  liltle  before  six  in  the  evening. 

NVh.it  ti:ne  does  the  sun  rise  ;«;.  !  Ml  .it  Pctrrs-huru,  Naples, 
Canton,  Gibraltar,  'I  •  -ton,  on  the  l.'jth  of  April, 

the  4th  of  July,  ami  the  *2>)i\i  <•!  N 

JVo/e.     On  the  h    the   sun   rises   due  east,  and   sets 

due  west  ;    between   this  and    t:  .or,   it    rises   and 

sets  to  the  north v.  <••>«    points,  ami   in   the    winter   months 

to  the  southward  of  them.  VVhen  the  sun's  place  is  brought  to 
the  eastern  or  western  edce  of  the  horizon,  it  marks  the  point  oi 
the  compass  upon  which  it  rises  or  sets  that  day. 

PROBLEM  X. —  To  find  the  length  of  the  day  and  night  at  any  limt 
of  the  year. 

Double  the  time  of  the  sun's  rising,  which  gives  the  length  of 
the  night ;  double  the  time  of  his  setting,  which  gives  the  length 
of  the  day. 

Thus,  on  the  25th  of  May,  the  sun  rises  at  London  about  four 
o'clock,  and  sets  at  eight.  The  length  of  the  night  is  twice  four 
or  eight  houn;  the  length  of  the  day  is  twice  eight,  or  sixteen 
hours. 


322  OF    THE    GLOBES. 

What  is  the  length  of.  the  day  and  night  on  the  22d  of  April 
at  London,  Madrid,  St.  Helena,  Boston,  Mexico  and  Canton  ? 

PROBLEM  XI. —  The  day  of  the  month  be.  ing  given,  to  find  the  sun's 
declination,*  and  all  those  places  where  the  sun  will  be  vertical  at 
noon  that  day. 

Find  the  sun's  place  on  the  ecliptic,  and  bring  it  to  the  meridi- 
an, and  the  degree  which  stands  over  it  is  the  sun's  declination. 
Then  turn  the  globe  from  west  to  east,  and  to  all  the  places  that 
pass  under  that  degree  will  the  sun  be  vertical  that  day. 

Thus,  on  the  27th  of  October,  the  sun's  declination  will  be  13 
degrees  south,  and  will  be  vertical  at  St.  Salvador,  in  South  Amer- 
ica, &c  &c.  on  that  day.  On  the  10th  of  May,  the  sun  is  verti- 
cal at  Pegu,  the  Red  Sea,  Hindostan,  Cochin-China,  and  Porto 
Rico. 

What  is  the  sun's  declination,  and  to  what  places  will  he  be 
vertical  on  the  lOlh  of  February,  12th  of  March,  the  9th  of  April, 
the  15th  of  August,  the  21st  of  September,  and  the  sixth  of  Novem- 
ber? 

When  will  the  sun  pass  vertically  over  Surinam  ? — the  most 
easterly  part  of  the  bay  of  Honduras? — the  islands  St.  Helena, 
Ascension  and  Mauritius ? 

What  two  days  in  the  year  will  a  person  at  St.  Domingo  have 
no  shadow  at  noon  ? 

PROBLEM  XII. — At  a  given  place  and  hour,  to  find  where  the  sun 
zs  then  vertical. 

Bring  the  sun's  place,  found  in  the  ecliptic  for  that  day,  to  the 
meridian,  which  shows  his  declination  ;  elevate  the  pole  to  that 
declination  ;  then  bring  the  given  place  to  the  meridian,  and  set 
the  index  to  twelve  o'clock  at  noon.  Turn  the  globe  till  the  in- 
dex points  to  the  given  hour;  and  the  place  exactly  under  the 
sun's  declination  oa  the  brazen  meridian  will  have  the  sun  verti- 
cal at  the  given  time. 

Thus  it  will  be  found  that  the  sun  is  vertical  at  Port  Royal  in 
Jamaica,  when  it  is  at  a  few  minutes  past  five  in  the  afternoon  on 
the  llth  of  May  in  London 

On  the  24th  of  April,  when  it  is  six  in  the  evening  at  Stockholm 
in  Sweden,  the  sun  will  be  vertical  at  Boston. 

Where  is  the  sun  vertical  on  the  24th  of  June,  the  llth  of  July, 
the  16th  of  August,  and  the  tenth  of  November,  when  it  is  seven 
in  the  morning  and  twelve  at  night  in  London  ? 

PROBLEM  XIII. — The  day  and  hour  bting  °-z>m,  to  find  all  those 
places  of  the  earth  where  the  sun  is  then  rising  and  setting, 
where  it  is  noon,  midnight,  &c. 

Find  by  the  last  problem,  the  place  to  which  the  sun  is  vertical 
at  the  given  hour,  and  bring  the  same  to  the  meridian,  and  rectify 
the  g'obe  to  a  latitude  equal  to  the  sun's  declination.  Then  to  all 
the  places  just  under  the  western  side  of  the  horizon,  the  sun  is 

*  The  declination  of  the  sun  is  its  distance  from  the  equator 
north  or  south. 


OF    THE     GLOBES.  323 

rising  ;  to  those  just  above  the  eastern  horizon  the  sun  is  about 
to  set ;  to  all  those  under  the  upper  half  of  the  brazen  meridian  it  is 
noon,  aad  to  all  those  under  the  lower  half  it  is  midnight. 

FB.OBLHM   XIV. —  To  find  all  the  places  lo  whick  a  lunar  eclipse  it 
visible  at  any  instant. 

Find  the  place  to  which  the  sun  is  vertical  at  that  time,  and 
bring  that  place  to  the  zenith,  and  set  the  index  to  the  upper 
twelve,  then  turn  the  globe  till  the  index  point  to  the  lower  twelve, 
and  the  eclipse  id  visible  to  every  part  of  the  earth  that  is  now 
above  the  horizon. 


OF  THE  CELESTIAL  GLOBF>. 

The  Celestial  Globe  is  an  artificial  representation  of  the  heavens 
having  the  fixed  stars  drawn  upon  it,  in  their  natural  order  and 
situation.  The  eye  is  supposed  to  be  placed  in  the  centre. 

As  the  terrestrial  globe  by  turning  on  its  axis  represents  the  real 
diurnal  motion  of  the  earth;  so  the  celestial  globe,  by  taming  on 
its  axis,  represents  the  apparent  motion  of  the  heavens. 

The  Zodiac  is  an  ima_,inHry  t.elt  round  the  heavens,  of  about 
sixteen  degrees  broad  ;  through  the  middle  of  which  runs  the 
ecliptic  or  the  apparent  j  :iih  <>t  the  sun. 

i:.     The  twelve  signs  of  the  zodiac  which  belong  to  the  ce- 
lestial globe  have  b<  enunx  r.ttcd. 

KqiLinoclml  Points  are  the  first  points  of  Aries  and  Libra,  so 
called,  because  when  the  sun  appears  to  be  in  either  of  them,  the 
days  and  nights  are  equal. 

Solstitial  Points  are  the  first  points  of  Cancer  and  Capricorn, 
so  called  because  when  the  sun  arrives  at  eithei  of  tin  m  he  seems 
to  stand  still,  or  be  at  the-  ?auie  height  in  the  heavens  at  twelve 
o^lock  at  noon  for  several  d^y*  together. 

Declination  on  the  celestial  globe  is  the  same  as  latitude  on  the 
terrestrial ;  being  the  distance  of  a  star  from  the  equinoctial,  either 
north  or  south. 

Right  Ascension  of  a  star  is  its  distance  from  the  first  meridian, 
(or  that  which  passes  through  tin  iir>t  point  of  Aries)  counted  in 
degrees,  on  the  equinoctial  quite  round  the  globe. 

Latitude  of  a  star  is  its  distance  from  the  ecliptic,  either  north 
or  south,  counted  in  degrees  ot  the  quadrant  of  altitude.  The  sun 
being  always  in  the  ecliptic  has  no  latitude. 

Longitude  of  a  star  is  counted  on  the  ecliptic,  in  degrees,  or  in 
signs  and  degrees,  from  the  beginning  of  irics  eastward  round  th* 
globe. 


TABLE 


Showing  the  number  of  miles  contained  in  a  Degree  of 
Longitude,  in  each  Parallel  of  Latitude,  from  the 
Equator  to  the  Poles. 


Degree* 
of 
Latitude. 

Miles.             Degrees 
100th  parts              of 
of  a  mile.         Latitude. 

Miles.              Degrees 
100th  parts               of 
of  a  mile.          Latitude. 

Miles. 
100th  parts 
of  a  mile. 

1 

59,96 

31 

51,43 

61 

29,04 

2 

59,94 

32 

50,88 

62 

28,17 

3 

59,92 

33 

50,32 

63 

27,24 

4 

59,86 

34 

49,74 

64 

26,30 

5 

59,77 

35 

49,15 

65 

25,36 

6 

59,67 

36 

48,54 

66 

24,41 

7 

59,56 

37 

47,92 

67 

23,45 

8 

59,40 

38 

47,28 

68 

22,48 

9 

59,20 

39 

46,62 

69 

21,51 

10 

59,18 

40 

46,00 

70 

20,52 

11 

58,89 

41 

45,28 

71 

19,54 

12 

58,68 

42 

44,95 

72 

18,52 

13 

58,46 

43 

43,88 

73 

17,55 

14 

58,22 

44 

43,16 

74 

16,53 

15 

58,00 

45 

42,43 

75 

15,52 

16 

57,60 

46 

41,68 

76 

14,51 

17 

57,30 

47 

41,00 

77 

13,50 

18 

57,04 

48 

40,15 

78 

12,48 

19 

56,73 

49 

39,36 

79 

11,45 

20 

56,38 

50 

38,57 

80 

10,42 

21 

56,00 

51 

37,73 

81 

09,38 

22 

55,63 

52 

37,00 

82 

08,35 

23 

55,23 

53 

36,18 

83 

07,32 

24 

54,81 

54 

35,26 

'84 

06,28 

25 

54,38 

55 

34,41 

85 

05,23 

26 

54,00 

66 

33,55 

86 

04,18 

27 

53,44 

57 

32,67 

87 

03,14 

28 

53,00 

58 

31,70 

88 

02,09 

29 

52,48 

59 

30,90 

89 

01,05 

30 

SI,  96         60 

30,00 

90 

00,00 

•rtt 


RETURN  TO  the  circulation  desk  of  any 
University  of  California  Library 

or  to  the 

NORTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 
Bldg.  400,  Richmond  Field  Station 
University  of  California 
Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

•  2-month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling 
(510)642-6753 

•  1-year  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing 
books  to  NRLF 

•  Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made  4 
days  prior  to  due  date. 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 
JAN  0 1  2001 


12,000(11/95) 


r-iy  •-•  A 


5 

i  ?f  F  ?i  .&  ^: .     gg| 

.    i <  : . ,  •  i  .• .  .v .  ,  ,  i 

I     r:-«      :  t)"'1      ' 

'    ,    .  '^ 

.  ,     •,     .          ,i       nei 

H),      j         r>njj          •'      iV^ifc 

; Mrr.iy's  Abrid^imu.  •;(,  co[/,wi;s 
':cular  reference  io  iln    ac- 

:, 

ittpi         .pas  im'i  •  liately  inf.ro- 


:ot]       i    L 
:     •       kj-gsfi    >cn<j 

,   ]       i      .  •  -,,  H  :::•  PI  :KI 

Lllltil         .    •  •:     '    '  •' 

•  •    •  :    y  '  •  ' 
i 


• 
' 

;- 

THE  CL          M 

• 

••.••• 
Classic*          id   r,  '.j^Iy 

: 

a 

-• 
'        ,na  f- 


, 


49 


